Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                
Scribd Logo
Upload

Welcome to Scribd!

  • 515 views

    URDPFI Guidelines

    Uploaded by

    sakshi
    This document provides guidelines for urban and regional development plans formulation and implementation (URDPFI) in India. It summarizes the key points as follows: 1. The URDPFI guidelines were formulated to address emerging issues in urban planning like regional development, inclusive planning, and sustainability. They revise the previous 1996 guidelines. 2. A participatory approach was used in developing the guidelines, including national and regional workshops with various stakeholders across ministries, states, and institutions. 3. The guidelines consist of two volumes. Volume I outlines the planning process and contents for different plan types from long-term regional plans to short-term local area plans. It provides guidance on resource mobilization, infrastructure planning, and

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    URDPFI Guidelines

    Uploaded by

    sakshi
    515 views447 pages
    This document provides guidelines for urban and regional development plans formulation and implementation (URDPFI) in India. It summarizes the key points as follows: 1. The URDPFI guidelines were formulated to address emerging issues in urban planning like regional development, inclusive planning, and sustainability. They revise the previous 1996 guidelines. 2. A participatory approach was used in developing the guidelines, including national and regional workshops with various stakeholders across ministries, states, and institutions. 3. The guidelines consist of two volumes. Volume I outlines the planning process and contents for different plan types from long-term regional plans to short-term local area plans. It provides guidance on resource mobilization, infrastructure planning, and

    Original Description:

    :D

    Copyright

    © © All Rights Reserved

    Available Formats

    PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Did you find this document useful?

    Is this content inappropriate?

    This document provides guidelines for urban and regional development plans formulation and implementation (URDPFI) in India. It summarizes the key points as follows: 1. The URDPFI guidelines were formulated to address emerging issues in urban planning like regional development, inclusive planning, and sustainability. They revise the previous 1996 guidelines. 2. A participatory approach was used in developing the guidelines, including national and regional workshops with various stakeholders across ministries, states, and institutions. 3. The guidelines consist of two volumes. Volume I outlines the planning process and contents for different plan types from long-term regional plans to short-term local area plans. It provides guidance on resource mobilization, infrastructure planning, and

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    515 views447 pages

    URDPFI Guidelines

    Uploaded by

    sakshi
    This document provides guidelines for urban and regional development plans formulation and implementation (URDPFI) in India. It summarizes the key points as follows: 1. The URDPFI guidelines were formulated to address emerging issues in urban planning like regional development, inclusive planning, and sustainability. They revise the previous 1996 guidelines. 2. A participatory approach was used in developing the guidelines, including national and regional workshops with various stakeholders across ministries, states, and institutions. 3. The guidelines consist of two volumes. Volume I outlines the planning process and contents for different plan types from long-term regional plans to short-term local area plans. It provides guidance on resource mobilization, infrastructure planning, and

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    of 447

    URBANANDREGI

    ONALDEVELOPMENTPLANS
    FORMULATI
    ONANDI
    MPLEMENTATI
    ON
    (
    URDPFI
    )GUI
    DELI
    NES
    Vol
    umeI
    Januar
    y,2015

    Gover
    nmentofI
    ndi
    a
    Mi
    ni
    st
    r
    yofUr
    banDevel
    opment
    ht
    t
    p:
    /
    /
    moud.
    gov
    .
    i
    n

    TownandCount
    r
    yPl
    anni
    ngOr
    gani
    sat
    i
    on

    URBANANDREGI
    ONALDEVELOPMENTPLANS
    FORMULATI
    ONANDI
    MPLEMENTATI
    ON
    (
    URDPFI
    )GUI
    DELI
    NES
    Vol
    umeI

    kgjh
    fodkl
    l ea=h
    Hkkjr
    MINISTER OF URBAN DEVELOPME
    D
    ENT
    INDIA

    FOREWA
    ARD

    The Urrban and Regional


    R
    Deevelopment Plans Form
    mulation an
    nd Implementation
    RDPFI)Guideelines,2014
    4havebeenformulated
    dkeepingin
    nviewtheem
    mergingsceenarioin
    (UR
    plan
    nneddevelo
    opmentofciitiesandtow
    wns.ThefirsstGuidelineeswereprep
    paredin199
    96anda
    loto
    ofchangesh
    havetakenp
    placeinterm
    msofapplicaationoflatessttechnologgyalongwith
    hspatial
    grow
    wthofcitiessandtownss,andurban
    ndynamismtogetherhaascontributedtotheirp
    planning
    anddevelopmeent.Sincetheeprovisionofinfrastructurefacilitiieshasimpllicationsbey
    yondthe
    nicipallimittsofcitiesaandtowns,ittbecomesimperativettoformulateeCityRegio
    onalPlan
    mun
    so as
    a to ensurre balanced developmeent of all settlements within the region. Heence, the
    Guid
    delines havee included methodologgical framew
    work for plaan formulattion at the Regional
    R
    leveel.

    headvances ofRemote Sensingand


    dGeographiicalInformaationSystem
    ms(GIS),
    Withth
    the Plan makin
    ng process can
    c become expeditiouss and with integration of both spaatial and
    o spatial growth of ciities and
    attribute data, detailed assessment can be madee in terms of
    wns, extent of unauth
    horized and
    d haphazarrd developm
    ment and laying of physical
    tow
    infrastructure facilities
    f
    in anticipation
    n with the projected
    p
    grrowth of po
    opulation. Prresently,
    otifiedoutoftotalnumb
    berof7933citiesandttowns.It
    about2100MaasterPlanhaavebeenno
    DPFI Guideliines, 2014, all the citiees and town
    ns of the
    is exxpected thaat with the use of URD
    coun
    ntrywillhav
    vethebeneffitofStatuto
    oryMasterP
    Plans.

    uringthattthecities
    ThePlaanmakingprocesshasttobefurtheerstrengtheenedbyensu
    and towns aree able to geenerate eno
    ough resources to susstain themsselves. This will be
    d
    h transpareency in goveernance is ensured.
    e
    posssible only iff planned developmen
    t along with
    The vision for planned developmentt for any ciity or a tow
    wn should strive for inclusive
    i
    w
    efforts for provisio
    on of both physical
    p
    and
    d social infrrastructure facilities
    development with
    pulation and
    d level of in
    nadequacy to
    t be reduceed to the minimum
    m
    for all sections of the pop
    u
    areas should emeerge as Sma
    artCities
    posssible extentt. In the eraa of globalizzation, the urban
    whichnowisth
    hemainfocu
    usoftheMin
    nistryofUrb
    banDevelop
    pment.

    RDPFI Guideelines, 2014


    4 will be of great help
    p to State Town and Country
    The UR
    nning Departments, Urrban Develo
    opment Autthorities, Urban Local Bodies, Schools of
    Plan
    Plan
    nning and various
    v
    Ressearch Instittutions. Thee State Gov
    vernments h
    have to pro
    oactively
    adoptthese Gu
    uidelinesand
    dcomplete thepreparaationof MassterPlans ffor alltheciitiesand
    wns.Ministry
    yofUrbanD
    Developmen
    ntwillalway
    ysbekeenttoassisttheStateGovernments
    tow
    inteermsofadop
    ptionoftheGuidelines.

    VENKAIAH NAIDU)
    (V

    ii

    PREFACE
    Planning for development is an envisioning process which requires a sound
    assessment of the ground realities and providing options for sustainable
    development within the bounds of the demographic, physical, socioeconomic,
    jurisdictionalandfinancialaspects.Itisacontinuousprocessandmustincorporate
    a regular evaluation of implementation. However, plans have been criticised to be
    rigid and static having little regard to investment planning efforts and taking very
    longtimeintheprocessofformulationandapproval.
    During 1995, a National Workshop on Master Plan Approach: Its Efficacy and
    Alternatives was held, which examined the entire process of urban development
    planningandimplementationandasarecommendationofthisWorkshop,thefirst
    national level planning guidelines Urban Development Plans Formulation and
    Implementation(UDPFI)wereframedin1996byInstituteofTownPlanners,India.
    UDPFI Guidelines, 1996 provided a framework for plan preparation and
    implementation process. Since 1996, many developments have taken place in the
    field of urban planning, especially in view of emerging needs and requirements of
    urban settlements due to rapid population growth, globalization of economy and
    phenomenal advances in information and communication technologies. The towns
    and cities have become more dynamic in nature and are subject to unprecedented
    changes in terms of requirements of infrastructure and other basic services/
    amenities. Besides, new emerging aspects like regional development, inclusive
    planning, sustainablehabitat, land use and transport integration at planning stage,
    ServiceLevelBenchmarks,disastermanagementconcepts,andgovernancereforms
    havegivenanewdimensiontotheplanningprocess.
    To address these emerging aspects, it was felt that the revision of the UDPFI
    Guidelines should be taken up. The Urban and Regional Development Plans
    Formulation and Implementation Guidelines (URDPFI) were conceptualized as
    the outcome of widespread consultations with the planning peers in the various
    Ministries,Experts,ProfessionalandAcademicInstitutionsandotherstakeholders.
    TheURDPFIGuidelines,2014havebeenframedtoincorporatetheprovisionsofthe
    legalandpolicyguidelinesofthelineMinistries,bestpracticesoftheStatesandthe
    planningsystemsinvogue.Aparticipatoryconsultativeapproachhasbeenfollowed
    in order to revise the guidelines to holistically understand and proactively involve
    the Government of India Ministries/Agencies and State Governments for guiding
    Urbanization.
    Inlinewiththeapproach,thefollowingkeyactionswereundertaken:
    NationalConsultationConsultativeWorkshopheldinNewDelhitodeliberate
    on the URDPFI Guidelines (1st Draft) to holistically consult with National and
    Statelevelstakeholders.

    iii

    Regional Workshops Six Regional Workshops across country were held


    coveringalltheStates.TheplanningaspectsvaryingacrossStatesandapproach
    toplanninginfuturewerediscussed.
    TechnicalCoreGroup(TCG)TCGwasformedbyMoUDandinteractionswere
    held periodically with the TCG members formally and informally for getting
    inputs.
    GoogleDiscussionGroupThisportalwassetupbytheTCPOwhichpromoted
    interfacewithvariousplannersandpractitioners.
    MonthlyReviewMeetingswithStakeholdersMonthlyreviewmeetingswere
    held by MoUD with stakeholders for discussing progress of work and receiving
    theirrespectivecomments.
    Key Consultations Interaction with more than 50 Organisations, Agencies,
    Institutions both public and private have provided technical appraisal and
    recommendationintheguidelines.
    The URDPFI Guidelines, 2014 comprise two Volumes: VolumeI contains planning
    process, contents of the plans suggested in the planning system, resource
    mobilization for plan implementation including land and finance as the primary
    resources for sustainable development, institutional reforms particularly at State
    level,andapproachesandstrategiesforregionalandurbanplanning.Foraddressing
    sustainability, various sections focus on land suitability and urban renewal norms
    and provide a framework for Crisis/Disaster Management Plans as part of
    DevelopmentPlan.Tospeeduptheprocessofplanformulation,simplifiedplanning
    techniques,andnormsandstandardsforsocialandphysicalinfrastructureplanning
    are detailed along with simplified development promotion regulations. Various
    citiesofallclassesacrossthecountryfromdifferentregionshavebeencoveredas
    bestpracticesforreview.Theoverallrecommendationsforfutureactionshavealso
    beenincluded.
    Theurbanandregionalplanningsystemhasbeendividedundertwoheads,a)Core
    Area Planning and b) Specific and Investment Planning. The Core Area Planning
    comprisesofasetof4interdependentplans:(i)alongtermPerspectivePlanwitha
    vision and policy orientation, (ii) a sustainability based long term Regional Plan
    (and District Plan) with optimization of regional resources for development, (iii) a
    comprehensivelongtermsettlementplanasDevelopmentPlanforurbanandperi
    urban areas (iv) A short term rolling Local Area Plan within the framework of
    Development Plan. The Specific and Investment Planning comprises a set of three
    plans,(i)ArollingSpecialPurposePlanforspecialareaswithintheframeworkof
    Development Plan, (ii) Annual Plans to translate the physical and fiscal resource
    requirementofDevelopment/LocalAreaPlan,and(iii)Project/Researchtofocus
    onitemsofexecution.

    iv

    A separate volume (VolumeII A) on legal aspects covers the implications of 74th


    CAA, 1992; Land Acquisition, Resettlement & Rehabilitation Act, 2013; a review of
    theModelTown&CountryPlanningandDevelopmentLaw,ModelMunicipalLaw,
    legalrequirementsforindustrialdevelopment,Statelevelplanningframeworkand
    otherNationallevelrequirementsforheritageandenvironment conservationwith
    the relevant Acts/ Law/ Notifications/ Guidelines etc. Volume II B consists of
    Appendices.
    A Core Team of TCPO and consultants, M/s Mott McDonald, have worked
    painstakinglyalongwiththevariousstakeholdersacrossthecountryforformulating
    these Guidelines. The process of preparation of the Guidelines, including the
    approach,methodologyandglossaryhasbeendetailedintheAppendixAofVolume
    IIB.Thekeycontentofeachvolumeisdetailedinthefollowingtable.
    Table:StructureoftheURDPFIGuidelines
    Volumes

    Chapters

    KeyContents

    VolumeI:Urban&RegionalPlanningGuidelines

    Introduction

    Need for Revision of UDPFI Guidelines1996, Recommended


    planningsystemforIndia,overallguidingSustainableUrbanand
    Regionalplanningaspectsoftheguidelines

    PlanFormulation

    PlanningProcess,Contentsofvariouslevelofplans

    ResourceMobilisation

    Land assembly, fiscal resource mobilisation, good governance,


    institutionalsetupandkeyinstitutionalreforms

    RegionalPlanning
    Approach

    Aspects of regional planning and classification of region in the


    Indian context, regional planning approach and its plan
    implementation

    UrbanPlanning
    Approach

    Guidelines for study on location and settlement setting,


    distributionoflanduse,citytypology,planningfortownships.

    Sustainability
    Guidelines

    Sustainability and aspects of urban development including


    impact of climate change, environment policies and statuary
    obligation,planningfordisastermanagement

    SimplifiedPlanning
    Techniques

    Comprehensively covering data collection techniques, types of


    survey,analyticaltechniques,projectiontechniques,basemap &
    developmentplanpreparation

    InfrastructurePlanning Introduces the hierarchy of urban development and norms &


    standardsforphysicalinfrastructure,socialinfrastructure,safety
    management, commercial activity. Details for transportation
    planningandprovisionsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironment

    Simplified
    Development
    PromotionRegulations

    Lists the simplified urban land use classification and zoning


    regulations, simplified development promotion regulations for
    specificlandusezones,specialrequirements

    10

    General
    Recommendation

    Recommendations to several Ministries, State Governments and


    Organisations

    Volumes

    Ch
    hapters

    KeyCon
    ntents

    VolumeIIA:NationalLegalProvisio
    onsinUrban&
    &RegionalPlan
    nning

    Implicationo
    of74thCAA

    TheRighttoFair
    BasisofthenewActaandthekeyffeaturesofthenewAct
    Compensatio
    onand
    TransparenccyinLand
    AcquisitionR
    Rehabilitation
    n&
    ResettlementAct,2013

    ModelRegionalandTown
    n
    PlanningTow
    wnand
    Developmen
    ntLaw

    KeyfeaturesoftheLaawandsuggeestedchangesinthelaw

    ModelMuniccipalLaw

    KeyfeaturesoftheLaawandsuggeestedchangesinthelaw

    StateLevelP
    Planning
    ExistingLegaalFramework
    k

    Anoverv
    viewofthekeeyfeaturesofvariousstattelevel
    legislatio
    on(s)

    LegalRequirrementsfor
    IndustrialDeevelopment

    Industrialpoliciesan
    ndActsrelevaantforplanniing,schemesfor
    clusterd
    developmentunderMinisttries

    OtherNation
    nalLevelLeegal Nationalllevelheritaggeconservatiionandenvirronmentalleggal
    Requirementts
    requirem
    ments,Canton
    nmentrelatedlegalrequirrements.

    VolumeIIB:Appendicces

    Provisio
    onsof74thCo
    onstitutionAm
    mendmentA
    Actandroleso
    ofthe
    StateTownandCoun
    ntryPlanninggDepartmentt,statusofthee
    provisio
    onsof74thCA
    AAonUrbanLocalBodiesanddevelopment
    authoritties

    Descripttion of making of the Guid


    delines, Compiilation of important
    Documeents, Definition
    ns, Best pracctices, Acts, L
    Laws, policiess and
    notificattionsreferredin
    nVolume1&2A.

    The UR
    RDPFI Guid
    delines, 20
    014 are in
    ntended to be comprrehensive for promo
    oting
    balanceed and orrderly reggional and
    d urban planning an
    nd develo
    opment. Th
    hese
    Guideliines interalia provid
    de the fraamework, necessary techniquees, norms and
    standarrds, option
    ns for resource mobilization inccluding lan
    nd assemblly approacches,
    anddevelopmenttpromotion
    nregulatio
    ons.Since conditions
    c
    varyfrom placeto place
    p
    nt,theseguidelinesmaaynotbeu
    uniformlyaapplicablettoall
    andeveenwithinaasettlemen
    situatio
    ons and places and would
    w
    need
    d to be mo
    odified and
    d adopted dependingg on
    local conditions, felt needss and tech
    hnological innovation
    ns so thatt the Plann
    ning
    veasaneffficientand dynamiciinstrumentt.TheURDPFIGuidelines
    processsmayserv
    are exp
    pected to provide an
    a integratted framew
    work for urban
    u
    and regional plan
    p
    formulaationandimplementaation.
    The Gu
    uidelines are intendeed to be a reference for various aspects o
    of planningg by
    State Governments, Deveelopment Authoritiess, Privatee Sector and Plann
    ning
    nceforvarious
    Organizzations.Prrivateentitiescanuseeguidelineesasonesttopreferen
    Acts,Sttandardsan
    nddevelop
    pingdifferenttypesofftownshipss.

    ARAGGARW
    WAL
    SHANKA
    SSecretary((UD)

    ****

    vi

    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
    The Guidelines are the outcome of participatory approach through widespread
    consultations with various Central Government Ministries/ Agencies/ Bodies/
    NationalInstitutions/StateGovernments.
    Ministry of Urban Development acknowledges the work of M/s Mott MacDonald
    (Consultants)inpreparingURDPFIGuidelines,2014.
    TheexerciseofformulationoftheURDPFIGuidelines,2014wasguidedandsteered
    bythenSecretary,MinistryofUrbanDevelopment(MoUD),Dr.SudhirKrishna,and
    Secretary, MoUD Shankar Aggarwal and supported by then Joint Secretary, Dr.
    Ashok Singhvi, Mr. Neeraj Mandloi, Joint Secretary, MoUD and Mr. Parmod Kumar,
    Director(LSG),MoUD.Mentionalsoneedstobemadeaboutthetirelessworkbythe
    officersoftheLSGDivision,MoUD,Mr.SunilKumarPal,UnderSecretaryandMr.C.
    JeevanRao,ResearchAssistant.
    Mr.J.B.Kshirsagar,ChiefPlanner,TownandCountryPlanningOrganization,Mr.R.
    Srinivas, Town and Country Planner, Mr. Sudeep Roy, and Ms. D. Blessy, Assistant
    Town and Country Planners, provided technical inputs on various aspects to the
    consultantsandcoordinatedtheorganizationofRegionalandNationalWorkshops.
    The Staff members of the Metropolitan and Union Territories Division, Town and
    CountryPlanningOrganizationprovidedcompletesupportduringtheprocess.
    The Town and Country Planning Departments of Haryana, Karnataka, Goa and
    OdishaprovidednecessarycollaborationinorganizingtheRegionalWorkshops.The
    participation of the States and UTs of Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh,
    Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Mizoram, Maharashtra, Puducherry, Punjab, Rajasthan,
    Sikkim, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand in the Regional Workshops provided vital
    inputs.
    Ministries of Government of India i.e, Department of Land Resources, JnNURM
    Directorate,PlanningCommission(fortheircontributionsinResourceMobilization
    section), Directorate General of Defence Estates and EMBARQ, India(for their
    contributioninUrbanPlanningApproach),NationalDisasterManagementAuthority
    (fortheircontributioninDisasterManagementandSustainabilityissues),National
    Remote Sensing Centre (for their contributions in GIS based planning), Bureau of
    IndianStandards,CentralPublicHealth&EnvironmentalEngineeringOrganization,
    Institute of Urban Transport (for their contributions in Physical Infrastructure
    aspects), Hyderabad Metropolitan Development Authority, Ahmedabad Urban
    Development Authority, Mumbai Metropolitan Development Authority, Institute of
    TownPlanners,IndiaandSchoolofPlanningandArchitecture,Delhifacilitatedthe
    exchangeofdataandinformationcollation.Besides,commentsreceivedfromawide
    varietyofpeopleintheirofficialandpersonalcapacitiesarealsodulyacknowledged.

    vii

    viii

    TableofContents
    1.
    1.1.
    1.2.
    1.3.
    1.4.
    1.5.

    1.6.
    1.7.

    2.
    2.1.

    2.2.

    Introduction
    UrbanisationTrends
    FrameworkforaRenewedPlanningSystem
    ClassificationofUrbanSettlements
    RecommendedPlanningSystem
    Scopeandpurposeofvariousplans
    1.5.1. PerspectivePlan
    1.5.2. RegionalPlan
    1.5.3. DevelopmentPlan
    1.5.4. LocalAreaPlan
    1.5.5. SpecialPurposePlan
    1.5.6. AnnualPlan
    1.5.7. Project/Research
    1.5.8. Interrelationshipamongvariousplans
    SustainableUrbanandRegionalDevelopment
    StateLandUtilisationPolicy
    1.7.1. LandTransportIntegration
    1.7.2. TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD)
    1.7.3. FlexibilityinPlans
    1.7.4. LandtogeneratefundforInfrastructureDevelopment
    1.7.5. SustainableWasteManagement
    1.7.6. Inclusiveplanning
    1.7.7. DisasterRiskManagement
    1.7.8. Speedingtheprocessofplanning&implementation

    1
    2
    3
    5
    7
    7
    7
    9
    10
    11
    11
    12
    12
    14
    14
    15
    16
    18
    19
    19
    20
    20
    21

    23

    PlanFormulation
    PlanningProcess
    2.1.1. AimsandObjectives
    2.1.2. IdentificationofSiteNeeds
    2.1.3. IdentificationofProjectedNeeds
    2.1.4. PlanFormulation
    2.1.5. InclusivePlanning(furthertotheSection1.10.8)
    2.1.6. StatutoryObligations
    2.1.7. DecentralisationofPlanApprovalProcess
    2.1.8. PeoplesParticipation
    2.1.9. PlanModification
    2.1.10. ReviewandMonitoringofPlans
    2.1.11. PlanMonitoringParameters
    2.1.12. Evaluation&RevisionofPlans
    ContentsofPlans
    2.2.1. PerspectivePlan
    2.2.2. ContentsofRegionalPlan
    2.2.3. ContentsofDevelopmentPlan
    2.2.4. ContentsofLocalAreaPlan
    2.2.5. ContentsofSpecificPurposePlan(e.g.CityDevelopmentPlansformulatedfor
    accessingfundsunderJNNURM)
    2.2.6. ContentsofAnnualPlan
    2.2.7. ContentsofProjects/Schemes

    ix

    23
    23
    24
    25
    26
    30
    31
    32
    32
    34
    35
    36
    37
    37
    38
    39
    42
    48
    50
    64
    66

    3
    3.1.
    3.2.

    3.3.

    3.4.

    3.5.

    3.6.

    4
    4.1.
    4.2.
    4.3.

    4.4.

    4.5.

    4.6.

    4.7.
    4.8.

    5
    5.1.
    5.2.

    ResourceMobilizationforPlanImplementation
    Introduction
    Land
    3.2.1. LandasaResource
    3.2.2. LandEconomics
    3.2.3. LandAssembly
    3.2.4. InclusiveLandDevelopment
    FiscalResourceMobilisation
    3.3.1. TraditionalandInnovativeapproachesforFiscalResourceMobilisation
    3.3.2. AlternativeFinancialAvenuesbyPrivateSectorParticipation
    3.3.3. ExistingTrendofExpenditurePattern
    3.3.4. EffectiveFinanceManagement
    3.3.5. CityInfrastructureFund
    Governance
    3.4.1. CharacteristicsofGoodGovernance
    3.4.2. EGovernanceReforms
    InstitutionalSetUp
    3.5.1. TownandCountryPlanningDepartmentsatStateLevels
    3.5.2. DistrictPlanningCommittee
    3.5.3. UrbanLocalBodies(Municipality,DevelopmentAuthority,MPC)
    3.5.4. TeamRequirementforPlanFormulation
    InstitutionalReforms
    3.6.1. RegulatoryBodyatStateLevel
    3.6.2. GrievanceRedressSystem

    69
    69
    69
    69
    70
    70
    75
    76
    78
    88
    94
    95
    97
    98
    99
    101
    103
    103
    104
    104
    105
    107
    107
    108

    109

    RegionalPlanningApproach
    NeedofRegionasPlanningUnit
    AspectsofRegionalPlanning
    PlanningRegionsinIndia
    4.3.1. DistrictasaPlanningRegion
    4.3.2. VarioussettlementsinRegion
    MetropolitanPlanningRegion
    4.4.1. MetropolitanAdministrativesetups
    4.4.2. TransitOriented(Urban)Development(TOD)
    4.4.3. Planningforperiurbanarea
    4.4.4. VillagePlanning
    InvestmentPlanningRegions
    4.5.1. ApproachofPlanPreparation
    4.5.2. CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
    SpecialAreaPlanningRegions
    4.6.1. Ecosensitiveareas
    4.6.2. Socioeconomicsensitiveareas
    LanduseclassificationforRegionalPlanning
    CompositionofthePlanningCommittees

    109
    109
    110
    112
    117
    119
    119
    120
    122
    123
    125
    125
    126
    128
    129
    129
    130
    132

    135

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Introduction
    GuidelinesforStudyonLocation,SiteandsituationofSettlement
    5.2.1. Location
    x

    135
    135
    135

    5.3.

    5.4.

    5.5.

    5.6.

    6.
    6.1.

    6.2.

    6.3.
    6.4.

    6.5.

    6.6.

    5.2.2. Site
    5.2.3. Situation
    5.2.4. Hinterland
    5.2.5. Accessibility
    5.2.6. SocioEconomicProfile
    DistributionofLandUse
    5.3.1. DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
    5.3.2. ProposedLanduseStructureofUrbanCentres
    UrbanPlanningApproach
    5.4.1. GreenCity
    5.4.2. Compactcity
    5.4.3. SmartCity
    CityTypology
    5.5.1. Hillcity
    5.5.2. PlanningforInnercity
    5.5.3. Industrialcity
    5.5.4. Heritage/Religious/Tourismcity
    5.5.5. Portcity
    5.5.6. IntegratedTownship
    5.5.7. PlanningforAffordableHousing
    5.5.8. MediCity
    5.5.9. Sportscity
    5.5.10. DevelopmentbythePrivateSector
    SpecialAreaPlanning(cantonmentarea,restrictedareaetc.)
    5.6.1. CantonmentArea

    136
    136
    136
    139
    139
    140
    140
    141
    142
    143
    147
    152
    157
    158
    163
    165
    169
    174
    180
    186
    187
    189
    192
    193
    193

    199

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    SustainableDevelopment
    199
    6.1.1. SustainablePlanning
    199
    6.1.2. EnergyEfficiency
    200
    6.1.3. UrbanTransport
    200
    6.1.4. UrbanInfrastructure
    201
    ClimateChangeMitigationandAdaptation
    202
    6.2.1. GreenBuilding
    203
    6.2.2. ClimateProofingGuwahati,Assam:CityResilienceStrategyandMainstreamingPlan203
    CityBioDiversityIndex
    204
    EnvironmentPoliciesandStatutoryObligation
    205
    6.4.1. NationalEnvironmentalPolicy(NEP),2006
    205
    6.4.2. EIANotification,2006
    207
    6.4.3. EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986
    207
    6.4.4. ForestConservationAct,1980
    208
    6.4.5. Strategicplanfornewandrenewableenergysectorfortheperiod201117,
    MinistryofNewandRenewableEnergy
    209
    EnvironmentalGuidelines
    209
    6.5.1. EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries
    209
    6.5.2. GuidelinesforRainWaterHarvesting
    210
    6.5.3. GuidelinesforBufferZones
    211
    EnvironmentalGuidelinesforPlanningEcofragilezones
    213
    6.6.1. CoastalArea
    213
    6.6.2. EcoSensitivezones
    213

    xi

    6.7.

    7.
    7.1.
    7.2.

    7.3.

    7.4.

    7.5.

    7.6.

    7.7.

    8.
    8.1.
    8.2.

    6.6.3. WaterbodiesinUrbanAreas
    6.6.4. Desertareas
    6.6.5. Wetlands
    6.6.6. Hillyareas(furthertosection5.5.1)
    DisasterManagement
    6.7.1. Institutionalsetup
    6.7.2. NationalDisasterManagementGuidelines
    6.7.3. StateDisasterManagementPlan
    6.7.4. DistrictDisasterManagementPlan(DDMP)

    214
    216
    216
    217
    218
    219
    220
    225
    227

    229

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    IdentifyingDataNeedsandDataCollectionList
    7.1.1. DataChecklist
    DataCollectionTechniques
    7.2.1. PrimaryDataCollectiontechniques
    7.2.2. SecondaryDataCollectiontechniques
    TypesofSurveys
    7.3.1. SocioEconomicSurvey
    7.3.2. Landuse/utilisationSurveys
    7.3.3. DensitySurveys
    7.3.4. InfrastructureSurveys
    7.3.5. TransportationSurveys
    AnalyticalTechniques
    7.4.1. CarryingCapacity
    7.4.2. ApplyingCarryingCapacityforUrbanandRegionalplanning:
    7.4.3. ThresholdAnalysis
    ProjectionTechniques
    7.5.1. PopulationProjection
    7.5.2. EconomicProjection
    7.5.3. AssessmentofRequirementofHousing
    Mapping
    7.6.1. ScaleofMap
    7.6.2. MapInformationChecklist
    7.6.3. ProcedureofCollectingData
    BaseMap&DevelopmentPlanPreparation
    7.7.1. Basemapfeatures
    7.7.2. PlanformulationthroughRemoteSensing&GeographicInformationSystem
    7.7.3. BhuvanGeoPortalforPlanning

    229
    229
    230
    230
    234
    235
    235
    235
    235
    237
    239
    243
    245
    246
    249
    256
    257
    258
    262
    263
    263
    263
    272
    274
    274
    274
    280

    283

    InfrastructurePlanning
    HierarchyofUrbanDevelopment
    TransportationPlanning
    8.2.1. ClassificationofUrbanroad
    8.2.2. DesignConsiderationofUrbanRoads
    8.2.3. Footpath
    8.2.4. CycleTracks
    8.2.5. ForHillyAreas
    8.2.6. PassengerCarUnits(PCU)
    8.2.7. DesignServiceVolume

    xii

    283
    284
    284
    285
    286
    287
    288
    288
    289

    8.2.8.
    8.2.9.
    8.2.10.
    8.2.11.
    8.2.12.
    8.2.13.
    8.2.14.
    8.2.15.
    8.2.16.
    8.2.17.
    8.2.18.

    8.3.

    8.4.

    8.5.

    8.6.

    8.7.
    8.8.

    Parking
    289
    BusTerminals
    293
    TruckTerminal
    295
    IntegratedFreightComplex
    296
    TravelDemandModellingProcess
    298
    MRToptionsfortheCity
    299
    UrbanBusesandcharacteristics
    303
    TODNorms
    303
    NonMotorisedVehicles(NMV)
    309
    RoadSafety
    310
    SpecialRequirementsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironmentforDisabledandElderly
    Persons
    310
    8.2.19. InlandWaterTransportation
    311
    8.2.20. AirportPlanning
    313
    PhysicalInfrastructure
    314
    8.3.1. WaterSupply
    314
    8.3.2. Sewerage&Sanitation
    324
    8.3.3. Drainage
    335
    8.3.4. RainWaterHarvesting
    336
    8.3.5. Electricity
    340
    8.3.6. SolidWasteManagement
    341
    8.3.7. DomesticGasSupplyPipelines
    353
    8.3.8. TelecomServices
    354
    8.3.9. ServiceLevelBenchmarkingforInfrastructure
    354
    SocialInfrastructure
    356
    8.4.1. ProvisionofInfrastructure
    356
    8.4.2. EducationFacilities
    357
    8.4.3. HealthcareFacilities
    359
    8.4.4. Sociocultural
    361
    8.4.5. OpenSpaces
    362
    8.4.6. SportsFacilities
    364
    8.4.7. Distributionservices
    365
    8.4.8. Police,CivilDefenceandHomeGuards
    366
    8.4.9. SafetyManagement
    366
    8.4.10. SpecialRequirementsforGenderSensitivePlanning
    367
    CommercialActivities
    369
    8.5.1. HierarchyofCommercialCentres
    369
    8.5.2. NormsforCommercialCentres
    369
    8.5.3. DistributionofActivities
    370
    8.5.4. UrbanStreetVendors
    371
    MiscellaneousFacilities
    375
    8.6.1. Cremation/BurialGround
    375
    8.6.2. DhobiGhat
    375
    8.6.3. Mandisandwholesaleagriculturalproducemarkets
    376
    8.6.4. ProvisionsforLivestockManagement/AnimalManagementCentre
    376
    8.6.5. NormsforTelephone,PostalandBankingfacilities
    377
    ProvisionsforHillyAreas
    377
    AccessProvisionsfortheDifferentlyabled
    379

    xiii

    9.
    9.1.
    9.2.
    9.3.

    9.4.

    9.5.

    10.
    10.1.
    10.2.
    10.3.
    10.4.

    SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulations
    SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification
    SimplifiedUrbanLanduseZoningRegulations
    PlotRequirementRegulationsinLandusezones
    9.3.1. MeansofAccess
    9.3.2. AreaandHeightLimitations
    9.3.3. MinimumSetbacks
    9.3.4. Activitiespermissibleinopenarea
    9.3.5. DistancefromElectricLines
    SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulationsforSpecificlandUseZones
    9.4.1. ResidentialUseZone
    9.4.2. Commercial
    9.4.3. PublicandSemipublic
    9.4.4. IndustrialuseZone
    9.4.5. Transportation&CommunicationUseZone
    9.4.6. PrimaryActivity
    SpecialRequirement
    9.5.1. BuildingNormsforNaturalHabitat
    9.5.2. HistoricalorArchaeologicalareas
    9.5.3. IndustrialRegions
    9.5.4. IntroduceUseofFormBasedCodes

    381
    382
    384
    392
    392
    393
    398
    400
    400
    401
    401
    404
    404
    407
    408
    409
    409
    409
    409
    410
    410

    411

    GeneralRecommendations
    AdoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014
    KeyRecommendationsintheGuidelines
    KeyaspectsofGuidelinesforlocalarea/sitespecificdevelopment
    SuggestionsforfutureDevelopmentinPlanning
    10.4.1. RecommendationsfortheNationalOrganisation(s)
    10.4.2. RecommendationstoStateGovernments/StateTownandCountryPlanning
    Departments/LocalBodies/DevelopmentAuthorities

    xiv

    411
    411
    413
    413
    414
    417

    ListofFigures
    Figure1.1:RelationshipofthePlanningSystem__________________________________________________________13
    Figure2.1: GeneralProcessofPlanning__________________________________________________________________23
    Figure2.2: IdentificationofProjectedRequirements___________________________________________________26
    Figure2.3: PlanFormulationProcess____________________________________________________________________28
    Figure2.4PlanModificationProcess_______________________________________________________________________35
    Figure2.5: ProcessofPreparingCityDevelopmentPlan_______________________________________________54
    Figure2.6: CityMobilisationPlanningProcess__________________________________________________________57
    Figure2.7: CitySanitationPlanningProcess_____________________________________________________________61
    Figure2.8: SlumFreeCityPlanofActionProcess_______________________________________________________63
    Figure3.1: ProjectLifeCycle _____________________________________________________________________________77
    Figure3.2: FundingSources_______________________________________________________________________________78
    Figure3.3: Revenuesources ______________________________________________________________________________78
    Figure3.4: SourcesforFundGeneration_________________________________________________________________82
    Figure3.5: PPPModels____________________________________________________________________________________90
    Figure3.6: CharacteristicsofGoodGovernance_________________________________________________________99
    Figure4.1: CategorisationofRegionsinIndianContext______________________________________________112
    Figure4.2: PlanPreparationProcessofKerala________________________________________________________114
    Figure4.3: PlanPreparationProcessintheStateofGoa______________________________________________115
    Figure4.4: ProposedDistrictPlanningProcess________________________________________________________117
    Figure4.5: FrameworkforKolkataMetropolitanPlanningCommittee _____________________________120
    Figure4.6: PlanningBoardforInterStateRegions____________________________________________________134
    Figure5.1: WaytowardsGreenRedevelopment ______________________________________________________147
    Figure5.2: CompactCitysConceptandApproach____________________________________________________148
    Figure5.3: TypesofIntenseLandUse__________________________________________________________________150
    Figure5.4: CaseStudyofChinaSkyCity________________________________________________________________151
    Figure5.5: ImportantinsightsofSMARTcityapplicationglobally___________________________________153
    Figure5.6: TheUniversalTargets_______________________________________________________________________154
    Figure5.7: Malta:WorldsfirstSmartIsland___________________________________________________________155
    Figure5.8: IntegratedapproachtoTourismCity/RegionPlanning__________________________________171
    Figure5.9: MumbaiPortCityAnalysis _________________________________________________________________176
    Figure5.10:SuggestedPortcityPlanningStrategy_____________________________________________________176
    Figure6.1: SchematiccrosssectionofArterialRoads ________________________________________________201
    Figure6.2: ComponentsofGuwahatiClimateResilienceStrategy___________________________________204
    Figure6.3: DisasterManagementCycle________________________________________________________________218
    Figure6.4: SuggestedBroadFrameworkfordevelopingSDMPandDDMP_________________________227
    Figure7.1: StagesofconductingPrimarySurvey______________________________________________________230
    Figure7.2: TechniquesofDataRepresentation:DevelopmentRadar _______________________________244
    Figure7.3: TabularpresentationofSmileyface_______________________________________________________244
    Figure7.4: ComponentsofCarryingCapacityofUrban&RegionalAreas___________________________247
    Figure7.5: PlanningofUrbanandRegionalareasbasedoncarryingcapacity______________________247
    Figure7.6: MethodologyformeasuringTourismCarryingCapacity_________________________________249
    Figure7.7: LandsuitabilityprocessinPlanning_______________________________________________________252
    Figure7.8: Factorstakenintoconsiderationtoassessthemostsuitablelanduse _________________253
    Figure7.9: WeightedOverlayofLandSuitability______________________________________________________255
    Figure7.10:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(A)______________________________277
    Figure7.11:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(B)______________________________278
    Figure7.12:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(C)______________________________279
    Figure8.1: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject______________________________________________________304
    Figure8.2: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject______________________________________________________307

    xv

    Figure8.3: DecisionTree:Selectingthewastewatermanagementsystem(Onsite,Decentralizedor
    Conventional) ________________________________________________________________________________327
    Figure8.4: FlowchartshowingthevariousArtificialRechargePractices____________________________339
    Figure8.5: DitchandFurrowMethod___________________________________________________________________340
    Figure8.6: RechargePit: _________________________________________________________________________________340
    Figure8.7: ContourPattern______________________________________________________________________________340
    Figure8.8: Injectionwell:________________________________________________________________________________340
    Figure8.9: SchematicSolidWasteManagementProcess______________________________________________343
    Figure8.10:BBMPmodelofSWM ________________________________________________________________________350
    Figure8.11:ProcessingofConstructionWasteatMallasandra,Bangalore____________________________351
    Figure8.12:CompoundwallsRestrictingStreetVisibility______________________________________________367

    xvi

    ListofTables
    Table1.1: TrendsinUrbanisation20012011___________________________________________________________1
    Table1.2: ClassificationofUrbanSettlements___________________________________________________________4
    Table1.3: PlanningSystemFramework__________________________________________________________________6
    Table2.1: SiteSpecificNeedsofFewCityTypes________________________________________________________24
    Table2.2: DecentralisedPlanApprovalProcess________________________________________________________32
    Table2.3: ParticipatoryPlanningApproach____________________________________________________________33
    Table2.4: ParametersfortheEvaluationofPlans______________________________________________________36
    Table3.1: ListofvariousTaxes,Surcharges,Charges,FeesandTollsasmaybeleviedforUrban&
    InfrastructureDevelopment__________________________________________________________________81
    Table3.2: AlternateSourcesofFundingforProjects___________________________________________________88
    Table3.3: PossiblerolesofPrivateandPublicsectorsintheurbandevelopmentprocess_________92
    Table3.4: CategorisationofMunicipalExpenditure ___________________________________________________94
    Table3.5: CompositionandTrendsofMunicipalExpenditure(Rs.inLakh)_________________________95
    Table3.6: SelectiveeGovernmentfunctionsandOnlineServicesinIndia_________________________102
    Table3.7: RequiredmanpowerofStateTownPlanningDepartment_______________________________103
    Table3.8: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredatDistrictLevel____________________________________104
    Table3.9: NumberofTownPlannersinMetropolitanPlanningArea ______________________________104
    Table3.10: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredfornonmillionpluscities(small&mediumcities)105
    Table4.1:Institutionalresponsibilities________________________________________________________________116
    Table4.2: RoadHierarchyforperiurbanareasinlinewithlowincomehabitatplanningnorms123
    Table4.3: CriteriaforDelineationofRegion__________________________________________________________127
    Table4.4: SimplifiedRegionalLanduseClassification_______________________________________________132
    Table5.1: DevelopedAreaAverageDensities ________________________________________________________140
    Table5.2: LanduseStructureforDevelopableAreainUrbanCentres_____________________________141
    Table5.3: TransitOrientedDevelopmentMatrix_____________________________________________________149
    Table5.4: eServicesofaSmartcity___________________________________________________________________156
    Table5.5: Landusestructureforhilltowns __________________________________________________________161
    Table5.6: LandusestructureforIndustrialtowns___________________________________________________167
    Table5.7: LandusestructureforHeritage/Religious/TourismCity_______________________________173
    Table5.8: LandusestructureforPortCity____________________________________________________________179
    Table5.9: RajasthanTownshipPolicy:TypesofTownships_________________________________________182
    Table5.10: SpaceAllocation/LandUseMix:PermittedunderGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,
    2008__________________________________________________________________________________________184
    Table5.11: ProportionofPlots/Houses/FlatsinTownships/GroupHousingSchemes____________186
    Table5.12: CantonmentCategories_____________________________________________________________________194
    Table6.1: AccessibilityofPublicTransportatNeighbourhoodLevel_______________________________201
    Table6.2 DisasterManagementstrategiesfordifferentsectors____________________________________204
    Table6.3 StrategicActionssuggested ________________________________________________________________207
    Table6.4 StatutoryObligationsofEnvironmentClearances________________________________________208
    Table6.5 Thrustareasofsolarthermalsector_______________________________________________________209
    Table6.6 DistanceofDifferentAreasfromIndustrialSite _________________________________________210
    Table6.7: ListofBuffersforvariousactivities________________________________________________________211
    Table6.8:SalientFeaturesofNDMAguidelinesforManagementofFloods,Earthquakes&other
    NaturalHazards_____________________________________________________________________________220
    Table7.1: PossibleProxyIndicators___________________________________________________________________232
    Table7.2: Fieldsheetfornonresidentialsurvey_____________________________________________________237
    Table7.3: Infrastructureindicatorsandbenchmarkprovidingagencies___________________________237
    Table7.4: ComprehensiveTableofTransportationSurveys(TransportSurveyformsRefer
    AppendixFofVolumeIIB)_________________________________________________________________239
    Table7.5: Levelsofevaluatingcarryingcapacityfortheurbanareas______________________________246

    xvii

    Table7.6:
    Table7.7:
    Table7.8:
    Table7.9:
    Table7.10:
    Table8.1:
    Table8.2:
    Table8.3:
    Table8.4:
    Table8.5:
    Table8.6:
    Table8.7:
    Table8.8:
    Table8.9:
    Table8.10:
    Table8.11:
    Table8.12:
    Table8.13:
    Table8.14:
    Table8.15:
    Table8.16:
    Table8.17:
    Table8.18:
    Table8.19:
    Table8.20:
    Table8.21:
    Table8.22:
    Table8.23:
    Table8.24:
    Table8.25:
    Table8.26:
    Table8.27:
    Table8.28:
    Table8.29:
    Table8.30:

    ItemsforconsiderationintheinventoryforCityGDPcalculation_______________________261
    ScaleofMapsforPlanning___________________________________________________________________263
    MapDataChecklist___________________________________________________________________________264
    IRSSatelliteDataProductsrelevantforUrbanApplications_____________________________273
    BhuvanSatellitedataandthematicGISdataresourcesavailable________________________276
    HierarchyofInfrastructureDevelopment__________________________________________________283
    Designconsiderationofurbanroads_______________________________________________________285
    CarriagewayWidthforeachtypeofroad__________________________________________________286
    CapacityofFootpath&Design_______________________________________________________________287
    Requiredwidthoffootpathasperadjacentlanduse _____________________________________287
    Cycle/NMTtrack____________________________________________________________________________288
    CarriagewaywidthinHillyareas___________________________________________________________288
    PCUstandards________________________________________________________________________________288
    DesignServiceVolumeStandards__________________________________________________________289
    RecommendedECSforvarioustypesofvehicles__________________________________________289
    ParkingStandards____________________________________________________________________________290
    PermissibleECSfordifferentlanduses____________________________________________________292
    SpacestandardsforParking________________________________________________________________292
    BusBaysParkingStandards_______________________________________________________________295
    BroadLandUsebreakup ___________________________________________________________________296
    SpaceNorms__________________________________________________________________________________297
    BroadLandUseBreakUp___________________________________________________________________298
    RecommendedderivedModalSplit_________________________________________________________299
    MRToptionsfortheCity_____________________________________________________________________300
    TechnicalParametersofPublicTransportOptions_______________________________________301
    Typesofurbanbusesandtheircharacteristics____________________________________________303
    TODInfluenceZones_________________________________________________________________________305
    WaterwaysClassification____________________________________________________________________312
    ApproximateLandRequirementforAirportinfrastructure______________________________313
    NormsforAirportTerminals________________________________________________________________314
    WaterSupplyStandards_____________________________________________________________________315
    WaterrequirementsforInstitutionalBuildingsCPHEEO,1999________________________316
    WaterrequirementforIndustrialUnits____________________________________________________316
    OrganolepticandPhysicalParametersofDrinkingWater________________________________319
    GeneralParametersConcerningSubstancesUndesirableinExcessiveAmountsin
    drinkingwater________________________________________________________________________________320
    Table8.31: PermissiblelimitsofToxicSubstances_____________________________________________________321
    Table8.32: PermissibleLimitsofRadioactiveSubstances_____________________________________________322
    Table8.33: PesticideResiduesLimitsofDrinkingWater______________________________________________322
    Table8.34: BacteriologicalQualityofDrinkingWater _________________________________________________323
    Table8.35: RecommendedlandRequirementbasedoncapacities ___________________________________323
    Table8.36: DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents _____________________________________________323
    Table8.37: RecommendedDesignPeriodforSewerageSystemsComponents______________________325
    Table8.38: GeneralEffluentStandardsforDischarge__________________________________________________327
    Table8.39:RecommendedupperlimitsoftreatedSewagequalityforspecifiedactivitiesatpointof
    use_____________________________________________________________________________________________330
    Table8.40: FactSheetforVariousTreatmentProcess_________________________________________________331
    Table8.41: GuidelinesfortheselectionofSeptagedisposalsystem__________________________________333
    Table8.42: NormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea____________________________________________________334
    Table8.43: Runoffcoefficientsforstatedsurfaces______________________________________________________336
    Table8.44: WasteGenerationPerCapitaperDay______________________________________________________341

    xviii

    Table8.45:
    Table8.46:
    Table8.47:
    Table8.48:
    Table8.49:
    Table8.50:
    Table8.51:
    Table8.52:
    Table8.53:
    Table8.54:
    Table8.55:
    Table8.56:
    Table8.57:
    Table8.58:
    Table8.59:
    Table8.60:
    Table8.61:
    Table8.62:
    Table8.63:
    Table8.64:
    Table8.65:
    Table8.66:
    Table8.67:
    Table8.68:
    Table8.69:
    Table9.1:
    Table9.2:
    Table9.3:
    Table9.4:
    Table9.5:
    Table9.6:
    Table9.7:
    Table9.8:
    Table9.9:
    Table9.10:
    Table9.11:
    Table9.12:
    Table9.13:
    Table9.14:
    Table9.15:
    Table9.16:
    Table9.17:
    Table9.18:
    Table9.19:
    Table9.20:
    Table10.1:
    Table10.2:

    ComparisonofDifferentSolidWasteTreatmentTechnologies__________________________345
    DisposalandProcessingSite_______________________________________________________________350
    ServiceLevelBenchmarks____________________________________________________________________355
    NormsforPrePrimarytoSecondaryEducation__________________________________________357
    NormsforHigherEducationFacilities_____________________________________________________358
    HealthCareFacilities________________________________________________________________________360
    NormsforSocioCulturalFacilities_______________________________________________________361
    HierarchyofOrganisedGreen______________________________________________________________362
    NormsforOrganisedGreenforPlainAreas_______________________________________________363
    NormsforOrganisedGreenforHillyAreas_______________________________________________363
    NormsforMultipurposegrounds__________________________________________________________364
    NormsforSportsFacilities_________________________________________________________________364
    NormsforDistributionServices ___________________________________________________________365
    NormsforPoliceFacilities__________________________________________________________________366
    NormsforSafetyFacilities__________________________________________________________________366
    HierarchyofCommercialCentres(NBC)__________________________________________________369
    NormsforCommercialCentres____________________________________________________________369
    AreaofCommercialCentres________________________________________________________________370
    DistributiononActivities___________________________________________________________________370
    NormsforInformalUnitsforUrbanStreetVendors______________________________________372
    NormsforCremation/BurialGround_____________________________________________________375
    NormsforDhobiGhat_______________________________________________________________________375
    NormsforCommunicationfacilities_______________________________________________________377
    NormsforHillyAreas_______________________________________________________________________377
    MinimumAccessprovisionsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironment_______________________379
    SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification__________________________________________________382
    WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforResidentialPlots______________________________392
    WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforplotsotherthanresidential _________________392
    MinimumSetbacks__________________________________________________________________________398
    FrontSetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth____________________________________399
    Rearandsidesetbackwithrespecttoabuttingroadwidth______________________________399
    DistancesfromElectricLines_______________________________________________________________400
    IndicativeMinimumDwellingUnitSizes__________________________________________________401
    PlottedHousing _____________________________________________________________________________402
    Densitynormsforlowincomehousing____________________________________________________402
    GroupHousing_______________________________________________________________________________403
    FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousing____________________________________________403
    NormsforCommercialCentres____________________________________________________________404
    NormsforPublicandSemiPublicuses____________________________________________________404
    SocioCulturalUseZone_____________________________________________________________________406
    SecurityandSafetyFacilitiesUseZone____________________________________________________406
    IndustrialUseZone _________________________________________________________________________407
    NormsforTransportationZone____________________________________________________________408
    NormsforFarmHouses ____________________________________________________________________409
    NormsforPrimaryActivity_________________________________________________________________409
    KeyAspectsoftheGuidelines______________________________________________________________412
    RelevantStateLevelActstobeconsideredforrevision__________________________________418

    xix

    Introduction

    1
    1.1.

    Introduction
    UrbanisationTrends

    Globally,themoreurbanisedcountrieshavehigherlevelsofincomeandprosperity.
    Indian States also exhibit the same trend. At the same time, urbanisation is also
    perceivedtobecorrelatedwithpollution,congestionandinferiorqualityoflife.This
    would call for developing a paradigm of urban development that would bring in
    higherlevelsofprosperity,butwithouttheconcomitantnegativeeffects.TheURDPFI
    hasattemptedtodevelopsuchaframework.
    Populationtrends:TheCensus2011and2001giveusefulindicatorsforthetrends
    inurbanisationinIndia.Thethreeurbanagglomerations,viz.GreaterMumbai,Delhi
    andKolkata,havecrossedthe10millionmarkinpopulation,butwithmuchreduced
    therateofgrowth.TheMillionPluspopulationcitieshaveshownagrowthofover48
    percent,butthenumberofsuchcitieshasgoneupfrom35to 53andfivecitiesviz.
    Chennai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad and Pune have attained more than 50
    lakhpopulation.ThetotalpopulationinClassIcities(1lakh+)constitutes70%ofthe
    total urban population, while the total population of million plus cities constitute
    42.6%ofthetotalurbanpopulation.Whatismoreinterestingisthatthecitieswith
    lower orders of population have exhibited higher rates of growth of population.
    Table1.1givesthedetails:
    Table1.1:TrendsinUrbanisation20012011

    ClassI
    >1lakh
    Ofwhich,
    BelowMn+
    1to10lakh
    MillionPluscities >10lakh
    Ofwhich,
    Megacities@
    >1crore
    ClassII
    50kto<100k
    ClassIII
    20Kto<50k
    ClassIV
    10kto<20k
    ClassV
    5kto<10k
    ClassVI
    <5k
    Total
    StatutoryTowns
    NonStatutoryCensusTowns&UAs
    TotalUrbanPopulation

    394

    196.3

    68.7

    70.2

    18.8

    34.9

    15.6
    51.4

    18.4
    48.4

    12.9
    0.0
    11.0 22.0
    15.4 37.2
    8.5 43.0
    4.2 110.1
    0.5 112.8
    109.8 53.7
    84.5
    6.4
    15.5 185.8
    100 53.7

    14.8
    48.7
    65.5
    63.8
    138.7
    180.1
    31.8
    20.2
    179.0
    31.8

    359
    35

    88.0
    108.3

    30.8
    37.9

    415 104.2
    53 160.7

    3
    496
    1388
    1561
    1041
    234
    5161
    3799
    1362
    5161

    42.5
    27.8
    35.2
    19.5
    6.7
    0.7
    286.1
    265.1
    21.0
    286.1

    14.9
    9.7
    12.2
    6.8
    2.4
    0.2
    100.0
    92.7
    7.3
    100.0

    3 48.8
    605 41.3
    1905 58.2
    2233 31.9
    2187 15.9
    498
    2.0
    7933 377.1
    4041 318.5
    3892 58.6
    7933 377.1

    27.6
    42.6

    Population

    %ofUrban
    Population

    Population

    No.of
    Towns

    468 264.9

    No.of
    Towns

    Decade
    Growth
    Rate
    20012011

    Census2011

    %ofUrban
    Population

    Population

    Census2001
    No.of
    Towns

    Class

    Definition
    (Population)

    Source:CensusofIndia.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    The decadal population growth rate has, however, shown a decline from 21.5%
    during19912001to17.6%during20012011.Thegrowthrateofurbanpopulation
    alsoseemstobeheadingforstabilizationasthedecadalvariationremainedaround
    31.5%duringthelasttwodecades.
    Nonstatutorytowns:Thetrendofurbanisationisreflectedremarkablyinthesizeof
    townsthatcarrythegrowingurbanpopulation.AsperCensus2011,thereare7933
    townsincluding4041Statutorytownsand3892Censustowns.However,itisnotable
    that the number of statutory towns has increased marginally, by 6.4 per cent only,
    whereasthenumberofnonstatutorytownshasgoneupby186percent.Obviously,
    newtownsaredevelopingveryfast,but,beingnotnotifiedasatown,thesearekept
    outofthepurviewofplannedspatialdevelopmentandbecomepronetohaphazard
    growth.ThiswouldcallforaseriousefforttointroducetheprinciplesoftheURDPFI
    Guidelinestoevennonstatutorytowns,preferablyinaregionalsetup,whereinthe
    spatialplansforsuchtownsarepreparedinconjunctionwiththatofthemaincities,
    towhichthesearegenerallythesatellitetowns.

    1.2.

    FrameworkforaRenewedPlanningSystem

    The framework for effective Spatial Planning needs to incorporate certain major
    issues,which,subjecttolocalvariations,canbelistedandcategorisedasfollows:
    Current principles, practises and issues in preparation and implementation of
    plansatNational,RegionalandLocallevelssoastoharmonisethesamedrawing
    onthebestpractices.
    AnalysisofthelatesttrendintheUrbanDevelopmentscenario.
    Addressrelevantissuesrelatedtoperiurbanareasandurbanplanningregions.
    Compilation and analysis of the relevant data available from Census and other
    sources.
    Urbandevelopmentissues,especiallyinnewlyformedstatesandbackwardareas.
    Needforuniformityinplanningsysteminthecountry.
    Streamliningofplanningpractices.
    RequirementofcoordinatedeffortsbetweenDepartments/Authorities.
    Legal, funding and decision making aspects in implementation of plans and
    projects.
    Promotingrapidurbanisationandrespondingtotheimpactofclimatechange.
    Economicaspectsofplanimplementationwhilepreparinglandusedevelopment
    plans.
    Promotion of sustainable development with focus on planning for People,
    EnvironmentandFinancialviabilityprinciples.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    Inclusive planning, peoples participation and specific issues relating to the
    elderly,women,thedifferentlyabledandtheweakersectionsofthesociety.
    AttentiontoTransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD).
    PlanningforandintegrationofPeriurbanareasintheplanningprocess.
    Influenceofindustrialareas,suchasSEZs,onspatialandurbandevelopment.
    CRZpolicyandCoastalmanagementincaseofcoastalcities.
    Specialissuesofurbandevelopmentinhillareas.
    ProvisionsforAffordablehousing.
    Safedisposal,mainlybywayofrecyclingandreuse,ofsolidandotherwastes.
    Adoptionofgeospatialdataandtechnologyintheplanningprocess.
    Definingmeasureablebenchmarksandmilestonesfortheplan.
    Arrangementsforperiodicmonitoringandevaluationoftheimplementationofthe
    Plan.
    Integration of sector specific plans among each other and in overall spatial
    planning.
    The last mentioned issue has become particularly significant over the years, as
    different Ministries advocate preparation of plans for specific sectors, such as Slum
    Redevelopment Plan, City Development Plan, City Investment Plan, Comprehensive
    Mobility Plan, City Sanitation Plan, District Credit Plan, Coastal Zone Management
    Plan, Environmental Conservation Plan, Riverfront Development Plan, Water
    ResourceManagementPlan,HeritageConservationPlan,TourismMasterPlan,etc.It
    would beofgreathelptoalliftheMasterPlanoftheCity/Regionincorporatesthe
    relevantfeaturesofallsuchsectorspecificplan.Also,thesectorspecificplansneedto
    alignwiththeframeworkoftheoverallMasterPlan.

    1.3.

    ClassificationofUrbanSettlements

    The classification of urban settlements adopted by the Census of India 2011 is as


    follows:
    1. AllplaceswithaMunicipality,Corporation,CantonmentBoardornotifiedtown
    areacommittee,etc.
    2. Allotherplaceswhichsatisfiesthefollowingcriteria:
    a. Aminimumpopulationof5,000;
    b. Atleast75percentofthemalemainworkingpopulationengagedinnon
    agriculturalpursuits;and
    c. Adensityofpopulationofatleast400personspersq.km.
    The first category of urban units is known as Statutory Towns. These towns are
    notifiedunderlawbytheconcernedState/UTGovernmentandhavelocalbodieslike

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    Municipal Corporations, Municipalities, Municipal Committees, etc., irrespective of
    their demographic characteristics as reckoned on 31st December 2009. The second
    category of Towns is known as Census Town. Population trends in respect of
    statutorytownsandcensustownsareindicatedinTable1.1.
    The human settlement classification for planning purposes, its nomenclature and
    populationrangeisredefinedintheURDPFIguidelinesbasedon:
    Census2011andreferencetocensustowns.
    Masterplanformulationinthestates.
    EmergingagglomerationsinIndia.
    TheclassificationofurbansettlementsadoptedforURDPFIisindicatedinTable1.2
    Table1.2:ClassificationofUrbanSettlements
    S.No.

    Classification

    SmallTown*

    Subcategory

    PopulationRange

    Governing
    LocalAuthority

    SmallTownI

    5,00020,000

    NagarPanchayat

    SmallTownII

    20,00050,000

    NagarPanchayat/
    MunicipalCouncil

    Medium
    Town

    LargeCity

    Metropolitan
    City

    Megapolis

    MediumTownI

    50,000to1,00,000

    NumberofCities
    asperCensusof
    India,2011

    7467

    MunicipalCouncil

    MediumTownII

    1lakhto5lakh

    MunicipalCouncil

    372

    5lakhto10lakh

    MunicipalCorporation

    43

    MetropolitanCityI

    10lakhto50lakh

    MunicipalCorporation/
    MetropolitanPlanning
    Committee

    45

    MetropolitanCityII

    50lakhto1Crore

    Same

    Morethan1Crore

    Same

    Note:NamesofLocalAuthoritiesmayvaryasperStatestraditionsandlaws.
    Source:ModificationsfortheUDPFIGuidelinesbasedoncensusclassificationandStateexperiences.
    *Anyurbancentresevenhavinglessthan5,000populationmaybegivenastatutorystatusandbecalledasaStatutoryTown
    andCensusofIndiafollows6foldclassificationasperthepopulationsize

    Smalltownscanbereferredastransitionaltownsmentionedinthe74thCAAwherea
    NagarPanchayat(asamunicipality)istobeformedforanareaintransitionfroma
    ruralareatoanurbanarea.
    Agglomerationofurbannodesalongwithitsperiurbanandruralareasarecurrently
    observed in the Metropolitan cities II (like in Chennai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad,
    Ahmedabad) and in Megapolis. However, Conurbation of settlements is on much
    larger scale, which may develop accounting for population more than 5 Crore and
    withadjoiningseverallargecitiesandfewmetropolitancities.
    TheURDPFIGuidelinesfocusonthestatutorytowns.However,theconceptsstatedin
    these Guidelines can be easily made applicable to all human settlements, whether
    notifiedasaMunicipality,Cantonment,SpecialEconomicZone,Porttrustareaoreven
    avillage.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    1.4.

    RecommendedPlanningSystem

    Literature review on the planning systems in India and abroad indicates that each
    country/territory has evolved its own system suiting specific needs, traditions and
    legal arrangements. The recommended urban development planning systems in the
    guidelineshave,therefore,takenintoaccountsuchvariations.
    The recommended planning system is to consider various plans, both statutory and
    nonstatutory, to be a part of the system. These various plans such as urban
    revitalisation plan, city development plan, comprehensive mobility plan, city
    sanitationplan,coastalzonemanagementplanetc.haveemergedduetotheplanning
    needs and/or funding schemes/ programmes. Similarly, regional plan, which is to
    coveralargerlandarea,isincludedinthesystemacrossthescaleofplanning.
    TheTable1.3below,whichhasbeendesignedbasedonstakeholderconsultations,
    suggeststheplanningsystemframeworkonthebasisof
    Hierarchy
    Spatialextent
    Scaleofplanning
    Detailsprovidedintheplan
    Functionandtheirspeciality

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    Table1.3:PlanningSystemFramework
    Planning
    Scopeandpurposeoftheplan
    system
    Coreareaofplanning
    Perspective
    Plan

    To identify the region and regional resources


    for development within which settlement
    (urban and rural) plan to be prepared and
    regulatedbyDPC.
    Development To prepare a comprehensive Development
    Plan
    Plan for urban areas, Periurban areas under
    control
    of
    Development
    authority/
    MetropolitanPlanningCommittee.
    LocalArea
    To detail the subcity landuse plan and
    Plan
    integration with urban infrastructure,
    mobilityandservices.
    Specificandinvestmentplanning
    Special
    To identify the needs of the special areas
    PurposePlan which require special plan within the
    frameworkofthedevelopmentplan.

    Project/
    Research

    Variousplans;indicativelist

    To develop vision and provide a policy 2030years


    frameworkforurban&regionaldevelopment
    andfurtherdetailing

    RegionalPlan

    Annualplan

    Time
    frame*

    20years

    LongTerm Conceptplan
    Mission
    Perspective
    statement
    Vision
    document
    Regional
    Subregionalplan
    Plan
    (Mobility1)

    2030years
    District
    City/Metropolitan
    (Reviewevery Development DevelopmentPlan
    5years)
    Plan
    (Mobility2)
    (Mobility1)
    520year
    Town
    ZonalPlan/
    (Reviewevery Planning
    Subcityplan
    5yrs)
    Schemes

    520year
    City
    Comprehensive
    (withincity
    Development MobilityPlan
    utilities30year Plan(asper (asperJnNURM)
    plan)
    JnNURM)
    To translate Development Plan in the context 1year
    Investment Auditand
    of annual physical & fiscal resource
    plan
    monitoringplan
    requirement.Tomonitorplanimplementation
    withperformancemilestones.
    To focus on project related investments, 520year
    PrefeasibilityDetailedProject
    costingandreturns&forthestudiesrequired
    &feasibility Report
    priortoorpostplanformulation.
    study
    This should be a continuous process to
    support planning and implementation at all
    stagesandpromotesinnovationinpractice.

    MasterPlan
    CityUtility
    (30years)

    Revised
    Development
    Plan

    Ward
    CoastalZone
    Committee
    MgmtPlan
    Plan
    1.4.1.
    CitySanitation Disaster
    Plan(asper Management
    JnNURM)
    Plan(asper
    NDMA)

    Urban
    Redevelopment
    Plan
    1.4.2.
    Slum
    Redevelopment
    Plan
    (asperRAY)

    Schemes&
    Subprojects

    Projectsuchas:
    Riverfront
    development
    projects

    Surveys&
    Studies

    1.4.3.
    Tourism Environmental Heritage
    Master Conservation Conservation
    Plan
    Plan
    Plan

    Note:ConsultativemeetingsandtheregionalworkshopsduringURDFIformulationhavepointedouttheneedtoreviewtheplanperiodof20yearsandextendthesameto30years.
    Howevergeneralconsensuswasinthefavourof20years.Intermittentreviewin5yeargapwouldberequired.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    1.5.

    Scopeandpurposeofvariousplans

    Theneedandrolesforthespecificplancategory,namely,PerspectivePlan,Regional
    Plan, Development Plan, Master Plan, Local Area Plan, Special Purpose Plan and
    Annual Plan, thereby resolving gaps in the planning system is detailed in the
    followingsection.

    1.5.1. PerspectivePlan
    Developing a vision for region is essential for policy framework. The vision
    stipulates direction of growth and identification of resource potential and
    innovations to be adopted for thethrust areas of development. It integrates broad
    level plan with the regional or development plan. A realistic vision helps policy
    formulationandpreparationofPerspectiveplan.
    Perspectiveplandefinesthevisionandfocusesonthespatioeconomicdevelopment
    policies,strategiesandprogrammestowardstheintendeddevelopmentoftheState.
    The Perspective Plan of a State could include State UrbanisationPolicy and State
    Land Utilisation Policy. The plan is based on state resource mapping and analysis
    andassessmentofpotentialresources.Itaddressesthelongtermpoliciesregarding
    development of infrastructure and resource mobilisation. The scope of this plan
    covers the social, economic, environmental and spatial development goals, policies
    andprioritiesrelatingtotheactivitiesthathavespatialandfinancialimplications.
    The purpose of a perspective plan is to provide an overall framework for
    preparation of detailed plans. Therefore it serves as a guide for urban local
    authoritiesandregionaldevelopmentauthoritiesinpreparationoftheregionaland
    developmentplans.

    1.5.2. RegionalPlan
    For planned and sustainable development of the human settlements, the regional
    planningapproachneedstobepromoted.Theplanningregionscouldbeclassified
    underthreeheads:
    (a)AdministrativeRegions,whichcanbeDistrictRegionsorMetropolitanRegions
    aspertherecommendationsofthe73rd&74thConstitutionalAmendmentAct,
    (b) Investment Regions, which can be new investment manufacturing zones,
    industrial and freight corridors, special investment regions etc. They could be
    identifiedunderNationalActs/policies,
    (c)Specialregions,whicharesensitiveintermsofenvironment/socioeconomicor
    politicalaspects.
    States undertake Urban and Regional Planning under a variety of statutes such as
    theTownandCountryPlanningAct,MunicipalLaws,Urban/MetropolitanPlanning/
    DevelopmentAct,ImprovementTrustAct,IndustrialDevelopmentAct,Cantonment
    BoardAct,MajorPortsActetc.Oftentheselawsaremutuallyexclusive.Forinstance,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    a Master Plan for a city would exclude the lands covered under the Industrial
    DevelopmentAct,eventhoughthelandswouldbeadjacentandthemovementofthe
    people and of the economic activities may be seamless. This leads to suboptimal
    planningforlanduseaswellasforinfrastructure.Itis,therefore,suggestedthatthe
    principlesforspatialplanningrecommendedbytheseguidelinesareextendedtoall
    areas, whether administered by the regular administrative system of the State
    Government or by special laws such as for the ports, cantonments, railways,
    industrial zones etc. Furthermore, the concepts of regional planning enunciated in
    these guidelines should be extended to all contiguous areas that are socially,
    economicallyorfunctionallyinterdependent.Forinstance,aciviliantownandthe
    adjoiningport/cantonment/railwayareashouldbecoveredbyanumbrellaregional
    plan,eventhoughtheactualauthorityforadministrationoftheindividualpieceof
    landwouldcontinuetovestwiththerespectiveorganisation,suchasthePortTrust,
    Cantonment Board, Railway Administration, etc. At times, even certain
    infrastructurecouldbeplannedanddevelopedinaregionalsetup.Forinstance,the
    roadnetwork/mobilityplan,orthedrainageplancouldmoreefficientlybeexecuted
    in a regional set up, rather than limiting to the jurisdiction of the statutory
    authoritiesadministeringtheirrespectivelands.
    Thiswouldalsocallfornotificationofregionalplanningauthorities,forregionsthat
    have contours defined by seamless connectivity of people and economic activities.
    Typically, a town in the vicinity of a industrial zone (SEZ etc.) should become the
    node for notification of a Regional Planning Authority (RPA), wherein the region
    would be defined to include the town, the nearby SEZ and the adjoining villages.
    Similarly, a Port Area and it adjoining city and villages should put together be
    notified as a Region, with a RPA duly notified to prepare a regional plan and
    coordinate/ oversee the implementation of the regional plan. Such RPA may be
    chairedbyaseniorofficer,suchastheDistrictCollectoror couldevenhaveafull
    time officer. Senior representatives of the various authorities administering the
    constituent areas (ports, villages, cantonment, SEZ etc.) should be represented on
    theexecutivebodyoftheRPA.
    Similar RPAs may be notified for tourist areas, religious places and the influence
    zones of the transit corridors such as national/ state highways, expressways, and
    waterways. Areas including and surrounding the airports may also be similarly
    notified for planned regional development. It would also be desirable to regularly
    monitor the contours of such RPAs and expand the same, as per need. The State
    Town&CountryPlanningActsmaybesuitablymodifiedtoenableformationofsuch
    authorities. Till such time such statutory arrangements are put in place, the State
    GovernmentcouldissueexecutiveordersconstitutingsuchauthoritiesandMinistry
    ofUrbanDevelopmentcouldextendnecessarysupportforthepurpose,asrequired.
    Regionalplanistobeacomprehensiveplanatanappropriatescale(district/inter
    district,investmentregionorspecialarea)fortheintegrationofurbannodeswith

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    the semiurban and rural areas. The plan is based on understanding of the
    characteristicsoftheregionsuchasflowofpeople,goods,knowledgeandmoney.
    Some states have comprehensive town and country planning legislation, which
    providesforurbanplanninganddevelopmentinaregionalperspectivebeyondthe
    city limits and coordinated with the overall framework of economic development,
    priorities and resource availabilities. Regions, identified in the States, are to be
    plannedholisticallyorassubregionsfortheholisticapproachofplanning.
    The detailed planning of the urban nodes will be addressed by the development
    plans at the next stage of planning, while the requirements of the region will be
    addressedbytheregionalplantobringoutpoliciesfordevelopmentandbringingin
    harmony between the different types of human settlements. Regional plan focuses
    on balanced development and plan for hierarchy of settlements, both urban and
    rural(intermsofitsgeographicalareacoverage),hierarchyofconnectivitynetwork,
    road, rail, sea and airports and intermodal transport hubs, focuses on land
    utilisation, resource mobilisation, environmental protection and disaster risk
    management.

    1.5.3. DevelopmentPlan
    Development plan is a statutory plan prepared (under relevant Act) within the
    frameworkofanapprovedperspectiveplan.Theobjectiveofadevelopmentplanis
    to provide further necessary details and intended actions in the form of strategies
    and physical proposals for various policies given in the perspective plan and
    regionalplandependingupontheeconomicandsocialneedsand aspirationofthe
    people,availableresourcesandpriorities.
    Proposals of a development plan should be definite, supported by an
    implementation strategy and evaluation criteria. It makes known publicly the
    intention of the local authority regarding physical, social and economic
    development,thefacilitiesandtheservicesthatareproposedtobeprovidedinthe
    nearfuture.Theapproveddevelopmentplanallowsthelocalauthoritytoimplement
    development of the land area specified under the plan with the help of local area
    plansandprojects.
    ThetimeframeoftheexistingDevelopmentPlansisforaperiodof20yearsbymost
    oftheUrbanDevelopmentAuthorities/ULBs.Forgreenfieldcities,alongerplanning
    periodcanbeconsidered,alignedwiththeinfrastructurelifeof30years.
    These plans should be in phases of 5 years, to make it convenient for periodic
    reviews and revision. This 5year cycle could also be usefully coincided with the
    State Five Year plans and State Finance Commissions recommendations, though
    suchanalignmentneednotbemademandatory.Thetargetssetforeachphasecan
    be assessed as the midterm review against the achievements at the end of each

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction
    phase. For Greenfield area, phasing could include a Zero period for approvals,
    institutionalsetup,initiallandpollingandrevisitinganystrategy.

    1.5.3.1. MasterPlantobereferredasDevelopmentPlan
    ThetermDevelopmentPlanisuseddifferentlyinStates.SomeStatesuseitforan
    integratedmultisector plan, such as the District Development Plan. In some other
    States, it isa statutoryland use plan, approved and adopted bythe local authority
    anditsproposalsarepreciseanddefinite,notifyingthepropertyownersthemanner
    in which their properties will be affected. The examples of the later type are the
    Delhi Master Plan, Chennai Master Plan, Guwahati Master Plan, Ahmedabad
    Development Plan, Hyderabad Metropolitan Development Plan and Bhopal
    DevelopmentPlan.Here,boththeplans,DevelopmentplansandMasterplanshave
    the same functions and impose similar controls, with variation in the use of
    nomenclatures by States. Many states prefer and there is a growing consensus to
    replacetheterminologyofMasterPlanwithDevelopmentPlan.
    InareasundertheSchedule6oftheConstitution,landisnot directlyStatesubject
    such as in the NorthEastern (NE) States, where land title is based on community
    ownership.TheapproachtolandaspectsoftheDevelopmentPlanmaybedifferent
    in such cases. Therefore, a Structure Plan approach to land management may be
    appropriateinordertoallocatelandfordifferentlandusesinurbaninfrastructure
    etc.
    In such cases or otherwise, Structure Plan is to serve as a planning tool which
    directsthegrowthandzonesofplanning,butisnotaspreciseasthedevelopment
    plan(suchastheStructurePlanforBangaloreMetropolitanRegion).StructurePlans
    may be considered as an overarching Development plan for Metropolitan Regions,
    allowingbroadframeworkandflexibility.

    1.5.4. LocalAreaPlan
    Thethrustofmicroplanningshouldshifttolocalareaplans,whichcouldencourage
    decentralisationandimproveimplementationofDevelopmentPlans.Inviewofthe
    73rd and 74th CAA, planning decision and implementation of plans should be
    disaggregated in order to bring the process closer to the local people. This would
    enhancethesignificanceofLocalAreaPlans.
    Localareaplansaretobepreparedtoguidethedevelopmentorredevelopmentof
    land,conservationofbuildingsandphysicalfeatures,providingimprovementsinthe
    physical layout, making infrastructure and amenities available and managing the
    areatoenhancehealthandsafetyoftheresidentstosupporteconomicdevelopment
    as well as to enhance the quality of living, environment, and for area specific
    regulatoryparametersiii(seeendnote)fortheareacovered.

    10

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    Local area plans need to specify the implementation details to comply with the
    Government Policies, such as housing, hitech townships, rainwater harvesting,
    energy,disastermanagement,industrialandservicesectorinvestment,barrierfree
    environmentfortheelderlyandthephysicallydisabled,eGovernance,tourismand
    otherpoliciesandfacilitateformulationofspecificprojects.
    Theplanshoulddelineatereservationoflandforroadsandotherpublicpurposes,
    forconstruction,reclamationetc.Theplanshouldprovideaframeworkforrecovery
    of the associated costs for public projects, by mechanisms like levy of betterment
    charges,chargesonadditionaldevelopmentrights,andappropriateusercharges.

    1.5.5. SpecialPurposePlan
    SpecialPurposePlancanbepreparedforspecificdevelopmentsectorsdependingon
    itseconomicandenvironmentalimportance.Dependingontheurgencyoftheneed
    and priority of the sector requiring special treatment and covering special aerial
    extent,SpecialPurposePlansforspecificsubjectscanbeprepared.However,these
    plans are to be within the framework of the Regional Plan, Development Plan or
    LocalAreaPlaninthejurisdictionofthelocalauthority.
    Theseplansmayalsoemergetoservethepurposeofurbanplanningneedsunder
    different Central and State Government grants, funding schemes iii(see endnote) /
    programmeswithanaimto:
    Encourage reforms and fast track planned development of cities, periurban
    areas,outgrowths,urbancorridors,andothers,
    Scaleup delivery of civic amenities and provision of utilities with emphasis on
    universalaccesstotheurbanpoor,
    Specialfocusonurbanrenewalprogramme,
    SupplementtobudgetdocumentsonULBs,
    Sustainability,Environmentalandheritageprotection,
    Themebaseddevelopmentsuchastourism,ITetc.

    1.5.6. AnnualPlan
    AnAnnualPlanwouldcontainthedetailsofthenewandongoingprojectsthatthe
    local authority intends to implement during each financial year for necessary
    financialresourcemobilisationandmonitoringitsperformance.
    The annual plan is to be prepared by the local authority in each financial year to
    identify the new projects, which the authority will undertake for implementation
    during the year, taking into account the physical and fiscal performance of the
    precedingyear,thepriorities,thepoliciesandproposalscontainedintheapproved
    RegionalPlan,DevelopmentPlanorLocalAreaPlan.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    11

    Introduction
    The annual plan is intended to provide the resource requirement during the year
    and sources of funds including those mobilised by the local authority, grants, aids
    andproject/schemefundsbytheStateandCentralGovernments.
    It is thus an important document for the resource mobilisation as on the basis of
    this, the plan funds are to be allocated by the funding body. This plan, therefore,
    servesasanimportantlinkwiththebudgetaryprocess.Annualplansalsoprovidea
    mechanismtomonitorprogressofdevelopmentplanandvariousprojects.

    1.5.7. Project/Research
    Projects are derived targets of the sequences of plans, which focus on items of
    execution,investments,costingandreturns.Conceivedwithintheframeworkofthe
    Perspective plan, Development plan or any of the plans in the planning system,
    projectsaretheworkinglayoutswithallsupportinginfrastructureanddocuments
    including cost, source of fund and recovery providing all necessary details for
    executionincludingfinance,development,administrativeandmanagement.
    These projects could be for any area, old or new, any activity or land use like
    residential, commercial, industrial, recreational, educational or health related, or
    infrastructuredevelopment,separatelyorinanintegratedmanner;forresearchand
    development in the field of planning, key surveys to determine statistics, by any
    agency such as government, semigovernment, private or even individual; or any
    agency prepared by town planners, architects, engineers as the case may be,
    enjoyingmaximumfreedomofexpressionintheirdesignwithinthestipulationsof
    development promotion rules and other regulations as applicable. Research,
    specifically for background studies preceding Perspective Plan, Regional Plan,
    Development Plan or even Local Area Plan formulation may be undertaken as
    requiredbytheStateGovernmentandlocalauthorities.Specifically,trafficsurveys
    &relatedstudiestocollectcurrentstatisticsarecrucialformakingdecisionsinplan
    formulation.
    (Detailsonthecontentsoftheplanssuggestedaboveintheplanningsystemaregiven
    subsequentlyinChapter2PlanFormulation.)

    1.5.8. Interrelationshipamongvariousplans
    Taking into account the entire planning process and also incorporating the
    suggestedplanningsystem,Figure1.1showstheinterrelationshipofthedifferent
    plans, directly or indirectly related to the land development, at various levels
    rangingfromnationaltoatransitionalurbanarea.
    A Perspective Plan is formulation of development strategy generally at the State
    levelorattheregionallevel.ThisisdetailedfurtherinRegionalPlanorSubRegional
    Plan as the case may be and in Development Plan. Perspective Plan should be a
    guiding document for planning. It could also specify the regional planning

    12

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    authorities,urban/localareaplanningauthorities,regulatoryauthoritiesintheState
    and those responsible for preparing plan at various levels. The State Urbanisation
    Planshallgiveastockoftheurbanisation,planningstatusandespeciallyoftheland
    suitability.
    Regional Plans are to be prepared at district and metropolitan region level, and
    whereeconomicregionsareformulated.Thisisthelinkagefor aggregationofplan
    proposalsforconsolidationandintegrationofphysicalandfiscalplanningeffortsat
    District, Metropolitan area, State and also at National level (in case of interstate
    regions).AsFigure1.1depicts,integrationanddisaggregationofpolicies,resources
    intheplanningsystemoccursatthelevelofRegionalandDevelopmentPlan.
    Figure1.1:RelationshipofthePlanningSystem

    DevelopmentPlanandMobilityPlanneedtobeintegratedtoensuretransportation
    oriented spatial planning. It needs to be emphasised here that urban plans should
    not be considered in isolation from its region as each urban centre is part of a
    regional system of the settlement which in turn play their respective roles in the
    process of development of the region as a whole. The Development Plan shall
    provide policies and development proposals, which are detailed in the local area
    plantoagreaterscale.Thisinterrelationshipbetweenplanningsystemisthekeyto
    implementation; hence DevelopmentPlanand LocalArea Plan should be prepared
    inclosecoordination.
    However,areasthatrequirespecialplanwithintheframeworkofthedevelopment
    plan or planning for specific purpose should be prepared only when the need
    arrives.Thefundingschemes,suchasJnNURM,RAY,havesignificantroleinthenew
    planningsystem,whereCityDevelopmentPlan,ComprehensiveMobilityPlan,City
    Sanitation Plan, Slum Redevelopment Plan, Disaster Management Plan are to be
    formulated.Amongall,ComprehensiveMobilityPlanshouldbepreparedalongwith
    theDevelopmentPlan,whileCitySanitationPlan,CityDevelopmentPlanshouldbe
    preparedinlinewiththeDevelopmentplan.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    13

    Introduction
    Project reports and Annual plans are necessary requirements of the planning
    system. These are directly interrelated with each other and are vertical with the
    entire planning system. Implementation of all intended developments is linked to
    this stage and hence these can be prepared following any of the above mentioned
    stages.

    1.6.

    SustainableUrbanandRegionalDevelopment

    The urban and regional plans, in all its forms and dimensions, should focus on
    sustainability, from financial, social, governance/ managerial and environmental.
    Financialsustainabilityistobeachievedbyworkingoutthedetailsofthecapital
    and operational costs and the options to recover the same adequately. Each
    development project enhances the economic stature of the influence zone and,
    accordingly,thedevelopmentactivitiesinsuchinfluencezone shouldbesubjectto
    development charges, computed to recover the capex over the project lifecycle.
    Similarly,theuserchargesshouldpayfortheoperationalexpenses.Indetermining
    suchcharges,crosssubsidiescouldbeprovidedfor.
    Socialsustainabilityrelatestoinclusion,i.e.,theprojectshouldprovidebenefitto
    allresidentsintheinfluencezoneequitably.Itshouldalsobebasedonidentification
    ofthegainersandlosersfromtheprojectandtoensurethatthegainersaresubject
    todevelopmentandotherchargesthatcouldbepassedoninanappropriateformto
    thelosers.
    Governance/managerialsustainabilitywouldrequiretheprojecttomeetallthe
    statutory and regulatory requirements and also to have adequate capacities
    developed with the local authorities concerned for maintaining the project
    effectivelyandefficientlythroughouttheprojectlifecycleatreasonablecosts.
    Environmental sustainability would require, for instance, zero landfill for solid
    wastemanagementprojects.Infact,eachprojectshouldaimatimprovementinthe
    environment,ratherthanonminimisingthedamage.
    The sustainability issues have been highlighted in numerous policy documents
    includingtheTwelfthFiveYearPlan,whichrecommendsforstrengtheningurban
    governance structure/ Local Bodies, augmenting the soft infrastructure including
    systemcapacities,inclusivegovernance,environmentalsustainabilityandenhanced
    attention to urban renewal as well as to regional approach to planning. These
    frameworks have been further detailed in the National Mission for Sustainable
    Habitat.

    1.7.

    StateLandUtilisationPolicy

    StateLandUtilisationPolicywouldneedtobedefinedatthePerspectivePlanLevel,
    which should be as per the guiding framework of National Land Utilisation Policy,
    2013 (draft version is currently in place), brought out by the Department of Land

    14

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    Resources,MinistryofRuralDevelopment,fordifferentstateskeepingincontextthe
    statespecificneeds,potential,prioritiesandlegalprovisions.
    The (draft) National Land Utilisation Policy, 2013 takes into consideration the
    predominant (existing or scientifically established) functions of land serving the
    needs of people, environment as well as different sectors of economy and
    development. Also, the Policy takes into consideration the existing laws and
    approachesthatgovernlanduses.Itsuggeststhatthelandinthecountrybedivided
    into Land Utilisation Zones1 (LUZs) based on the predominant use of those lands.
    Here, each state should formulate the strategy of land development in a spatial
    conceptplan.ThefollowingsixtypesofLUZsareindicated:
    1. PredominantlyRuralandAgriculturalAreas;
    2. AreasUnderTransformation;
    3. PredominantlyUrbanAreas;
    4. PredominantlyIndustrialAreas;
    5. PredominantlyEcologicalAreas,LandscapeConservation&TourismAreas,

    HeritageAreas1;
    6. MajorHazardVulnerableAreas.

    ItmaybedesirabletofurtherclassifyareasunderthePredominantlyUrbanAreas
    LUZ,whereurbandevelopmentistobepromoted,toberestricted/controlledorto
    beprohibited,asperthesituation.
    The perspective of the State, the state resource mapping and LUZs would set the
    foundation of the longterm policies regarding development of infrastructure and
    resourcemobilisationforthelanduseplan.

    1.7.1. LanduseTransportIntegration
    Inthepastdecades,urbansprawlhasresultedintolossofhighqualityagricultural
    land and open space, fragmentation of ecosystems, spatially segregated uses
    inducing high dependency on private vehicle use and unfavourable conditions for
    publictransport.NationalUrbanTransportPolicy(NUTP),2006hashighlightedthe
    need for integrating land use and transport planning. Land transport integration
    benefits in making investment decisions in transport infrastructure and services,
    which in turn are linked to economic, social and environmental outcomes. It also
    helps in determining the optimal use of land in the influence zones of the transit
    corridors. Land transport integration would involve two mutually supportive
    processes:

    LUZ to be considered for eco-tourism, sea and river front natural vegetation areas and protected forests.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    15

    Introduction
    Organizing the physical form and land use pattern of a city such that the
    traveldemands,triplengthsandtraveltimesareminimized,whileaccessibility,
    comfortandefficiencyaremaximized.
    Organizing all systems of transportation from pedestrian pathways to mass
    transit systems such that they integrate well with eachother and enable the
    harmoniousestablishmentoflandusearoundthem,intheprocessgeneratinga
    cityformthatissustainable2.
    Conventional development plans for Indian cities have a statutory requirement to
    plan land uses and channelize growth, whereas transportation plans are not
    statutoryandworkwiththemandateofarrivingatregionalandlocallevelprojects
    for improving mobility. Thus, URDPFI Guideline suggests the shift from such an
    approach to explicitly regarding interactions between various land uses/ activity
    subsystems and transportation. Therefore, Comprehensive Mobility Plans (CMPs),
    first mooted under the JnNURM, are to be integrated with all development plans
    bridgingthetransportationprojectsandstatutorylanduseplanning.3
    Transportnetworksareamongthemostpermanentelementofcities,whichchange
    very slowly over decades or centuries. While, buildings are the second most
    permanentelementofcities,withlifetimeofhundredsofyears,butcanbeadapted
    tochangesthroughrefurbishmentbuttheintegrationofthetwoshapestheurban
    formofasettlement.

    1.7.2. TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD)
    The integration of land use with transport systems is called Transit Oriented
    Development, which is essentially any development, macro or micro that is
    focusedaroundatransitnode,andfacilitatescompleteeaseofaccesstothetransit
    facilitytherebyinducingpeopletoprefertowalkandusepublictransportationover
    personalmodesoftransport4.Thisentailsplanningforcompactcitiesandreducing
    urban sprawl and dependency on the large scale developments in the periphery
    which induce shift from nonmotorizedto motorized modes of travel. Approach to
    TOD highly depends on establishing mixed landuse zone as part of strategic
    densification.Thepolicyincludes:
    Network & Connectivity: Disperse high traffic volumes over multiple parallel
    streetsratherthanconcentratingtrafficonfewmajorarterialroads.Createafine
    network of streets through urban design that provides choice of routes for all
    modes,reducingdistancesbetweenplacesaswellasjourneytimes.
    Lastmileconnectivity:Providefast,convenientinterchangeoptionsandspatial
    provision for various modes of Intermediate Public Transport (IPT) at

    3
    4

    A framework for this purpose is provided in the Toolkit for Land Use Transport Integration and Density of Urban Growth
    brought out by the Ministry of Urban Development under the Sustainable Urban Transport Project (2013).
    Ibid.
    Draft UTTIPEC Guidelines, 2012

    16

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    Multimodal Transit Station for seamless travel. Provide multiple mode choices
    for lastmile connectivity at various prices and comfort levels. Also, if possible,
    eliminatetheneedofIPTbydesignandengineering5.
    Pedestrian access: Provide the shortest direct route to pedestrians and non
    motorisedmodestostationaswellasbetweenbuildingblocks.
    High Density, MixedIncome Development: Compact neighborhoods for
    shortercommutesandequityforallsectionsofsociety.Mixofcompatibleuseto
    promote24houractivity.
    StreetscapeDesign:Urbanplacesshouldbedesignedforenjoyment,relaxation
    and equity. Pedestrian and bicycle friendly designated space for all activities.
    Keepinginviewthepreventionofheatislandeffectsfromwideandopenstreets,
    byproperstreetandlandscaping.
    Promote Place Making to Create a Sense of Place: Focus on promoting
    liveability,qualityanduniquenessofeachspace
    Direct Business to TOD Locations: Create transit services to regional job
    centers,focusjobcreationinvestmentsintransitservicedlocations.
    Publicfacilitiesatnodesofpublictransport:Planforpublicfacilitiessuchas
    schools,universities,sportfacilities,stadiums,theatresandconcerthallsaround
    nodesofpublictransport.
    Function/Activities at nodes of public transport: Promote multifunctional
    developments around nodes that are otherwise deserted in the evening or at
    night.Planamixofdifferenttypesofusersandinhabitantstocreatealivelyand
    safeplace.
    Application of TOD is in context of scales in planning i.e. Regional context, Sub
    regionalcontext,citycontextandareacontext.Itshallrequirearobustmethodology
    forintervention6andwouldneedtobeplannedat(a)RegionalorSubregionallevel
    and(b)CityorLocalAreaplanninglevel.
    The context of TOD varies in respect to City Core areas, Peripheral areas and
    Greenfield areas which are equally important and mutually dependent on
    densification, redevelopment (in context of City Core areas), mode of public
    transport and intermediate public transport and therefore uses of land in the
    influencezone.However,inthesettingofbrownfieldcitieswheretransformationof
    landuse and built form has experienced continuous change, the Development
    Oriented Transport (DOT) may be used. DOT incorporates redevelopment or
    readjustmentoftransitnetworkmediumsaspertransformationtakingplaceorhas
    taken place in development. Detailed approach of identifying TOD influence zone

    In case of China and Japan

    Working paper on Transit Oriented Development, Embarq, India

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    17

    Introduction
    anditsplanningiscoveredin Chapter8andZonewiseTODmatrixisprovidedin
    Table5.3
    Besides, integrated urban development, TOD can benefit as an alternative revenue
    generationsourcefrom:
    FinancingofUrbanTransportprojectsbyUnlockingLandValuesasHigherFSIin
    influencezoneofTransitcorridorswithintheframeworkoftheoverallplanning
    guidelinestobepreparedbyrespectivestates.
    Transit Corridors (Metro/ Mono Rail, BRTS, Ring Road) attracting economic
    activitiesandleadingtoinducedurbandevelopmentwithlessefforts.
    Landuse based financing sources along Transport Corridors. For example,
    periodic revision of property guidance value, higher property tax along transit
    corridors,impactfees,developmentcharges,conversionchargesandbetterment
    charges.
    If properly planned and implemented, TOD invariably promotes value added
    activitiesincludingcommercialandservices.

    1.7.3. FlexibilityinPlans
    Statutorylanduseplanshaveimplicationsonthelanduseanddevelopmentcontrol
    mechanism. Despite statutory backing, due to the controlled conventional (rigid)
    approach, Development plans are not implemented fully and meaningfully. Plan
    proposalestimateshavenotkeptpacewiththegrowingrequirementofcitiesorthe
    aspirationsofthecitydwellers.
    Development planning approach is to be for a flexible plan formulation for
    facilitation and promotion of development in plan making and implementation,
    where changes in landuse are tobe permitted only when necessary by specifically
    appointed empowered body Urban and Regional Planning & Development
    Authorities (suggested in the institutional reforms Section 3.6.1). These changes
    may be guided by large developments, social interest and need for all. Further,
    fixation of FAR/FSI, density should be based on more rational grounds and any
    changes therein must be carefully planned. Preparation of City Investment Plan
    shouldfacilitateeasierimplementationofDevelopmentplan.
    For minor changes in the landuse, the planning system is to be improved to allow
    flexibility in the Development Plans/Master Plans. Such as allowing mixed use of
    land in the zoning regulation must consider the RoW of the abutting road for
    industrialandother(residentialandcommercial)aspectsofmix.Verticalmixofuse
    of land is an alternative approach for promoting flexibility and is suggested in
    Section5.3.2.&9.2.

    18

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    1.7.4. LandtogeneratefundforInfrastructureDevelopment
    The URDPFI Guidelines suggest the ways to augment financial resources for
    implementation of the development/ spatial plan through various innovative
    sourcesofrevenuegeneration.Formulationofspatialplanshouldbesuchthatthe
    planisabletocreateeconomicgrowthandwhichcouldfundtheimplementationof
    theplan.Amongthelanddevelopmentmechanism,townplanningschemesfollowed
    inthestatesofMaharashtraandGujaratisasuccessfulcasetodemonstratefinancial
    sustainability(costrecovery)oftheplan.
    Many schemes and projects are conceptualised without proper technofeasibility
    studiesorfinancialviabilityassessmentsandthereforeprojectsandresearchhave
    beenintegratedintheplanningsystemnow.Consequently,inthePlan,thereisnot
    muchappreciationoftheimplicationsofitsstandardsforcapitalcost,costrecovery
    and maintenance by the municipalities and the state agencies. The Urban Local
    Bodies(ULBs)mainlyinthesmallandmediumsizetowns,withoutexception,suffer
    fromaveryweakresourcebase.Theirpercapitaincomeismuchlessthanthelevel
    ofexpenditure,whichmakesitheavilydependentonexternalfundinginsteadofits
    selfgeneratedrevenues.
    To address such issues, fiscal resource generation from land, tax on vacant land,
    regulationofunauthorisedinformaldevelopmentandunderutilisationofpermitted
    FARcouldbesourceoffinancialresourcegeneration(refersection3.3),whichcan
    be for dedicated urban development through an infrastructure fund. Here,
    implementingagenciesneedtotreatlandasanassetforinfrastructuredevelopment
    throughcapitalgain,stampduty,auctionandothermechanismsinconsensusofthe
    StateFinanceCommission.

    1.7.5. SustainableWasteManagement
    International agencies working on zero waste have claimed that recycling rates of
    75%andplushavebeenachievedbymunicipalitieslargeandsmallthroughoutthe
    world. The Zero waste/Zero Landfill concept is gaining ground as being
    practicably achievable in Indian cities too. Indian cities have the advantage of
    significantrecyclingandreuseinthesolidwastemanagementsystem.Thosecanbe
    improvedandcoordinatedwiththeviewtomovingtowardsZerowastescenarios.
    Zero landfill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation at
    source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by public
    awareness. The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into
    manure, construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper,
    glass and steel back into the same and all residuary inert materials can also be
    converted into bricks. Achieving zero landfill is more conveniently possible, if (a)
    the collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at
    household level and (b) the recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even
    lowerlevels.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    19

    Introduction
    Besides solid waste, the effective management of waste water would result in
    availabilityoftreatedwaterforreuse,captureofmethanegasforpowergeneration
    and improvement in the quality of the environment. This could also be done in a
    zerolandfillconcept.MoredetailsonSustainableWasteManagement,includingthe
    normsforwastewateranditsreuse,aregiveninChapter8.

    1.7.6. Inclusiveplanning
    Development plan / Local area plans in India have not effectively earmarked
    adequatelandandspacesfortheurbanpoor/informalsectorforresidentsorother
    activities at affordable rate. In new townships and new developments of IT / BPO
    Townships, Satellite Townships, SEZ, etc., where the space standards are normally
    affluent, informal sector is significantly gaining recognition. Planning norms for
    urban street vendors, the marginalised and the informal sector to be adopted and
    developedfromthisguideline.Itisofutmostimportancetoprotecttheinterestof
    urban poor by reserving space, extending legal title (ownership)and aboveall the
    Master Plans/Development Plans to take this component into account. Hence,
    Development Plan should allocate space with serious assessment of the
    requirements of urban poor after ascertaining the ground realities with regard to
    location of vendors, informal activities, slums and need for insitu redevelopment
    /upgradation.NormsforinformalsectorandstreetvendorsaregiveninChapter8
    andapproachtoaffordablehousingissuggestedinChapter5.
    Theplacesofemploymentformostofthecitizensareoftenlocatedfarawayfrom
    their place of residence, which discourages them from accessing the most suitable
    employment.Whilethishandicapwouldbeapplicableforallsectionsofthesociety,
    itismoresignificantforthewomenandotherweakersections,includingtheelderly
    andthedifferentlyable.Theeffectivesolutionforthissituationliesintheshelter
    transportlivelihood link, which ought to be made a cornerstone for planning.
    Accessibility requires quality, attractiveness and safety of public spaces for
    pedestrians,cyclistsandpeopleusingpublictransport.
    Barrier Free Environment (refer section 8.8) is one way to enable people with
    disabilitiestomoveaboutsafelyandfreelyandtousethefacilitieswithinthebuilt
    environment7. In addition, to integrate the disabled and elderly persons fully into
    thesociety,thesocialinfrastructurenormssuggestcodevelopmentofoldagehome
    and orphanage facilities with appropriate infrastructure to be included in all the
    plansespeciallyintheLocalAreaPlans.

    1.7.7. DisasterRiskManagement
    Over the past couple of years, the Government of India has brought about a
    paradigm shift in the approach to disaster management. The new policy emanates
    from the realisation that investments in mitigation are much more cost effective

    Guidelines and space standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly Person, CPWD, Ministry of
    Urban Development (2013). Also recommended by UN Habitat.

    20

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Introduction

    thanexpenditureonreliefandrehabilitation.Thisapproachhasbeentranslatedin
    the URDPFI Guidelines in Chapter 6 for disaster planning, covering institutional
    mechanisms,preparedness,responseandcapacitybuildingbothatStateandDistrict
    level,especiallyfocusingoninclusiveplanning.
    States, metropolitan areas, regions and cities need to collect data, information and
    undertake mapping for all infrastructure, services and amenities to understand
    requirementsandidentifygaps.Atthelocalplanningarealevel,spatialmapsneedto
    be created to evaluate neighbourhood, streets and public spaces based on their
    safety;comfortandconvenience(refersection2.2.4).

    1.7.8. Speedingtheprocessofplanning&implementation
    1.7.8.1. Simplifyingtheplanningprocess
    As per the Strategy paper on master plan formulation, inclusive planning,
    prioritization for housing and pedestrian movement, TCPO, there is a widely held
    viewthattheurbandevelopmentplanningprocessinthepasthasbeenundulytime
    consumingand largely confinedto the detailing of landuse aspects and projecting
    micro level needs on long term basis when there were dynamic changes in very
    short terms. In light to the concern, the State Governments would needto modify
    therespectiveTown&CountryPlanningActsforthefollowing:
    i.

    Simplification of preparation of plan: making provisions in the Development


    Plansfordetailingonlythefocusedkeysectorsandpreparationofthedraftfor
    approvalinalimitedtimetooneyear,assuggestedbyTCPO.(referChapter2
    onPlanFormulation).

    ii.

    Simplification in the implementation of plan: the plans to be easily


    understandable&acceptable,minimizingconflictingrecommendationswithin
    a plan, provision for translation of plans and related documents into
    vernacularlanguages.

    iii. Simplificationindatagathering:userfriendlyGISandremotesensingdatato
    be sourced for simplifying the process for plan formulation by developing a
    spatial data base useful for planning, decision making and implementation
    decision(referChapter7forSimplifiedPlanningTechniques)
    iv. Simplification of approval/schemes: improving the approval process by
    developing citizens charter, approval mechanism for the change in landuse
    permissions and by developing regulatory body at State and/or local area
    planning level to bridge the gap between approval and implementation.
    Provision of Interim development order 8in between the period of plan
    formulationtoimplementationcanbeconsidered.

    Kerala Town & Country Planning Ordinance, 2013

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    21

    Introduction
    v.

    Better public participation: The State planning provisions to be modified to


    emphasizeoninvolvementofpublicatearlystages,formulationofGrievance&
    Redresssystemtoaddressthepublicgrievancesandbringingtransparencyin
    accountingsystem.ItissuggestedtoinvolveResidentialWelfareAssociations
    in Local area plans (LAPs) and ULBs to use modern tools for awareness
    throughwebsites/onprojectsites.

    Foremost, during the plan formulation, roles and responsibilities for the
    implementationoftheplanaretobewelldefinedinordertoachievethemilestones
    as per the action plan and to bring in transparency in the implementation system.
    Further, during plan evaluation and monitoring, citizens charter should to be
    involved,fortransparencyandaccountability.
    In case of inadequacy in the manpower capacity with the Government bodies for
    planning, outsourcing to nongovernmental and private organisation could be
    consideredasanoption,butassuggestedbyTCPOLocalBodiesandDevelopment
    AuthoritiesoftheStatesneedtotakenecessarystepsinthedirectionandtakealead
    toensurethatallthecitiesandtownsoftheStatehavestatutoryMasterPlansbythe
    end of the XII Five year plan. For this purpose, boost to the training of the new
    planners and provision of adequate planning schools is imperative, since the
    planningtask,complexandinterdisciplinaryasitis,mustbedoneonlybyqualified
    planners.

    22

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    P
    PlanFormu
    ulation

    2
    2.1
    1.

    Plan
    nFormulation
    n
    PlanningPrrocess

    Spaatial develo
    opment planning is a continu
    uous, timeoriented, cyclic process and
    sho
    ould be seeen and practised
    p
    as a proccess where planningg, implem
    mentation,
    mon
    nitoring,reeviewandp
    planupdattinggoonaasadynam
    micprocess.Inthispro
    ocess,the
    deccision to prrepare a plan
    p
    is outsside the cy
    ycle of planning proccess. The following
    f
    diaggramportrraysthegen
    neralproceessofplann
    ning.
    Figu
    ure2.1: Gen
    neralProcesssofPlannin
    ng

    Follo
    owingaretheestagesofplaanningproceess:
    DevelopmenttofAimsand
    dObjectives
    Identification
    nofsiteneed
    ds
    Identification
    nofprojected
    dneeds
    Planformulaation
    Inclusiveplanning
    Statutoryoblligations
    Decentralisattionofplanaapprovalproccess
    Peoplespartticipation
    Planmodificaation
    Reviewandrrevisionofplans.

    2.1
    1.1. Aim
    msandO
    Objectivees
    Theeaimoftheplanisa broadand
    dgeneralstatementindicatingtthedecisio
    onsofthe
    poliicy makerss, aspirations of the people
    p
    and
    d needs of the commu
    unity. For example,
    Toprovidejob
    bopportun
    nitiesforalllisastatementofaim
    ms.
    Objectivesareespecificsttatementsiindicatingtthewaysaandmeans ofachievin
    ngtheset
    aim
    ms taking into accoun
    nt the pottentials. Fo
    or examplee, for the aim relateed to job
    opp
    portunities,,theobjecttivescouldbe:
    Provisiono
    ofjobsthro
    oughdevelo
    opmentofiindustries/commercceortrade;;

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    23

    PlanFormulation
    Provisionofincentivesandinducements(specific)toindustries;
    Provisionsofinformalsectoreconomicactivitysitesaspartofcommercialareas,
    andsuchothers.
    Theaimsandobjectivesformulationexercisecomprisesthefollowingsteps:
    1. Identification of values cherished by and needs of various stakeholders
    includingcitizens,administrators,professionals,politicians,andothergroupof
    people.
    2. Identificationofaimsincorporatingthevalues.
    3. Identification of criteria that further defines each aim to form basis for
    formulationofobjectives.
    4. Formulationofobjectives,whichcouldbefurtherdefinedasdesignobjectives
    andimplementationobjectives.

    2.1.2. IdentificationofSiteNeeds
    Forcomprehensivespatialplanningandintegrationofthesectoraldevelopment,site
    specificneedsaretobeidentifiedinthebeginningoftheplanningprocess.Thereport
    of the Working Group on Urban Strategic Planning (12th Five year plan), states that
    duetoLackofComprehensivePlanningApproach,haphazardgrowthandproliferation
    of slums around industrial locations, periurban areas and randomly located new
    developmentssuchasSEZsandtownshiphastakenplace.
    Diverse ground conditions and interrelationships in settlements require different
    strategiesforspatialplanning.Thegrowthpotentialandspecialfunctionsperformed
    bytheurbancentressuchasmarketing,industrial,tourism,pilgrimcentresetc.need
    tobeexplicitlyrecognized.
    Atthisstageoftheplanningprocess,thesiteneedsshouldbeidentifiedbasedonthe
    typologyofurbandevelopmentsuchasportcity,oldcity,industrialtownships,peri
    urbanareas,corridordevelopment,regionaldevelopmentandaccordinglythevision
    needs to be prepared. Table 2.1 throws light on some sitespecific features for
    studying urban and regional settlements while planning. The list is comprehensive
    butnotexhaustive.
    Table2.1: SiteSpecificNeedsofFewCityTypes
    Indicators

    PortCity

    Common
    Indicators

    Regional Settings & connectivity, Historical background, Location Analysis, Demography, Socio
    economicAnalysis,Environmentalprofile,LandProfile,KeyDevelopmentalIndicators,Infrastructure,
    ProposedDevelopments,Existingregulations,Administrativeprofile.

    SiteSpecific
    Indicators

    Cargoandlogistics,
    Railways,Coastal
    features/detailsof
    theport,Analysisof
    primaryeconomic
    activities,e.g.
    fishing.

    24

    IndustrialCity

    LogisticsandTransportation,
    Infrastructure,analysisof
    Environmentalparameters
    (pollution),Common
    TreatmentFacilities,
    Hazardousandnon
    hazardouswastedisposal
    system.

    PeriUrbanArea

    Realestate,Housing,
    Landuseconversion,
    Naturalfeatures,
    Analysisofsocio
    economicprofile/
    Primaryeconomic
    activitye.g.agriculture.

    OldCity

    Density,Landuse,
    Builtup,Socio
    Economicprofile,
    Infrastructure
    status,Household
    industries,Parking
    andHeritage.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Thestageofidentificationofsiteneedsshouldbetakenasbaselinestudyphase.As
    this stage has implications on the following stages, a broadbased study should be
    doneforidentificationandincorporationofasmuchaselementsthatarespecificto
    the settlement and are likely to have impact on the future development of the
    settlementstopreparesoundproposals.

    2.1.3. IdentificationofProjectedNeeds
    After identification of site needs, the next stage in the process of planning is
    identification of projected requirements of various activities, supporting
    infrastructure and land as the basic input for plan formulation. It is this stage of
    planningwhichwouldrequiremostofthetime.Thus,thereisneedtominimisethe
    time taken at this stage. In this context, it is emphasised that primary surveys and
    studiesshouldberationallychosensothatitsavestimeandminimisesdelaysinthe
    process.Thechoiceoftechniqueofsurveys,analysis,synthesisandprojectionsshould
    also be such that it is effective and time saving (refer Chapter 7 for choosing the
    planningtechniques).

    2.1.3.1. GapsandProjections
    Expansion or development of settlement necessarily requires corresponding
    provision of infrastructure to support residents and economic activities. Thus,
    infrastructure gap analysis should be carried out mandatorily while preparing the
    plan. Infrastructure gap can be assessed on the basis of remaining life of existing
    infrastructureandcoverageofinfrastructureagainstbenchmarks.Specialfocusmust
    be paid to the transport infrastructure at this stage. Detailed study/ research of
    different modes of transportation and their corridors should be carried out to find
    abouttraveldemandandpatternoftheplanningarea.Usingpublicconsultationsand
    carrying capacity techniques (further elaborated in Chapter 7), current or future
    requirementsininfrastructurecanbeidentified.Thebackgroundstudyofstandards
    andguidelinesfordisastermitigationshould becompletedtofindoutthegapsthat
    mayexistincityinfrastructure,landscapeandadministration.
    Aimsandobjectivesofthestudyshouldalsobeconsideredatthislevelforsettingup
    priorities of development. To incorporate the element of sustainability in human
    settlement planning and development, environmental and infrastructural carrying
    capacity study of the planning area alongwith detailed assessment of space
    requirementsmustbecarriedoutatthisstage.Thecapacitytoholdthepopulationis
    anindicatorforinfrastructureprojection.
    Population projections can be carried out based on past trends, employment and
    induced growth (of the future proposed economic activity of the land). The
    correspondingneedsofthehumansettlementsoninfrastructure aretobeprojected
    (refer Chapter8). Priorities for planned development are identified through norms

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    25

    PlanF
    Formulation
    and stan
    ndards for buildings,, provision
    n of services and inffrastructure provided
    d by
    nationalagencies,n
    nationalan
    ndstatelevelprogram
    mmesandpolicies.

    2.1.3.2. Consulttation
    Public participatio
    p
    on is the key
    k to plan
    nning exerrcise and hence
    h
    diffeerent group
    p of
    stakehollders shoulld be consulted to kn
    now the needs and finalise
    f
    thee prioritiess for
    projectio
    ons.Differeentdemogrraphic,sociial,econom
    miccategoriiesofstakeeholderscanbe
    prepared
    dforwiderangingpu
    ublicparticcipationsucchasrepreesentativesfromagen
    ncies
    and institutions involved
    i
    i plannin
    in
    ng and deevelopmen
    nt of the area, elected
    represen
    ntatives,associations,expertsinthesectorsandtheresidentpublic.
    Figure2.2: IdentificattionofProjecctedRequirem
    ments

    2.1.4. PlanFo
    ormulatiion
    Based on
    n planningg techniquees, planning theories//principless, norms an
    nd standarrds
    multiplealternativesofurban
    nplanning conceptsm
    mustbepreepared.Th
    hislevelofp
    plan
    r
    viision devellopment. At
    A all scalees of plann
    ning, land and
    formulattion also requires
    transporrtintegrationissuggeestedatthisstageofp
    planning,w
    whereinaC
    Comprehen
    nsive
    Mobility
    yPlan(CMP
    P)istobefo
    ormulated..Alltransportationsu
    urveysandstudiessho
    ould
    beunderrtakenindependently
    ybythetraansportdeepartmento
    orjointlyu
    underJnNU
    URM
    orotherschemesb
    beforethissstage.
    Theopportunities forTransittOriented Developmentandmultimodal mobilityn
    need
    to be tak
    ken into acccount. Usee of nonm
    motorized traffic
    t
    optio
    ons and pu
    ublic transp
    port
    aretobeeoptimised.TheroleeofIntelliggentTrafficcSystem(IITS)andElectronic Road
    R
    Pricing (ERP)
    (
    has to
    t be intro
    oduced. To a large exxtent these issueswill define future
    developm
    mentpoten
    ntialandth
    hequalityo
    oflifeincitiies.

    26

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    PlanFormulation

    2.1.4.1. VisioningExercise
    The focus of the plan preparation exercise should be on ensuring adequate
    stakeholderparticipationtoarriveatasharedvisionforthesettlements,withregard
    toeconomicdevelopmentandqualityoflife.Thevisionthusarrivedshouldformthe
    guiding principle for the Regional or Development plan. These would include inter
    alia:
    Economic Development Objectives (Increase in GDP, Income, Employment and
    suchothers)
    TransportationObjectives
    UtilityServices(levelsandcoverage)Objectives
    SocialInfrastructureObjectives
    Safetyandsecurityofthecitizens
    GrowthPattern/DesignObjectives
    InvestmentProgram/SustainabilityObjectives
    Others,ifany.
    PlanningandDevelopmentAuthorityshouldclearlymentionina planastohowthe
    plans are likely to benefit the dwellers in economic terms and in this context, the
    calculationofeconomicbenefitsisgiveninChapter7.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    27

    PlanF
    Formulation
    Figure2.3: PlanForm
    mulationProcess

    AlternativeConceptPlans
    2.1.4.2. PreparaationofA
    The outccomes of the first thrree stages would yieeld a digitaal updated Basemap and
    LandInfformationSSystem,accompletereeportonsttatusoftheeregion/cityestablish
    hing
    existing situationw
    withregard
    dsallelemeentsofdev
    velopment, identificattionofareaasof
    concern,,asharedv
    visionand developmeentgoalsandobjectiv
    ves.Thissh
    houldform
    mthe
    inputforrformulationoftheplan.Theplanninghorrizonforth
    heplanninggperiodsho
    ould
    beidentiifiedbased
    donthereccommended
    dplanningsystemandthecomp
    ponentssho
    ould
    include:

    28

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    PlanFormulation

    Estimation of land requirement for different uses (refer Chapter 5 & 9 for
    detailing).
    Land suitability analysis: Environmental sensitive areas, social, economic and
    others(referChapter7forfurthercontext).
    Delineation of developable area based on environmental land suitability and
    growthtrend.
    Preparationofageneralactivitystructure.
    Preparation of a conceptual land use plan as per the required scale (refer
    Table7.7).
    Asprojectionsareestimationsofanenvisionedpattern,deviationfromtheprojection
    are always possible and hence projected figures should not be always treated as
    absolute.Hereitisrequiredbyplannerstobuildalternativescenariosandsituations
    whichmayhighlighttheextremitiesaspessimisticoroptimistic.
    Thefollowingkeyremarkstobefocusedwhileformulatingtheplan:
    a. Land is limited and a very important natural resource and must be utilized
    vigilantly.Careshouldbetakenregardinginterrelationofvariousactivitiesand
    land uses with each other. Land use to be planned most solicitously. New
    conceptslikeCompactcities,mixedlanduseetc.canalsobeexplored,ifnotfor
    theentirejurisdiction,thenfortheupcomingzonesatleast.
    b. Deteriorating traffic conditions due to faster increasing travel demand in cities
    haveimpactnotonlyonenvironmentbutalsooneconomybywastageofman
    hours. Thus, to reduce the trip generation, land use and transport integration
    should be made at the initial stage by incorporating TOD and mixed land use
    concepts.
    c. As a part of the plan implementation, a study regarding quality and quantity
    manpower should be done and suggestions be made concerning human
    resourcesrequirementforeffectiveimplementationofalltheaspectsoftheplan.
    d. Verticalmobilityofthevulnerablesectionsofthepopulationmustbeintegralto
    the planning goals. Inclusion of the women and population involved or
    dependentontheinformalsectormustbeconsultedwhilepreparingplans.
    e. Toprepareandimplementalltheaspectsoftheplanforthewholeplanperiod
    requires steady flow of finance, otherwise the optimum outcome of the plans
    cannot be realized. Thus, it is imperative to plan and map out all the financial
    sources in the beginning of planning process so that plan proposals and
    milestonestargetedcangetmaximumresults.Itshouldincludefinancialaspects
    not only for plan implementation but also for plan preparation. At this stage,
    revenue generation capacity of plan itself should also be defined with
    measurablemilestoneagainstwhichplancouldbemonitoredandreviewedfrom
    timetotime.
    f.
    Other parameters, based on which plan is prepared and projected for plan
    periodshouldbeprovidedwithdistinctmeasurablemilestoneagainstwhichplan

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    29

    PlanFormulation

    g.

    h.

    i.

    must be intermittently reviewed at interval of 5 years and finally evaluated at


    thecompletionstage.Thiswillworkasinputfornextplanningprocessfromthe
    previousplanperiod.
    Remote Sensing and GIS technologies should be used to speed up the plan
    formulationprocess.Largeamountofspatialandattributedatacanbeprocessed
    through these platforms and alternate concepts of planning settlements can be
    preparedinshortertimespan.ThedataavailablewiththeNRSC,SRSAC,Bhuvan
    GeoportalandNUIScanbeutilisedfortheplanpreparation(referChapter7for
    methodology).
    Other elements like planning legislation, development promotion rules and
    urbandesignfeaturesshouldalsobeincorporatedtopreparealternatives,which
    willbefurtherdetailedastheproposedplan.
    Green areas and related noneconomic activities to be preferably proposed on
    Governmentlandtoavoidlossofeconomicbenefitoftheprivatelandowners.In
    case such activities are proposed on privately owned land, the local authority
    preparing the plan should provide a fair compensation as per law, to the land
    owner.

    2.1.4.3. SelectionamongAlternatives
    Thenextlevelofplanformulationrequiresevaluationofallthealternativestoreach
    oneselectedalternativethatwouldbeelaboratedtoprepareplanforthesettlement.
    Atthisstage,focusedgroupdiscussionsorselectedrepresentativesdiscussioncanbe
    arrangedasappropriate.Usuallyevaluationofalternativesresultintoanothernewly
    developedconcept,whichderivesthebestfromalltheoptions.

    2.1.5.

    InclusivePlanning(furthertothesection1.10.8)

    InclusivedevelopmentasperceivedbyCentralGovernmentin12 thand13thfiveyear
    plansfocusesonbroadbasedimprovementinthelivingstandardsofallresidentsof
    the country. 11th five year plans approach was Faster and more inclusive growth
    while12thfiveyearplancalledforFaster,moreinclusiveandsustainablegrowth.
    Inclusiveplanningmeansinfusionofvaryingaspects,whichleadtogrowthofwhole
    societyintodevelopmentprocess,suchasintegratedtrunkinfrastructure,sustainable
    development,povertyelevation,decentraliseddecisionmakingwithspecialemphasis
    onwomen,elderlyanddisabledfriendlyinfrastructureandfinancialplanning.These
    facets of development were not traditionally recognised distinctly. Thus, for overall
    developmentofresidentsofhumansettlementsinIndia,inclusivityinplanningmust
    befundamentalfeature.

    30

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Inclusive development in planning should have focus on the following parameters;


    othersuch featurestopromoteinclusivityindevelopmentprocesscanbeidentified
    basedontheneedsandrequirementsofsettlementsandtime9:
    Inclusivegovernance:entiresystemmustfunctioninamanner,whichisseentobe
    fairandinclusive.
    InclusiveSustainabledevelopment:Developmentisaqualitativeindicatorrather
    than quantitative. Development of human settlements should not be uni
    directionalcausingenvironmentaldegradationintheprocess.Todirectgrowthon
    sustainablemannerEnvironmentalImpactAssessmentshouldbeessentialpartof
    developmentplansandprojects.
    Inclusiveaccesstohealthcareandeducation.
    For inclusive employment and regionally balanced growth, MSME should be
    promotedthroughPlans.
    DevelopingcapacitiesofInfrastructure:Infrastructureplaysanimportantrolein
    growth and development of cities. It also promotes inclusivity in the society by
    meansofeasyaccesstoservices.
    Agriculture has been identified as very important for promoting inclusivity.
    VariousLaws,PoliciesandGuidelinesmakeprovisionsthatagriculturallyfertile/
    multicroppedlandbeacquiredaslastresort.Sameprovisionshouldbefollowed
    whileplanningforhumansettlementstoo.
    For holistic development of entire population, issues concerning the people
    employed in informal sector, besides women, elderly and the disabled must be
    includedintheentireprocessofplanpreparation.
    The Plan should aim at creation of wealth and employment, in an inclusive and
    sustainablemanner.
    Water management including flood prevention, groundwater management,
    rainwater harvesting, waste water treatment, recycling and reuse to be
    encouraged.
    Publicspacesarecrucialforpedestrianmovementandaccessiblepublicfacilities
    havesignificantimpactonthequalityoflife.

    2.1.6. StatutoryObligations
    Numerous laws and policies made by the Central and the State Legislature and
    Governmentsimpactspatialplans.Missingoutononeormoreofthesecouldcreate
    seriousimpedimentforimplementationofthePlanatalaterstage.Therefore,atthe
    stage of plan formulation, a study would need to be conducted to list out all
    legislationsandtheirimpactontheplanformulationandimplementation,toensure
    affirmationwithalltherelevantlaws.

    Source: Eleventh Five Year Plan 2007-12 Volume-I; Twelfth Five Year Plan, 2012-17 Volume-I

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    31

    PlanFormulation

    2.1.7. DecentralisationofPlanApprovalProcess
    Following the spirit of the 74th CAA and also recognising the fact that the current
    process of approval of urban development plans is time consuming resulting into
    delays,itisrecommendedthattheplanapprovalprocessbedecentralisedasfollows:
    Table2.2: DecentralisedPlanApprovalProcess
    Plan

    Approvingauthority

    Perspectiveplan

    StateGovernment

    RegionalPlan

    StateGovernment/RegionalDevelopmentAuthority

    DevelopmentPlan

    MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority/MPC

    AnnualPlan

    MunicipalCouncil/MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority

    ZonalDevelopmentPlan

    MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority/MPC

    UrbanRevitalisationPlan

    MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority/MPC

    CityDevelopmentPlan
    (terminologytobechangedto
    CityInvestmentPlan)

    Asabove

    ComprehensiveMobilityPlan

    Asabove

    CitySanitationPlan

    Asabove

    Projects/Research

    MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority/MPC

    OncetheauthorityapprovestheDraftPlan,itcanbeputinpublicdomainasperthe
    StateTown&CountryPlanningActforinvitingobjectionsandsuggestionsfromthe
    publicandvariousstakeholders.

    2.1.8. PeoplesParticipation
    Theapproachofplanningshouldbeshiftedfromtopdowntobottomupapproachto
    make planning process more inclusive, comprehensive, and sustainable. Greater
    public acceptability is desirable, to ensure that plans are relevant. People can
    participateinthedevelopmentprocessinthefollowingrealms:
    Preplanparticipationindecisionmakinginvisiondevelopment,foridentification
    ofdevelopmentpriorities.
    Postplan participation before finalisation and implementation of development
    programmesandpriorities.
    Participationduringimplementationandevaluationofdevelopmentprogrammes
    andproject.
    Participationandsharingthebenefitsofdevelopment,managingtheassetsetc.
    ePlatform and crowd sourcing are coming up as new modes of obtaining feedback
    speedily.
    Takingintoaccounttheinterest,attitudeandbehaviourofthepeople,roleofurban
    development professionals and obligations of local authority, a system of
    participatoryplanapproachhasbeensuggestedasunder:

    32

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Table2.3: ParticipatoryPlanningApproach
    PlanningProcessSteps
    Determininggoalsandobjectives
    Datacollection
    Designofcriteriaandstandards

    Citizens&Citizen
    Representative(s)

    Urbandevelopment
    professional(s)

    Official(s)

    Developingalternativeplans

    Choosinganalternative

    Modificationofplan

    PlanApproval

    Implementation

    Monitoring

    /O

    Maintenance

    /O

    Detaileddesignofselectedplan

    Feedback
    =Majorrole,O=Facilitatingorsupportiverole

    Source:CommunityPlanningAssistanceProgram,ArizonaDepartmentofCommerceandUDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    The suggested indirect participation of the people is ensured through elected


    representatives in the Municipal Council / Corporation and Ward committees. The
    direct participation can be through individuals, citizens, neighbourhood, business,
    consumerandothersuchgroups.
    Thereareseveralmechanismsandavenuesforpeoplesparticipationavailabletoday,
    fewofthesehavebeenpresentedbelow.Suchmechanismsandavenuescanbeused
    to bring wider and more interactive participation of public in planning and
    developmentalprocess10:
    Community Design Charrettesiv(see endnote): It is a multipleday interactive
    meetings, workshops and site walks/visits that fosters diverse and community
    sourcedideas;
    Advisory Committees: Committees made up of representatives guide planning
    efforts over an extended period of time while regularly meeting during the
    planningprocess;
    LowCostDemonstrationsandTransformations: Use of blocks and day to day
    objectstocreatealowcostmodelofproposalsforvisualunderstanding.Relatively
    inexpensive temporary transformations are made to test the project and
    experiencechanges.
    FocusGroups:Allowsmallgroupsofstakeholderstoprovidetheirknowledgeofa
    project area and discuss their concerns and issues with local authority staff,
    planningconsultantsetc.
    Other: Citizens report card, participatory mapping and participatory budgeting
    etc.

    10

    Modification of - Participation Tools for Better Community Planning by Local Government Commission & The California
    Endowment

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    33

    PlanFormulation

    2.1.9. PlanModification
    Once the plan is formulated, a draft is to be submitted to the State Government for
    comments.Afterincorporatingcommentsintheplan,DraftPlanispublishedtoinvite
    Objections and Suggestions (O&S) from the public. The process of inviting O&S
    leading to final notification should be based on the provisions of the State Town &
    CountryPlanningAct.

    2.1.9.1. InbetweentheperiodofPlanformulationtofinalisation
    Currently there is no legal provision by many of the States to control or record
    landuse change in the period between preparation of Existing landuse map and
    Gazette Notification of the approved Proposed landuse plan. The conversion of the
    landuseisdoneaccordingtotheprovisionsofTownandCountryPlanningActand
    Urban Development Act of States. The process and time frame varies from State to
    State.
    TheStateofKeralahasprovisiontomonitorlandusechangebetweenthementioned
    periods of planning. According to the Kerala T&CP Ordinance, 2013, Interim
    Development Order may be published by the local authority with the objective to
    controltheinterimdevelopmentoflandincludedinanyplanningareanotified.The
    expressionInterimDevelopmentmeansdevelopmentduringtheperiodbetweenthe
    date of notification of intention to prepare a plan and the date of coming into
    operation of the plan. Such orders must be approved by DPC or MPC. Further, the
    planpreparationtimeshouldbeadequatetosupportInterimDevelopmentorder.

    34

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    P
    PlanFormu
    ulation

    Figu
    ure2.4PlanM
    ModificationP
    Process

    2.1
    1.10. Rev
    viewand
    dMonito
    oringofP
    Plans
    AR
    Regulatoryb
    body(Urbaan/Region
    nalPlannin
    ng&Develo
    opmentRegulatoryAuthority)
    atSStatelevelsshouldbeeestablished
    dtoregulatteandmon
    nitorthefu
    unctioning ofUrban
    and
    dRegionalD
    DevelopmeentAuthoriities/Agen
    ncies.Thisrregulatory bodyshou
    uldassess
    and
    dmonitorp
    planning,ob
    bserveand
    devaluateiimpactsof planning,q
    quickentheeprocess
    ofaapprovalof
    f plansinth
    heStates.
    Plan
    nevaluatio
    onaftereveeryfiveyeearsmustb
    bebuiltin asperman
    nentprocesssandbe
    man
    ndatorily done
    d
    at th
    he complettion of thee planningg period. T
    The parameters for
    evaaluation of plan mustt be predeefined in the
    t early stages
    s
    so aas to have a set of
    parametersassbenchmarrkstoward
    dstheendo
    ofplanperriod.Thebaasicparam
    metersare
    provided in Table 2.4
    4, besides these, otther speciific predeffined plan
    n related
    evaaluationparrametersco
    ouldbeadd
    ded.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    35

    PlanFormulation
    Table2.4: ParametersfortheEvaluationofPlans
    S.No. EvaluationParameters

    QuantitativebenchmarksagainstthePlantobeevaluated

    Comparisonwiththeprojected
    population

    Comparisonofpopulationprojectedandthepresentpopulation

    Comparisonofexistinglanduse
    withtheplannedlanduse

    Percentagedeviationfromtheplannedlanduseofthemajorand
    minorchanges

    Upwardtrendofeconomy

    ContributionofsectorsofeconomyinGDPofthecity

    Carryingcapacityofthedevelopedareavisavisperpersonland
    availability

    PerformanceofindividualsectorsespeciallyMSME
    PerformanceofcityGDPincomparisontoState/NationalGDP
    Workforceparticipationratio
    Workersclassification
    Incomegenerationandparticipation
    Femaleemploymentratio
    VerticalmovementofthepopulationfromBelowPovertyLine
    orlowerincomegroupsofthepopulation
    4

    Fundsinvested

    Percentageshareofexpenditurevisavisthephaseand/or
    projectlifebudget
    Numberofproposedprojectscompleted

    5
    6

    Achievementsoftargetsin
    Infrastructuredevelopment

    ComparisonagainstbenchmarksprovidedbyNationalAgencies

    DirectionofgrowthvsPlanned
    growth

    NumberofplannedTPSchemesorZonesdeveloped

    Changeintheratioofinfrastructurecoverage
    NumberofNonAgriculturalconversions

    The basic objective of the review/ evaluation would be to assess the progress and
    identify area of success, failure and conflicts to guide/correct the future course of
    action.Thisisanimportantstepinthedynamicplanningprocess,whichhithertohas
    not been effectively utilised. This activity should be made mandatory under the
    respectiveT&CPActs.
    Thefollowingsectionsprovidemoredetailsofvariousstagesofthisprocess.

    2.1.11. PlanMonitoringParameters
    TheplanmonitoringparametersshouldbestandardisedbyUrban/RegionalPlanning
    DevelopmentRegulatoryAuthorityforthirdpartyevaluationandmonitoringreport
    to be submitted annually. The key aspects of monitoring (apart from Table2.4) are
    suggestedas:
    Institutionalsetupoftheauthorityinplace(parametermayincludeadequate
    staffandrequiredqualifications,health&safetynormsfollowed)
    Changeinjurisdictionoftheplannedarea(parametermayincludeextentofthe
    area)
    Changeindensity(parametersmayincludepopulationdensity,builtupdensity)
    Infrastructure development (parameter may include actual infrastructure
    worksvisavistheproposedtargetsorbenchmarks)
    Decongestion(parametermayincludereducedtraveltime)

    36

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Investments(parametermayincludeproposedinvestmentsundervariousheads
    andactuals)
    Public Participation (parameters may include formulation of citizens charter
    anditsfunctioning)
    Indicatorsofsuccessandindicatorsoffailures
    MonitoringofperformanceisdetailedinAnnualPlangiveninsection2.2.6.

    2.1.12. Evaluation&RevisionofPlans
    The Perspective Plan, Regional Plan, Development Plan, Local Area Plan, Special
    PurposePlanincludingtheComprehensiveMobilityPlanandCitySanitationPlanare
    prepared usually for duration of 20 years, though some States have attempted even
    for 30 years. However, in the context of fast evolving social, economic and
    technologicaldevelopments,itwouldbedesirabletoreviewtheseplansregularly,at
    theintervalof5yearsorso.Suchreviewsshouldalsoincorporatethechangesinlegal
    frameworkandgovernmentpolicies,asarenotifiedfromtimetotime.However,care
    shouldbetakenthattheprocessofrevisiondoesnottaketoolongandiscompleted
    within6to10months.

    AsregardsAnnualPlans,therewouldnormallybenoneedtoundertakeanyreview
    per se. However, a review of previous years annual plan should be included in the
    exercise of annual plan preparation. Performance of the projects/schemes
    implemented by the local authority, as contained in the annual plan of the previous
    yearshouldbereviewedintermsofachievementsofthephysicalandfiscaltargets.
    This would ensure a continuous monitoring and review of actions taken by local
    authority.Resultsofthereviewshouldprovideinputforperpetrationofnextannual
    plan. The monitoring of the plans/projects should be regular so that time taken in
    reviewandformulationofannualplanisminimised.

    The Projects / Research should be reviewed even during the project/research


    period, to ensure that the data sources, research methodology and analysis are
    realisticanddonotsufferfrominfirmities.

    2.2.

    ContentsofPlans

    The approved plan should consist of a report, supplemented by the existing and
    proposed landuse plans. The Report should include list of tables, list of illustrations
    andannexureswhichshouldbeappropriatelyreferenced.Moreimportantly,theaims
    and objectives, scope of work, limitations and methodological framework should be
    highlighted.
    Thecontentsofvariousplanscouldbeasfollows:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    37

    PlanFormulation

    2.2.1. PerspectivePlan
    ThePerspectivePlanshouldbedrivenbythevisionandmissionoftheexercisebeing
    undertaken.Whereasthevisionmayrefertotheendstate,themissionshouldclearly
    focus on the steps to be undertaken to achieve the end state. At the same time, the
    Perspective Plan must take into cognizance the relevant policies and statutes of the
    Central and State Governments and projects/ schemes being implemented at
    National, State, District, Region and Town levels. Based on the foregoing analysis,
    clear strategies should be worked out for urban and regional planning and
    development including for the periurban areas, environmental protection, heritage
    conservationandthelinkagesbetweentheseaspects.
    Surveys and analysisform the coreissue both in terms of spatialandattribute data
    sets.Basedonthisanalysis,alternativestrategiesfordevelopmentmaybeworkedout
    andthemostappropriatestrategyfordevelopmentindicatedfordetailingoutfurther.
    Accordingly,thecontentsofaperspectiveplanshallbroadlyencompassthefollowing:

    ExistingScenarioinoverallterms.
    Projectedrequirementsforthehorizonyearbasedonthetotalquantumofland
    availableandthatcanactuallybeusedfordevelopment.
    Specific planning studies related to setting, linkages both socioeconomic and
    physical, and likely challenges. Inaddition climatological studies,identification
    ofareaspronetohazards,environmentallysensitivezones.
    Population projection for the horizon year based on past trends and other
    statisticalmethodstoarriveatassignedpopulationforthehorizonyear.
    Economyandemploymentlevels,bothexistingandprojected.
    Shelterincludingshortfallsinvariouscategoriesofhousingstockandthetotal
    requirement
    Transportationanalysis of the existing network, projected requirement based
    ondetailedODsurveys.
    Institutional uses both existing and required for the horizon year in terms of
    education,health, sociocultural, religious, and distributive services like police,
    fire,telecometc.
    Infrastructure in terms of water, underground sewerage, drainage, and solid
    wastemanagement.Visionshouldincludeanoverviewofnewtechnologiesand
    thewaytodevelopandimplement.
    Useofalternativesourcesofenergythroughnewtechnology.
    Resourcebasemonetaryresourcesrequiredtoimplementplanproposalsvisa
    visfinancialhealthofthelocalbody/implementingagencies.
    Manpowerresourcesbothexistingandproposedasperrequirement.

    Given the extent of the planning area and the assigned population to be
    accommodated, physical proposals may be drawn up driven by transportation and
    activitynodes.

    38

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    It is important to ensure that projects/schemes are identified at this level itself


    includingtheircostingandmodalitiesforimplementation.

    2.2.2. ContentsofRegionalPlan
    RegionalPlanistobepreparedfortheareaidentifiedasformalorfunctionalregion,
    whichcouldbestate/interstate/district/interdistrict,investmentregionorspecial
    area. If region so identified is interstate, all such states will need to prepare sub
    regionalplansfortheirrespectiveareas.Foraregionalplanforanormalregion,the
    followingkeycontentstobeincluded:
    1. IntroductionoftheRegion
    2. Analysisofregionalresources
    3. Projectedrequirements
    4. Majorproposalsandprojects
    5. ImplementationPlan
    ForRegionalPlanningforanInvestmentRegionorSpecialRegion,delineationofthe
    regiontobeincludedintheabovegivencontents(referChapter4fordetails).

    IntroductionoftheRegion

    AbouttheRegion
    Constitutedareas:Region,Subregion,Functionalareas,Growthcentresetc.
    RatioofUrbanandruraldevelopment
    RegionMorphology

    AnalysisofRegionalResources&ProjectRequirements
    1. Physicalsetting
    Administrativeprofile
    ConnectivityandEconomiclinkages
    2. GeographyoftheRegion
    Topography
    Geology&Geomorphology
    Hydrology(SurfaceandGroundwater)
    Climate
    Minerals&Resourcemapping
    StudyofStateLandUtilisationPolicy
    3. Demography(RegionandSubregionwise)
    Populationanditsdistribution,
    Populationdensity
    Agesexcompositionandliteracyrate(trendanalysis)
    Growthofpopulation(naturalandmigratory)
    Populationprojectionbasedonscenarios(referChapter7)
    4. Settlementpattern
    UrbanandRuralsettlement
    Periurbanareasandanalysisofexistingkeydevelopments
    Hierarchyofsettlements(referChapter4)
    Densityofsettlements

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    39

    PlanFormulation
    5. Transportation
    Modeoftransportationbyroad,rail,air,waterasthecasemaybe
    Networkofroads,railways,waterwaysandtheirinterrelationshipwithmajoractivitynodes
    Trafficvolume
    Patternofmovement
    TransportCorridors&Terminals
    6. PhysicalandSocioEconomiclinkages
    SocialInfrastructure
    Education
    Healthcare(multispecialityhospitals,healthcentres)
    Recreational
    Religious
    Gapassessmentandrequirementfortheprojectedpopulation
    PhysicalInfrastructure
    Water
    Energy
    Drainage,sanitationandrefuseandsolidwastedisposal
    Communication
    Policeprotection,fireprotection
    DisasterManagementcell
    Cremationandgraveyards
    Gapassessmentandrequirementfortheprojectedpopulation
    Heritage&Tourism
    FlowofTourist(seasonwiseandoriginwise)
    MappingofNaturalheritageandManmadeheritage
    Tourisminfrastructureanalysisandgapassessment
    EconomicactivityandFiscalpolicy
    MajorEconomicsectors
    Distributionofworkforceinformalandinformalsector
    Workforceparticipationratio
    Occupationalstructure
    Economicnodes
    Shelter
    Housingscenario
    Housingstock&supply
    Housingneedassessmentincludingtypologies
    Lowcosthousing
    Nightshelters
    Slumsettlements
    7. Environment
    Agroclimaticzone
    Ecosensitive zones Protected or restricted areas such as National parks and Wildlife
    sanctuariesandecosensitivebuffersaroundit
    Rivers,waterbodiesandwetland
    Groundwater
    Coastal/Hillzone,ifany
    Green&Forestcover
    UrbanHeatIsland
    Biodiversity
    EnvironmentallySensitiveareasHazardpronezonessuchasearthquake,floods/flashfloods,
    highwinds,cyclone,fire,landslide,tsunami,vulnerabilityandriskassessmentoftheregion.

    40

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Pollutionlevelsofwater,soil,land,air
    OtherthreattoNaturalenvironment

    MajorProposalsandProjects
    1. Regionalpolicy&Developmentstrategy:
    Policyforzonesofdevelopment
    Growthpoles&Satellitetownships:strategyofdevelopmentofsettlementsystem
    RecommendationsonUrbancentrejurisdictionchanges,ifany
    DevelopmentcorridorsandTODzones
    Economicactivityandfiscalpolicy
    Major economic thrust sectors & its identified markets (focus on encouraging economic
    activitiesforformalandinformalforwomenempowerment)
    2. RegionallanduseandDevelopmentControls:
    Landuse proposal: builtup area, agriculture, protected areas, waste lands, water bodies etc.
    conformingwithStateLandUtilisationPolicyandStatePerspectivePlan
    Proposedhierarchyofsettlements:PrioritytownsandCountermagnetareas
    Majoreconomichubsandindustrialestates/parksforclusterdevelopment
    DevelopmentControlRegulationsforvariousregionaluses
    3. Regionalinfrastructure:
    Mobility:TransportationproposalatRegionallevel(including locationsforintegratedfreight
    complexes,multimodalhubsamongothers)
    Majorproposedinstitutionalareasandpolicyonitslocationinperiurbanareas
    Proposals for other infrastructures for water supply, sanitation, decentralised treatment and
    forhealth,educationatregionallevel(proposaltoensurethatfacilitiesandinfrastructureare
    easilyaccessibletofemalepopulationanddifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabled).
    Earmarkspacesandnormsforserviceslikecommunication(postalandtelephone),protection
    (police,fire)andothersatregionallevel
    Preferredlocationsforpowergeneratingactivities
    Preferredlocationsandnormsforregionallandfillsite.Strategytominimizewastegeneration
    byencouragingZeroWastedisposal.
    4. DisasterRiskMitigationmeasures:asperNDMAguidelines(referChapter6)
    5. Tourism:locationsforpromotion(evenifseasonal)andproposedcircuitsincludingstrategiesto
    promotegreenmobility(walking,cycling,publictransport)fortourism.
    6. NewandModifiedPolicies:
    AlignmentwithStatePoliciesforEnvironmental,LandUtilisationPolicyetc.
    PlanforSlumfreeCity
    RationalizationofFloorAreaRatio(FAR)forvillages/transitionaltowns
    PolicyonTribalSettlements
    ProposalsforMSMEclustersorrecommendationsforseparatestudies
    Policyandactionplanfordecentralisation/dispersalofhazardousandpollutingindustriesand
    allocationofsuitablelandforindustriesclusters
    Policyandprioritiesforinformalresidentialareas/slumsandunauthorisedcolonies.
    OtherIssuesthatneedNewPolicies,Incentivesanddisincentives.

    ImplementationPlan
    Implementationstrategiesfortheregionforlandandresourcemobilisation
    Coordination of local bodies and authorities and integrated management
    structurefortheregion
    Estimation of the Fiscal requirement phasewise and source of fund. Specifying
    projectstobetakenupunderPPP

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    41

    PlanFormulation
    Capacity building for manpower and preparation of its work plan as per State
    policy
    Prioritiesofthedevelopmentalprojectsandfurtherdetailingofplans
    Frameworkofmonitoringanditsmechanism

    2.2.3. ContentsofDevelopmentPlan
    This part recommends the contents of Development Plan document, which would
    includethewrittendocumentaswellasthemapshowingthespatialplanandother
    supporting charts and diagrams. Major heads and subheads to serve as a guide for
    formulationofdevelopmentplanofanurbancentrearegivenbelow.
    Contents of Development Plan should be formulated in accordance with statutory
    provisions of the relevant Act. With the view of saving time and also developing a
    participatory system of planning, necessary information from secondary sources
    shouldbeutilised,asfaraspracticableandprimarysurveysshouldbeconductedonly
    whenitisunavoidable.Conceivedwithintheframeworkoftheperspectiveplanand
    adjustedaspertheRegionalDistrictPlan,aDevelopmentalPlanistobepreparedfor
    aperiodof2030years.WhilepreparingDevelopmentPlan,specialattentionmustbe
    paidonsafety,securityandparticipationofwomen,theelderly,andothersegments
    ofsocietyrequiringspecialneeds.
    TheDevelopmentplanshouldcontainthefollowingmajorheads:
    1. ExistingConditionsandDevelopmentIssues
    2. AssessmentofDeficienciesandProjectedRequirements
    3. VisionandMission
    4. DevelopmentProposals
    5. ImplementationPlan
    The details of each of the major subheads of Developmental Plan are given in the
    followingsections:

    2.2.3.1. AnalysisofExistingScenarioandDevelopmentIssues
    1.

    Background:
    Location,regionalsettingandconnectivity
    Briefhistoryofdevelopmentofthetown
    Cityinfluenceanditscharacteristicsincludingsettlementpattern,ruralurbanrelationshipand
    fringeareadevelopments
    PhysicalsettingTopography,Climate,Soil(profileandcondition),Geology&Geomorphology,
    Lithology,NeoTectonics,MicroSeismiczonesandHydrology,Subsurfaceaquifersystems

    2. DemographicProfile:
    Existingpopulationanddistribution
    Populationgrowthanditscompositionof
    Naturalgrowth
    Migrationpattern/
    Jurisdictionalchanges

    42

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Floatingpopulation
    Agesexcompositionandliteracyrate(trendanalysis)
    Workforceparticipation
    Populationdensity(netandgross)
    HouseholdcharacteristicsHouseholdsizes

    3. LandProfile:
    Jurisdictionchangesandeffortsofplanneddevelopment
    Existinglandusemapwithrevenueleveldetails(mapscaleasperTable7.7)
    Developableandnondevelopablearea
    Periurbanareasandurbanvillages,ifany
    Existingzoninganddevelopmentwithinzonedarea(includinginnercityarea)
    Builtfloorspace,floorspacepermitted
    ParticularsincludingVendingzones,Heritage(sites,buildingsandareas)
    Landdevelopmentandmanagement(Central&StateGovernmentland)
    4. EconomicProfile:
    Primary:
    Agriculture,horticulture&forestry
    Sericultureand/orFishing
    Mining&quarrying
    Secondary:
    Manufacturinglarge,mediumandclustersofMSME
    Householdindustries
    Construction
    Tertiary:
    Trade(wholesale/retailtrade)
    Tourism,HotelsandRestaurants
    Transport,StorageandCommunication
    FinancialservicessuchasBanking,Insuranceetc.
    RealestateandBusinessservices
    PublicAdministration
    Othersservices
    Informalsectorasinformaltrade,commerce.
    Workforce&Occupationalpattern(Employmentdatatobeanalysedgenderwise&agewise)
    Employmentgeneration/Majorworkareas
    5. InfrastructureProfile:
    Transportation:
    Modeoftransportationbyroad,rail,air,waterasthecasemaybe.
    Networkofroads,railways,waterwaysandtheirinterrelationshipwithmajoractivitynodes
    TransportCorridors&Terminals.
    Transintracitytransportationfacility
    Pedestrianandbicycle
    Networkofcitylevelnonmotorizedroutesandzones
    Goodsmovementsystem
    Transportationlanduseintegration
    Parking
    Signageandwayfindings
    Facilitieslike:
    Education:schools,technicalinstitutes,universities,
    Healthcare:Dispensary,healthcentres,hospitals
    Recreationalspaces,ParksandOpenspaces

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    43

    PlanFormulation
    Religiousspaces
    Socioculturalfacilities
    PhysicalInfrastructure:(benchmarks)
    Water supply: network, existingdemand and supply scenario, water transmission, reservoirs
    anddistribution,rainwaterharvesting
    Energy: existing demand and supply scenario, transmission and distribution network,
    renewableenergy
    Drainage, Sanitation and Solid waste disposal: existing demand and supply scenario,
    generationandcollectionsystem,transportation,treatment,recyclingandreuseofwaste
    TransportandCommunication
    Policeprotection,Fireprotection
    Cremationandgraveyards
    Disastermanagementcentre
    6. EnvironmentalProfile
    Ecosensitive zone Protected or restricted areas such as National parks and Wildlife
    sanctuariesandecosensitivebuffersaroundit
    River,Waterbodiesandwetlands
    Coastal/Hillzone,ifany
    Green&Forestcover
    Pollutionlevelsair,water,noise,soilpollution
    DisasterManagement
    Hazardpronezonessuchasearthquake,floods/flashfloods,highwinds,cyclone,fire,land
    slide,tsunami
    Disastermappingvulnerabilityandriskassessmentoftheregion

    Allenvironmentallysensitiveareas
    7. Shelter(bothformalandinformal)
    Housingscenario
    Housingstock&supply
    Mappingofslums,squattersettlements/JJclusters,otherinformalsettlements
    Housingsupplymechanism,
    Housingneedassessmentincludingtypologies
    Lowcosthousing
    AffordableHousing
    RentalHousing
    Nightshelters
    Publichousing
    Slumsettlements
    Squattersettlement
    8. Administrativeprofile:
    Legalframework
    Institutionalframework&manpower
    Fiscal:Sourcesofrevenue,streamsofexpenditureexistingandrequired
    Majorpolicyissues
    Keyissuesingovernance
    GrievanceRedress
    Citylevelreforms
    9. Maps&Plans:
    Existinglanduse/utilisationplan
    Historicalcitygrowthmap
    Infrastructuremaps
    Environmentallysensitivezonesmap

    44

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Disastermaps
    10. Gapanalysis:
    Based on the existing conditions and the projected requirements of the planning area, a gap
    analysisissuggestedtobedoneandissuesbeidentified.

    2.2.3.2. ProjectedRequirements
    Assessmentofprojectedrequirementsshouldbeforaperiodoftwentytothirtyyears
    anditshouldfurtherbeclassifiedunderperiodsof5yearinlinewithStatefiveyear
    plans.Suchclassificationwouldhelpinpreparationofannualplansandbudget.
    1. Population
    Projected population: should be guided by environmental and infrastructure (especially
    drinking water) sustainabilityand holdingcapacityofthe city. Dispersalof economicactivity
    mayalsoguidepopulationprojection
    Floatingpopulation,agesexcomposition,literacy
    2. Economicbaseandemployment
    Hierarchyofcommercialareas,dispersalofcommercialactivityandrelatedactivities
    Dispersalofindustries,environmentalrestrictiononindustrialdevelopment
    Urbanpovertyanditsalleviation.
    Workforce,employmentindifferentsectorsofeconomy:formalandinformalsectors
    Proposedhierarchyoftradeandcommercearea
    3. Shelter
    Informalsectorhousing,slumupgradationandresettlementstrategy
    Housingneedandrequirement
    4. Transportation
    Greenmobilitystrategywithmultimodalintegrationstrategy
    Mass transportation system and its integration with activity nodes/facility centres and land
    usepattern
    Proposednetworkofcitylevelnonmotorizedroutesandzones
    Traveldemandforecast,Roadlength,Hierarchyofroads,Transportterminals
    Projectionofparkingrequirements
    NeedforAirport,seaport(asthecasemaybe)
    5. SocialInfrastructure
    Education:preschools,schools,technicalinstitutes,universities
    Healthcare:Dispensary,healthcentres,hospitals
    Recreational:Parksandopenspaces,themebasedparks
    Religious
    Sociocultural:museum,culturalcentres
    Cremation/Burialgrounds
    6. PhysicalInfrastructure
    Water:projectedwaterdemand,watertreatmentplant
    Sewerage:estimationofgenerationandtreatmentcapacity
    PowerdemandandsupplygapwithoptionsfortransitiontorenewableenergyandSmartGrid
    electricity
    Drainage:estimationincaseofchangeinjurisdiction,developableareaormajorchangeinland
    useshare
    Gapassessment&projectionofotherutilities
    7. Landuserequirementfor
    Residentialareas
    Commercialareas
    Manufacturingarea

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    45

    PlanFormulation
    Publicandsemipublic
    Parks,PlaygroundsandOpenSpaces
    TransportandCommunication
    Specialareas
    Agriculture
    Waterbodies
    8. AssessmentofDisastermanagementinfrastructureto meet the requirement of prescribed
    intheDistrictDisasterManagementPlan

    2.2.3.3. DevelopmentofVision
    The plan, at this stage is to formulate Vision based on existing conditions and
    development issues and stakeholder consultation. Goals and objectives related to
    dispersal of activities, environmental and infrastructure sustainability, mass
    transportation and informal activities, Information and Communication Technology,
    womenandpoorersectionstobeincorporatedifnotalreadyincluded.
    It should consist of the guiding planning principles for the plan formulation. Like
    whetherthecitydevelopmentstrategyisforCompactcity/Greencity/Densecities.
    Also,ifitisaTouristcity,Heritagecity,Educationalhub,Industrialcityetc.

    2.2.3.4. DevelopmentProposals
    Theproposalsubheadsareenlistedas:
    1. LandusePlan:
    Hierarchy:Conceptofhierarchyofplanningunitsandspatialdevelopmentofvariousactivity
    nodes,facilitycentresandnetworkofroads
    Proposedlanduseplan(scaleoftheplanasperTable7.7)
    Zoning regulationsfor proposed land use categories (refer Chapter9 for detailsfor the land
    useclassification)including:
    Residentialareas
    Commercialareas
    Manufacturingarea
    Publicandsemipublic
    Parks,PlaygroundsandOpenSpaces
    TransportandCommunication
    Specialareas
    Oldbuiltup(core)area
    Heritageandconservationareas
    Scenicvalueareas
    Disasterproneareas/Ecosensitivearea
    Primaryactivities
    Waterbodies
    2. ComprehensiveMobilityPlan:
    Masstransportationsystemandlandusesinterfaces.
    TODdevelopmentwithpriorityforNMVaroundnodes
    IntegrationofproposedComprehensiveMobilityPlan

    46

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    3. InfrastructurePlan/UtilityPlan:
    Layout of plan of trunk infrastructure of each infrastructure and utility at the scale of the
    proposedlanduseplan
    4. SpecialAreaPlanning:
    Plan for Renewal and redevelopment areas or recommendation for the further detailing of
    UrbanRedevelopmentPlanfortheearmarkedarea
    ProvisionsforHeritageandconservationareas
    RegulationsfortheHazardzoneandprotectedareas
    Proposalsfordevelopmentofwomenandvulnerablepopulation
    5. DevelopmentPromotionRules/regulations
    To regulate and develop landuse as mooted under the Development Plan, development promotion
    rules/regulationsshouldbementionedinthissection.
    6. Annexures:
    Detailedscaledmapsofprevailingsituation
    DetailedscaledmapsofexistingLanduse
    DetailedscaledmapsofproposedLanduse
    Detailedscaledmapsofproposedinfrastructureplansandsocialservices
    DetailedscaledmapsofproposedSpecialpurposeplans

    2.2.3.5. ImplementationPlan
    Following inputs from preceding stages and prevailing Statutes, a seamless plan
    implementationschedulemustbepreparedforDevelopmentPlan. Itshouldcontain
    roles and responsibilities of all stakeholders, resource mobilisation framework and
    phasewiseimplementationscheduleforplannedprojectactivities.Thekeyaspectsto
    becoveredintheImplementationframeworkshouldbeinlinewithaims,objectives
    and prioritised projects and schemes. Implementation framework may include the
    following:
    Prioritiesofprojectsandresearch
    Phasingofdevelopmentalactivities
    Proposalforlandresourcemobilisation
    InvestmentStrategyandPromotion
    Institutionalsetup
    1. Priorities: Classify various projects identified as a part of development proposals by
    priorityasunder
    Essentials(toppriority)
    Necessary(2ndpriority)
    Acceptableanddesirable(3rdpriority)
    Deferrable(4thpriority)
    Projectsandresearchshouldbeidentifiedbyphasesandimplementingagencies(includingprivate
    andcorporatesectors)tobegivenaspertheinstitutionalsetup.
    2. Phasing:DevelopmentPlanshouldadvisablybeinphasesof5yearstocoincidewiththeState
    FiveYearPlans.Thetargetssetforeachphasecanbeassessedasthemidtermreviewagainst
    the achievements atthe end of each phase. ForGreenfield area phasing could include a Zero
    periodforapprovals,institutionalsetup,initiallandpoolingandrevisitinganystrategy.
    3. Proposal for land resource mobilisation: Implementation mechanism detailing approaches
    for land polling and development in lines with the suggested mechanism in the State
    PerspectivePlan
    4. InvestmentStrategy:Proposalsforfiscalresourcemobilisationincluding:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    47

    PlanFormulation
    Internalrevenue
    Grants&Aids
    Institutionalfinance
    Marketborrowing
    Privatesectorfinance
    5. InstitutionalSetupto clearly provide Stakeholders role and responsibility and organisation
    chart.

    2.2.4. ContentsofLocalAreaPlan
    OncetheDevelopmentplanisprepared,itsproposalscanbefurtherimplementedby
    preparingLocalAreaPlan.ThisplancanbeeitherZonalDevelopmentPlanorLocal
    AreaSchemeandthesecanhavethefollowingcontents:

    2.2.4.1. ContentsofZonalDevelopmentPlan
    1. Introduction
    A brief introduction to the city comprising its regional setting, functional character growth
    trends.
    Developmentplan/MasterPlancontext
    InterdependenceofZonesonotherpartsofthecity
    2. SiteBackground&Analysis
    Landusedistributionandanalysis
    Populationanddensity
    Builtuparea,character,extentanddelineation
    Transportation:Circulationnetwork,trafficflow(peopleandgoods)andterminalfacilities
    Physicalandsocialinfrastructure
    Landownership
    Slopeanalysis
    Microzoninghazardmapping
    Greencover:parks/openspaces,forest,orchards,greenbelts,etc.
    Sitepotentialsandconstraints
    Securitymapping:specifyingrelativelysafeandunsafeareas,streetsetc.
    Typesofhousingsubsystems:lowcosthousing,affordablehousing
    3. ConceptualFramework
    Planningparameter
    Planningconcept&hierarchytillcommunitylevel
    Projectedrequirements
    Urbandesignframework
    4. Proposalsanddevelopmentstrategy
    Landuseplan(scaleofplanasperTable7.7)
    Proposedcirculationsystem
    Proposalsforphysicalinfrastructure
    Proposalsforcommunityfacilities
    Strategyfornewdevelopment,redevelopmentandimprovement
    Proposalforintegratinganddevelopingurbanvillages
    Proposalsforinformalsector
    Strategyforrehabilitation/regularizationofunauthorizedcolonies
    Strategyformaintenanceofservices
    Provisionforfacilitatingphysicallychallengedanddisabledinurbandevelopment

    48

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Proposals regarding vending zones: Transitoriented markets and market streets can be
    pedestrianizedoronlyNMVsandbusesbepermittedinvendingzones.
    5. ConservationandImprovementofEnvironment
    ConservationandImprovementoflandprofile
    Proposalsforconservationandimprovementofriversstreams,watersheds.
    ConservationandImprovementofgreencoverandlandscape
    Conservationofheritageareas/zones
    Energyefficientandenvironmentallysustainabledevelopment
    Provisionforrainwaterharvesting&commoninfrastructureatLAPlevel
    Integrationofproposalsregardingairwaterandnoisepollutioncontrol
    Security mapping: Focusing on provision of appropriate street furniture including lighting,
    spacingofpolicebooths.Considerationisrecommendedforprovidingsecurityforwomen
    6. ComplianceofGovernmentPolicies
    StateLandUtilisationPolicy
    StatePerspectivePlanand/orStateUrbanisationPolicy
    StateUrbanHousingorAffordablePolicy
    TownshipandIntegratedTownshipPolicy
    RainwaterHarvestingPolicy
    EnergyPolicy
    DisasterManagementPolicy
    IndustrialandServiceSectorInvestmentPolicy
    BarrierfreeEnvironmentforPhysicallyDisabled
    InformationTechnologyPolicy
    TourismPolicy
    OtherPolicies
    7. ZoningRegulations
    Definitionsofvarioususezonepremises
    Userestrictions(usespermitted,conditionallypermittedandusesprohibited)
    Proposalformixedlanduses
    Strategyfornonconforminglanduses
    Strategyforhazardzoneandregulations
    Proposalsformeetingwomensneeds:mixedusedevelopmentwithfocusonstreetactivities/
    TOD/spaceforstreetvendors/encourageareastobeactiveatvarioustimesofdayandnight
    8. DevelopmentRegulations
    Buildingregulationsandbuildingbyelaws
    UrbanDesignofmajorhubs,ifrequired
    ArchitecturalControl,ifnecessary
    Specific development controls for heritage areas and other special areas traditional areas as
    definedbythelocalauthoritiesifanymaybeprovided
    9. ResourceMobilizationandImplementation
    InstitutionalsetupforImplementation
    PhysicalInfrastructuredevelopmentcostincludingannualand5yearphasing
    ResourceMobilizationforimplementationthroughpublicprivateandothersectors
    10. Implementationframework
    Phasingandprioritizationofdevelopment
    DevelopmentManagement
    11. Annexures:
    Detailedscaledmapsofprevailingsituation
    DetailedscaledmapsofexistingLanduse
    DetailedscaledmapsofproposedLanduse
    Detailedscaledmapsofproposedlocationofinfrastructureandsocialservices

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    49

    PlanFormulation

    Detailedscaledmapsofvendingzonesintheplannedlocalarea

    Anyotherproposalnecessaryforthedevelopmentofthezoneorwardorarea.

    2.2.4.2. SpecificContentsofUrbanRedevelopment/RenewalPlan
    Urban redevelopment or renewal plans have following distinct contents, apart from
    thelocalareaplanscontentsasprovidedintheprecedingsection:
    1. Developmentgaps&projectedrequirements
    2. CityRevitalisationStrategy
    3. Developmentproposals:Typologyoftheurbandevelopmenttransportation,infrastructure,
    congestionareasrevitalisation,heritageresources,utilisationofGovernmentproperties
    4. RestructuringofInstitutionalsetup,ifrequired
    5. Annexure
    6. Local Area Plan (Ward Plans) shall be aggregated at the Zonal Development Plan Level
    coterminouswiththeAdministrativeDivisions/BoundariesandZonalDevelopmentPlansshall
    beaggregatedattheDevelopmentplanlevel.

    2.2.5. Contents of Specific Purpose Plan (e.g. City Development


    PlansformulatedforaccessingfundsunderJNNURM)
    A specific purpose plans should draw upon and align with the objectives of the
    programmes etc. under which it is to be drawn. The CDP under JnNURM offers an
    example. The objectives of JnNURM was developing physical infrastructure for
    achieving MDGs and realising full potential of cities and making them engine of
    growthoftheeconomy.Missionhadobjectivesfocusingonintegrateddevelopmentof
    infrastructure,ensuringadequatefunds,promotingurbanreforms,provisionofbasic
    servicestothepooretc.PreparingCDPisakeystrategytoachievingobjectivesofthe
    Mission. Developmental Plan provides comprehensive proposals for socioeconomic
    andspatialdevelopmentofurbancentrebutincreasingpopulationandspatialextent
    of the cities has raised the need for urban planning. As a result various special
    purposeplanshavecomeuptofillthegapandtocaterthespecialisedplanningneeds
    ofdifferentaspectsofcity.11

    2.2.5.1. Contents of City Development Plan (may be renamed as City


    InvestmentPlan)
    CDPistheperspectiveandvisiondocument,whichgivesexistingconditionofthecity,
    setsoutdirectionofchangethroughvision,providesthrustareasandstrategies,and
    investment framework to follow for successful implementation of plan. 12 It is
    suggested that the terminology of City Development Plan be renamed as City
    Investment Plan to avoid confusion as in many statesstatutory plans are named as
    DevelopmentPlan.
    1. Introduction

    11

    JnNURM: Formulation of CDP, JnNURM: Overview.

    12

    Ibid.

    50

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Background
    ConceptsandprinciplesofCityDevelopmentPlan

    2. CityProfile
    Location
    Geography
    Profileofcity
    3. Cityvisionanddevelopmentofgoalsandstrategies
    ApproachandVisionandmissionstatement
    Developmentofgoalsandstrategies
    4. DemographicProfile
    Demographictrends
    SpatialspreadandPopulationdensity
    Compositionofpopulationgrowth
    Natural
    Migrationpattern
    Jurisdictionalchanges
    LiteracyrateandGenderratio
    SocialcompositionandIncomedistribution
    Populationprojection
    5. LandManagementandUrbanGrowth
    Existingcityassessment
    Morphologicaldevelopmentofcity
    Existinglanduse
    Unauthorized&unorganizedcolonies
    Urbanvillages
    Industrialdevelopment
    Ecologicallysensitiveareas
    Landdevelopmentandmanagement
    Effortsofplanneddevelopment
    6. Innercity
    Innercityarea
    Problemsofinnercity
    7. EconomicProfile
    Economicprofile
    Primarysector
    Secondarysector
    Tertiarysector
    Formalandinformalsector
    Workforceparticipation
    Occupationaldistributionandstructure
    GDPandpercapitaincome
    Directionsofgrowth
    8. FinancialProfile
    Reviewoftheexistingfiscalandfinancialstatus
    Statusofcurrentassetsandliabilities
    Overviewoffinancesoflocalauthorityanddepartments
    Intergovernmenttransferinthefinancesinlocalauthority
    Sourcesofrevenueandexpenditurestream
    9. Infrastructure
    Physicalinfrastructure

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    51

    PlanFormulation
    Citywatersupplysystem
    Seweragesystem
    Stormwaterdrainage
    Roadnetworkandtransportsystem
    Solidwastemanagement
    Electricity
    SocialInfrastructure
    Education
    Healthfacilities
    Otheramenities
    Recreationalspaces
    10. EnvironmentProfile
    Waterquality
    Airquality
    Noisepollution
    Landpollution
    11. DisasterManagement
    Existingsituation
    Disasterpreventionandmanagementplan
    Investmentestimates
    Trainingandotherprograms
    Informationmanagementsystem
    Implementationplan
    12. UrbanPoorandSlum
    Povertyprofile
    Socioeconomicprofileofpoor
    Povertyalleviationprogrammes
    Slums/JJclusters
    Squattersettlements/JJclusters
    Slumdevelopmentpolices&strategies
    Issuesofslums/JJclusters
    13. ConservationandHeritageManagement
    Inventoryofheritageresources
    Legalframework
    14. GovernanceandInstitutionalArrangement
    Legalframework
    Institutionalframework
    Keyissuesingovernance
    GrievanceRedress
    Citylevelreforms
    15. CommunityConsultation
    Citystakeholdersprofile
    Women
    Peopleemployedininformalsector
    Youths
    SeniorCitizens
    RWAs
    NGOsetcetera
    Sectorwiseviewpointofcommunities
    Stakeholdersworkshop
    16. SWOTAnalysis

    52

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    17. InvestmentFramework
    Sectorwiseinvestmentoptions
    Summaryofcosts
    18. CityInvestmentPlan
    ACIPprovidesanestimateofthelevelofinvestmentthatwillbeneededtoimplementtheCDP.Itisan
    estimate and provides an order of investment, arrived at by using financial norms or standards for
    serviceprovisionandupgradationordirectlyestimatingthecostofimplementingareformagenda.A
    linked aspect is to consider options and strategies for financing the vision as contained in the CDP.
    Thesemaycover:
    Watersupply
    Seweragesystem
    Roadnetwork&Transportationsystem
    Stormwaterdrainagesystem
    Solidwastemanagement
    Heritageconservationandmanagement
    Urbanenvironment
    Urbangovernance
    Otherdevelopmentprojects
    Urbanslumsandpoor
    Summaryofprojectinvestmentplan
    Financing options of the local body could be sourced from its own resources, Central/ State
    Governmentgrantsandloans,marketborrowings,capitalmarket,FDI,PPPetc.
    19. InstitutionalReforms
    Reviewofissuesingovernance
    Measuresforgoodgovernance
    Institutionalreforms
    Municipalaccounting
    eGovernance
    Povertyreduction
    Otherreforms

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    53

    PlanF
    Formulation
    Figure2.5: ProcessoffPreparingCityDevelopm
    mentPlan

    Source: Jn
    nNURMCDPT
    Toolkit

    2.2.5.2. ContentsofCom
    mprehensiiveMobiliityPlan13
    Increasin
    ng populattion of urban centress has resulted in trafffic problem
    ms. CMP is the
    keydocu
    umentprov
    vidingratio
    onaleforth
    hetransporrtationpro
    oposalsund
    derJnNURM
    M.It
    draws itts rationalee and base from CDP,, Master Pllan and Co
    omprehensiive Traffic and
    Transport Studies (CTTS). It provides the
    t longteerm vision of mobilityy patterns and
    focuseso
    onintegrattionofland
    duseandtrransportan
    ndimproveementofth
    hemobilityand
    accessibilityofpeo
    opleandfaacilities.CM
    MPreviewssthefutureelanduse p
    patternsin
    nthe

    13

    Guideliness and Toolkit for Urban Transpo


    ort Development.

    54

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    PlanFormulation

    Master Plan from the mobility optimization point of view and selects a preferred
    patternoflandusetransportintegrationifnecessary.14
    1. Existingsituation
    Introduction
    ObjectiveoftheCMP
    ScopeoftheCMP
    CityProfile
    Generalbackground
    Socioeconomicprofile
    Legalframeworkandstandards
    Institutionalandfinancialsituation
    Environmentalandsocialconditions
    ReviewofLandUseSystem
    Existingreportsanddocuments
    Landusepatternsanddevelopmenttrends
    Landusedevelopmentpoliciesandstrategies
    Identificationofissues
    ExistingTransportSystems
    Existingstudies,reportsandproposals
    ExistingRoadNetworkandexistingtransportationinfrastructure
    Publictransportsystems
    Urbangoodsmovement
    Trafficsafetyandenforcement
    Otherrelevantissues
    AnalysisofExistingTrafficPattern/TransportSituation
    TrafficsurveysincludingTrafficVolume,OriginDestination,TrafficMovement,etc.(refer
    Chapter8fordetails)
    Analysisoftravelcharacteristics
    Analysisofvehiculartrafficandbottlenecks
    Analysisofsocialconsideration
    Developmentofbaseyeartransportdemandmodel
    IdentificationofIssues
    Comparativeanalysisofurbantransportenvironment

    2. Developmentofurbanlanduseandtransportstrategy
    DevelopmentofVisionsandGoals
    Visionstatement
    Urbantransportdevelopmentstrategies
    Goalssetting
    DevelopmentofAlternativeUrbanGrowthScenarios
    Urbangrowthscenariosinthemasterplan
    Developmentofurbangrowthscenarios&evaluation
    FutureTransportNetworkScenarios
    Roadnetworkscenarios
    Publictransportdevelopmentsplitscenarios
    DevelopmentofUrbanLandUseandTransportStrategy
    Evaluationofurbangrowthandtransportnetworkscenarios

    14

    Comprehensive Mobility Plans: Preparation Toolkit; Guidelines and Toolkits for Urban Transport development in Medium
    Sized Cities in India.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    55

    PlanFormulation
    3. Plansandprojects
    PublicTransportImprovementPlan
    Busserviceimprovementplan
    MRTdevelopmentplans,ifrequired
    Trunkandfeederpublictransportnetwork
    ITSapplication
    RoadNetworkDevelopmentPlan
    Hierarchicalroadnetwork
    Arterialroadconstruction/improvement
    Secondaryroadconstruction/improvement
    Intersectionsandflyovers
    Railwaycrossingandunderpass
    NMVFacilityImprovementPlan
    StrategyforNMTfacilityimprovement
    Pedestrianfacilityimprovement
    NMVfacilityimprovement(bicycles,rickshaws)
    IntermodalFacilities
    Busterminals
    BusRailinterchange
    Parkandridefacilities
    Freightterminals
    RegulatoryandInstitutionalMeasures
    UnifiedMetropolitanTransportAuthorityandTrafficandTransportationcellforsmalland
    mediumsizetowns
    Trafficimpactassessmentmechanism
    RegulatorychangesrequiredfortheintroductionofTDMmeasures
    Trafficsafetyregulations
    Parkingregulations
    FiscalMeasures
    Farepolicyforpublictransportationandparking
    Subsidypolicyforpublictransportoperators
    Taxationonprivatevehiclesandpublictransportvehicles
    Potentialforroadcongestioncharging
    MobilityImprovementMeasuresandNationalUrbanTransportationPolicyObjectives
    Introduction
    SummaryofNUTPobjectivesandtheproposedmeasures
    Socialandenvironmentalconsiderations

    4. Implementationprograms
    Implementation program should provide detailed process of implementing the proposal along with
    timeframe,financingoptionsandimplementingagenciesforeachproject.
    ImplementationPrograms
    Listofmobilityimprovementprojectsandmeasureslisttobepreparedbyreviewingall
    theexistingandongoingprojectsalongwithverybriefsummaryofeach.
    Selection of priority projects/measures while considering timeframe of measures, a
    selection process should be developed to screen prime candidates based on their
    importanceandconstraintstoimplementation.
    Implementation agencies/organizations for each project implementing agency /
    organisation should be identified and considering existing implementation capacity, new
    agenciescouldbeproposed.

    56

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    P
    PlanFormu
    ulation

    Finan
    ncing option
    ns financing options could be from Local Governmen
    nt, Central
    Goveernment, priv
    vate sector financing
    f
    (orr PPP) and in
    nternational developmen
    nt partners
    (donoragencies).Inaddition,thefinancialshareofthelocalbodysh
    houldalsobeclarified.
    Implementationp
    programsfo
    ollowedbyaboveexamin
    nationstheim
    mplementatio
    onprogram
    shou
    uldbesummaarized.Anim
    mplementation
    nprogramcaanbeprepareedbasedonttimeframe
    ofeaachproject,w
    whichwillind
    dicatearealissticschedule forimplemeentingallreco
    ommended
    projeectsandmeassures.
    5 Annexure
    5.
    es
    Surveydata
    Detailsoftrafficdemaandmodelling
    ProposallPlans
    Projectp
    profilesheets
    Figu
    ure2.6: CityMobilisation
    nPlanningProcess

    Sourrce: Guidelin
    nesandToolk
    kitforUrbanT
    TransportDeevelopment

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    57

    PlanFormulation

    2.2.5.3. ContentsofCitySanitationPlan15
    Unprecedented growth of urban population in India has resulted in several
    infrastructuralissues.Sanitationinfrastructureisimportanttokeepcitieshealthyand
    liveable.TheNationalUrbanSanitationPolicy(NUSP)waspreparedwiththevisionof
    makingallIndiancitiestotallysanitized,healthyandliveableforallcitizensespecially
    the urban poor. The CSP is a vision document on sanitation with 20 to 25 years
    horizon with short term town level action plans for 35 years to achieve sanitation
    goals. CSP provides for the preparation of City Sanitation Task Force, stakeholder
    mapping, situation analysis, current deficiency assessment, prioritising of areas,
    institutional capacity and financial mapping.16The key contents of CSP are listed as
    under:
    1. Introduction
    Background
    ObjectivesofCityWideSanitationPlan
    CitySanitationPlanning:Process,detailedstepsandlimitations
    ActivityUpdateonCSP
    VerificationofMoUDchecklist

    2. ProfileoftheCity
    Introduction
    Locationandregionallinkages
    Climate
    Topography
    BriefHistory
    RegionalImportance
    Economy
    Demography
    Populationprojections
    Populationdensity
    SexRatio
    Literacy
    Wardwisepopulationdistributionandgrowthpotential
    HousingScenarioOwnershipStatus
    Slumsandsquattersettlements
    ExistingLanduse
    MunicipalGovernance

    3. EnvironmentalSanitationAnAssessment
    SanitationSituationAnalysis
    Introduction
    Householdsanitation
    Slumsanitation
    Opendefecationareas
    Communitytoilets
    Publictoilets

    15
    16

    Manual on Preparing CSP


    National Urban Sanitation Policy.

    58

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    4.

    5.

    Schoolsanitation
    Wastewatertreatmentinfrastructure
    Septagemanagement
    Servicelevelbenchmarkingindicators
    Wastewaterprojections
    StormWaterDrainageSystem
    Introduction
    Existingdrainagenetwork
    Coverage
    Outfalls
    Existingdrainageconditions
    Localfloodingareas/lowlyingareas
    Stormwaterdrainagepeakrunoffcalculations
    Standardizedservicelevelindicators
    SolidWasteManagement
    Primarycollectionandcoverage
    Streetsweeping
    Wastegeneration&segregationquantityandcharacteristics
    Secondarycollection
    Transportation
    Treatment&disposal
    Institutionalsetup&Healthofsanitaryworkers
    Operation&Maintenance(O&M)
    Servicelevelbenchmarkingindicators
    Futuredemandandgap
    WaterSupply
    Sourceofwater
    Existingtransmission,distributionandstoragecapacities
    Servicecoverage
    Standardizedservicelevelindicators
    Futuredemandandgap

    InstitutionalCapacityandFinance:
    Existinginstitutionalframework:
    DetailsofexistingStatelawsrelatedtoslumsapplicabletothecity
    Institutionsengagedinslumimprovementi.e.SlumClearanceBoard,ULBs,DistrictUrban
    DevelopmentAgency(DUDA),StateUrbanDevelopmentAgency(SUDA),HousingBoards,
    Development Authorities, District Collectorate, NGO, CDS / Neighbourhood societys,
    assessmentoforganizationalcapacities.
    Community participation arrangements (Identification of city level Lead NGOs) and the
    existingcommunitymobilizationanddevelopmentstructure
    FinancialCapacityAssessmentofLocalBody

    SanitationSituationwithrespecttoNationalRankingParameter
    Sanitation situation with respect to national sanitation ranking parameters: To promote
    sanitationinIndiancities,NationalRatingandAwardSchemeforSanitationforIndiancities,
    wasimplementedunderNationalUrbanSanitationPolicybyMoUD.Citiesareratedbasedon
    setofobjectiveindicatorsofoutputs,processesandoutcomes.

    6. CityWideSanitation
    Introduction

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    59

    PlanFormulation

    VisionandCityWideSanitationPlanning
    Visionstatement
    PrinciplesofCSP
    Assumptions,normsandunitscosts
    Variousoccurrencesofissuesversusconsequences
    SubsectorStrategies
    Opendefecationfreestatusbyensuringaccesstoall(includingpoorandslumdwellersas
    wellasvisitingpopulation)
    Excretadisposalandwastewatermanagement
    Improvementofintegratedsolidwastemanagement
    Improvementofstormwatermanagement
    EnablingandSustainingstrategies
    Awarenessraising,hygienepromotionandcommunityparticipation
    Institutionalarrangementandresponsibility
    MonitoringandEvaluation
    Monitoringandreview
    Launchingrewardscheme
    Incentivesanddisincentives

    60

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    P
    PlanFormu
    ulation

    Figu
    ure2.7: CitySanitationPllanningProceess

    Sourrce: CSPMan
    nualNUSP.

    2.2.5.4. Con
    ntentsofSlumRed
    developmentPlan17
    Inp
    pursuanceo
    ofGovernm
    mentofInd
    diasvisionforSlumF
    FreeIndia,RajivAwaasYojana
    wass launched
    d in 2011 under wh
    hich Slum Redevelop
    pment Plan
    n is preparred. RAY
    env
    visagestwo
    ostepimplementation
    nstrategy i.e.preparaationofSlu
    umfreeCittyPlanof
    Actiion(SFCPo
    oA)andpreeparationo
    ofprojectsfforselected
    dslum.RAY
    Yprovidesfinancial

    17

    Ra
    ajiv Awas Yojana
    a Guidelines.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    61

    PlanFormulation
    supporttoStates/UTs/UrbanLocalBodies(ULBs)/CentralGovernmentAgenciesfor
    providinghousingandimprovementofbasiccivicinfrastructureandsocialamenities
    ineachselectedslums.

    1.

    2.

    62

    PreparationforSFCPoA(SlumFreeCityPlanofAction)
    ConductingStakeholderWorkshopsandmeetingstopreparethegroundforbeginningthe
    processesandsurveysrequiredunderSFCPoA.
    PreparationofaCityprofile
    Reviewofexistingpoliciesandprogrammesrelatedtoslumimprovementandhousing.

    Curativestrategy
    Assessmentofpresentstatusofslums
    Preparationofamunicipalinformationbaseforallslums
    Categorizationofslumsbasedontenabilityanalysis
    Prioritizationoftenableslumsthroughprioritymatrix
    Prioritizationofuntenableandsemitenableslums
    FormulationofSlumInterventionStrategies
    DetailedAnalysisofallPrioritisedSlums
    Formulationofsluminterventionstrategiesforallprioritisedslums

    Preventivestrategy
    EstimatingUrbanPoorHousingShortage&IdentifyingSupplyandDemandconstraints.
    Estimatingpresentandfuturehousingshortagefortheurbanpoor
    Identificationofsupplyanddemandconstraintsinhousing
    IdentifyingSupplyandDemandSideReformsandFramingFutureSupplyStrategy
    Identifying policy reforms (Not applicable for smaller cities less than 3 lakh population
    includedunderRAYimplementationphase)
    Framingfuturesupplystrategy
    DiscussingandsharingfindingswithstakeholdersguidelinesforpreparationforSlumFree
    CityPlanofAction

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    P
    PlanFormu
    ulation

    Figu
    ure2.8: Slum
    mFreeCityPllanofActionProcess

    Sourrce:RAYGuid
    delinesSFCPo
    oA.
    3. Investme
    3
    entplan
    FramingInvestmentR
    Requirementts&FinancinggPlan
    Estim
    mationofInveestmentRequ
    uirements
    Finan
    ncialPlanningforImplem
    mentationofS
    SlumImproveementandPrreventionStraategy
    FormulattingaCreditPlan
    Revieewofexistingghousingfinanceoptionsfortheurban
    npoor
    Revieewofthecreditprofileofurbanpoor
    4. FinalisatiionofSFCPo
    4
    oA
    FramingInstitutionalArrangemen
    nts
    Preparationofind
    dicativeimpllementationm
    modeanddeefinitionofro
    olesandresponsibilities
    ofinsstitutionsforrimplementation
    FinalizationofSlumF
    FreeCityPlan
    nofAction

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    63

    PlanFormulation

    2.2.5.5. DisasterManagementPlan(DMP)
    The Disaster Management Plan is to be prepared on the lines of proposals made by
    National Disaster Management Authority. Chapter 6 on Sustainability Guidelines
    providesdetailedcontentsforDMPatStateandDistrictlevel.
    OtherspecificpurposeplansTourismMasterPlanandHeritageConservationPlanto
    bepreparedasrequiredbytheStateGovernmentand/orLocalAuthorityforspecific
    purposes, but within the framework of the Development Plan or Regional Plan (for
    therespectivescaleofpreparationatcityleveloratdistrictlevel).

    2.2.6. ContentsofAnnualPlan
    This section provides the contents of Annual plan prepared in the framework of an
    approved development plan by the local authority. It is an important document for
    the local authority as its aggregation at the district planning committee or
    metropolitanplanningcommitteelevelwillgeneratethedistrictormetropolitanarea
    annual plan which when further aggregated at State level will form its consolidated
    annual plan. The State annual plan would indicate the State and Central funds for
    different sectors, which finally will result in the allocation of funds to the local
    authorities.Theannualplanofthelocalauthoritywillalsohelpinformulationofits
    annualbudgetandmonitoringtheperformanceannually.
    Asannualplanandbudgetareinterlinkeditisimportantthatprecedingannualplan
    beevaluatedbeforethenextfinancialyear,sothatthefollowingplanwillhaveinputs
    frompreviousplanandinvestmentsfornewplancanbeincorporatedinbudget.The
    contents of annual plan of a local authority, as given in the following sections, are
    applicabletoallsizesofurbancentres.

    2.2.6.1. RevieworEvaluationofPrecedingAnnualPlan
    Reviewoflastyearsperformance
    Thereviewoftheperformanceoftheprecedingyearshouldincludebothphysicaland
    fiscal achievements. It should cover all the components of the development plan as
    containedinthelastyearsannualplanandhighlightforeachcomponent:

    Thephysicaltargetset,suchasexpressway,trunkinfrastructurelines
    Thestatusattheendoftheannualplanandthelevelofphysicalperformancebypercentageof
    targetsachieved
    Thefiscalallocationsmadevisavisproposed
    Themoneyspentandleveloffiscalperformancebypercentageofmoneyspent

    Thereviewshouldalsopresentananalysisofperformancecomponentwise,highlighting:
    Areaswherethelocalauthorityhadaveryhighdegreeofperformance.

    64

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    Areas where the local authority had a very low degree of performance and reasons for such
    performanceaswellasthewaysandmeanstocorrectthecourseofaction.
    A further analysis of the performance by source of funds should also be presented. It should
    includephysicalandfiscalperformanceoftheprojectsimplementedthroughfundsfrom:
    Centralassistance
    Centralandstateassistance
    Stateassistance
    Nationalfundingagencies
    Internationalassistanceorfundingagencies
    Localauthorityresources
    PPP
    Privatesectorfunds
    Finally,specifytheareas/actionsthatrequireattentionwithparticularreferenceto:
    Finance
    Capacityandskillupgradation
    Administrativeandlegalissues
    Changesinpolicies,programmesorpriorities

    MechanismsofreviewofAnnualPlansPerformance:
    Preparationofapertchartineachannualplan,whichshallbereviewedinthenextyeartorate
    theperformance.
    The physicalandfiscalperformance to be assessedon the targetachieved on quarterlyorat
    leasthalfyearlybasis.Thiswillensuredistributionofdevelopmentandactivitiesthroughout
    theyearandnotattheendoftheannualperiod.
    Key performance indicators (KPI)to be proposed in the Annual plan for its evaluation in the
    followingyear.Thiswillensurethequalityandwillbeapplicationspecific.
    Itissuggestedtoconsiderdisasters,hazardsandActofGod,ifany,whilereviewingtheannual
    planperformance

    2.2.6.2. TheAnnualPlan
    BriefIntroduction:
    A brief introduction of the urban centre as indicated in its Development Plan. The
    objectiveinwritingthisintroductionistomaketheannualplanselfcontainedandits
    sectionshouldbeasbriefaspossible.
    AimsandObjectives:
    Takingthereviewofthepreviousyearsannualplanandtheproposalsofthedevelopmentplaninto
    account,annualplanidprepared.Thisplanshouldprovide:
    Aimsandobjectivesofdevelopmentduringtheyear
    Priorities
    Fiscalrequirementsandphysicaltargets:
    Suchaplanshouldprovideimplementationofeachcomponentoftheplan:
    Thefundsrequired;and
    Thephysicaltargetstobeachievedduringtheyear
    Fiscalresourcemobilisationplan:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    65

    PlanFormulation
    Theresourcemobilisationplanshouldpresentthemannerofmobilisationofresourcerequiredfor
    implementationoftheannualplan,specifyingthefundsproposedtobemobilisedthrough:
    Localauthorityresources
    PPP
    Institutionalfinancing
    Marketborrowing
    Privatesectorfunds
    Stateassistance
    Centralstateassistance
    Centralassistance
    Landassembly:
    Estimatethetotallandrequiredbythedevelopmentcomponentsandpresentthemannerofassembly
    oflandbythelocalauthorityincludingassembly.
    Capacitybuildingandskillupgradation
    Thissectionshouldincorporate
    Appointmentofstaff,bothtechnicalandadministrative
    Trainingofstaff
    Strengtheningoftheurbanplanningdepartment
    Consultancypractice
    OtherProposals:
    Dependinguponthespecificneedsandlocalarearequirementsprovideotherproposalsalso.

    2.2.7. ContentsofProjects/Schemes
    Thefollowingistherecommendedlistofcontentsofplansofprojectsforexecution
    onsite.Dependinguponthelocalrequirementsoftheapprovingorfundingagency,
    thesemaybemodified.Thesecontentsareapplicabletoallplansofprojectsforall
    sizeofsettlements.
    Location
    Locationandotherphysicalcharacteristicsofthesiteifitisalreadyavailable
    Identificationofpossiblesites,ifnotalreadyavailable,and:
    Evaluationofalternativelocation;
    Selectionofpreferredlocation;and
    Physicalcharacteristicsofthepreferredsite.
    SitePlanning
    Aims and objectives and schedule of area requirements as per provision of the development
    plan.
    Alternativeconceptsoflayout,theirevaluationandselectionofapreferredconcept.
    Layoutbaseduponthepreferredconcept.
    Planning and design of infrastructure (water supply, sewage, drainage, electricity, road
    networkandotherinfrastructures).
    Detaileddrawings
    In case of further contracting of projects detailed drawings shall be provided for estimating cost,
    workingdrawingfordesignandprocurementspurposes.

    66

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    PlanFormulation

    EnvironmentImpactAssessment
    As per the Guidelines issues by MoEF, Environment Impact Assessment of the project may be
    undertakenasanindependentexercise.
    SpatialImpactAssessment
    Incaseoflargeproject,aspatialassessmentoftheprojectmaybeundertaken,ifnecessary.
    Assessmentshouldinclude:
    ImpactoftheprojectonadditionaldemandforhousingwithspecificreferencetoEWS&LIG
    sectionsofthesocietywhowouldsquatneartheprojectsiteifnopropercareistakeninthis
    context
    Impactonthedirectionofthegrowthofthesettlement
    Impactonthecommercialandotherancillaryindustrialactivities
    Impactonresettlementofthepopulationduetocompulsorylandacquisition
    Impact on city level infrastructure specially roads, bridges, transportation system, water
    supply,seweragetreatmentplant,electricitygenerationandsupply
    Impactoncitylevelfacilities
    FinancingPlan
    Costrecoverystrategy
    Financingterms
    Financingplan
    Sourcesoffinance
    Proportion,formandnatureoffunds
    Proportion,formsandnatureoffinancingbyvariousparticipatingagenciesandlocal
    authority
    Interestratesandtermsforborrowedfunds
    Cashflowandrepaymentschedule
    ProjectAdministrationandOrganisation
    Projectadministrationagency
    Majoradministrativerequirements
    Advertisement
    Processingofapplication
    Collectionofdues
    Systemofallotmentofplots/units
    Supervision
    Monitoring
    Generalmanagement
    Requirementofmanpower
    Executingagency
    LegalSupport/Constraints(ifany)
    Landassemblylaws.
    Landtenurelaws.
    Developmentpromotionlaws/regulations

    Thesesectionsmaynotformpartofthedocumentsneededatthetimeofapprovalof
    privatesectorprojectbythelocalauthority.
    All plans to be formulated in accordance with statutory provisions of the
    relevantAct.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    67

    PlanFormulation

    68

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3 ResourceMobilizationforPlanImplementation
    3.1.

    Introduction

    Land, finance and manpower are the three main resources for planning and
    development of urban and regional centres. As a basic principle, allocation of these
    resourcesamongvariouscompetinglandusesmustbesuchthatithelpsinachieving
    anoptimallevelofeconomicefficiencywithinclusionandequity18.
    In case of spatial development and various development programmes, the
    government has been normally considered as the sole source for finance and
    ownership.However,intherecentyearstheroleofprivatesectorinthedevelopment
    process has been duly recognized. As a general policy on resource mobilization, it
    wouldbedesirabletohaveapropermixofpublicandprivatesectorsparticipation,
    bothplayingasymbioticroleinsuchawaythatthepublicinfrastructureprogrammes
    are implemented with the strength of public authority and efficiency of the private
    entrepreneur.ThisshouldbetheframeworkforPPP.Theroleofpeopleisalsobeing
    recognized,leadingtodevelopmentofthePPPPmodel.
    Thischapterfocusesonthefiscalresourcemobilization,land resourcemobilization,
    goodgovernanceandmanpowerresourcesmobilizationstrategies fordevelopment.
    The local authorities,chief town planners, city commissioners could select the most
    appropriatemodelandcombinationdependinguponthecontextualpossibilities.

    3.2.

    Land

    Land is the medium on which the entire superstructure of human settlement is


    createdandunderwhichalotofinfrastructurefindtheirplace.Planningfortheuseof
    land leads to socioeconomic and physical development of urban and rural areas.
    However, it is a scarce commodity as its supply is limited and it cannot be mass
    created.

    3.2.1. LandasaResource
    The (Draft) National Land Utilization Policy, 2013 states that land is required for
    developmentofessentialinfrastructureandforurbanization,whileatthesametime
    thereisalso a need to protect land underenvironmentally sensitive zones and land
    which provides ecosystem services. Farmers livelihood options and food security
    issues make it imperative to protect land for agriculture. Further, the need to
    preserve natural, cultural and historical areas requires land protection. It is,
    therefore, most essential to ensure that utilization of the available land is judicious
    and in the best interest of the community through the instrument of Development
    Plans.

    18

    Technology and capacity to handle the various resources can also be defined as a resource.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    69

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.2.2. LandEconomics
    Land value depends on demand and supply of land. The value increases as the
    demandexceedsthesupply,whichisthegeneralcase,owingtolimitedsupplyofland
    againstitgrowingdemandinthewakeofurbangrowthanddevelopment.TheRight
    to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
    Resettlement Act, 2013(RFCTLARR Act, 2013), defines land so as to include the
    benefits that arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or permanently
    fastened to anything attached to the earth19. The Act also requires that the market
    value of land be calculated as the minimum land value specified under the Indian
    Stamp Act, 1899 for the registration of sale deeds in the area, where the land is
    located, or the average of the sale price for similar type of land located in the
    immediateareasadjoiningthelandbeingacquired.Itistobe ascertainedfromfifty
    percentofthesaledeedsregisteredduringtheprecedingthreeyears,wherehigher
    pricehasbeenpaid.Thisapproachissuggestedfordeterminingthemarketvalueof
    landforacquisition.
    The Land Acquisition Act of 1894 was made mainly to facilitate the government to
    procure privately held land for the purpose of developing public infrastructure and
    also for companies. After 120 years, this Act was replaced by the RFCTLARR Act,
    2013. The Act has provided for fair compensation to those whose land is acquired
    permanentlyortemporarily,whilebringinginenhancedtransparencytotheprocess
    ofacquisitionofland.

    3.2.3. LandAssembly
    Landassemblyanddevelopmentmechanismareundertakenforachievingoptimum
    socialuseofurbanlandandtoensureadequateavailabilityoflandtopublicauthority
    andindividuals.PublicPrivateParticipationisachievedinlanddevelopmentthrough
    various techniques. Mainly, land assembly techniques prevent concentration of land
    in few hands and promote its efficient social and economic allocation. Some of the
    land assembly techniques also promote flexibility in land utilization in response to
    changes resulting from growing city. The various mechanisms to assemble and/or
    developlandareenlistedbelow:
    LandAcquisition:bulklandacquisitionbyStateandbyprivateinitiatives.
    Land Pooling: land pooling approach and redistribution scheme, popularly known as
    TownPlanningschemes.
    Land Reservations: the concept of Accommodation Reservation which allows the land
    ownertodevelopthesitesreservedforanamenity.
    Transferable Development Rights: a technique of land development which separates
    thedevelopmentpotentialofalandparcelforuseelsewhere.

    19

    Appendix B of Volume II B provides definition for land and associated terms.

    70

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Guided Land Development: this model uses the provision of infrastructure as an


    instrumenttoguideurbandevelopmentinpartnershipwithlandownerswithoutpooling
    anyland.

    3.2.3.1. LandAcquisition
    LandAcquisitionpopularlymeanstheacquisitionoflandfordefinedpublicpurpose
    byagovernmentagencyfromindividuallandowners,asauthorizedbythelaw,after
    paying a governmentfixed compensation to cover losses incurred by landowners
    fromsurrenderingtheirland.Thelandacquisitionprocesscanbeundertakenbythe
    State or through private initiatives. As of now, most of the land acquisition is to be
    processed as per the RFCTLARR, 2013. Some models of land acquisition are as
    follows:
    BulklandacquisitionmethodasaStateInitiative:Inthismethod,MasterPlanispreparedforthe
    entire area encompassing different land uses and involving various activities. Land is developed in
    accordancetotheplanningnormsforvarioususes/activities.Bulklandisacquiredfromfarmersbythe
    developmentagencyandcompensationispaidtofarmers/ownersbasedontheprovisionofprevailing
    act.
    BulklandacquisitionmethodwithPrivateInitiative:To defray the cost of land acquisition some
    stategovernmentsandULBshavedevelopedmodelsinwhichprivatesectoracquirelandbydirectly
    paying compensation to the affected families. A variety of models are in existence per which land is
    acquiredforplanneddevelopmentwithprivatepartnership.
    Haryana Guided Land Development Model: In this model, the private developer can acquire land
    directlyfromfarmersatmarketpriceandatthesametime,itpermitsalandownertoassumetherole
    ofacolonizer.Thismodelprovidesfixedtimeperiodof5yearstoutilizethatlandacquired(initially2
    years, then extension of 3 years, if required)and the developer is expected to complete the projects
    withinthisperiod.Majorhighlightsofthismodelarethatthedifficultiesanddelaysinlandacquisition
    are avoided and pressure on government to pay compensation is reduced, overall enhancing
    investments.
    Ghaziabad Joint Venture Model: As per approach followed by Ghaziabad Development Authority
    (GDA), a joint venture (JV) is formed between the GDA and the builders/developers/cooperative
    societiesthroughopenbid(basedontechnicalandfinancialcapabilities).Twentypercentoftheplots
    developedaretobereservedforEWS/LIGandthecostingandallottingofsocialfacilitybydeveloper
    hastobedoneasperthegovernmentregulations.Thebalanceofthelandistobesoldbythedeveloper
    atprofit.Fortheentireprocess,thedevelopmentauthorityactsonlyasafacilitator.Projectdurationis
    specifiedintheJVagreementandpenaltyisimposedifdeveloperrequirestimeextension,thusmaking
    surethatlandisutilizedwithinthestipulatedtimeperiod.
    Hyderabad Differential Compensation Models: In Hyderabad, the land acquisition technique has
    beenmodifiedintotwodifferentmodels,inwhichwhileacquiringlandforpublicandprivateprojects,
    differentlevelofcompensationsarearrivedat,theseare

    ModelI:Whenlandisacquiredforprojectsmainlyforpublicpurpose suchasroads,power
    generationanddistribution,irrigation,schools,welfarehousing,environmentalprojectsetc.,
    appropriatecompensationispaidtolandownersbyconsultingthem.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    71

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Model II: When land is acquired for projects such as SEZ, Industrial Estates, Satellite
    townshipsandotherswherevalueadditionenhancesthelandpricessubstantially,mainlyfor
    thirdpartyuse,compensationisnormallyworkedoutonprofitsharingbasis,whichisintwo
    parts,namely

    BasicValue(GovernmentRate)ofLand
    %EquitySharinginSPV/%ofNetDevelopedArea/BuiltSpace

    CIDCO Model of Land Development in Navi Mumbai follows the technique of land banking for land
    assembly.Thecompensationtolandownersisdonebythewayofmonetaryandlandcompensation.
    ButinVasaiVirarsubregion,CIDCOundertookthelandassemblybyobtainingpowerofattorneyfrom
    landownersoroutrightpurchaseoffreeholdlandslocatedclosetoeachotherbyprivatedevelopersor
    builder. The promoter is solely responsible for providing and maintaining infrastructure for
    consolidatedlandparcel.

    3.2.3.2. LandPooling
    In Town Planning or Plot Reconstitution Scheme, the land is pooled and its
    developmentisfinancedwiththeinvolvementoflandownerswithoutcompulsorily
    acquiringland.Thislandassemblytechniquehelpstoprovideplotsforbasicservices
    inaplannedlayoutfromtheoriginalhaphazardarrangement.Costsincurredbythe
    developmentalauthorityfordevelopmentandforinfrastructure arerecoveredfrom
    the sale of few of the final land plots reserved by the authority and betterment
    charges levied on landowners. The reconstituted plots are allotted to the land
    ownersinproportiontotheiroriginallandholdings.
    TheschemewasfirstintroducedintheMaharashtraRegionalandTownPlanningAct,
    1966andlaterinGujaratTownPlanning&UrbanDevelopmentAct,1976andisnow
    widely appreciated model of land assembly. Another deviation of the land pooling
    mechanismhasbeenrecentlyintroducedbytheDelhiDevelopmentAuthority(DDA),
    whereinDDAfacilitateddevelopersandlandownerstopoollandfordevelopment.
    Thetownplanningschemeisreferredaslandacquisitionwithouttearsandhasthe
    followingkeyadvantages:
    Infrastructureisprovidedincoordinatedway.
    Partialcostisrecoveredthroughbettermentcharges.
    Land for public and community purposes including green & open spaces is
    acquiredwithoutdirectexpanses.
    Communitybenefitsthroughunifiedplanning.
    Landownersharestheprojectcostandbenefitsbyincreasedpropertyprices.
    However,theLandPoolingSchemesuffersfromcertaindifficulties,suchas:
    Delayinprocessofpreparation,approval,arbitrationandimplementation,mainly
    duetolitigations.
    Thereareissuesrelatedtocostrecovery.

    72

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    There is also inadequate public participation in such schemes. To overcome the


    drawbacksofTPscheme,somesuggestionsareenlistedbelow:
    Division of scheme into planning and financial part, which has been done in the
    Gujaratmodel.
    Appointment of an arbitrator and a project planner by local authority to modify
    the plan after initial preparation, who would undertake active consultation with
    originalstakeholderspreandpostplanpreparation.
    The contribution, which is based upon the estimated value of land assuming full
    development as per the scheme, should be replaced by estimated cost of the
    scheme.
    ProvisionofTransferableDevelopmentRightsinlieuofcompensationtooriginal
    plotholderscanbeconsidered.
    Land pooling schemes to be prepared only for the areas included in current
    developmentplan.
    Land development for Schedule6 areas: Some Northeast states have areas covered under the
    Schedule6oftheConstitution.Insuchareas,landdevelopmentandplanningarenotdirectlyunderthe
    control of the State government but vests with the Autonomous District Councils and mainly under
    community ownership. Therefore, communities can be involved in development process of the
    settlementsasitmaybeviableandeasierapproach.

    3.2.3.3. LandReservations
    The concept of Accommodation Reservation allows the landowners to develop the
    sites reserved for an amenity in the development plan using full permissible Floor
    SpaceIndex(FSI)/FloorAreaRatio(FAR)ontheplot,subjecttoagreeingtoentrust
    and hand over the builtup area of such amenity to the local authority free of all
    encumbrances and accept full FAR/FSI as compensation in lieu thereof. The area
    utilized for the amenity would not form part of FAR/FSI calculation. Reservations
    such as retail markets, dispensaries, etc. can be implemented in this way wherein
    local authority is not required to acquire the land by incurring expenditure on
    payment of compensation. In case of reservations like shopping centres etc., the
    ownercanbeallowedtodeveloptheseonagreeingtogiveatleastupto25%ofthe
    shopstothelocalauthorityforthepurposeofrehabilitationofthedisplacedpersons
    onpaymentofcostofconstruction.
    Incaseofroadwidening/newconstruction,thelocalauthoritycangrantadditional
    FSIon100%ofthearearequiredforthepurpose,providedtheownersurrendersthe
    land for widening or construction of new roads to the local authority free of all
    encumbrancesandaccepttheadditionalFAR/FSIasthecompensationinlieuthereof.
    This mechanism has considerably relieved local authorities from incurring huge
    expensesforthepurposeofacquisitionofsuchlands.Themodelcanbeexploredfor
    othernoneconomicactivitiessuchasopenspaces,publicutilitiesamongothers.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    73

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    The concept of accommodation reservation has been incorporated in the
    DevelopmentControlRulesoftheMumbaiMunicipalCorporation.

    3.2.3.4. TransferableDevelopmentRights(TDR)
    TDRisatechniqueoflanddevelopment,whichseparatesthedevelopmentpotential
    ofaparticularparceloflandfromitandallowsitsuseelsewherewithinthedefined
    zones of the city. It allows the owner to sell the development rights of a particular
    parceloflandtoanother.ThisentitlementisoverandabovetheusualFSIavailable
    for receiving plot in accordance with the prevailing laws and regulations, which
    entitlesalandownertoconstructadditionalbuiltupareaonhisexistingbuildingor
    vacantland.
    TDR is taken away from the zone and it is tradable which makes it different from
    AccommodationReservation.Thisisalsogenerallyusedforredevelopmentofinner
    city zones and for reconstruction/ redevelopment and has been tried out in
    numerous cities/ States including Bengaluru, Chennai, Mumbai and Rajasthan.
    However it has its prospects and consequences as experienced from the
    implementation in various cities. For instance, unbridled pooling of TDRs could
    damagetheurbanform,TODstrategies,qualityofpublicspaces,etc.Henceitshould
    be used carefully within a predefined spatial framework.States like Karnataka and
    Rajasthanhavemadeprovisionstomitigatesucheffects.

    3.2.3.5. GuidedLandDevelopment
    Guided Land Development model uses the provision ofinfrastructure as instrument
    toguideurbandevelopment.Thisisdoneinpartnershipwithlandownerswhopay
    for the cost of providing services to their land and in return donate land for public
    infrastructure and a payment as betterment levy. This model, also proposed by the
    UnitedNationsEconomic&SocialCommissionforAsia&Pacific(UNESCAP),hasbeen
    forguidingtheconversionofprivatelyownedlandintheurbanperiphery.Itusesa
    combination of traditional government role of providing infrastructure and the
    enforcement of land subdivision regulations. The key advantage of the approach is
    that it is less costly than outright land acquisition and more equitable than land
    banking.
    The principle behind guided land subdivision is that the government agency
    proactivelyselectsthedirectionwhereitfeelsurbandevelopmentshouldtakeplace
    and provides infrastructure in those areas. This acts as an incentive to encourage
    developertoinvestintheplannedareaselectedbythegovernmentagency.Thecost
    effectiveness of guided land development approach results from the fact that land
    development is planned, designed and implemented with the landowners of the
    designated area, who donate land for roads and right of way for infrastructure and
    public spaces, as well as pay a betterment levy to meet the costs of the project. To
    financethescheme,aloanisinitiallytakentobuildtheinfrastructure,whichispaid

    74

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    frombettermentleviesprovidedbylandownerseitheronannualinstallmentsorin
    lumpsumuponsaleofland.Theinfrastructureisprovidedbythegovernmentagency
    uptothesite.Individuallandownersaresupposedtosubdividetheirlandforvarious
    developmentsandlaytheonsiteservices.
    But guided land is often fraught with difficulties on the ground. First, as the model
    depends on the consent of the landowners it cannot be applied in areas with
    fragmentedlandownership,lackofownerswillandconsensus.Second,collectionof
    betterment levies may not be feasible by small landholders and lead to default of
    payment.

    3.2.4. InclusiveLandDevelopment
    Most cities in developing countries suffer from land market distortions caused by
    poor land development and management policies including poor planning, slow
    provisionofinfrastructureandservices,poorlandinformationsystems,cumbersome
    and slow land transaction procedures, as well as under regulation of private land
    development, leading to unplanned or ribbon/corridor development of land in the
    urbanperiphery.Theurbanpoorsuffermostfromadysfunctionalcity.Distortionsin
    thelandmarketsallowlandspeculation,whichoftenpricesthepooroutoftheformal
    land markets and into the informal land markets, which are exemplified by slums,
    squattersettlementsandillegalsubdivisions,mainlyintheperipheryofcities.This
    leads to longer commuting time and costs, poor living conditions, in adequate
    infrastructure and services, adversely affecting the health and financial condition
    especiallyofthepoor,therebyentrenchingthecycleofpoverty.
    Landandhousinghavespecialsignificanceforthepoor.Oftenforpoor,ahouseisnot
    justashelter,butisalsoaplaceforincomegeneration.Urbansettlementsofthepoor
    intheregionarecharacterizedbyhomebasedworkshopsfromwhichthepoorearn
    their incomes. Though slum, squatter and illegal settlements are often used
    interchangeably but they are different from each other and denote different
    characteristicsofthesettlement.
    Slums are legal but substandard settlements, with a lack of adequate services and
    overcrowding.
    Squatteraresettlementswherelandhasbeenoccupiedillegally.Theyareoftenfoundon
    marginalorenvironmentallyhazardouslands,suchasclosetorailwaytracks,alongrivers
    and canals etc. They are also found on government land or land whose ownership is
    unclear.
    While squatter settlements are spontaneous and unorganized, illegal settlements are
    planned and organized. These usually occur in cities where the government owns large
    tractsofvacantland,withlowopportunitycost.

    3.2.4.1. InclusionofPoorintotheFormalLand/HousingMarket
    Experience has shown that bringing the poor into the formal land and housing
    marketsneedsatwoprongedstrategy:increasingthechoicesavailableonthesupply
    sideandincreasingaffordabilityonthedemandside.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    75

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    1.

    2.

    Increasingsupplyoflandforthepoorincludesfollowing:

    SitesandServices:Itprovidesthetargetgroupwithaplotandbasicinfrastructure,such
    aswater,roadsandsanitationfacilities.

    Illegal settlements regularization/upgrading: Settlement upgrading provides existing


    settlementdwellerslandtenure,aswellas,basicinfrastructure.

    Landsharing:Landownerandthelandoccupantsreachanagreementwherebytheland
    owner develops the economically most attractive part of the plot and the dwellers build
    housesontheotherpartwithfullorlimitedlandownership.

    Siteswithoutservicesincrementaldevelopment: The approach includes mechanisms


    wherebygroupsofhouseholdsareencouragedtoorganizethemselves,accumulatefunds
    andprovideinfrastructuregradually.

    Private developers to provide a percentage of FAR (DDA norms provides 15%) for EWS
    housingtobehandedovertoLB/Authorityatpredeterminedprice.

    Reservation for service population including domestic help, cleaners, drivers, other
    smallscaleandinformalservicesshouldbemade(DDAnormin50%).

    Thestrategyofincreasingeffectivedemandforlandforthepoorhasfollowingschemeswhich
    canbeusedtoprovidebettersheltertotheurbanpoor:

    Community organization: Organized communities of the poor can afford housing and
    theyalsonegotiatewithgovernmentsandotherstakeholdersmoreeffectively.

    Increasing savings and providing access to finance: Communitybased savingsand


    creditschemespreserveorganizedcommunitiesandincreaseaccesstofinance.

    Improving income opportunities by providing access to the Central and State level
    schemes for employment (like Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana, Urban Wage /Self
    EmploymentProgramme,WomenSelfhelpProgramme)andvocationaltrainings(likeSkill
    TrainingforEmploymentPromotion).

    (Source:UNESCAPUrbanLandPolicyfortheUninitiated,DDANormsandothersources.)

    3.3.

    FiscalResourceMobilisation

    Localbodiesplayanimportantroleinprovidingsocial,civic,physicalandeconomic
    infrastructureservicestothepublic.Municipalfinancesarecriticalininitiatingmany
    urban and local governance projects, as financial resources strategic management
    plays a vital role in ensuring longterm sustainability of local services and
    infrastructure. With the introduction of 73rd& 74thCAA, local governments role and
    responsibilities have been increasing continuously. To realize these responsibilities
    local governments require steady flow and efficient management of financial
    resources. However, as the traditional system of funding on basis of plan and
    budgetary allocations will be reduced, the local authorities will have to devise
    innovative methods of resource mobilization through fiscal instruments and
    accessing the market. The subsidies will need to be rationalized and urban
    development plans and projects need to be designed as commercially viable. A
    generallifecycleofaprojectisdepictedinFigure3.1.

    76

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    Figu
    ure3.1: ProjectLifeCycle

    Also
    otheestimatiionofprojecttcostistobeaccuratelycaalculatedinclludingcontin
    ngencies.Theeimportant
    head
    dforprojectccostcalculatiionare:
    1. CapitalInvestment(Caapex),includiing
    1
    Landcosst
    Common
    ninfrastructu
    urecost,likeroads,watersupplyetc.
    Projectsspecificinfrasstructurecosstliketollplaza,bridges
    Buildinggandcivilcosst
    Interestduringconsttruction
    2 Workingccapitalmargiin(alsoincideentalexpensees)
    2.
    3 Operation
    3.
    nsandMainteenancecost(ss)(O&M),inccluding
    Salary&
    &Wages
    Recurrin
    ngrawmaterrialcost
    Repair&
    &Maintenancce
    Administration&Oveerheads
    Marketin
    ngexpenses
    Projectsspecificoperaatingexpensees

    Req
    quirement offinance intheprojjectlifecyccleisforim
    mplementaationandthenlater
    for operation andmanaggement.Th
    hefirstactiivityisraissingfunds inbulkto initiatea
    project. Once construction is oveer, the lateer stage off operation
    n and maintenance
    requires steaady flow from
    f
    revenue sourcces. Howev
    ver, only well planned and
    imp
    plemented infrastructtureprojectsgenerateerevenueiincomeforrlocalauthoritiesin
    form
    m of fees and
    a chargees. Figure 3.1
    3 depictss general life cycle of a projectt. Various
    inno
    ovative an
    nd traditional approaaches for financing developmeental activ
    vities are
    avaailablethesedaysand
    danattemp
    pttoprepaareacomprehensive listhasbeenmade,
    asp
    presentedinFigures3.2&3.3below.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    77

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    Figure3.2: FundingSources

    Figu
    ure3.3: Reveenuesources

    3.3.1. Traditional an
    nd Inn
    novative approaches for Fisscal
    ResourrceMobiilisation
    Diverse optionsof thesourceefinancearreavailableefordevelo
    opmentalp
    projects.Th
    hese
    tradition
    nalandinnovativesou
    urcesoffin
    nancingpro
    ojectsatStaateandULB
    Blevelthro
    ough
    fundingandrevenu
    uesourcesaredetaileedbelow:
    a.

    Taxes:StateGov
    vernmentautthoriseslocallgovernmentsbylaw,to collecttaxess.Taxesarem
    major
    sourrceofrevenu
    ueofUrbanL
    LocalBodies. Propertytaxx,profession taxandadveertisementtaxare
    majo
    orsourcesoffrevenueinlo
    ocalgovernm
    ments.

    b.

    Chargesandfee
    es:Localbodiieslevycharggesandfeesfortheserviccesprovided tocitizens.T
    These
    charrges,forwateersupply,sollidwasteman
    nagement,paarkingandotthersuchservicestocoveerthe
    costtofundertakiingtheprovissionofservicces.

    c.

    Gran
    ntsandSubssidies:Granttsandsubsidiesaregenerrallygivenby
    yCentralGoveernmenttoState/
    Locaal Government or State to Local Goveernment for developmentt and provisiion of services to
    citizzens.

    d.

    Pub
    blic Private Partnership
    p: PPP is an
    n agreementt between public
    p
    and p
    private entity
    y for
    prov
    vidingserviceesorinfrastrructuretocitizens.Ithelpsmunicipalaauthoritiesto
    oshedsome ofits
    funcctionsandevo
    olvealternativeinstitutionalarrangem
    mentforthep
    performanceofsuchfuncttions.

    e.

    Loan
    nsfromfina
    ancialinstitu
    utions:Publiccandprivateeorganisation
    nscometogetthertopoolffunds
    from
    mpublicandiinvestingitin
    nfinancialassets.Suchloaansareforlongterm.

    f.

    Fun
    nding by Bila
    ateral and Multilateral
    M
    Agencies: These
    T
    are deevelopmentaal agencies which
    w
    prov
    vide soft loan
    ns for infrastructural pro
    ojects. Almosst all such lo
    oans are back
    ked by soverreign
    guarranteeandtaakelongprocesstoaccess.

    g.

    Fore
    eign Direct Investment:: FDI is direect investmen
    nt from company or entiity into a forreign
    coun
    ntry.

    h.

    PooledFinanceDevelopme
    entFund(PF
    FDF)Scheme
    eofGovernm
    mentofIndiia:PFDFis meant
    m
    toprovidecredittenhancemeentgrantsto enableULBsstoaccessm
    marketborrow
    wingstofacillitate
    deveelopmentofm
    municipalinffrastructure.

    i.

    Mun
    nicipal Bond
    ds and Debe
    entures: Mun
    nicipal bondss and debenttures are issu
    ued by ULBss and
    Infraastructure Fu
    unds, to gen
    neral public or
    o specific in
    nstitutional investors
    i
    to raise finance for
    deveelopingphysiicalinfrastructure.

    78

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.3.1.1. Taxes(Propertytaxes,Vacantdevelopedlandtax)
    The municipal entities derive their tax powers from the laws enacted by the State
    legislatures. The sources of revenue both tax and nontax are delegated to them
    under these laws as obligatory and discretionary taxes. However, the municipal
    bodiesareatthelibertytolevyataxandmayormaynotlevyalltheentitledtaxes.
    In order to match the functional domain of municipal bodies with tax power, it is
    imperative to devolve additional tax powers to municipalities and to provide for
    transfer of new functions to them as proposed in 73 rd & 74th CAA, along with the
    requisite funds which currently are under the purview of State Government
    Departments.
    Inadditiontotaxes,stategovernmentsalsoprovideauthority tolocalbodiestolevy
    surcharge on some taxes to generate additional fund to meet its requirements.
    Following is the list of taxes and surcharges that local bodies can levy to generate
    revenue.
    Taxes:

    Propertytaxonlandsandbuildings:reformingthepropertytaxentailsbringinginamendment
    ofinherentRentControlLawseitherfordelinkingitspresentdepressingeffectonrentalvalueor
    forpermittinglegallytheperiodicalrevisionofstandardrent.TheModelRentControlActofMoUD
    provides for refurbishing of standard rent and its periodical revision. This, if adopted by all the
    states,willgoalongwayinrestoringthebaseofthistaxwithsomerelationshipwiththemarket
    value.

    StampDuty:Thistaxisleviedonthoseinstrumentsordocumentsoftransactionswhensellingand
    buyingproperty.TheproceedsinregardwiththisdutygodirectlytoStateinwhichtheindividuals
    arelevied.ItcanalsobesharedwithLocalBodies.

    TaxonLand/Propertyvaluesincrement:It is common phenomenon that land values keep on


    increasing over the years not because of any individual effort but due to implementation of
    developmentschemes.Landvaluesincrementmayalsobeduetoeconomicphenomenonofrisein
    generalprices.Thebasicobjectiveoflandvalueincrementtaxesistocapturesomeofthisincrease
    forthebenefitofthecommunity.

    Water tax: The Municipality can levy a water tax on any land or residential building or non
    residentialbuildingasapercentageofpropertytaxasspecifiedbyregulations.

    Firetax:TheMunicipalitycanlevyafiretaxonanybuildingasapercentageofpropertytaxasmay
    bespecifiedbyregulations.

    Taxoncongregations:Itisataxleviedperheadorpervehicleforprovidingmunicipalservicesto
    personsorvehiclesvisitingthemunicipalareaforthepurposeoftourismorinconnectionwithany
    congregation of whatever nature, including pilgrimage, fair, festival, circus or yatra, within a
    municipalareaforpersonsorvehiclesassemblingwithinthemunicipalareaforthepurpose.

    Taxonpilgrimsandtourists.

    Taxondeficitinparkingspacesinanynonresidentialbuilding: This tax ison thedeficits in


    the provision for parking spaces required for different types of vehicles in any nonresidential
    building.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    79

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Advertisement Tax: Such tax can be levied for the exhibition or display of any advertisement
    (otherthaninnewspaper)topublicviewinanymanner.

    Vehicletax:Itisataxonpurchasingvehiclesandusingroads.

    ProfessionTax:Professiontaxisleviedbymunicipalauthorityonindividual,company,business
    ownersormerchantsItisleviedontheincomeearnedbywayoftrade,profession,employmentor
    business.

    DomesticServantsTax:Thistaxispayablebyemployerondomesticservants.

    Vacantlandtax:Insomeurbanplaces,thelandiskeptvacantwithoutanyusebytheownerfora
    periodoftime.Ataxispayableonvacantlandtoincentivizeitsdevelopmentorsaletothosewho
    havetheinterestandaccesstoresourcestodevelopit.Itis recommendedtolevythistaxasper
    applicableFARratherthanavailedFAR.

    Octroi:Thistaxisleviedontheentryofgoodsintoalocalareaforconsumption,use,orsale.Many
    StateshavereplacedoctroibyentrytaxleviedandcollectedbytheStateGovernment,butshared
    withtheLocalBodies.

    Other taxes: The municipalities can also levy any other tax, which the state legislature has the
    powertolevy,subjecttothepriorapprovalofthestategovernment.

    Surcharges:
    SomeStatesprovidefor levy ofsurcharge onState taxes, to bepassed onto the local bodies,though
    someeconomistsfindsuchsurchargestobedistortionary.Examplesare

    Surcharge on stamp duty: The Municipality can levy a surcharge on the transfer of lands and
    buildingssituatedwithinthemunicipalareaasapercentageofstampdutyleviedonsuchtransfer.

    Surchargeonentertainmenttax:Itisasurchargeonanytaxleviedbythestategovernmenton
    anyentertainmentoramusementwithinthemunicipalarea.

    Surchargeonelectricityconsumption:Itisasurchargeonconsumptionofelectricitywithinthe
    municipalarea.

    Surchargeonpetroleumproducts:Stategovernmentslevysalestaxonpetroleumproductsand
    additionalsurchargetocoverthefinancialdemandsoflocalbodies.

    Tolls:
    Toll is a form of tax, typically implemented to help recover the cost of road construction and
    maintenance.

    Roads&Bridges:AMunicipalauthoritycanestablishatollbaronanypublicstreetorbridgein
    themunicipalareaandlevyatollatsuchtollbaronvehicles,overandabovethevehicletax,for
    specifiedreason.

    Ferries: Where a ferry plies between two points on a watercourse and either one or both the
    points are situated within a municipal area, State Government can declare such ferry to be a
    municipalferryandlevytollortax.

    Heavytrucks: It is a toll on heavy goods or passenger motor vehicles, plying on a public street.
    Thisistocontrolheavypassengermotorvehiclesmovementintherestrictedhoursofthedayand
    intherestrictedareas.

    Toll collection on navigation channels: The State Government can levy tolls for use of any
    navigablechannel,whichpassesthroughthelimitsofamunicipalareainlieuofthemaintenanceof
    navigationchannel.

    80

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Table3.1: ListofvariousTaxes,Surcharges,Charges,FeesandTollsasmaybeleviedforUrban&
    InfrastructureDevelopment
    Heads

    SourcesofRevenue

    Taxes

    Propertytaxonlands Water
    andbuildings

    Vehiclesand
    other
    conveyance

    ElectricityCess

    Conservancy

    Property:(Lighting,
    water,drainage,
    generalpurpose,
    sanitary)

    Drainage

    Motorvehicles

    Educationcess

    Congregation

    Profession

    Sanitary

    NonMotorized
    vehicles

    Special
    educationtax

    Saleofcattlein
    themarket

    Terminal

    Pilgrimsand
    Tourist

    Carriageand
    animal

    Localbodytax
    onentryof
    goods

    Artisans

    Scavenging

    Trade

    Timber

    Animals

    Markets

    Boats

    Dogs

    Buildingapplication Garbage
    Treatment

    Advertisement

    Menialdomestic
    servants

    DogsLatrine

    Vacantland
    developmenttax

    Theatre

    Octroi*

    Fire
    Stampdutyon
    transferofproperties
    Stampdutyon
    transferof
    immovable
    properties

    Electricity

    Deficitparkingspace Specialwater
    inanynonresidential tax
    building
    Landaccordingto
    circumstances&
    property

    Latrine

    Specialand
    general
    sanitation

    Surcharges

    Transferoflandsand Tax/charge/
    buildings
    feeon
    Buildings

    Electricity
    consumption

    Entertainment

    Petroleum
    products*

    Charges

    Developmentcharges Watersupply

    Drainage

    SolidWaste
    Management

    Sewerage

    BettermentLevy

    Otherspecific
    Services
    rendered

    Stackingof
    materialor
    rubbish

    Sanctionofbuilding
    plans

    Building
    betterment

    Compounding

    Hotel/
    Restaurant

    Carts

    Issueofcompletion
    certificates

    Betterment/
    Development
    Fee

    Warrantfee

    Swimmingpool

    Carriages

    Licensing:
    Professionals,
    activities

    Building
    construction

    Natureandcost
    ofInternet
    services

    Food
    adulteration

    Registrationof
    DogsandCattles

    IssueofBirthand
    Deathcertificates

    Advertisement Street
    Fee

    Compounding

    Cattlepounds

    BirthandDeath
    registration

    Boats(rental)

    Pilgrim

    Dangerousand
    Offensivetrade
    license

    Animals

    Mutation

    FireBrigade

    Drainage

    Market

    Slaughterhouse

    Registration

    PublicHealth

    Lighting

    Composting

    Scavenging

    TradeLicense

    Water
    Connection

    Feeforsaleof
    Goods

    StockRegistration

    Roads

    Bridges

    Ferries

    Heavytrucks

    Navigablechannel

    Fees

    Tolls
    Source:

    CompilationofStatewiseapplicabletaxesandfeesasin2004.*Taxesandsurchargeswhichmaybeabolished.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    81

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    CaseStudy:Canada,BritishColumbia
    InBritishColumbiaprovinceofCanada,astudywasundertakentoidentifyastohowtomakebetteruse
    oftaxationpowerstoincreasefundingofLocalGovernmentneeds.Variousnewsourcesofrevenueby
    way of sharing or negotiating a greater share of existing taxes, developing new taxation tools were
    identified.Someoftheinnovativesourcesasidentifiedarediscussedbelowinthreemajorcategories:
    Figure3.4: SourcesforFundGeneration

    (Source: http://www.thinkcity.ca/node/289)

    3.3.1.2. Charges and Fees (Development Charges, Levies, Impact Fees,


    nontaxsources,valorisationcharges,servicecharges)
    Chargesareafeechargedbyaconsumerslocalbodytorecoverthecostsofspecific
    community/physicalservices.Forexample,municipalchargesofwatersupplymaygo
    to cover costs of laying water supply infrastructure and water treatment plant in a
    city.Bettermentchargesareusuallyimposedonthebeneficiariesoftheimprovement
    projects to recover the project cost. Development charge is used for recovering the
    costofprovidingnewservicesandinfrastructureinanarea.
    The Municipality can levy user chargesforfollowing services provided in theurban
    areas:
    Provisionofwatersupply,drainageandsewerage
    SolidWasteManagement
    Parkingofdifferenttypesofvehiclesindifferentareasandfordifferentperiods
    Stackingofmaterialsorrubbishonpublicstreetsforconstruction,alteration,repairordemolition
    workofanytype
    Otherspecificservicesrendered

    82

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Transit Corridors attracts economic activities and concerted development where


    provision of additional infrastructure or its augmentation requires additional
    financial support. Therefore, such areas call for selffinanced urban infrastructure
    projects. Alternative possibilities to raise revenues in these areas can be by tapping
    landbasedfinancingsourcesalongdensetransportcorridors,theseoptionscanbe:

    HigherConversionchargesespeciallyforcommercialandeconomicallylucrativeactivities.
    Higher Development charges or Betterment levy on land uses which put more pressure on
    infrastructureImpactfeesorhigherchargesonthepurchaseofextraFSI/FARalongthecorridor
    uptoamaximumprescribedbytheauthority.
    Overall additional changes and fees such as higher property tax, special water tax (mentioned in
    theTable3.1).
    Nontax source for the use of particular services, such as Service charges for parking in the TOD
    influencezone,firesafetyfacilitiesinthezoneamongothers.

    ApartfromtheTODfocusedcharges,theMunicipalitycanlevyfeesandfinesforthe
    followingservicesandactivitiestogeneraterevenue:

    SanctionofbuildingplansandissueofCompletioncertificates,
    Issueofmunicipallicensesforvariousnonresidentialuseoflandsandbuildings,
    Licensing of various categories of professionals, activities such as sinking of tubewells, sale of
    meat, fish or poultry or premises used for private markets, slaughterhouses, hospitals, animals,
    cartsorcarriagesandotheractivities.
    Sitesusedforadvertisementsinroads,parkinglots,commerciallocationsandpublicbuilding,
    Issueofbirthanddeathcertificates.
    Impact Fees: It is a fee imposed on builder, developer on industrialist to compensate the impact
    andburdennewprojectisgoingtohaveonsocialandphysical infrastructure(existingandneed
    fornew)andenvironment.

    3.3.1.3. GrantinaidandSubsidies
    Central Finance Commission (CFC) evolves a comprehensive framework for the
    distributionofthegrantsinaidbetweenstates,includingthoseforthelocalbodies.
    Further, the 13th Finance Commission has introduced other grants namely, general
    basic grant, general performance grant and special area basic grant. Similar
    provisions are made by the State Finance Commissions. In addition, Planning
    Commission recommends Development (or Plan) Grants to States, including for the
    localbodies.
    A capital grant is usually utilized for capital expenditure like purchase of land,
    building, equipment, facilities, etc. The benefits of such expenditure are of an
    enduring nature and spread over an extended period of time, such as road
    developmentgrant.
    The revenue grant is generally utilized for meeting recurring expenditure, the
    benefits of which usually expire within the accounting year in which it is incurred.
    RevenueGrantsareusuallyinthenatureofasubsidy.Subsidiesareprovideddirectly
    or indirectly for the provision of services such as water supply, disposal of sewage,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    83

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    transportinganddisposalofwastes,municipaltransport,streetlighting,hospitalsand
    schools.

    3.3.1.4. PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)
    Oneofthewaystoenhancefiscalcapabilitiesofthemunicipalauthoritiesistoshed
    some of their functions and evolve alternative institutional arrangement for the
    performance of such functions. Public Private Partnership is such arrangement
    betweenagovernment/statutoryentity/governmentownedentityononesideand
    a private sector entity on the other. This partnership is for the provision of public
    assets or public services, through investments being made and management being
    undertakenbytheprivatesectorentity,foraspecifiedperiodoftime.Thereiswell
    defined allocation of risk between the private sector and the public entity. The PPP
    arrangementensuresthatprivateentityreceivesperformancelinkedpaymentsthat
    conformtospecifiedandpredeterminedperformancestandards,measurablebythe
    publicentityoritsrepresentative.
    PPP models are generally classified in the categories enlisted below and detailed in
    section3.3.3:
    ManagementContracts
    TurnkeyProjects
    Lease
    Concession
    PrivateOwnership

    3.3.1.5. LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)
    Afinancialinstitutioniseitherinpublicandprivatesector whichbringsfundsfrom
    the public and puts them in financial assets rather than physical property. Such
    institutions are made up of different organizations such as banks, trust companies,
    insurance companies and investment dealers. Specialized financial institutions e.g.
    IDFC,NHB,HUDCOandIL&FSaresomeagencieswhichprovideloansandavarietyof
    instrumentsforinfrastructurefinancing.Otherfinancialinstitutionse.g.ICICI,LICof
    India, etc. also provide funds for infrastructure projects. These institutions have
    accesstofundswhichareforlongerduratione.g.loansfromdevelopmentagencies,
    bondsfromopenmarket,foreigninstitutionalinvestors,etc.andarethusabletolend
    forrelativelylongerdurationsthanbanks.
    CreditRatingoftheULBplaysanimportantrolehere.Thebetterthecreditratingfor
    repayment of principal and interest, lower is the rate of interest. Certain financial
    institutionsprovidecreditenhancementmechanismstoenhancetheinherentcredit
    qualitytoobtainabettercreditratingresultinginlowerinterestrates.Thisfacilityis
    now also being extended by MoUD through its Pooled Finance Development Fund
    (PFDF) scheme. Institutions may also provide guarantees for funds accessed from
    othersources.(Source:MunicipalFinanceImprovementProgrammeJnNURM)

    84

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Bankinginstitutionsalsoprovidefinancetolocalauthorities.Bankloanisarelatively
    new avenue and an easier option for finance for Local Bodies, as the banks have
    prescribednormsandwelllaiddownprocedures.Thetimeperiodoftheseloansare
    short to medium term and generally do not cater to the long tenure needs of
    infrastructure projects. Bank loans are available to finance the short term needs of
    institutionse.g.workingcapitalloan,bridgeloans,loansagainstpropertyetc.

    3.3.1.6. FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies
    Bilateral organizations are government agencies or nonprofit organizations of a
    country that provide aid to other countries. Bilateral organizations receive funding
    from their national governments, and use the funding to aid developing countries.
    Fewbilateralagenciesareasfollows:

    USAgencyforInternationalDevelopment(USAID)
    DepartmentforInternationalDevelopment(DFID;UK)
    JapanBankforInternationalCooperation(JBIC)
    JapanInternationalCooperationAgency(JICA)
    AustralianAidAgency(AusAid)

    Multilateral organizations are international organizations whose membership


    comprises member governments, who collectively govern the organization and are
    theprimarysourceoffunds,whiletheloans/grantsinaidareprovidedforprojectsin
    variouscountries.Someexamplesofmultilateralfundingagenciesare:

    VariousUnitedNation(UN)bodies
    WorldBank
    OrganisationforEconomicCooperationandDevelopment(OECD)
    AsianDevelopmentBank(ADB)

    Bilateral and Multilateral bodies are also known as Development Agencies. These
    providesoftloansandgrantsforinfrastructureprojects.Accessingfundsfromthese
    agencies is relatively a long process and it requires preparation of various project
    documentsindepthplanning,andstudiestoassesscomplianceoftheprojectwith
    respect to environment, rehabilitation / resettlement and social safeguard policies,
    andpilottestingofnewinitiatives.Asalmostallloanprojectsofbilateralandmulti
    lateral agencies are backed by a sovereign guarantee, the Department of Economic
    Affairs,MinistryofFinance,GovernmentofIndiaplaysanimportantroleduringthe
    entireprocess.Inlinewiththedevelopmentfinancingobjectivesoftheseinstitutions,
    projectsfundedbytheseinstitutionsaretypicallyinsectorsthatarenotcommercially
    attractive. Local bodies can receive external development assistance from bilateral
    and multilateral sources on behalf of the State Governments for State sector
    projects/programmes.
    (Source:MunicipalFinanceImprovementProgrammeJnNURM)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    85

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.3.1.7. ForeignDirectInvestment
    FundsfromForeignDirectInvestment(FDI)haveemergedasamajorsourceoffunds
    ininfrastructuralprojectsinIndiaforinstanceJapans(JapanBankofInternational
    Cooperation)FDIsupportindevelopingtheDelhiMumbaiIndustrialCorridor(DMIC).
    UnderFDIPolicy2013,almostallthesectorshavebeenopenedfor100percentFDI
    except agriculture, mining and petroleum and natural gas, manufacturing, service
    sector and financial services. The sectors in which hundred per cent FDI is
    permissible are construction (townships, housing and built up infrastructure),
    Industrial Parks and Airports with few conditions. Hence FDI support for financial
    resourcemobilizationiseasilyavailable,whichcouldbepermittedthroughfinancial
    collaborations, joint ventures/technical collaborations, capital market, preferential
    allotmentsetc.

    3.3.1.8. PooledFinanceDevelopmentFundschemebyGoI
    Smallandmediumsizedcitiesfinditdifficulttoraiseresourcesfromthemarketfor
    infrastructure projects due to lack of project structuring capabilities and
    creditworthiness. The Government of India has launched the Pooled Finance
    DevelopmentScheme(PFDS)toenabletheselocalbodiestobridgethisgapthrough
    accessing market funds for their infrastructure projects. The scheme is meant to
    provide credit enhancement grants to enable local authorities to access market
    borrowingsthroughPooledFinanceMunicipalBonds(PFMB)forinvestmentinurban
    infrastructureprojects.
    PFDSfacilitatesULBsinmunicipalinfrastructurebyhelpingthemaccesscapitaland
    financial market for investment in essential projects. It facilitates local bodies in
    developing bankable urban infrastructure projects. With appropriate credit
    enhancementmeasuresithelpsULBsinreducingthecostofborrowingfrommarket,
    ontheotherhandstrengtheningthemunicipalbondmarket.
    ThePFDScreatesanincentivestructuretosupporturbanreforms,whichwouldalso
    bedrivenbycovenantsoffinancialmarketlenderstoULBs.Theseurbanreformsare
    in synergy with urban reform agenda of other central schemes as JnNURM and
    UIDSSMT. In order to apply for the grant assistance a State Pooled Finance Entity
    (SPFE)isrequiredtobeestablishedineverystate.TheSPFEcouldbeatrustprovided
    that the entity is just a pass through vehicle. The Central Government will be
    responsible for the funding of these State pooled finance entities through the PFDF.
    ThecostofeachprojectoftheMunicipality/ULBswillbeestimated.Seventyfiveper
    centofthesecostswillbereimbursedbytheCentralGovernmentandtwentyfiveper
    centbytheStateGovernments.

    86

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Otherfundsatthenationallevel,setupbyFinancialInstitutionsandBankshavealso
    started providing the much required funds. State level Infrastructure funds (from
    supply side) and Pooled Finance Funds (from demand side) have also started
    providing funds for infrastructure projects. The examples of such funds are Tamil
    NaduUrbanDevelopmentFundandGujaratInfrastructureDevelopmentFundetc.

    3.3.1.9. Municipalbonds/debentures
    UrbanLocalBodiesandInfrastructurefunds,issuemunicipalbondsanddebentures
    togeneralpublicorspecificinstitutionsatfixedrateofinterestandareredeemable
    afteraspecificperiod.Municipalbondscaneitherbetaxableortaxfree.Thesebonds
    anddebenturescanbelistedonthestockexchangewhichmakesthesecuritieshighly
    liquidandmakessecondarymarketavailableforthebondsanddebenturesholders.
    NationalStockExchangeandBombayStockExchangeprovideafacilityforlistingof
    bondsanddebenturesintheirExchanges.InIndia,theMunicipalbondmarketisstill
    in its budding stage. Only large ULBs having buoyant revenue base e.g. Ahmedabad,
    BangaloreweresuccessfulinthepastinraisingfundsthroughMunicipalBonds20.
    Some national success cases of Local Bodies in raising bonds for infrastructure
    projectsaregivenbelow:
    Municipal Bonds by Ahmedabad Municipal Corporation (AMC) for water supply and sewerage
    program,1998:Tofinancethewatersupplyandsewerageprogram,AMCfloatedmunicipalbondsin
    January 1998. These were rated AA(SO) specifying having high degree of safety regarding timely
    servicingoffinancialobligationsorcarryingverylowcreditrisk.Thesebondswerefloatedforseventy
    fivepercentprivateandtwentyfivepercentpublicissues.Thiswasasignificantaccomplishmentat
    thegiventime,asitwasthefirstmunicipalbondissueinIndiawithoutastategovernmentguarantee
    anditrepresentedthefirststeptowardsfullymarketbasedsystemoflocalgovernmentfinance.
    Tamil Nadu Urban Development Fund (TNUDF), 2003: Tamil Nadu Urban Development Fund
    issuedbondsforcommerciallyviablewaterandsewerageinfrastructureprojectsbypoolingfourteen
    municipalitiesin2003.Aspecialpurposevehicle,theWaterandSanitationPooledFund(WSPF),was
    setuptoissuethemunicipalbonds.TheIndoUSAIDProgrammeonFinancialInstitutionsReformand
    Expansion (FIRED) supported the efforts of WSPF to structure the bond issue whose proceeds
    financed small water and sanitation projects in the fourteen small ULBs. USAID provided a backup
    guarantee of fifty per cent of the bonds principal through the Development Credit Authority (DCA)
    mechanism.
    Greater Bangalore Water & Sewerage Project (8 ULBs), 2005: Government of Karnataka created
    debt fund called the Karnataka Water and Sanitation Pooled Fund (KWSPF) and successfully floated
    taxfreemunicipalbondsduringJune,2005.ItwasdonefortheGreaterBangaloreWaterSupplyand
    SewerageProject(GBWASP).GovernmentofKarnatakawasassistedbyUSAIDunderitsDCAprogram
    and provided a guarantee of up to fifty per cent of the principal amount of market borrowing. The
    GBWASP was planned to provide water supply to 1.5 million people residing in about 300,000
    households.

    20

    (Source: Indo-US Financial Institutions Reform and Expansion Project - Debt Market Component FIRE(D);

    Creative Financing of Urban Infrastructure in India through Market-based Financing and Public-Private
    Partnership Options, Chetan and Hitesh Vaidya)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    87

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.3.1.10. PossibleSourcesofFundingForProjects
    Possiblesourcesoffundingvarioustypesofprojects,butnotlimitedto,aretabulated
    below:
    Table3.2: AlternateSourcesofFundingforProjects
    S.No. Projecttype

    Indicativesourcestofund

    FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies

    LargeInfrastructureProjects(atState/
    Districtlevel)

    ForeignDirectInvestment
    PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)

    CityUrbanInfrastructure

    CentralGrantinaid&Schemes
    PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)
    LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)(ifshorttomediumterm)
    Municipalbonds/debentures

    SocialInfrastructure,CapacityBuilding
    andPMCProjects

    FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies
    Municipalbonds/debentures
    CentralGrantinaid&Schemes
    PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)/CorporateSocialResponsibility

    RealEstateProjects

    ForeignDirectInvestment
    Municipalbonds/debentures
    PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)
    LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)

    3.3.2. Alternative Financial Avenues by Private Sector


    Participation
    PublicPrivate Partnership (PPP) is a long term contractual agreement between a
    publicagency(central,stateorlocal)andaprivatesectorentityforprovidingapublic
    asset or service in which the private party bears significant risk and management
    responsibility.
    The private sector includes consultancy firms, developers, builders and promoters,
    cooperative societies, NonGovernmental Organisations (NGOs) and Community
    BasedOrganisations(CBOs),cooperativebodies,industrialistsandbusinessmen.
    PPPmeansanarrangementbetweenagovernmentorstatutoryentityorgovernment
    ownedentityononesideandaprivatesectorentityontheother,fortheprovisionof
    public assets and/ or related services for public benefit, through investments being
    madebyand/ormanagementundertakenbytheprivatesectorentityforaspecified
    timeperiod,wherethereisasubstantialrisksharingwiththeprivatesectorandthe
    private sector receives performance linked payments that conform (or are
    benchmarked) to specified, predetermined and measurable performance
    standards21.

    21

    (Department of Economic Affairs - DEA, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, 2010)

    88

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.3.2.1. Conditions/SituationsforPPPSelection
    A project may be considered to be implemented as a PPP project when there are
    efficiency gains from improved project delivery, operation and management, and
    accesstoadvancedtechnologycanoffsettheincidentalcosts,improvementinhuman
    resource etc. In fact, many countries have established value for money as the main
    criterioninjudgingthemeritsofaPPPoptionforaproject.DecisionforPPPtobean
    alternative development mechanism can be selected for a project, if it satisfies the
    followingconditionsorissetinthegivensituations:

    Enhancethesupplyofmuchneededservices
    Doesnotrequireanyimmediatecashspending
    Providerelieffromtheburdenofthecostsofdesignandconstruction
    Transferofmanyprojectriskstotheprivatesector
    Promisebetterprojectdesign,choiceoftechnology,construction,operationandservicedelivery
    PPPprojectsareviableessentiallywhenrobustbusinessmodelscanbedeveloped

    3.3.2.2. SystemsofParticipation
    PPP models vary from shortterm simple management contracts to longterm and
    verycomplexBOTform.Dependingupontypeofprojectandrequirementsofpublic
    entity any single or combinations could be selected. In such models amount of
    investment,risks,obligationsanddurationsvary.Thesemodelsvarymainlyby:

    Ownershipofcapitalassets
    Responsibilityforinvestment
    Assumptionofrisks
    Durationofcontract

    ThePPPmodelscanbeclassifiedintofollowingbroadcategoriesinorderofgenerally
    (butnotalways)increasedinvolvementandassumptionofrisksbytheprivatesector.
    Theseareenlistedbelowandarediagrammaticallypresentedinthefigure3.5.

    ManagementContracts
    TurnkeyProjects
    Lease
    Concession
    PrivateOwnership

    1.

    ManagementContracts:Itisacontractualagreementbetweengovernmentandprivatesectorfor
    themanagementofpublicenterprisepartiallyorcompletelybyprivateparty.

    Control of public enterprise remains with the government. While private sector skills are
    brought into service design and delivery, operational control, labour management and
    equipmentprocurement.
    SupplyorServiceContracts:Inthesetypesofcontractssupplyofmaterial,equipmentor servicesis
    providedtopublicenterprisebyprivatecounterpart.Themainpurposeofsuchcontractsistoensure
    the supply of the relevant service at the desired level of quantity and quality. Example of these
    contractsiscateringservicesforpassengersonpublicrailwaysystems.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    89

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    Maintena
    anceManage
    ement:Privattepartneris contractedb
    bypublicpartnertooperaate,maintain
    n,and
    manageafacilityorsystemprovidiingaservice. Suchasinprrovisionofw
    wastewatertrreatmentserv
    vices,
    transportprojectsetc.

    nalManagem
    ment: Publicc partner (Ceentre, State, or
    o Local Goveernment agency or autho
    ority)
    Operation
    contractsw
    withaprivattepartnertop
    provideand//ormaintainaspecificserrvice.

    Such contrracts are usseful in major transportt facilities (port or airp


    port) when local
    manpowerr is limited, in the transsport sector for providin
    ng managem
    ment servicess like
    ticketing, reservation
    r
    o of urban transport. In
    or
    n the simpleest type of su
    uch contractt, the
    private op
    perator is paaid a fixed fee for perfforming man
    nagerial tasks. More com
    mplex
    contractsm
    mayoffergreeaterincentiv
    vesforefficien
    ncyimprovem
    mentbydefin
    ningperform
    mance
    targetsand
    dthefeeisbaasedinparto
    ontheirfulfilm
    ment.
    2.

    Turnk
    keyprojectss:Itisatraditionalpubliccsectorprocu
    urementmod
    delforinfrasttructurefacillities.
    Theprivatecontraactordesignsandbuildsafacilityforafixedfee,ratteortotalcosst,whichisoneof
    thekeeycriteriain selectingtheewinningbid
    d.Thecontraactorassumeesrisksinvollvedinthedeesign
    andco
    onstructionp
    phases.Thesscaleofinvesstmentbytheprivatesecctorisgeneraallylowand fora
    shortterm.Thisty
    ypeofprivateesectorparticipationisalssoknownasDesignBuild
    d.

    3. Lease
    e:Inthiscateegoryofarran
    ngement,an operator(theleaseholderr)isresponsibleforoperating
    and maintaining
    m
    t
    the
    infrastru
    ucture facilitty and servicces, generallly without m
    making any large
    investtment.Theop
    peratorretain
    nsrevenueco
    ollectedfrom
    mcustomers/usersoftheffacilityandm
    makes
    aspeccifiedleasefeeepaymentttothecontractingauthoriity.Fixedfaccilitiesandlandareleased
    dout
    foralongerperiod
    dthanformob
    bileassets.
    Figure3.5: PPPModeels

    Source:

    4.

    90

    PP
    PP,MoUDandAGuidebookonP
    PPPInfrastructurre,ESCAP,UN

    Co
    oncessions: In this alterrnative, Government defin
    nes and gran
    nts specific riights to a prrivate
    co
    ompanytobu
    uildandoperrateafacility
    yforafixedp
    periodoftimee.TheGovern
    nmentmayretain

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    theultimateownershipofthefacilityand/orrighttosupplytheservices.Typicalconcession
    periodsrangebetween5to50years.Concessionsmaybeawardedtoaconcessionaire,under
    twotypesofcontractualarrangements:

    Franchise:Underafranchisearrangementtheconcessionaireprovidesservicesthatarefully
    specifiedbythefranchisingauthority.Commercialrisksarecarriedbyprivatesectorandmay
    be required to make investments. This form of private sector participation is historically
    popularinprovidingurbanbusorrailservices.

    BuildOperateTransfer (BOT): BuildOperateTransfer or its other variants type of


    arrangement, the concessionaire undertakes investments and operates the facility for a fixed
    period of time after which the ownership reverts back to the public sector. In BOT type of
    model the government carries the risk. The various types of BOT combinations are given
    below:

    DesignBuildFinanceOperate (DBFO): In DBFO approach, the responsibilities for


    designing, building, financing, operating and maintaining are bundled together and
    transferred to private sector partners. Varying degree of financial responsibilities is
    transferredtotheprivatesector.Directuserfeesarethemostcommonrevenuesource.

    DesignBuildFinanceOperateMaintenanceTransfer (DBFOMT): DBFOMT model is


    the same as a DBFO except that the private sector owns the asset until the end of the
    contractwhentheownershipistransferredtothepublicsector.

    BuildRehabilitateOperateTransfer(BROT):Aprivatedeveloperbuildsanaddonto
    an existing facility or completes a partially built facility and rehabilitates existingassets,
    thenoperatesandmaintainsthefacilityatitsownriskforthecontractperiod.

    DesignBuildOperateMaintain(DBOM):DBOMmodelisanintegratedpartnershipthat
    combinesthedesignandconstructionresponsibilitiesofdesignbuildprocurementswith
    operationsandmaintenance.

    BuyBuildOperate(BBO): BBO is a form of asset sale that includes a rehabilitation or


    expansion of an existing facility. The government sells the asset to the private sector
    entity, which then makes the improvements necessary to operate the facility in a
    profitablemanner.

    BuildOwnOperateandTransfer (BOOT): BOOT is based on the granting of a


    concession by the Union/ Government/local authority to the concessionaire, who is
    responsible for the construction, financing, operation and maintenance of a facility over
    theperiodoftheconcessionbeforefinallytransferringthefullyoperationalfacility.

    BuildTransferandOperate (BTO): BTO is a contractual arrangement whereby the


    publicsectorcontractsoutthebuildingofaninfrastructurefacilitytoaprivateentitysuch
    that the concessionaire builds the facility on a turnkey basis, assuming cost overrun,
    delayandspecifiedperformancerisks.

    BuildandTransfer(BT): BT is a contractual arrangement whereby the concessionaire


    undertakes the financing and construction of a given infrastructure or development
    facility and after its completion turns it over to the Government Agency or Local
    Governmentunitconcerned.

    BOT Annuity: BOT Annuity is the contractual arrangement quite similar to BOT but
    returnoninvestmentisnotthroughthelevyandcollectionof userfeedirectlyfromthe
    users.Insteadtheowner/GovernmentpaytotheConcessionaire anamountannuallyor
    biannually(Annuity)whichhebidsfor.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    91

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.

    BuildLeaseandTransfer:BLTisacontractualarrangementwherebyaconcessionaire
    isauthorizedtofinanceandconstructaninfrastructureordevelopmentfacilityandupon
    itscompletionturnsitovertothegovernmentagencyorlocalgovernmentunitconcerned
    on a lease arrangement for a fixed period after which ownership of the facility is
    automaticallytransferredtothegovernmentagencyorlocalgovernmentunitconcerned.

    RehabilitateOperateandTransfer(ROT):ROTisacontractualarrangementwhereby
    anexistingfacilityisturnedovertotheprivatesectortorefurbish,operateandmaintain
    foraconcessionperiod,attheexpiryofwhichthelegaltitletothefacilityisturnedoverto
    thegovernment.

    RehabilitateOwnandOperate(ROO): ROO is a contractual arrangement whereby an


    existingfacilityisturnedovertotheprivatesectortorefurbishandoperatewithnotime
    limitationimposedonownership.

    Private ownership of assets: In this form of participation, the private sector remains
    responsible for design, construction and operation of an infrastructure facility and in some
    cases the public sector may relinquish the right ofownership ofassets tothe private sector.
    Themainvariantsunderthisformaredescribedbelow

    BuildOwnOperate:InBOOtype,theprivatesectorbuilds,ownsandoperatesafacility,
    andsellstheproduct/servicetoitsusersorbeneficiaries
    Private Finance Initiative: In PFI model, the private sector similar to the BOO model
    builds, owns and operates a facility. However, the public sector purchases the services
    fromtheprivatesectorthroughalongtermagreement.

    Divestiture by license or sale: A private entity buys an equity stake in a stateowned


    enterprise. However, the private stakemayormay not imply privatemanagement ofthe
    enterprise.

    Joint Venture: Joint ventures are alternatives to full privatization in which the
    infrastructureiscoownedandoperatedbythepublicsectorandprivateoperators.Under
    ajointventure,thepublicandprivatesectorpartnerscaneitherformanewcompanyor
    assumejointownershipofanexistingcompanythroughasaleofsharestooneorseveral
    privateinvestors.

    Table3.3: PossiblerolesofPrivateandPublicsectorsintheurbandevelopmentprocess

    Model

    MainFeatures

    Ownership
    ofCapital
    Assets
    (Public/
    Private/
    Shared)

    Public
    Sector
    Investment

    Investment

    Investment
    By
    Private
    Sector

    Assumptionof
    Risk
    (Public/Private
    /Shared)

    General
    Durationof
    Contract
    (Years)

    Public

    15

    Supplyand
    Management
    Contracts

    Governmentretains
    theultimatecontrol
    ofthePublic
    enterprise

    Public

    Turnkey
    projects

    Privatecontractor
    designsandbuildsa
    facilityforafixedfee,
    rateortotalcost

    Public

    Investment

    Private/Public

    35

    Public

    Investment

    Private/Public

    520

    Lease

    92

    Operatoris
    responsiblefor
    operatingand
    maintainingthe
    infrastructurefacility

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Model

    MainFeatures

    Ownership
    ofCapital
    Assets
    (Public/
    Private/
    Shared)

    Investment
    By
    Public
    Sector

    Private
    Sector

    Assumptionof
    Risk
    (Public/Private
    /Shared)

    General
    Durationof
    Contract
    (Years)

    andservices
    Concessions

    Specificrightsare
    grantedby
    Governmenttoa
    privatecompanyto
    buildandoperatea
    facilityforafixed
    periodoftime

    Public
    /Private

    Investment

    Investment

    Private/Public

    1530

    Private
    ownershipof
    assets

    Theprivatesector
    builds,ownsand
    operatesafacility
    andthenpublic
    sectorpurchasesthe
    servicesfromthe
    privatesector
    throughalongterm
    agreement

    Public
    /Private

    Investment

    Private/Public

    1020/
    Indefinite

    Source:PPP,MoUDandAGuidebookonPPPInfrastructure,ESCAP,UN

    While the spectrum of models discussed above are possible as individual options,
    combinationsarealsopossiblesuchas,aleaseor(partial)privatizationcontractfor
    existingfacilitieswhichincorporatesprovisionsforexpansionthroughBuildOperate
    Transfer.Infact,manyPPPprojectsofrecenttimesareofcombinationtype.Someof
    casestudiesofPublicPrivatePartnershipProjectsinIndiaareenlistedinAppendixC
    ofVolumeIIB.

    3.3.2.3. ToolkitsforDecisionMakingforPPPs
    ToolkitsfordecisionmakingforPPPprojectsareavailableandcouldbeusedbythe
    partners to identify, assess, develop, procure and monitor the PPP projects. Such
    toolkitsarestructuredtocoverthefulllifecycleofPPPprojects.Thetoolkitsarebuilt
    on specific approaches for project procurement; approval etc. currently in place in
    IndiatoensurethatitformsarelevantresourceforpractitionersinIndia.
    Various toolkits to assist decision making for PPP are provided by Ministry of
    Finance22.Someoftheseareasfollows:
    1. PPPFamilyIndicatorItgivesastartingindicationofwhichPPPmodefamilytheparticular
    projectmightbesuitedto.
    2. PPPModeValidationTool It uses a risk allocationanalysisto help decide further whether
    theselectedPPPmodeisbestfortheproject.
    3. ThePPPSuitabilityFilterIttestshowwellsuitedtheprojectistobeingaPPPandchecksfor
    barriersthatmightmakeitdifficulttodotheprojectasaPPP
    4. Financial Viability Indicator Model It allows an analysis of the key questions of financial
    viabilityoftheprojectandtotesttheseusingwhatif?scenarios.

    22

    (www.pppinindia.com).

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    93

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    5. ValueformoneyIndicatorToolItprovidesanindicationoftheexpectedrangeofvaluefor
    moneyforthepublicsectorfromthePPP.
    6. ReadinessFiltersThistoolkitchecksthatalltheimportantstepshavebeenfollowedandthat
    theimportantpreparationshavebeenmade,sothattheprojectisreadytomoveontothenext
    stepindevelopmentasaPPP.

    3.3.2.4. MunicipalAccounts
    Reliable municipal accounting system has come to front as cities are approaching
    differentsourcesforfundinginfrastructuralprojects.Toaccessbankorbondmarket
    soundfinancialmanagementisrequired.Currentlyduetolackofgoodfinancialand
    expendituremanagement,ULBsarewastingscarceresources.
    With a view to provide better financial management, improved governance,
    accountability, and transparency of management, Ministry of Urban Development
    aims at implementing municipal accounting reforms as a part of the mandatory
    reformagendaundertheJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission.Hence,
    JnNURM reform conditions call for improved municipal accounting, with the
    objective of having a modern accounting system based on double entry and accrual
    principles,leadingtobetterfinancialmanagement,transparencyandselfreliance,as
    amandatoryreformforlocalbodies.
    The Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment (erstwhile Ministry) has introduced
    NationalMunicipalAccountingManualwiththeobjectiveofprovidingsupporttothe
    state governments in implementing financial management reforms in the ULBs23.
    ExistingtrendofMunicipalexpenditurepatternisstudied.

    3.3.3. ExistingTrendofExpenditurePattern
    Before an attempt is made to evaluate expenditure pattern of ULBs of India, its
    imperative to understand expenditure heads. The details of expenditure categories
    aregiveninTable3.4.
    Table3.4: CategorisationofMunicipalExpenditure
    ExpenditureCategory
    Establishmentexpenditure
    Administrativeexpenditure
    Operations&Maintenance
    Capitalexpenditure
    Other expenditure
    Source:

    ExpenditureItems
    Staffsalaries,Allowances,wages,Pensions&Retirementbenefitsetc.
    Rents,rates&Taxes,Officemaintenance,Communications,Books&periodicals,
    Printing&stationary,Travelexpenditure,Lawchargesetc.
    Power&fuel,Bulkpurchases,Stores,Hirecharges,Repairs&expenditureMaintenance
    andInterestpaymentsmadeonloans
    Buildings,Watersupply&Sewerage,Energy/lighting,Solidwastemanagement,Roads,
    Bridges,Culverts,Causeways,Health&sanitation,Parksandrecreationspaces,etc.,
    Principalrepaymentsofloans,Furniture&fittings,Tools&plant,Equipment
    Miscellaneous expenses not accounted for in the above

    BudgetsofMunicipalCorporations.

    As accepted and emphasized by reports of various institutions and committees24,


    cities are important for national economic growth, while physical infrastructure is

    23

    (Source: National Municipal Accounting Training Manual- MoUD, JnNURM Primers-Municipal Accounting,
    ULB level Reforms [http://jnnurm.nic.in/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Mandatory_Primer_2-Mun-Acc.pdf])

    24

    Rakesh Mohan Committee; The High Powered Expert Committee (HPEC) for Estimating the Investment Requirements for
    Urban Infrastructure Services of MoUD; & Urban Infrastructure in India by FICCI.

    94

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    driving force for urban economies. Thus, for faster and consistent growth of cities,
    extensiveinfrastructuredevelopmentisbeingpromotedbycentreasevidentthrough
    variousPolicies,ProgrammesandActs.Thisshouldreflectintheexpenditurepattern
    of the cities. The development of infrastructure will be reflected in Capital
    Expenditure,asexpenditureoninfrastructuredevelopmentfallsunderthelatter.
    In ULBs of India, as given in the table below, majority of expenditure goes into
    EstablishmentandAdministrationexpenditurehead.Infact,expenditureinO&Mof
    existing infrastructure is higherthan for new infrastructure. In absence ofadequate
    infrastructurepresentinIndiancities,thesefiguresindicatethatenoughmoneyisnot
    being spent on Infrastructure development as required. A positive outcome of the
    policies like JnNURM which has been emphasizing infrastructure development in
    citiesandprovidingfinanceforsame,isthatgrowthrateofcapitalexpenditureisto
    increase.
    Table3.5: CompositionandTrendsofMunicipalExpenditure(Rs.inLakh)

    S.No
    .

    Compositionand
    Trendsof
    Municipal
    Expenditure

    AverageGrowth
    1999
    2000

    2000
    2001

    2001
    2002

    2002
    2003

    2003
    2004

    (%oftotal
    expenditure)

    Establishmentand
    administration
    expenditure

    279,216

    330414

    329,592

    411,432

    402550

    10.19

    Operationand
    maintenance
    expenditure

    107,383

    Otherrevenue
    expenditure

    51,830

    56,120

    55,954

    58,190

    56265

    Revenue
    Expenditure
    (1+2+3)

    438,429

    514,699

    527720

    634,028

    613215

    Capital
    Expenditure

    96,933

    OtherExpenditure
    (notclassified)

    209744

    TotalExpenditure
    (4+5+6)

    745106

    5
    6
    7
    Source:

    (36.25%)
    128165

    142174

    164406

    154400

    9.96
    (14.43%)
    2.17
    (5.88%)
    9.2
    (56.66%)

    105,942

    119,463

    124,817

    150424

    11.76
    (12.37%)

    266611

    210685

    399205

    470925

    28.4
    (31.07%)

    887252

    857868

    1158050

    1234564 14.34

    MunicipalFinanceinIndia:AnAssessmentbyDepartmentofEconomicAnalysisandPolicy,ReserveBankofIndia,
    Mumbai.December27,2007.

    It is recommended that the urban settlements need to increase spending on capital


    expenditure head intotal Municipal Expenditure which leads to the development of
    economyandlivingcondition.

    3.3.4. EffectiveFinanceManagement
    3.3.4.1. Uniformityofaccountingsystem
    UndertheJnNURM,MoUDdecidedtoprovidefinancialresourcestostatesandULBs
    thatagreetoundertakefollowingmodernaccountingreforms:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    95

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Budgeting,accounting,internalcontrolsandauditing.
    Reengineeringbusinessprocessestoalignwithaccrualbasedaccountingsystem.
    Integratefinancialmanagementsystemswithfinancialaccountingsystem.
    Staffandbuildingfinancialmanagementcapacity.
    To encourage decentralization and improving transparency in the functioning of
    municipalities of the country, the Government of India has made initiatives for
    improvements in the accounting and budgeting systems, improved record keeping
    and maintenance among others. With this objective the Ministry of Urban
    Development, initiated to develop a National Municipal Accounts Manual. The
    Manual comprehensively details the accounting policies, procedures, guidelines
    designedtoensurecorrect,completeandtimelyrecordingofmunicipaltransactions
    andproduceaccurateandrelevantfinancialreports.Themanualistobeadoptedand
    followed by the various State Governments while drafting their state specific
    municipalaccountsmanuals.

    3.3.4.2. Efficienttax/chargesadministrationandrecoverymanagement
    TaxadministrationandrecoverymechanismsneedtoberevisedinIndiatoimprove
    taxcollectionandincreasetherevenueresourcesavailablewithlocalbodiestomeet
    its requirements. Enforcement of tax collection needs to be strengthened. For
    collection of fees for provision of services, proper techniques should be enforced.
    Periodicassessmentandvaluationofpropertiesfortaxrevisionshouldtakeplaceand
    forexpandingthetaxbase,propertytaxrollsshouldbeupdatedviaidentificationof
    newproperties,computerisingbilling&collection.

    3.3.4.3. FiscaltransfermanagementforULBs/RDAs
    LackofstructuredfiscaltransfermechanismsfromStatetoULBsisoneofthemajor
    reasons of availability of lesser fiscal resources with local authorities. State
    Governments and ULBs need to explore the performancebased grants as suggested
    by the 13th Central Finance Commission (CFC). State Finance Commissions (SFC)
    generally do not have access to good database at the ULB level and there are no
    agenciesatthestatelevel,whichcollectandmaintaincomprehensivedatabases.State
    Governments should address this issue of creation and maintenance of database of
    ULBsratherthandependingondatabasesbasedonsamplesurveys.
    Timely constitution of SFC and timely submission of SFC Reports is very important.
    ThesystemofprovidinggrantinaidtoULBsiscomplexandtheSFCsshould tryto
    introducetheconceptofdevolutionpackagesaftertakingintoconsiderationalltypes
    ofrevenuegrantsandtheseshouldbelinkedwithStatesownresources.
    SFCsshouldalsoconsidertheideaofperformancebasedorincentivegrantsbasedon
    outcomessuchasimprovedservicedelivery,improvedtaxcollectionsandimproved

    96

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    financial management etc. SFCs could review and link the grants to performance as
    suggested by the 13th CFC and reforms under JNNURM. Importantly, the State
    GovernmentsshouldgiveaseriousconsiderationtotherecommendationsoftheSFC
    Reports and timely issuance of Action Taken Reports (ATR). All State Governments
    shouldbuildasystemforpredictabilityandtransparencyofstatetransferstoULBs.
    The State Governments should follow the system of electronic transfers to ULBs
    ratherthantheconventionaltransfers.
    (Source:TrackingCentralFinanceCommissionsandStateFinanceCommissionsGrantstoSelectedStates
    andUrbanLocalBodiesinIndia,NIUA.)

    3.3.5. CityInfrastructureFund
    The infrastructure plays a vital role in the growth and development of cities in the
    current context. Keeping in mind the demands and requirements of urban
    development,GovernmentofIndiahasalsobeenemphasizingand providingfinance
    for development of infrastructure. Following the same line of thought, a City
    InfrastructureFundshouldbeestablishedaturbancentresbyanExecutiveorder.It
    shouldbeotherthantheBudgetfundanddedicatedonlyfortheUrbanandRegional
    Infrastructuredevelopment.
    Thefollowingcanbepossiblesourcesoffunding(wholeorpartofit):
    1. StampDutyontransactionofrealestateproperty,
    2. Capitalgaintaxonrealestateproperty,
    3. Landuseconversionfee,
    4. Entrytaxonvehiclesinspecialareas(innercity,CBDetc.)ofcities,
    5. Part of the TDS on realestate transactions valued over 50 Lakh (now mooted by the Finance
    Ministry),
    6. VacanttaxonMunicipalFARratherthanvacantland,
    7. Tolltax,
    8. Partoffundsraisedthroughauctionofstrategicplots,
    9. Cessonpurchaseofluxuryvehiclessaycostingabove10lakh,
    10. Bettermentlevyonspecialzones(transportcorridorsetc.).
    11. Cessonelectricitybillisimposedtocoverthecoststreetlighting,
    12. UrbanInfrastructureBonds,
    13. Useidlefunds(ProvidentFund,variousTrustsetcetera)tosubscribetotheBonds.
    14. LeverageUrbanInfrastructureBondswithlongtermloansfrommultilateraldevelopmentbanks.
    15. Landbased financing sources along Transport Corridors tapped through Betterment charges,
    Developmentcharges,Impactfees,PricingofFloorSpaceIndex(FSI)aboveacertainlimit.
    State of Odisha has developed Odisha Urban Infrastructure Development Fund (OUIDF) to
    strengthenrevenuebuoyancyatULBlevel.
    InstitutionalframeworkofOUIDFconsistsof:
    UrbanLoanFund.
    GrantFund.
    ProjectDevelopmentFund.
    OUIDFhasbeendevelopedasaTrustundertheHousingandUrbanDevelopmentDepartment(HUDD)
    withassistancefromKfW(GermanysDevelopmentBank).

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    97

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    The OUIDF seeks to (a) catalyse development of wellstructured pool of bankable projects, (b) build
    capacityinappraisalsandresourcemobilizationand(c)spurinstitutionalreformsasaprerequisite
    forexternalfinancing.
    FocussectorsandprojectsforfundingundertheOUIDFincludethefollowing:
    Watersupplyandwatersupplyimprovementschemes,
    Undergroundsewerageschemes,
    SWM,
    Climateadaptionmeasures,
    Slumdevelopment,rehabilitation,provisionofbasicamenitiestoinformalsettlements,
    Biomedicalwastemanagement,
    Developmentandrenovationofbus/trainterminals,
    Electriccrematories,
    Energyefficientstreetlighting,
    Reclamation/preservationofwaterbodies/tanks.
    Toraisefinancialsupportunderthefundprojectneedstoclearsetofcriterialike,positiveclimate/
    environment impact, financial soundness of ULB, projects which are expected to achieve economic
    viabilityafterthreeyearsofgrantsupportamongstothers.
    Source:OdishaInfrastructureDevelopmentFund

    Similarly,StateofRajasthanhasdevelopedinnovativesources offinancetodevelopinfrastructurein
    State.Theexpenditureofthefundisbroadlydividedintotwo
    50%onTransport
    50%onUrbaninfrastructureandbuildings

    3.4.

    Governance

    TheneweconomicpolicyofGovernmentofIndiahaschangedtheroleofgovernment
    from provider to facilitator. With entry of private sector in service provision and
    improvingeconomicprofileofIndianeconomy,urbanpublic(basicallybutnotonly)
    has started demanding better service provision standards and accountability in the
    processofgovernance.HereincomestheroleandconceptofGoodgovernance.Itis
    an evolving concept, concerning best practices of decision making for conducting
    public affairs and management of public resources. Good governance is responsive
    and responsible governance. It is described as accountable, transparent, responsive,
    equitable & inclusive, effective & efficient, follows rule of law, participatory and
    consensusoriented.Followingarethecharacteristicsofgoodgovernance:

    98

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    Figu
    ure3.6: CharracteristicsofGoodGoverrnance

    Sourcce:

    UNESCAP,,GoodGovernan
    nceguide:MuniccipalAssociation
    nofVictoria

    3.4
    4.1. ChaaracterissticsofG
    GoodGov
    vernancee
    3.4.1.1. Pub
    blicaccou
    untability
    y
    Acccountability
    yisakeyrrequiremen
    ntofGood Governancceandhasbecomek
    keypolicy
    prio
    orityofthegovernmeent.Ingeneeral,anorgaanizationo
    oraninstitu
    utionisacccountable
    to those
    t
    who will be affected
    a
    by its decisio
    ons or acttions. Not only goverrnmental
    insttitutions but
    b also th
    he private sector an
    nd civil so
    ociety orgaanizations must be
    acco
    ountable to
    t the pub
    blic and to
    o their insstitutional stakehold
    ders. Accou
    untability
    cannotbeenfo
    orcedwitho
    outtranspaarencyand
    dtheruleofflaw.
    (Sou
    urce:Centrefo
    orGoodGoverrnance)

    3.4.1.2. Traansparenccy
    Traansparency is the basis of Go
    ood Goverrnance. Th
    his requirees manageement of
    gov
    vernmentin
    nstitutions sothatgovernment officialsan
    ndagenciessareaccou
    untableto
    citizzens.Transsparency iss also esseential for acccountabiliity, peoples participaation and
    efficciency. Th
    he workingg of the public
    p
    autthority sho
    ould be su
    uch that all
    a rules,
    regu
    ulations, decisions sh
    hould be in
    n the publiic domain. Transpareency is esseential for
    purrsuing colleective visio
    on of deveelopment, determinin
    d
    ng the locu
    us of accou
    untability,
    keeepsstakeho
    oldersawareofachiev
    vementsan
    ndprocess..
    Emergenceof UnitedNationsConv
    ventionagaainstCorrup
    ption,activvismandaw
    wareness
    of civil
    c
    society
    y for transparency, sttrong med
    dia leading to increased voice of citizens
    and
    dparticipattioningov
    vernancehaavefurtherremphasizzedtheneeedfortransparency
    in governance
    g
    e. This meeans addreessing corrruption an
    nd ensuring accountaability in
    form
    mulation of
    o policies,, implementing proggrammes and
    a
    deliveering serviices in a
    con
    nvenient,acccessiblean
    ndresponssivemanneerisbecom
    minganonnegotiableepriority
    forgovernance.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    99

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    (Source: Good Governance & Transparency Their Impact on Development by Saladin AlJurf &
    TransparencyandGoodGovernanceattheMunicipalLevel:TransparencyInternationalCanada.)

    3.4.1.3. CitizenscharterandGrievanceRedress
    Oneofthefunctionsofgovernmentistoprovidepublicservicestothecitizensandto
    dothesame,governmenti.e.StateandLocalauthorities,Municipalities,Government
    departments have to operate efficiently and effectively for reaching its optimum
    performance. For the delivery of public services to the citizens at acceptable
    performancerequiresgovernmententitiestoactinthepublicinterestatalltimes.It
    requires transparency, citizen participation in decision making and public
    accountability. Citizens feedback plays an important role in service delivery and its
    improvement.
    Citizenscharterandgrievanceredressbringsaccountabilityintheprocessofservice
    delivery.ACitizens'charterrepresentsthecommitmentofthe organisationtowards
    standard, quality and time frame of service delivery, grievance redress mechanism,
    transparencyandaccountability.TheconceptofCitizenscharterenshrinesthetrust
    betweentheserviceprovideranditsusers.Agrievancecanbedefinedasanysortof
    dissatisfaction,whichneedstoberedressedinordertoresultinservicedelivery.
    GovernmentofIndiahasintroduced,TheRightofCitizensfortimebounddeliveryof
    Goods and Services and Redress of their Grievances Bill, 2011. It confers right on
    every individual citizen to time bound delivery of goods and provision for services
    and redress of grievances25.The citizen report card is a simple but powerful tool to
    provide public agencies with systematic feedback from users of public services. By
    collectingfeedbackonthequalityandadequacyofpublicservicesfromactualusers,
    CRC provides a rigorous basis and a proactive agenda for communities, civil society
    organizationorlocalgovernmentstoengageinadialoguewith serviceprovidersto
    improvethedeliveryofpublicservices.
    (Source:ImprovingLocalGovernanceandServiceDelivery:CitizenReportCardLearningToolKitADB&
    ADBI)

    3.4.1.4. Inclusivedevelopment
    TheGovernmentofIndiahasputfocusoninclusivedevelopmentinthelasttwoFive
    YearDevelopmentplansvisionstatement.Asthetitleimplies,inclusivedevelopment
    meansdevelopmentofallthecitizensofanarea.Ifallgroupsofpeoplecontributein
    creatingopportunities,sharethebenefitsofdevelopmentandparticipateindecision
    making, the development can be inclusive. This requires all groups, but particularly
    themostvulnerablehaveopportunitiestoimproveormaintaintheirwellbeing.Here
    focus should be given to women, poorer & disadvantaged section of society and
    peopleemployedininformalsectorinordertoimpartsocialandeconomicinclusivity.

    25

    (http://goicharters.nic.in/welcome.html& Study on Reforms and Restructuring Final Report of Meghalaya State Power
    Sector)

    100

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.4.1.5. FollowtheRuleofLaw
    Goodgovernancerequiresfairlegalframeworksthatareenforcedimpartially.Italso
    requires full protection of human rights, particularly those of minorities. Impartial
    enforcement of laws requires an independent judiciary and an impartial and
    incorruptible police force. Here, need for a regulatory body is felt for planning and
    developmentwithalegalbackingtotakedecisioninsuchaspects.

    3.4.1.6. Peoplesparticipation
    Good governance is linked to the welfare of citizens. Good governance through
    peoples participation ensures development, which is equitable and sustainable.
    Peoples participation is not a single stage activity but as suggested in the planning
    process, it should be taken up at multiple stages. It should take place preplan and
    postplanpreparationatvariousstagesfromdecisionmakingtoimplementationand
    then feedback, for ensuring answerability and transparency in the public
    governance26.

    3.4.1.7. Consensusoriented
    There are several actors and as many viewpoints in a society. Good governance
    requiresmediationofthedifferentinterestsinsocietytoreachabroadconsensusin
    societyonwhatisinthebestinterestofthewholecommunity andhowthiscanbe
    achieved. It also requires a broad and longterm perspective on what is needed for
    sustainablehumandevelopmentandhowtoachievethegoalsofsuchdevelopment.
    This can only result from an understanding of the historical, cultural and social
    contexts of a given society or community and brought in the planning system right
    fromtheStatePerspectivePlantobeconceivedforimplementationinDevelopment
    PlanandSpecialPurposePlans.(Source:UNESCAP)

    3.4.2.

    EGovernanceReforms

    EGovernanceistheapplicationofICTindeliveryofservicestopublicbygovernment.
    Itbringsefficiency,effectiveness,transparencyandaccountabilityofinformational&
    transactionalexchangeswithingovernment,governmentagenciesofNational,State,
    Municipal & Local levels and citizen. It empowers citizens through access & use of
    information.InIndiathroughNationaleGovernancePlan(NeGP)boththeUnionand
    the State Governments are making efforts to bringinthe latest ICT technologiesfor
    administrationandincreasethereachofservicestocitizens.
    VisionofNeGPistomakeallGovernmentservicesaccessibletothecommonmanin
    his locality, through common service delivery outlets and ensure efficiency,
    transparency & reliability of such services at affordable costs to realise the basic
    needsofthecommonman.UnderstatemissionmodeprojectsofNeGP,NRLMP,Road

    26

    (http://peoplesgoals.org/)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    101

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Transport,Agriculture,Municipalities,CommercialTaxes,EPanchayatservices,State
    Governmentsareresponsibleforitsimplementation.
    Internationalbestpractices:
    Singapore: EGovernance in Singapore started with computerisation of civil service
    in 1981. Three relationships on which Singapore's eGovernment framework is
    centredonareGovernmenttoCitizens(G2C),GovernmenttoBusinesses(G2B)and
    Government to Employees (G2E). The objectives of eGovernance are integrated on
    acronymCAREindicating:Courtesy,Accessibility,ResponsivenessandEffectiveness.
    Five thrust areas of eGovernance in Singapore are: (i) reinventing government, (ii)
    delivering integrated electronic services, (iii) being proactive and responsive, (iv)
    using IT and Telecommunication to build new capabilities and capacities (v)
    innovatingwithITandTelecommunication.
    Vancouver: The City of Vancouver has defined Digital Strategy as a broad range of
    technologythatenablesnewmethodsofengagementandservicedeliverysupported
    by a robust and accessible digital infrastructure and open government ecosystem.
    The Vision is to enhance multidirectional digital connections amongst citizens,
    employees,businessandgovernment.ThepillarsofdigitalstrategyofVancouvercity
    are: engagement and access, digital infrastructure and assets, digital economy and
    organizationaldigitalmaturity.
    Nationalbestpractices:EGovernancefunctionsandonlineservicesaredetailedin
    Table3.6.
    Table3.6: SelectiveeGovernmentfunctionsandOnlineServicesinIndia
    State

    OnlineServices

    Gujarat

    Publicgrievanceredress,
    eGramVishvagram(connectingvillages)
    eDhara(computerisationoflandrecordsthrough),
    HospitalManagementInformationSystem,
    eCity(deliveryofmunicipalservices)

    Delhi

    Conversionofleaseholdtofreehold,
    Bookingofcommunityhall,parks,openspaces,
    Samsyanidansewa,
    Legalmanagementsystem,
    OPDmedicalclaimreimbursement
    ReviewofMasterPlanforDelhi2021

    Ghaziabad

    Vehiclepoolingfacility(registrationforowner),
    Systemoffeedbackforpublicdepartments,
    Onlinepropertyinformationsystem
    Onlinecomplaintsystem

    Tiruchirappalli

    DuesPayment:propertytax,watercharges,nontax,professionaltax

    (underITDepartment,Govt.ofIndia)

    BirthandDeathcertificate,
    BuildingPlanapproval,
    Tradelicense

    Source:AMDA:WebsitesofGujaratandTamilNaduGovernment,DDAandGDA.

    102

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.5.

    InstitutionalSetUp

    Planning function is a continuous process and the Planning Departments work


    continues from plan preparation to plan processing, enforcement, implementation,
    plan detailing, review and then plan formulation and so on. The plan formulation,
    implementation, monitoring and review exercises must be statutorily prescribed in
    the State Acts and completed within the specified timeframe as schedule. In the
    contextoftheserequirementsinstitutionalsetuphasavitalrole.

    3.5.1. TownandCountryPlanningDepartments:StateLevels
    MostoftheStatesinIndiahaveDepartmentofTownandCountryPlanning(T&CP),
    under the provisions of State Town and Country Planning Acts. But, not all the
    Departments of T&CP are headed by qualified planners. Instead of Chief Town
    Planner,theDepartmentsareheadedbyChiefEngineersorAdministratorsandinfew
    cases by Senior Town Planners. Thus, despite of qualified manpower T&CP
    departmentsatmanystatesareheadedbynonplannerswhichleadtoproblems,like
    delayeddecisionmaking,lackofappropriatevisionsandpolicyinplanning,delayin
    masterplanpreparation.AreviewofthevariousStatesanddetailedstudybyTCPO
    has provided (Table3.7,3.8,3.9&3.10) general manpower requirements at State
    DepartmentsofT&CP.
    Table3.7: RequiredmanpowerofStateTownPlanningDepartment
    Professionals

    SubProfessional

    Administrative

    ChiefTownPlanner

    AssistantTownPlanner

    DeputyChiefTownPlanner

    VillagePlanner

    AssistantDirectorofTownPlanning

    ExecutiveEngineer

    Head Clerk, Accountants, UDC,


    LDC, Typists, Stenographers,
    Peons, Drivers, Cleaners,
    Gardenersandothers

    TownPlanner

    AssistantEngineer

    DeputyTownPlanner

    StatisticalAssistant

    ResearchAssociates

    AssistantConsultingSurveyor

    AssistantSociologist

    UrbanDesigner

    Planner(s)

    Architectural/GISDraftsman

    AssistantArchitectural/GISDraftsman/
    CAD/CAMexpert

    PhotographercumDraftsman

    QuantitySurveyor

    Supervisor

    SubOverseers

    Source:TCPO

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    103

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.5.2. DistrictPlanningCommittee
    StateGovernmentshavebeenempoweredby74thConstitutionalAmendmentActto
    constitute District Planning Committee. These committees are to be responsible for
    the preparation of District Development Plan. However, even after 2 decades of
    amendment,mostofthestateshavenotconstitutedthesecommittees.
    In a study done by TCPO in consultation with State Town & Country Planning
    Departments and academic institutions, tentative strength of planners required at
    different planning levels was deliberated. It was agreed that proportion of town
    plannerswouldvaryaccordingtothepopulationandsizeoftheadministrativeunits.
    ThemanpowerrequirementofDPCs,asassessed,ispresentedinTable3.8.
    Table3.8: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredatDistrictLevel
    Designation

    Number

    ChiefDistrictPlanningOfficer

    SeniorDistrictPlanningOfficer

    AssociateDistrictPlanningOfficer

    AssistantDistrictPlanningOfficer

    Total

    10

    Source:TCPO

    3.5.3. Urban Local Bodies (Municipality, Development Authority,


    MPC)
    In view of growing number of cities and towns the number of town planners at
    Metropolitan Planning Committees was assessed to be around 1,200. It was
    established that number of town planners may vary city to city depending upon
    numberofzones/wardsinthecity.Itwasnormatedthatforevery5lakhpopulation,
    1townplannerisrequiredatmetropolitanplanningarea.
    Table3.9: NumberofTownPlannersinMetropolitanPlanningArea
    Designation

    Number

    ChiefTownPlanner

    AdditionalChiefTownPlanner

    SeniorTownPlanner

    AssociatePlanner

    AssistantPlanner

    12

    Total

    23

    Source:TCPO

    TheCensusofIndia,2011hasforthefirsttimeclassifiedalargenumberoftownsas
    census towns (3,894). These rural settlements have attained urban characteristics
    andneedsupportoftownplanners.Itwasassessedthatabout79,000plannerswill
    berequiredinsmallandmediumcitiesalone.

    104

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Table3.10: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredfornonmillionpluscities(small&mediumcities)
    Designation

    Number

    ChiefTownPlanner

    SeniorTownPlanner

    AssociatePlanner

    AssistantPlanner

    Total

    10

    Source:TCPO

    Thus,theanalysisdonebyTCPO indicatesthat85,000to90,000plannerswouldbe
    requiredinthecountryatvariouslevelsofplanningframework,whichroughlyworks
    outto1plannerper14,000population.

    3.5.4. TeamRequirementforPlanFormulation
    Though the number of cities and the necessity of planning in these cities have
    increasedbutthequalifiedmanpowerforthepreparationofvariousplanshasbeen
    not yet met, as well as no statutory framework has been formed to meet the
    manpowerrequirementnormatively.TheTCPOstudyhasconcluded thishasledto
    regional variations in planning manpower and hinders regional or national
    integration of ideas and rationales of planning standards followed in States. In
    addition the use of modern techniques of planning including advancements in IT
    systems, Remote Sensing (RS), Geological Information System (GIS) and Global
    PositioningSystem(GPS)technologies,useofCAD,CAMisalso fallingbehinddueto
    lackoftrainedmanpowerofsuchdisciplinesinplanning.Thuscurrentsituationcalls
    for predefined acknowledgement of minimum team requirements for plan
    formulation, boosting training of the new planners and provision of adequate
    planningschools, capacitybuilding.Itisalso desirabletorevisitthecurricula ofthe
    under and postgraduate study courses in town planning to bring in the newer
    conceptandtechnologies,includingRS&GISetc.,intoeveryaspectoftownplanning.

    3.5.4.1. TeamRequirement
    Core Planners team for holistic planning of cities and regions should necessarily
    consistof:

    Urbanplannerand/orregionalplanner,
    Environmentalplanner,
    Transportplannersand
    Infrastructureplanner.

    Apartfromteamofplannerscertainexpertsarealsorequired(asperrequirementof
    thestudy)suchas,

    Urbandesigner,
    Legalexpert,
    Economist,
    Geographers&Demographer,
    Sociologist/Anthropologist,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    105

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Expertinhousingandgoodgovernance,
    Heritageconversationexpert,
    Tourismexpert,
    Urbanpolicyexpert,
    Developmentplanner,
    Water&Sanitationexpertandothers,
    Architecturaldraftsman/GISexpertorassociate.

    3.5.4.2. QualifiedPlanner
    A qualified planner should preferably be a member of ITPI. A list of institutions
    recognized by ITPI is given in Appendix D of Volume IIB. However, to bring
    uniformity in the planning profession, Draft Town & Country Planners Registration
    Bill,2012hasbeenpreparedbytheTCPO.TheBillalsoprovidesforestablishmentof
    aCouncilofTown&CountryPlanning.Thepurposeofsuchcouncilistoregulatethe
    quality of educational institutions and qualified professionals in Town and Country
    Planning. The Bill has defined "Town and Country Planning" as the profession
    responsible for planned development of urban and rural areas and the process
    concerned with control of the use of land so as to guide and ensure planned and
    orderlydevelopment.
    Town and Country Planner is proposed to be a person holding a professional
    undergraduate or postgraduate qualification in Town and Country Planning or in
    accordance with the nomenclature as specified in the Schedule of the Bill, acquired
    from a recognized School, Institution, Department of study / University and
    registered with the Council. The Council will prescribe the standards of Town and
    Country Planning education. The Council could help ensure that only certified
    plannerscarryoutthetaskofurbanandregionalplanning.

    3.5.4.3. PolicyOptionsofManpowerMobilisation
    Asindicatedabove,therequirementofplannerstoperformthe functionofplanning
    and development at district, metropolitan and local area levels is over 85,000.
    Currentlythereare3700plannersregisteredwithInstituteof TownPlanners,India
    (ITPI),workingindifferentorganizations.Itisthereforesuggestedthat:

    Every state should have a PlanningSchool. As of now, NE States, Bihar, Haryana, Himachal
    Pradesh,J&K,OrissaandUttarPradeshdonothaveanyrecognizedinstituteofferingcoursesin
    TownPlanning.Thisgapneedstobefilledinsoon.

    Capacity building for enhancing institutional capacities for plan preparation, effectively
    function as institutions of local governance and for improved service delivery. As per the
    Toolkit for Comprehensive Capacity Building Programme, JnNURM, 2013, the efforts
    shouldfocusesoncreatinganenablingenvironmentatULBleveltoimprovegovernanceand
    servicedeliveryfunctions.Further,capacitybuildingtoincludetrainingprogrammes,suchas:
    i.

    106

    Training /awareness programmes to ULB staff and elected representatives, with special
    emphasisonthewomenelectedrepresentatives.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    ii. Skill development trainings to ULB/parastatal functionaries to plan and implement


    developmentprojects.
    iii. Technical and sectoral training programmes for ULB/ parastatal staff in water supply,
    solid waste management, roads & bridges, urban transport, sewerage, environment, and
    othersectorsrelatedtourbandevelopment/management.

    Itisalsodesirabletostrengthenthearrangementsfortrainingandcapacityenhancementof
    town planners and urban designers in nongovernment sectors, for which ITPI or similar
    bodiescouldactasfacilitators.

    3.5.4.4. OutsourcingProfessionalServices
    In case of inadequacy in the manpower capacity with the Government bodies for
    planning, outsourcing to nongovernmental and private consultancy/ organisation
    could be considered as an option. The conditions of engagement of professional
    servicesandscaleofprofessionalfeesandchargesareprovidedbyITPI27.Itprovides
    professional fees for preparation of different types of plans based on projected
    plannedpopulationandalsoaspermanmonths,whichcanbereferredforestimating
    thecostofrespectiveplanpreparation.

    3.6.

    InstitutionalReforms

    3.6.1. RegulatoryBodyatStateLevel
    ARegulatorybodyUrbanRegionalPlanningandDevelopmentRegulatoryAuthority
    atStatelevelshouldbeestablishedthroughstatutorysupport.Theroleofthisbody
    shouldbetoregulateandmonitorthefunctioningofdevelopmentbodiesandalsoto
    regulate Urban and Regional Development Authorities / Bodies / Agencies28.This
    regulatorybodyshouldhavefollowingobjectivestofulfi litsroleandfunctionsinan
    envisionedmanner:

    AssessandMonitortheoverallUrban/RegionalPlanningintheState.

    Observer and Evaluate impacts of planning on other elements of development system, especially
    EnvironmentandSocial&BalancedRegionalDevelopment.
    QuickentheprocessofapprovalofPlanscoupledwithtransparency.

    PromoteanddirectFDIinRealEstateSector.

    PrepareStandardmonitoringplanandevaluationparameters

    ToserveasaCentralisedSingleWindowforclearanceand

    Authority to exam the plan modification request and permit (midterm) landuse changes in the
    planwhichmaybeguidedbylargedevelopments,socialinterestandneedforall.

    27

    Document: Conditions of engagement of professional services and scale of professional fees and charges, ITPI, effective
    from December, 2011 available at: http://itpi.org.in/pdfs/DiscussionDraft.pdf.

    28

    Such arrangements have been introduced in Kerala, where Town & Country Planning Commission under the Kerala Town
    & Country Planning Ordinance, 2013 isan apex body to advise the Government and guide and assist the MPCs and DPCs
    on matters relating to spatial planning and development.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    107

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    3.6.2. GrievanceRedressalSystem
    A decentralized grievance redress system should be established in every state upto
    theleveloflocaldevelopmentauthority,toprovideredressforcomplaints.
    ACitizensChartercouldbeformedintheframeworkoftheActionPlanforEffective
    and Responsive Government, 1997 and the Citizen's Charter and the Grievance
    RedressBill,2011underconsiderationinParliament.
    CentralGovernmentisprovidingbaseforpublicgrievanceunderCitizensCharter,for
    which guidelines are also available in the Compilation of Guidelines for Redress of
    PublicGrievance,2010oftheD/oAR&PG,whichhasadedicatedwebsiteforcitizens
    charter:http://goicharters.nic.in/welcome.html.
    To ensure obligation of transparent modification of schemes, including the updated
    progress Local Area Planning level, the method of public participation should be
    utilised.

    108

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    RegionalPlanningApproach

    4.1.

    NeedofRegionasPlanningUnit

    Region is a contiguous geographical area, which has a fair degree of uniformity, in


    administration,economiclinkagesornaturalenvironment.Itisrelativelyalargearea,
    withhierarchyofsettlementsandvaryinglandscape.
    UrbanisationhasacceleratedinthepastfewdecadeswhileplanninginIndiahasbeen
    largely limited to urban settlements and the space between cities and their
    surroundings has been growing in an unplanned haphazard manner. Centrifugal
    forces attract huge volume of migrant population to urban centres, which has
    rendered short the planning efforts of local bodies. The resultant biases in
    demographyhavealsohadnegativeimplicationsinthedevelopmentatthesourceof
    migration. Thus, urban centres & its surrounding settlements have twoway
    interrelationshipintermsofcauseandeffectofmanyelements.Accordingly,planning
    asanexerciseshouldnotbeexclusivelylimitedtourbansettlementsbutaregioncan
    be identified to have holistic development of growth promoting centres and
    surrounding subsequent hierarchy of settlements. This should facilitate optimal
    planning and development of infrastructure in cities along with the adjoining rural
    areasandstrengthentheeconomiclinksintheregion.
    The paradigm of regional development has evolved through the years after
    Independence. Most important ones are district planning, metropolitan planning,
    watershedmanagementandspecialareadevelopment.ThePlanningCommissionhas
    also developed methods for regionalisation and policy guidance for preparation of
    developmentplansforregions.Anumberofsuchcasestudieshavebeentakenupby
    the State Governments for development of special regions. Considering the
    importanceofregionalplanningatthedistrictlevelandwith theviewtointegrating
    theurbanandregionaldevelopment,theDPCandMPCwerecreatedthroughthe73rd
    and74thCAA.

    4.2.

    AspectsofRegionalPlanning

    The preliminary aspects of regional planning may constitute the following, which
    highlighttheadvantagesoftheapproach:
    1. SustainabilitySustainabilityleadstobalanceinRegionalDevelopmentwhichimpliesefficient
    use of available resources and opportunities for development in all parts of the region.
    Sustainabilityofregionalplanningdependsupon:
    i.
    Management of major environmental inputs namely water (both surface and ground),
    minerals, maintenance of green cover, protection of sensitive environmental areas and
    linkingareaswithspecialopportunitiesfordevelopmentlikereligious,archaeologicaletc.
    ii. Balancedandequitablespatialandeconomicdevelopmentoftheregion
    iii. EffectiveUseoflocalresourcesincludingculturalresourcessuchasart&crafts.
    iv. OptimisationofregionalmultimodalmobilityandTOD.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    109

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Sustainability based regional development can provide solutions for elevation of urban poverty,
    minimisation of urban sprawl and managing migration, which are majorly outcomes of lack of
    regionalplanning.
    2. EnvironmentSomeofthemajorenvironmentalconcernsthatcanbeaddressedbyregional
    planningapproacharethefollowing:
    i.
    Controlofpollutionspeciallywaterpollution,useandmaintenanceofthewatercourses.
    ii. Maintenanceofgreencover,forestsandecofragileareas.
    iii. Controlandregulationofactivitieswhichhaveimpactonenvironment.
    Whileplanning,theenvironmentallysensitiveareasshouldbeidentifiedwhicharenonconducive
    for development. Such areas should be either protected or developed while following relevant
    standards.
    3. Disaster Management The impact of natural disasters is exaggerated by unscientific plus
    unplanned development. Regional development should promote efficient response and
    preparednesstodisasterssuchasfloods,landslides,landsubsistence,fireandearthquake.The
    Disaster Management Act, 2005 makes it mandatory to prepare Disaster Management Plan at
    State and District level. Integration of hazard (micro) zoning in planning activities is more
    facilitative and responding at regional level which can be integrated with the provisions of
    NDMA. Zoning hazards and its holistic approach can be achieved largely at the regional level
    scaleorbetteratcitylevel.Thus,regionalplanningisthesolutiontointegratedresponse.

    4. PromotingBalancedDevelopmentImbalanceddevelopmentofthecountryduetomissing
    regional planning approach to bring development in urbanrural settlements simultaneously
    has led to lopsided development in favour of urban settlements. As a result centripetal and
    centrifugalforcesofhumanmovementhavecometoworkwithintensityintheurbanpartsof
    thecountry.Lackofintegratedspatialplanningspeciallyintheinfluenceareaofmetropolitan
    cities has led to rural push. Migration across administrative boundaries to the cities without
    adequate functional infrastructure to support the population puts pressure on the
    administrativedepartments.Ontheotherhandtheareasfromwhereoutmigrationtakesplace
    suffer with imbalance growth. Thus, an integrated planning approach is required to provide
    administrative solution for provision of sustainable infrastructure in the region and vision
    developmentoftheperiurbanareas&countermagnets.

    5. Inclusivity Regional planning can bring inclusivity in broader area by preparing plan after
    considering issues, strengths and prospects of a large spatial unit. Regional disparities
    especially periurban areas surrounding large cities and metropolitans present contrasting
    conditionsbothphysicallyandsocialeconomically.Regionalplanningcanefficientlytacklethe
    problem arising out of the transition of rural area into periurban and urban areas. Inclusive
    developmentprinciplescanbridgethegappresentintermsofregionaldisparityinIndia.

    4.3.

    PlanningRegionsinIndia

    The increasing need of urbanisation further aggravated by the rural push factors is
    directlyaffectingthequalityoflifeandenvironment.Suchareasshallnotbemerely
    left to the factors of natural growth and can be identified for Regional Planning. A
    regionisaflexibleconceptandcanbereferredtoasacontinuousandlocalisedarea
    intermediatebetweenNationalandUrbanlevels.
    The District Planning Committees is to be the single decision making committee,
    whichcanaddresstotheissuesofplanningintheDistrict.InmanyStates,DPCsare

    110

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    not constituted, however, in some of them, the Town and Country Planning Acts
    providesalegalframeworkforconstitutionofRegionalDevelopmentAuthorities.For
    example,theBombayMetropolitanRegionDevelopmentAuthorityAct,1974makesit
    mandatory to constitute the Metropolitan Regional Development Authority for the
    planninganddevelopmentofMumbaimetropolitancity.
    Whenever functional areas cut across different State boundaries there may be
    problemsofcoordinationinadministration.Ideallyinsuchcases,aunifiedRDA(for
    thisspecifiedregion)maybeinstitutedwithrepresentationfromeachoftheState.
    Inthepresentscenario,Indianmetropolitancitieshaveplanneddevelopment,which
    partially satisfies the aim of the 73rd& 74th CAA, however, incomplete adherence of
    the Act has resulted into lack of holistic planning. Thus, it is required that state
    governmentsamendrespectiveStateTownandCountryPlanningActsandprovidea
    structureofregionalplanningwithappropriateadministrativestructuretocarryout
    itspreparationandimplementation.
    Such regions are holistic from administrative point of view and there are little
    chances of conflict when there is a single administrative unit. The present planning
    systemforonlyurbansettlementshasdevelopedislandsofgrowthcentres,creating
    vast disparity. Planning for district as a region is the approach in which country as
    whole can be covered in planning exercise leaving no intermediate space. Thus, for
    convenience of administration of regions and entire coverage of country under
    planneddevelopmentthestructureofregionalplanningshouldbefollowed.
    The 12th Five Year Plan has emphasised on regional development particularly DPC
    compositiontocontrolandregulateunplanneddevelopmentbeyondtheurbanareas
    i.e.urbansprawl/scatter.TheStateT&CPActsprovidestatutorysetupforurbanand
    regional planning and development. In many States, Special Area Planning Acts,
    similartoRegionalPlanning,arealsoinplace.
    Transportlinkagesplayanintegralroleinthegrowthofurbannodes.Asmovement
    ofgoods,servicesandalignmentofinfrastructurefollowthetransportnetworkwhile
    the human settlement and economic activities generally follow the transport lines.
    Lately, Government of India has recognised the potential of transport corridors as
    instrument of imparting economic push to large region and thus has been
    implementingprogrammes,whicharespreadacrossalargeregionlike,DelhiMumbai
    Industrial Corridor (DMIC) Programme. The objective of DMIC project is to expand
    India'smanufacturingandservicebaseanddevelopDMICasa"GlobalManufacturing
    andTradingHub".Theprojectwillprovideamajorimpetustoplannedurbanization
    inIndiawithmanufacturingasthekeydriver.29.
    The National Highway Development Programme (NHDP) was launched in 2000 to
    upgrade and strengthen National Highways and one of the advantages identified
    undertheNHDPisallrounddevelopmentofareas.Othertransportorientedregional

    29

    http://www.dmicdc.com

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    111

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    corridorrs conceptu
    ualised aree the Easteern and Western
    W
    Freeight Corriidors. Keep
    ping
    thesedeevelopmenttsinmind,TransitOrrientedDev
    velopmentt(TOD)app
    proachtop
    plan
    anddeveelopregion
    nscanbead
    dopted.
    There arre other ty
    ypes of reggions as well, which have homo
    ogeneity aand linkagees in
    terms off investment, tourism
    m and natu
    ural enviro
    onment. In India, ow
    wing to its vast
    stretchaandheterogeneity,multiple/diffferenttypo
    ologiesofrregionscou
    uldbeadop
    pted
    for plan
    nned development. The
    T
    regional plannin
    ng approacch is suggeested in th
    hese
    guidelineesforplann
    nedandsu
    ustainabled
    developmen
    ntofthehu
    umansettleements.
    Theplan
    nningregionsinIndiahavebeen
    ncategoriseedas:
    Figure4.1: CategorisaationofRegio
    onsinIndianContext

    Source:

    Co
    ompilationfrom73rd&74thCAA,SStateAdministrativesetupsandregionalplannin
    ngcasesinIndia

    4.3.1. DistricttasaPlaanningR
    Region
    India haas 640 disttricts and according to Censuss of India, 2011, 67%
    % districts are
    urbaniseed upto 50
    0% out of which
    w
    apprroximately
    y 7% have crossed th
    he line of 40%
    4
    urbanisaation. New
    w Delhi, Central
    C
    Deelhi, Kolkaata, Mumb
    bai, Mumb
    bai Suburban,
    Hyderab
    bad, Chenn
    nai, Yanam and Mahee (in Pudu
    ucherry) arre 9 distriicts which are

    112

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    100% urbanized. However, there are many other districts which have ruralurban
    character and have a fast rate of urbanisation. Therefore, the urban trend of these
    districts should be planned. Efforts to direct urbanisation of such districts will
    synchronizethegrowthofcitieswithgoalsofnationaldevelopment.
    District as a unit is a holistic concept which administratively provides a strong
    foundationforplanning.Thehierarchyofsettlementsandnaturalresourcesavailable
    inrelativelylargerregionareotheradditionalreasonswhich makedistrictaunitof
    planningmorelogicalpremise.

    4.3.1.1. NeedforAdministrativeStructure
    Administrative structure to guide planning at district level is important. The 74th
    ConstitutionalAmendmentActprovidesthattheStateLegislatureshouldprovidefor
    the composition of District Planning Committee (DPC) given that there shall be
    elected representatives of Panchayats and municipalities in committee in
    proportionate ratio. For this, State Governments are required to amend existing or
    enactnewlawstointroduceDPCinplanningadministrationstructure.

    4.3.1.2. ProcessofplanningatDistrictlevel
    InIndia,planningprocessforadministrativeareasequaltoorbiggerthandistricthas
    beenattempted.
    Kerala: The State of Kerala has provision for DPC and MPC. Its methodology of District plan
    preparation provides for a decentralised planning process by initiating preparation of an Integrated
    District Development Plan (IDDP) along with Local Development Plans (LDP) for every local
    governmentinthedistrictinanintegratedmanner.TheIntegratedDistrictDevelopmentPlan(IDDP)
    aimsforanintegrateddraftdevelopmentplanwithdueregardtocommoninterestsofPanchayatsand
    municipalities(asshowninFigure4.2)toplanforspatialandsharingofresources:bothnaturaland
    manmade.TheIDDPincludesplanningofspecialareassuchastribalareas,coastalareas,economically
    backward areas, areas for establishment of new towns etc. Also, there are provisions of Joint area
    planning in case the area comprises more than one Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Town
    PanchayatorvillagePanchayat,eitherinfullorinpart.
    Draft IDDP should be prepared for the district incorporating suggestions of LSGs. The Draft IDDP
    preparedshallbeaninputfortheidentificationofdevelopmentissuesandsettingupofdevelopment
    goals and objectives of each LSG and thus becomes the frame within which the Draft LDPs are
    prepared. Based on suggestions and proposals of the Draft LDPs, the Draft IDDP is modified and
    finalised. Once the draft IDDP is approved by the DPC and sanctioned by the State Government, the
    DraftLDPsshallbemodifiedandfinalised.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    113

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Figure4.2: PlanPreparationProcessofKerala

    Source:

    TheKeralaTownandCountryPlanningOrdinance2013

    Goa:TheStateofGoahaspreparedGoaRegionalPlan,2021.ThebasicapproachforpreparationofGoa
    Regional Plan has been protectionof environmentallysensitive area ofthe Stateby introducingEco
    SensitiveZonesandplanningdetailsatvillagePanchayatslevel.TheRegionalPlangivesamicrolevel
    planning of the State of Goa with the village Panchayats as the planning units. Multiple level
    consultative process has been undertaken in preparation of the plan. A decentralised approach was
    adopted in which a vision document was prepared for the State and was shared with the local
    bodies/villages.PlanspreparedatgrassrootlevelwerecompiledathigherlevelstoprepareDraftState
    Regional Plan. Another round of public participation ensured inclusiveness. The approach has been
    presentedinthefollowingdiagram.

    114

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    Figu
    ure4.3: Plan
    nPreparation
    nProcessinth
    heStateofGo
    oa

    Sourcce:

    GoaRegion
    nalPlan,2021

    TheeStatesof Keralaand
    dGoahave attempted
    dsuccessfu
    ullythepreeparationo
    ofDistrict
    th
    orR
    RegionalPllansbyado
    opting74 CAA.WhileeKeralahaasprepared
    dDistrictP
    Plans,Goa
    hasprepared Statelevel RegionalP
    Plan(butbasedontheetwodistrrictplans)d
    duetoits
    sizee. Both thee states have adoptted decentralised approach as prescribeed in the
    Con
    nstitution of
    o India an
    nd have focused on public participation. The appro
    oach and
    metthodology of these tw
    wo States is
    i influenceed by the size and seettlement structure
    s
    and
    dhierarchy
    ypresentin
    ntheStates.
    APlanningprocessatdiistrictlevellforthelarrgerStatessofIndiaw
    wouldrequ
    uiremuch
    morre complexx procedurre to integgrate botto
    omup and
    d top down approach. Hence
    con
    nsideringth
    heabovem
    mentionedccasestudieesandkeep
    pinginview
    wtheconsttraintsof
    larggesizeStates,aDistricctRegionallPlanningssimplifiedaapproachisgiveninF
    Fig4.4.
    Plan
    npreparationprocessforregionalplanm
    muststartw
    withpreparrationofSttatelevel
    Perrspective Plan
    P
    alongg with preplan intteractive consultatio
    c
    ns of gov
    vernment
    dep
    partments, elected representat
    r
    tives, stakeholders, NGOs and
    d Selfhelp
    p groups.
    Outtcomeofsu
    uchconsulttationsisaPerspectiv
    vePlanwhichwillbevvisiondocu
    umentfor
    the entireStatteeitherby
    ytheState PlanningB
    Board,StateeTownPlaanningCom
    mmission,
    dStateTow
    wn&CounttryPlanningDepartm
    mentorbySStateUrban
    nisationCo
    ommittee,
    and
    such
    haseffortsstakenbyK
    KeralaandRajasthanrecently.
    PerrspectivePllanmustin
    ncludetheL
    LUZsfrom theStateL
    LandUtilisaationPolicy
    y.Incase
    the State Land
    d Utilisatio
    on Policy iss not prepared, Persp
    pective Plaan should delineate
    d
    Statteintodevelopable,p
    prohibitedaandrestricctedzones. Forthiscllassification
    n,variety
    ofp
    parametersscouldbeu
    usedbasedondevelop
    pmentapproachofth
    hestate.Som
    meofthe

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    115

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    parameters have been shared below but this is only suggestive list, which must be
    madeexhaustivewhilepreparingplanatstatelevel:

    Ecosensitivezonesofthestate,
    Boundariesofalltheurbanandruralsettlementsofthestate,
    Mappingoftransportandcommunicationnetworks,
    Mappingofnaturalfeatures,
    Industrial,miningandrelatedarea,
    DisasterZonation
    Allmaps/plansmustbepreparedonGISplatformandgeoreferenced.

    The State Perspective plan should be distributed to the Districts as a reference for
    preparation of further plans at district level. At the stage of Perspective Plan
    preparation, the mapping scale, time lines and roles and responsibilities for the
    preparation of district plan preparation should be decided which will bring clarity
    and uniformity in mapping and plan preparation process. District administration
    shouldproceedwithdistributingtheplansandmapsat talukalevelandfromtaluka
    level to village Panchayats. The Draft Development plan should then be prepared at
    each village Panchayat level with public participation. Here, capacity building and
    technicalknowhowwouldneedtobepercolatedfromthetopadministrativesetups
    and supporting institutional arrangements. The training to the selected people or
    peoples representatives must be provided along with trained officials through the
    plan preparation process. Similar process must be followed in settlements of urban
    hierarchy. Once the plan process at grass root level is over, these plans should be
    compiledfirstattalukaleveloratitsurbancounterpartsbyDevelopmentAuthority/
    MunicipalCorporationtoformulatethedraftDistrictRegionalPlan.
    TheDraftDistrictRegionalPlanthenmustbeputonpublicforumforobjectionsand
    suggestions to impart transparency in the plan process. To meet the purpose of the
    district plan, interchangeable options and conflict of interest would need to be
    answered in the regional plan. Once the process of public participation is over and
    withtheapprovalofStatelegislature,thefinalRegionalPlanshouldbeuploadedon
    relevantwebsitesforfuturereferenceanduse.

    Table4.1:Institutionalresponsibilities
    AdministrativeUnit

    InstitutionalBody

    District

    DPC/ZilaParishad

    Taluka

    BlockDevelopmentLevel/Town&CountryPlanningDepartment

    VillageLevel

    Panchayat/GramSabha

    Metropolitan&Megapolis

    MPC/DevelopmentAuthority/MunicipalCorporation

    Large&MediumTowns

    DevelopmentAuthority/Municipality/UrbanLocalBody

    SmallTowns

    NagarPalika/MunicipalCouncil/StateT&CPDepartment

    Ward

    WardCommittee

    116

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    Figu
    ure4.4: Prop
    posedDistrictPlanningPrrocess

    Source:Compilatio
    onfrom73rdan
    nd74thCAA,Sta
    ateAdministra
    ativeSetupand
    dRegionalPlanningexamplessofKerala
    and
    dGoa

    4.3
    3.2. VarrioussetttlementtsinRegion
    In delineation
    d
    n of the planning
    p
    reegions therre can be certain leevels of settlement,
    exisstingorplaannedwhicchgivespeccialstructu
    uretoaregion.Thegrrowthnodeesaround
    whiich the flow
    ws are acttive and intense shalll be the no
    odal centree. The nodal centre
    cou
    uldactasth
    hehighest echelonin
    nthehierarrchyofthe settlemen
    nts.Thismaayhavea
    unipolar (meetropolitan city), bipo
    olar (such as twin citties) or mu
    ultipolar structure.
    s
    Thee other setttlements within
    w
    the region shaall be directly or ind
    directly fun
    nctionally
    link
    kedtothisccentre.Theeycanbe:
    1 CounterM
    1.
    Magnets: Th
    he counter magnets
    m
    are potential
    p
    and growing sub
    b nodal centrres located
    outoftheedirectfuncttionallylinkedareasofth
    hegrowthnode/nodalceentresinthe region,e.g.
    Hissar, Gw
    walior, Patialla and Kota etc
    e incontexxtofNCR. The main objecctive of devellopmentof

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    117

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    i.
    ii.
    2.

    3.

    4.

    5.

    6.

    7.

    8.

    the counter magnets is to prevent undesirable concentration of growth impulses in the nodal
    centres and to disperse the same to counter magnets for more balanced development of the
    region.Thecountermagnetareasmayplaytwodistinctiveroles:
    Asinterceptorsofmigratoryflowsintothenodalcentre
    Asregionalgrowthcentres,thiswouldbeabletoachieveabalancedpatternofurbanisation
    intheregionoveraperiodoftime.
    SatelliteTowns:ASatelliteTownisone,whichislocatednearorwithinreasonabledistance,
    wellconnectedbytransportationrouteofthegrowthnodeorametropolitancity,e.g.Gurgaon
    andNoida(Delhi),NaviMumbai(Mumbai)andSaltLakeCity(Kolkata)etc.TheSatellitetowns
    are dependent on the growth node largely for employment. If developed well, satellite towns
    offergreatscopedoeprovidingeconomicgrowthandemployment forthebenefitofthemain
    city,subjecttoefficienttransportconnectivity.
    Priority Towns: Priority towns are the potential towns for investment and development;
    identified on the basis of their interaerial relationship with the regional nodal centre. For
    integrated development of the identified region, identification of the priority towns and
    planningfortheirdevelopmentshouldbedone.
    GrowthCentres/Points:Settlementswithgrowthpotentialandspecialadvantageoflocation
    withintheregioncanbeclassifiedasgrowthcentres/growthpoints/servicevillageinorderof
    hierarchyfromhightolowwhileplanningforsettlementstructurewithintheregion.
    Peri Urban Areas: Periurban areas are zones of transition from rural to urban land uses
    locatedbetweentheouterlimitsofurbanandregionalcentersandtheruralenvironment.The
    boundaries of periurban areas are porous and transitory as urban development extends into
    rural,agriculturalandindustrialland.Periurbanareasmightincludevaluableprotectedareas,
    forested hills, preserved woodlands, prime agricultural lands and important wetlands, which
    mayrequireconservation.Irrespectiveofhowtheboundariesmove,therewillalwaysbeperi
    urban zones. These areas if planned properly can provide essential life support services for
    urbanresidents.Inpreparation ofdevelopmentplansformetropolitancities,theareamaybe
    takenas58kmsaroundexistingcities,saythosewithmorethan3lakhpopulationtocoverthe
    urbanspill.30
    Urban Agglomeration: Census, 2011 defines an urban agglomeration (UA) as a continuous
    urban spread constituting a town and its adjoining outgrowths, or two or more physically
    contiguous towns together with or without outgrowths of such towns. An UA must consist of
    atleast a statutory town and its total population (i.e. all the constituents put together) should
    not be less than 20,000. In varying local conditions, there were similar other combinations
    which have been treated as urban agglomerations satisfying the basic condition of contiguity.
    Examples:GreaterMumbaiUA,DelhiUA,etc.
    Out Growth: Census 2011, defines Out Growths (OG) as a viable unit such as a village or a
    hamlet or an enumeration block made up of such village or hamlet and clearly identifiable in
    terms of its boundaries and location. Some of the examples are railway colony, university
    campus,portarea,militarycamps,etc.,whichhavecomeupnearastatutorytownoutsideits
    statutory limits but within the revenue limits of a village or villages contiguous to the town.
    While determining the outgrowth of a town, it has been ensured that it possesses the urban
    featuresintermsofinfrastructureandamenitiessuchaspuccaroads,electricity,taps,drainage
    systemfordisposalofwastewateretc.educationalinstitutions,postoffices,medicalfacilities,
    banksetc.andphysicallycontiguouswiththecoretownofthe UA.Examples:CentralRailway
    Colony(OG),TriveniNagar(N.E.C.S.W.)(OG),etc.
    SpatialPriorityUrbanRegions(SPURs):NationalCommissiononUrbanisation,1988witha
    visionary approach to future urbanisation in India, identified 329 urban centres all over the
    country as Generators of Economic Momentum (GEMs) where development activities should

    30

    Working group on urban strategic planning, p 33.

    118

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    converge, based on which the upcoming Metropolitan regions could be forecasted. The
    Commission also identified 49 Spatial Priority Urban Regions (SPURs). SPURs were based on
    observedtrendsofgrowthandCommissionsassessmentofgrowthpotential,integrationwith
    national transport network, optimising investments and opportunities already in a particular
    region.SuchanattemptofregionalplanningpanIndiawasthefirstofitskindandevolvedfrom
    theideaofexpandingplannedurbanregions.

    4.4.

    MetropolitanPlanningRegion

    Metropolitanareaisalargeurbansettlement,whichhaspopulationfrom10lakhand
    above.Theaerialextentofsuchsettlementsishugeandoftenspreadacrossmultiple
    districts.Indiahas53metropolitancitiesperCensus,2011.Manyofthesecitieshave
    alreadybeencoveredbymetropolitanplanningordevelopmentauthorities,suchas
    Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad and Guwahati.
    FormulationofMetropolitansAuthoritieswasconceivedwiththeideaofinitiatingthe
    integratedplanninganddevelopmentofthemajorcitiesandtheirsurroundingareas.
    Constitution requires the States to constitute Metropolitan Planning Committees
    throughStatelegislature.VariousStatesWestBengal,Maharashtra,AndhraPradesh
    have issued procedures for formulation of Metropolitan Planning Committee (MPC)
    and metropolitan areas like Kolkata, Mumbai, Nagpur, Pune have MPCs. However,
    only Kolkata MPC has prepared a Metropolitan Development Plan (MDP). This has
    beenreferredasalessontoguidetheMPCformulationandintegrationintheexisting
    scenario.

    4.4.1. MetropolitanAdministrativesetups
    Asmajorcitiesincreaseinsize,MunicipalBodiesoftenturnouttobeinadequateto
    meet the requirements. Thus, the need for Metropolitan Regional Development
    Authority(MRDA)Actswasfelt,toregulateadesignatedjurisdictioncoveringurban
    and periurban areas. The authorities formed under these acts perform functions in
    close coordination with the State agencies, apart from the already core Municipal
    Corporations. MRDAs perform the function of integrated spatial planning and
    inducing coordination among the numerous authorities and institutions operating
    in/for the region, thus facilitating the planned growth in a smooth urbanrural
    continuumframework.ExamplesareBengaluru,Chennai,Kolkata,Mumbaietc.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    119

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    Figure4.5: FrameworrkforKolkataaMetropolitaanPlanningC
    Committee

    Source:

    Ko
    olkataMetropoliitanPlanningCom
    mmittee

    4.4.2. TransittOrienteed(Urbaan)Deveelopmentt(TOD)
    In India,, the conceept of TOD
    D to plan an
    nd develop
    p cities / regions
    r
    hass been used in
    variousccities,fewo
    ofwhicharreNationallCapitalReegion,HydeerabadMettropolitanA
    Area
    andAhm
    medabadUrrbanDevellopmentAu
    uthority(A
    AUDA).InN
    NCR,transp
    portoption
    nsof
    metro raail, ring railway and ring road has been used to gu
    uide urban
    n developm
    ment.
    Hyderab
    bad Metrop
    politan Developmentt Authority
    y has prep
    pared TOD
    D developm
    ment
    planfor cityusing metrocorridors,MM
    MTS,potenttialBRTS/L
    LRTandou
    uterringroad.
    AUDAhaasdevelopedBRTSco
    orridor,rin
    ngroadto guidedeveelopmentaalongtransp
    port
    corridorrs.Hyderab
    badMetrop
    politanDev
    velopmentA
    Authority (HMDA)haasdevelopeda
    TransitO
    OrientedDevelopmen
    ntplantod
    developmetropolitanarea(theccasestudyiisas
    follows)..

    120

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    Case
    eStudy:HMD
    DA:TransitOrientedDe
    evelopment(
    (TOD)

    ApproachandMeethodology:H
    HMDAconceivedTODplaantobecomp
    patiblewithM
    MasterPlan.Integrated
    tran
    nsit network was propossed with focu
    us to integraate employm
    ment generating nodes with
    w
    transit
    netw
    work.Influen
    ncezonealon
    ngtransitnetw
    workwereid
    dentifiedanddetaileddevvelopmentcontrolrules,
    FAR
    Randlanduseeinsuchareaasaredecided
    d.

    TOD
    Dzones,speciialfeaturesoffsuchzonesaandthefaciliitatingauthorritieshavebeeenrecogniseedinthe
    Hyderabadmetro
    opolitanregion.FeaturesofTODZonesare:
    Mixedlandu
    usezoning,
    Incentivizedhigherdensitydevelopmeent,
    Expeditedbu
    uildingpermiits,
    Decreasingp
    parkingrequirement
    Affordableho
    A
    ousing,
    Integrationo
    ofemploymen
    ntandtransitt,
    Alternatives
    A
    topersonalissedvehicleow
    wnership.

    Themethodfollowedforplanningand
    ddevelopmeentunderTO
    ODapproach
    hisgivenbeelow:

    Sourcce:HyderabadM
    MetropolitanDeveelopmentAuthorrity

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    121

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    4.4.3. Planningforperiurbanarea
    Periurban is the zone which is within the planning area limits but outside the
    urbanisationlimitofthemunicipalcorporation/authorityormetropolitanplanning
    committee or authority. Integration of the plans of such settlements can be done
    throughtwoapproaches.
    The plans can be prepared by the developmental body in consultation with the
    village authority and implemented jointly by the village authority and/or
    developmentalbody,
    Village bodies may prepare the plan and such plans will be compiled and made
    partofoveralldevelopmentalplanoftheregionbydevelopmentalbody.
    Since,periurbanareaisnotwelldefinedinallthestates,identificationandplanning
    ofperiurbanarea(outsidemunicipallimits)isimportantinthecontextofurbanand
    rural development. Also the States till now have not clearly defined what should
    constituteperiurbanareasandthereforeachangeintheActsinthiscontextissurely
    calledfor.HoweverperiurbanareahasbeenincludedinplanningareasofMaster/
    Development plans which invariably go beyond the municipal boundary. In some
    state like in Andhra Pradesh, Mandal committees are empowered to prepare land
    conversion and development of periurban areas. Nonetheless this aspect of urban
    andruraldevelopmentneedsspeciallegalandpolicyefforts.31
    To holistically approach the legal and planning issues for periurban areas, it is
    suggestedbytheMinistryofUrbanDevelopmenttotheStatestoavoidmultiplicityof
    the authorities and simultaneously allow coordination. In a regional authority, the
    urbanagglomerationshouldberecognisedastheurbancentre,whilethesmalltowns
    and service villages should be within the overarching boundary of the Metropolitan
    regions to coexist. Where planning, the power to plan landuse should be
    decentralised to local authorities, apart from some regional resource management
    suchasmanagementofwaterandpreservationofecosensitiveareas.
    Astheregionalandmetropolitanareaplanningintendstobringsuchareainplanning
    framework it is only logical that development norms of urban area are adopted for
    periurban area too because of its heavy bias towards urban character. In addition,
    provision for institutional requirements for example specialised hospitals and
    educationandresearchcentresintheperiurbanareasaretobeallowedasperthe
    RegionalPlan.

    31

    Note:UttarPradesh Government has followed forlongyearsdelineationof planning areabytheauthorityon thebasisof 8


    kmsfromthemunicipalboundary.Thisnormisnotbacked/supportedbyanyrationality.Addingtoit,theplanningareaso
    designatedundertheTownandCountryPlanningActunderthesection143,conversionoflandusefromrural/agricultureto
    nonagriculture was permitted by the competent authority (District Collector). The conversion of land use as per the Act,
    section143couldbedonefordevelopmentabadi.Thishascreatedconfusionforplanningurbanextension.In2013,theUP
    governmentmodifiedtheActandexcludedabadifromthesection143.Thisimpliesthatanytypeoflanduseproposedsuch
    landuseconversion,landlordsmustadheretothedevelopment controlrules,regulationsandbyelawsspecifiedunderthe
    MasterPlan.

    122

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    LowincomehabitatplanningnormsofNationalBuildingCode,2005aresuggestedto
    befollowedinperiurbanareas.Thestatesmaydevelopfurtherspecificguidelinesfor
    suchsettlementsbasedontheirgrowthtrendandeconomicbase.Lowincomehabitat
    planningnormsareasfollowing:
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    5.
    6.
    7.

    Plotsize:Minimum80sq.m.
    Density:Maximum60plotsperha
    Minimumfrontage:6m
    GroundCoverage:33%(subjecttoamaximumof50%)
    FAR:Maximum200
    Openspaces:1.21haopenspaceforavillagewith200houses.
    Ifrequired,facilitieslikebranchesofcooperativebank,afertilizerdepot,aveterinaryhospital,
    marketplaceandabranchofthecooperativeconsumerstorebesidesfacilitiesforeducational
    andhealthcareshouldbeavailablewithinamaximumdistanceof5kmfromanysettlement.
    8. ProposedRoadHierarchy:
    Table4.2: RoadHierarchyforperiurbanareasinlinewithlowincomehabitatplanningnorms
    RoadType

    RoadDescription

    Roadwidth

    Function/Remarks

    R1

    Roadwhichconnectsvillagetonearby
    areas

    9m

    Widestroad

    R2

    Roadwhichtakemajortraffictovillage

    6m

    Aminvillageroadswithdrainonbothsidesto
    facilitatedrainagesystemofthevillage

    R3

    InternalVillageroad

    4.5m

    R4

    InternalVillageroad

    3m

    Source:

    Othervillageroads
    Villagelanes

    NBC

    9. Communityfacilities:
    - Acommunityhall/baraatghar
    - RuraldevelopmentcentreshallincludePanchayatghar,aMahilaKendrathatmayalsoserveas
    avocationaltrainingcentre
    - School,healthcentre,postoffice,policepost,shopping,workshedsfortheartisans,telephone
    facilities,shouldbeestablished.
    - Theconceptofaidedselfhelpshallbeensuredforactiveparticipationoftheprospectiveusers
    and association in the construction and development of dwelling units and other community
    buildings.
    10. WhenspecificallyplanningforanIndustrialarea;servicevillages,hamletsandruralsettlements
    tobeprovidedwithabufferof100300metersfortheexpansionofthesettlements,forhealth&
    safeguardpointofview(aftercalculatingtheinducedgrowthrate).

    4.4.4. VillagePlanning
    PlanningatgrassrootlevelincludesvillagePanchayatinruralsettingsofbothDistrict
    PlanningandMetropolitanPlanningregion.Planspreparedatgrassrootlevelmust
    becompiledathigheradministrativeunitseitherthroughtalukasorvillagesfallingin
    urban areas and finally compiled draft plan is prepared at appropriate level. Use of
    cadastral maps at village area planning level is important and the revenue
    department which is custodian of cadastral maps has to play the critical role in
    providing,reliableandauthenticlanddatabase.
    States are advised to provide technical support to village Panchayat for providing
    supportinplanningprocess.Lowerliteracylevelsinruralareascanbehindranceto

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    123

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    the planning process or can result in faulty planning or socialeconomic bias. The
    State governments can provide conditional planning powers to village Panchayats.
    State can provide planning function to village Panchayatswhen the performance at
    grassrootlevelisgoodinfollowingparameters:

    Literacy,
    Womensparticipationindecisionmaking,womenempowerment,
    Handlingofdevelopmentfundsasinpastrecords,
    Transparencyinfundshandling,
    Inclusionofvulnerablegroupsandyouthsindecisionmaking.

    Case study: Goa Institutional set-up Study


    IntheStateofGoatofacilitatetheprocessofRegionalplanningthreetierstructurewasprepared.At
    highestlevelisStateLevelCommittee,atlowestlevelisVillagePanchayatandTalukaLevelTaskForce
    at intermediate level. The State of Goa has prepared Draft Regional Plan for Goa, 2021 through this
    threetierstructure.
    State Level Committee (SLC): This committee had 10 members and presided by CM and Minister
    (TCP). SLC supervised the process of Public participation, coordinated with Taluka level technical
    team (TLTT), explained the Revised Regional Plan for Goa, 2021 and its features to TLTT. It also
    preparedaquestionnaireandalistofparametersonwhichcomments/suggestionsweresoughtfrom
    villagePanchayats.
    TalukaLevelTechnicalCommittee(TLTC):Thiscommitteecomprisingof7memberswasheadedby
    Town Planner/Dy. Town Planner to headed Committee of concernedtaluka. TLTC took the Revised
    Regional Plan for Goa2021 to the respective village Panchayats and municipalities, under its
    jurisdiction.ItarrangedforthevenueofmeetingatrespectivevillagePanchayatsandmunicipalitiesto
    explain the plan. Committee also assisted the village Panchayats and municipalities by visiting the
    Village Panchayats/municipalitiesinphasedmannerandsupervisedthepublicparticipationprocess.
    The suggestions from all village Panchayats and municipalities were collected and classified in
    categoriesandsubmittedtoStateLevelCommittee.
    Localbodylevelteam/committee:These bodies had to mark all the existing (up to 6 meters) and
    proposedroadsinthevillage,identifiedresources/services,waterbodies,heritagesites,missingwater
    bodies,nalhas,heritagesites,settlements,industrialareas,publicutilitiesandservicesetconthemap
    withthehelpofTLTC.
    Source:GoaRegionalPlan,2021

    124

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    4.5.

    InvestmentPlanningRegions

    Investment Regions/ Zones are generally areas which show potential for
    developmentduetoeconomicforces.Theseareasfaceproblemofuncontrolledland
    confiscation and holding by the private entities. Due to lack of policies or plan to
    controldevelopmentinsuchplaceshaphazarddevelopmentofcommercial,industrial
    activities and human settlement takes place along transportation nodes and routes.
    Urbanisationintheecosensitiveareastakesplaceandnaturalresourcesaremisused
    in the process of unplanned growth. Thus, the planning efforts of the investment
    regions must be undertaken at the earliest to realise the scope of economic
    developmentwiththeglobalvision.
    Government of India has started the process of developing investment zones across
    the country. DMIC, Chennai Bangalore Economic Corridor and BangaloreMumbai
    Economic Corridor are examples of such efforts. While these investment zones are
    interState and backed by Central government, States have also started envisaging
    suchinvestmentregionsandhavebroughtlegislationstosupportthesame.TheState
    of Gujarat has enacted Special Investment Region (SIR) Act, 2009. The Act is an
    initiativetodevelopinvestmentzonesandencourageindustrialactivitiesintheState.
    UnderthisAct,minimumarearequirementforanSIRis100sq.km.Fortypercentof
    the area of such zones shall be for industrial activities. This is an example of intra
    Stateinvestmentregion,whichcanbeinterdistrictorintradistrict.

    4.5.1. ApproachofPlanPreparation
    Unlike the district and metropolitan region planning which has administrative
    boundaries, planning of investment region involves a strategic decision making
    process beginning from delineation of the region boundary; identifying the region
    which has the potential to attract investment and can lead to an economic
    development.
    Amongtheseveraltechniquestodelineatearegion,fewhavebeenelaboratedinthe
    subsequent section. These techniques use parameters based on which area is
    demarcated.Incaseofdevelopmentofnodes,thedelineationshouldbebasedonthe
    potential of development/ investment that the node can attract, while the corridor
    developmentshalldependuponitshinterland.Thedelineationofinvestmentregion
    shouldfollowthestepsgivenbelow:

    Identification of infrastructure gaps and planning for providing last mile connectivity either at
    regionalorsubregionallevelasthecasemaybe.
    Identificationofmainthrustsectorsforinvestment.
    Identificationofgrowthdriversandpotentialgrowthcentres
    Marketassessmentprimary,secondaryandtertiary
    Prefeasibilityoftheproposals

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    125

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Basedontheevaluationofresources,thrustareasshouldbeidentifiedfortheregions
    economic development and overcome the bottlenecks. For such regions to be
    investmentfriendly,marketanalysistechniquestoarriveattheviabilityoftheregion
    in terms of generating investment and feasibility of thrust areas in terms of
    technicality. For Indian investment regions to compete in the International market
    and attract foreign investment, the state of art infrastructure facilities must be
    developedrapidly.
    Withthisvision,theeconomicprofileoftheregionshouldbeenvisagedandrealistic
    investmentgoalscouldbetargeted.Atthegivenstageofinvestmentregionplanning,
    a broad spatial plan, along with indicative land use shall be proposed for
    conceptualising the region as a whole. Here, planners must pay attention to major
    roads,trunkinfrastructure,tappingpointsforpower,waterandcarefullymodifying
    localdrainagepattern.
    Theapproachoftheplanpreparationshouldbefollowedbyencapsulatingthevision
    fortheInvestmentregion,whichshouldbecomethepartandparcelorthebasisfor
    preparationofthePerspectiveplanfortheregion.

    4.5.1.1. AspectsofInvestmentRegionPlanning
    Theplanningprocessshouldincludethefollowingkeyelementsessentialtopromote
    growthandbalanceddevelopmentoftheregion,namely:

    Thepolicyinrelationtolanduseandtheallocationoflandfordifferentuses.
    Identificationofthepotentialnodesandcountermagnets(ifrequiredfordecongestion)forfuture
    andproposalsfordevelopment.
    Integratedtransportpolicy,administrationpolicy,lawandordermachinery.
    Plan for regional infrastructure linkages, a dedicated and sustainable connectivity across the
    corridorandhinterland.
    Policyforeconomicdevelopment.
    Fundflowfordevelopment.
    Indicationoftheareaswhichrequireimmediatedevelopmentas"priorityareas".
    Rolesandresponsibilitiesofvariousstakeholders.
    Housingandshelterdevelopment.
    Protectionofenvironmentallyandecologicallysensitiveareasandconservationofheritage.
    Sustainabledevelopmentofresourcesincludingagricultureandruraldevelopment.
    The perspective plan should define the influence zone ofthe corridor ordefine the rationality of
    selectionincaseofanode.
    Monitoringsystemsandsocialauditmechanismstoensureeffectiveimplementationoftheplan.

    4.5.2. CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
    Regions can be classified based on many criteria but while delineating region for
    planningpurposetheforwardandbackwardlinkagesoftheparametersmustbekept
    in mind and relevant parameters be selected for the delineation process. Some

    126

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    criteria for delineating the Planning Regions are presented below but list can be
    expandedbasedonrequirementsonplanningapproachandregionsspecifications:
    Table4.3: CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
    S.No.

    Parameters

    Indicators

    Environmentandlandsuitability

    Soilcover&fertility,
    Topography,Geology,Geomorphology,Lithology&Drainage
    Surfacewaterbody&Groundwatertable,
    Green&forestcover,
    Bufferareas,
    Agriculturecoverandintensityofproduction
    Hazardouszone
    Otherenvironmentallysensitiveareas

    Demographic,QualityofLife

    Populationgrowthrate:percentageincreaseinpopulation,
    Urbanism:percentageofurbanpopulationtototalpopulation
    Migration:numberofpersonsmigratingtonodalpoint,
    Density:populationperHa,
    Aspectofliteracy,
    Othersocioeconomicaspects,

    Flows

    Goods:Volumeofgoodstraffic:
    Supplyofrawmaterials,
    Saleoffinishedgoods,
    Supplyofperishablegoodslikevegetables,milk,egg,meat,etc.
    People:Passengertraffic:
    Floatingpopulation
    Laboursupply
    Culturalaffinity:shopping,majorrecreational,
    Finance:bankingfacilities
    Infrastructurelinks:Supplyandmanagementofservicessuchaswater
    supply,wastewaterandsolidwastetreatmentwithfocusonrecycling
    andreuse.
    Drainagechannels,irrigationchannels,powerhouseetc.
    Information:locationofinstitutes,movementofstudentsandscholars,
    Telephonecallsetc.

    Economicandinvestments

    Economic:
    Localeconomicactivity,
    Wholesaletrade,
    Majorexistingdevelopments,
    Largeinvestmentproposalsfordevelopments
    Workers:Percentageofnonagriculturalworkerstototalworkers,
    Landownershipandlanduses

    Others

    Contiguityofareas,
    Integrateddevelopment,
    Adjustmentofboundarieswithotherplanningareas,
    Manageablesizeoftheregionfromplanningpointofview.

    Source:

    VariousSourcesincludingReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandMahavir.

    It is recommended that the planning region should have a nodal point, either
    developed or developable to satisfy the organisational needs of the region. The
    homogeneous region identified should be adjusted to the nearest administrative
    boundary,suchasvillageboundary,talukaordistrict.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    127

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    4.5.2.1. Techniquesfordelineation
    The criteria mentioned above are to be analysed by the following suggested
    techniquesforareadelineation:
    1. Weighted Index Number Method: This method helps to determine a homogeneous region
    within certain variations/ deviation limits. For example, delineation of a region based on
    literacy rate may be limited within the area having specific mean literacy rate with not more
    thanoneastandarddeviation.Theapproachusedinthismethodis:
    i. Identificationofthecriteriasuchasliteracyrate,unemploymentrate,watershed,contours
    etc.
    ii. Determinationofweightstotherespectivecriteria
    iii. Determinationofhomogeneitylimitssuchasstandarddeviation.
    2. FlowAnalysis:The flow analysis identifies the direction and intensity of flows and builds up
    functionalrelationshipbetweenthedominantcentreandthesurroundingsatellitetowns.The
    flows show decreasing intensity as it becomes more distant from the main centre, hence
    identifyingthesphereofinfluenceofthemaincentre.Theflowscanbeplottedonlineargraphs
    fromwhichfollowinginformationcanbeobtained:
    i. Mostintense(Primary)andlessintense(Secondary)flowsintoandoutofeachcentre
    ii. Hierarchyofnodesprovidingtheformandextentoffunctionalrelationshipswithinanarea.
    Theflowanalysisinvolvesgroupingtogetheroflocalunitswhichdisplaysaconsiderabledegree
    ofinterdependence.
    3. Gravitational Analysis: This technique identifies the potential flows between centres rather
    than the actual flows. This model suggests that the interaction between the two centres is
    directly proportional to the mass of the centres and inversely proportional to the distance
    between the centres. The variables used to measure mass and distance depend upon the
    problem and data availability. The mass can be represented by variables such as population,
    employment,income,expenditureetc.anddistancecanberepresentedbydistanceinphysical
    termsi.e.km,time,priceetc.Mathematicallythiscanberepresentedas:
    Tij=[pipj/d2ij]
    WhereTijisthegravitationalforcebetweentownsiandjandPiandPj arethemassesofthetwo
    centresanddijisthedistancebetweenthem.
    Bycalculatingthepotentialforthecentresinastudyarea,contourlinesofequalpotentialcanbe
    plottedonamap,illustratingtherelativeattractivenessandsphereofinfluenceofvariouscentres.

    4.6.

    SpecialAreaPlanningRegions

    Specialareadevelopmentplanningimpliesprudentuseofalltheavailableresources
    to ensure optimum and sustained development of the region, towards improving
    qualityoflifeofthepeopleandtomeetgrowingdemandsofincreasingpopulation.It
    is also imperative to maintain the fragile balance between development and
    conservationpracticesthroughidentificationoftheproblemareasandpreparationof
    locationspecificdevelopmentplans.
    Thespecialareasrequiringconservationdevelopmentapproachcouldbe:

    128

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    4.6.1. Ecosensitiveareas
    Ecosensitiveareaisadesignationprovidedtoareawhichhasverydiverseyetfragile
    ecosystem.WesternGhatsisoneoftheecologicallysensitiveareasinthecountry.The
    GovernmentofIndiahadtakenasteptoconserveanddevelopthisregionsustainably.
    For this GoI constituted WesternGhatsEcologyExpertPanel which submitted its
    report in year 2011. Western Ghats is a region which is defined by its geological
    characteristics, biological landscape, richness in florafauna species, spatial
    heterogeneity, high conservation value and ecological sensitivity. Human activities
    had deteriorating ecological impacts on the region due to which the committee was
    constituted to give recommendations for its conservation. The committee has given
    recommendations for protection of Western Ghats, few of which have been shared
    below:

    Riverbasinlevelplanninganddecentralisedmanagementofwaterresources
    SustainablestrategyoflivestockdevelopmentfortheWesternGhats
    Convertteaestatestoorganicproductionwiththeintegrationofanimalhusbandry
    Promotesystemsofprovidingincentivestolocalpeopleforconservationefforts
    StrengtheningtheRuralDevelopmentdepartmentonissuesrelatedtonontimberforestproduce
    Promoteindustriesandservicesthatinvolvedematerializatione.g.ecommerce,teleconferencing
    Promote education hubs and special incentives should be given to agrobased fruit and food
    processingindustries
    The Zoning Atlas for siting of Industries should be used as a tool for decisionmaking at various
    levelsforindustry,regulatoryauthoritiesandthegeneralpublic
    Exclusionofminingfromecologicallysensitiveareas/zonesetc

    Thebasicunitofdevelopmentofecosensitiveareascanbeawatershed,whichisa
    manageable hydrological unit and covers the entire area starting from the highest
    point of the area to the outlet of the stream. The efficient development planning
    requiresanoverlayofvariousthematiclayersofthespatialandnonspatialdata.The
    watershed management approach is a suitable planning platform for conservation
    andsustainabledevelopmentofalltheresourcesspeciallylandandwater.
    Thedevelopmentapproachshallconsistofthefollowingsteps:
    a.
    b.
    c.

    Identificationandacquisitionofthespatialandnonspatialdata
    Identification of the formal region on the basis of homogeneity of demographic and economic
    characteristicsandsharingofnaturalresources
    Creationofthethematiclayers,overlayandinterpretationfordevelopinganintegratedapproach
    forconservationanddevelopment

    4.6.2. Socioeconomicsensitiveareas
    These are areas which lack amenities due to an imbalance in the economic
    development of the region/ nearby region and standard of living of the residing
    population.Suchareasalsoencounterhighrateofsocialstresses.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    129

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Thereareculturallysensitiveareasliketribalareaswhichlackeventhebasicsocial
    amenitiesofhealthandeducationasmostlytheyarenotcoveredinthejurisdictional
    areas of the administrative offices. Schedule 6 of Constitution of India gives the
    provision for the tribal areas in the northeast states of India. This schedule gives
    provisions for the administration of tribal areas in the States of Assam, Meghalaya,
    Tripura and Mizoram. In such cases, planning and land development is not directly
    under the control of the State, but rests with the Autonomous District Councils,
    formedinthedistrictsaspertheconstitution.
    However, the Regional Council of an autonomous region or District Council for an
    autonomousdistrictofthesestateshavethepowertomakelawswithrespecttothe
    allotment,occupationoruse,orthesettingapart,ofland,otherthananylandwhichis
    areservedforestforthepurposesofagricultureorgrazingorforresidentialorother
    nonagriculturalpurposesorforanyotherpurposelikelytopromotetheinterestsof
    theinhabitantsofanyvillageortown.

    4.7.

    LanduseclassificationforRegionalPlanning

    1. Urbanisable Zone: In Regional Plan, the areas under existing development and those
    earmarkedforfuturedevelopmentshallbetermedasUZone.Thiszoneisenvisagedatthree
    levelsU1,U2&U3.

    U1 zone shall primarily cover the existing areas where more intensive urban
    developmentandeconomicactivityareexpectedinfuture.

    U2 zone shall cover the new town areas/ satellite towns/counter magnet/growth
    centreswhereurbandevelopmentandeconomicactivityisexpectedorproposed.

    U3 zone shall be zone outside the existing or proposed urban zones, which have
    potentialforurbandevelopmentsuchaslandsaroundmajorroadsandcorridors,railway
    stations etc. No formal development plan may be prepared for U3 zone but the
    developmentshallberegulatedonthebasisofroadwidthsand developmentpromotion
    regulations.
    In U Zone all residential, commercial, light and service industry, public and semipublic
    buildings, transport zones and recreational area may be permitted depending upon the
    compatibilityoftheuses.
    2. IndustrialZone:Theareasearmarkedforindustrialuseserviceandlightindustry,extensive
    andheavyindustry,specialindustrialzoneordevelopmentofSIR,ITzonesetc.shallbetermed
    asIZone.

    3. TransportandCommunicationZone:Theareasearmarkedfortransportandcommunication
    useshallbetermedasTZone.ThiszonecanbesubdividedintoRoads/BRTS:T1,Railway/
    MRTS:T2,Airport:T3,Seaports/Dockyard/Dryports:T4,Busdepots/truckterminalsand
    freightcomplexes:T5andTransmissionandCommunicationT6.

    4. PrimaryActivityZone:The areas earmarked for primary activity use shall be termed as PA


    Zone. This zone can be sub divided into Agriculture: PA1, Forest: PA2, Poultry and dairy
    farming:PA3,andBrickkilnandextractiveareas:PA4.

    5. OpenAreaZone:TheareasearmarkedforleavingopenshallbetermedasOZone.Thiszone
    canbesubdividedintoRecreationArea:O1,GreenBufferZone:O2.Greenbufferzoneshallbe
    provided,soastorestricttheperiurbanareasfromunauthoriseddevelopment.Forperiurban

    130

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    areas special regulations and development control regulations shall be determined in the
    developmentplans.

    6. Protective and Eco Sensitive Zone: The areas earmarked as Protective and Ecosensitive
    Areas shall be termed as E Zone. This zone may comprise of Water bodies: E1, Special
    recreation zone/ protective areas such as sanctuaries/ reserve forests: E2, Forest Zone: E3,
    CoastalZone:E4andUndevelopableusezone:E5.Undevelopableusezoneshallbeidentified
    as Earthquake/ landslide prone, cliffs and environmentally hazardous area, areas adjacent to
    fault lines, areas withslope higher than 45, areasadjacenttomajor drainage lines and other
    areas identified by State Disaster Management Authority and all environmentally sensitive
    areas.

    7. SpecialAreaZone:Inadditiontotheabovelistedzones,zonesmayalsobespecifiedkeepingin
    view the special characteristic of such areas/pockets. Such areas shall be termed as S Zone.
    Thiszonemaycompriseofoldbuiltupareaswitharchitecturalorhistoricalimportance:S1,
    areasofscenicvalue:S2whichneedtobepreservedwithoutspoolingthecharacterbyputting
    up various kinds of structures, the area restricted for development by Government: S3, or it
    may be area under other uses/ spot zones: S4. Therefore, it is necessary that use/activity
    permissibilityinspecialareasshouldbecarefullythoughtofinthedevelopmentplanwhenitis
    beingformulated.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    131

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Table4.4: SimplifiedRegionalLanduseClassification
    LevelI

    LevelII

    AN

    UseZone

    AN

    UseZone

    1.

    UrbanisableZone

    11

    U1

    ExistingZone

    12

    U2

    NewAreaZone

    13

    U3

    PotentialforUrbanDevelopmentZones

    2.

    IndustrialZone

    3.

    Transportation&
    CommunicationZone

    31

    T1

    Roads/BRTS

    32

    T2

    Railways/MRTS

    33

    T3

    Airport

    34

    T4

    Seaports,DockyardsandDryports

    35

    T5

    BusDepots/TruckTerminalsandfreight
    Complexes

    36

    T6

    TransmissionandCommunication

    4.

    PA

    PrimaryActivity
    Zone

    41

    PA1

    Agriculture

    42

    PA2

    PoultryandDairyFarming

    43

    PA3

    RuralSettlements

    44

    PA4

    BrickKilnandExtractiveAreas

    5.

    OpenAreaZone

    51

    O1

    RecreationArea

    52

    O2

    Greenbufferzone

    6.

    ProtectiveandEco
    sensitiveZone

    61

    E1

    WaterBodies

    62

    E2

    SpecialrecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchas
    sanctuaries/reserveforests

    63

    E3

    ForestZone

    64

    E4

    CoastalZone

    65

    E5

    UndevelopableUseZone

    7.

    SpecialAreaZone

    71

    S1

    HeritageandConservationAreas

    72

    S2

    ScenicValueAreas&TourismZone

    73

    S3

    GovernmentRestrictedArea(suchasDefence)

    74

    S4

    OtherUses/SpotZone*

    Source:VariousRegionalPlans(NCRPB,MMRDA,HMDA).

    N=NumericCode

    ;AN=AlphaNumericCode

    Note: *Theprocessofchanging/relaxing/modifyinglanduseofpartorSpotofazoneinaparticularlanduseis
    termedasSpot Zoning.SpotZoningcanbe doneforcomparativelysmallerareainaparticularlandusezonein
    suchawaythatitdoesnotaffecttheoverallPlan.

    4.8.

    CompositionofthePlanningCommittees

    Traditionally, the planning bodies in India have remained nominated, starting with
    theChairpersonandincludingthemembers.Attimes,inthenameofdemocratisation,
    aservingorformerLegislatorismadetheChairperson.Also,thetechnicalexpertise
    availablewiththePlanningBodiesneedstobeaugmented,inviewofthefloodingof
    the environment with technological tools and techniques that can make spatial
    planning far more realistic, speedy and transparent. Accordingly, in the changing
    socioeconomic environment, it would be desirable to consider introducing greater

    132

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    democracy a well as subject matter expertise in the composition of the Planning


    Authoritiesatalllevels.
    There is also this perception that Planning bodies are increasingly doubling up as
    DevelopmentAuthoritiesand,intheprocess,theysufferfromconflictofinterestand
    besides, the development functions get overwhelming attention to the detriment of
    theplanningfunctions.TheMunicipalitiesandPanchayatsfallinginthejurisdictionof
    the Development Authorities (DAs) have been complaining of all the financial and
    regulatory cream being skimmed off by the DAs, leaving only the rubbish removal
    task and unpleasant authority (like property tax collection) with the Municipalities
    andPanchayats.
    Toaddresssuchconcerns,somebroadsuggestionsaregivenbelow.
    District/MetropolitanPlanningCommitteesandRegionalPlanningBoards:The
    DPCsandMPCsmaybeconstitutedasperthebroadframeworkindicatedinthe74th
    CAA.However,itissuggestedthattheDPC/MPCshouldnotbeunwieldyinsizeand
    thetotalnumberofmembers,includingtheChairpersonandthenominatedmembers,
    should not exceed 30. Subject matter experts (3 to 4), from the fields of spatial
    planning, agriculture, climate issues, and finance should be nominated as members.
    The members should be authorised to elect among themselves a Chairman, Vice
    ChairmenandChairmenofSubjectCommittees.WherevertheDistrict/Regioninclude
    cantonmentareas,theHeadoftheCantonmentBoardmayalsobe madeamember.
    TheStatelevelHeadsofrelevantCentralandStateGovernmentorganisationsmaybe
    invitedfromtimetotime,asperfeltneed.
    For interstate regions, such as the NCR, Parliament would have to make a law, in
    consultation with the States concerned, for constitution of the Regional Planning
    Board(RPB).Concomitantly,theStateLaws,includingtheT&CP Acts,wouldneedto
    be amended suitably, to mandate the alignment of the Local Area Plans with the
    RegionalPlans.TheonusofsuchalignmentshouldremainwiththeStateGovernment
    concerned by way of self certification and there should be no need for mandating
    formal approval of the Local Area Plans by the RPB. The Chief Ministers of the
    participating States should, by rotation, be made the Chairperson of the RPB. This
    wouldbeinlinewiththefederalprinciples.Inthealternative,aMinisteroftheUnion
    may be the Chairman of the Inter State RPB. For the area of region falling in the
    respective States, there should be State Regional Planning Board, to carry out the
    regionalplaninfinerdetailsinthesubregions.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    133

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Figure4.6: PlanningBoardforInterStateRegions

    InterStateRegion
    PlanningBoard

    Representativesfrom
    SubRegionState1

    StateRegional
    PlanningBoard

    Representativesfrom
    SubRegionState2

    StateRegional
    PlanningBoard

    Representativesfrom
    SubRegionStaten

    StateRegional
    PlanningBoard

    Regional Development Authorities and Improvement Trusts: The broad


    principles for composition and functioning indicated above for the DPCs and MPCs
    maybesuitablyadoptedfortheRegionalDevelopmentAuthoritiesandImprovement
    Trustsaswell.TheDevelopmentAuthoritiesshouldpreferablynotbecombiningthe
    planning, regulatory and development functions all in one. All the resources
    generatedbywayoffeesetc.inapprovaloflayoutsshouldbesharablewiththelocal
    bodies (Panchayats and Municipalities) besides using it partly for development of
    regionalinfrastructure.

    134

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.1.

    Introduction

    The location, site and situation significantly contribute to growth and function of a
    settlement. Location and surroundings could have positive and negative impact on
    settlement development. However, careful planning should be able to use well the
    advantagesthatthelocationofatownprovides.Particularlylocationinthecontextof
    waterfront of sea, river and large lakes provides special resources, which can be
    effectivelyusedfordevelopmentofthetown.Similarly,thetownlocatedonthehills
    provideotherspecialopportunitiesfordevelopment.Anyappraisalofthevalueand
    importance of a particular site must involve a knowledge of its historical past,
    evolutionandlandmarksofchange.
    The growth of clusters of urban settlements is more frequently found around large
    metropolisesandresultsinwhataresometimescalledcityregions.Oftentheseare
    made up of small towns and villages, which have been enormously expanded as a
    result of national policy on dispersal of economic activities away from the
    metropolises. The small and medium towns in these city regions are related to one
    another by the functions, which they perform. Site condition in the hilly and
    mountainousregionsmayoccupysiteinRidges,Valleys,Riverterraces,Confluences,
    Rolling Meadows and in cases linear settlement growth along the major
    transportationroutesorattheentrancetospecifichillregion.

    5.2.

    Guidelines for Study on Location, Site and situation of


    Settlement

    5.2.1. Location
    Locationattributestobeconsideredinaplanningexercise:
    a) Location in terms of latitude and longitude, population size and area and connectivity with
    othersettlementsetc.
    b) Nodal significance in the national or regional transport and communication network, power
    networkandindustrialdevelopmentetc.
    c) Location in terms of agricultural produce collection and distribution centre, agroindustries
    linkedtolocalmarkets,irrigationnetwork,agriculturalextensionservicesetc.
    d) Significanceofthelocationinecologicalterms,relatedtoimportantecologicalnetworks
    e) StatusthatthesettlementinhierarchyintheStateortheRegion
    f) Roleandstatusofthecity/towninthenationaldeliverysystemsofsocialservices;
    g) Relativesignificanceoflocationsofcity/towninproximitytoaMetropolitan/Megapolis:
    i. Nodalsignificance
    ii. Presenceofhighproductiveeconomicactivities
    iii. Presenceoflargescalemarket

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    135

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.2.2. Site
    Siteattributestobestudiedforplanningexercise:
    a) Conditionsofsite:lowlying,swamp,ordryland,ridge,onariverbankorcanalside.Withinthe
    townflat,slopping(inwhichdirection),undulatinggentleslope,moderateslope,steepslope.
    b) Value and importance of the site and its historical past, that is, when the nucleus was
    established.
    c) Analysethefactorsresponsiblefordeterminingthesite:
    i. Inalluvialplains
    ii. Inhillyandmountainousregions
    iii. Inaridregions
    iv. Intheareasofterritorialrulership
    v. In the areas around some localised physical resources, mining settlements,
    manufacturingtowns,resorttowns
    vi. Aroundlargemetropolis
    d) Climateanditsinfluenceondailylife,construction,rangeofcropsandhowthecityactivities
    havemodifiedthenaturalclimate,particularlyinthebuiltuparea.
    e) Analysis of climate type, variations in temperature, wind velocity and wind directions in
    different parts of the city; study of the climate with reference to summer, rainy and winter
    seasons.
    f) Limitingandthefavourablefactorsofsiteinthespreadandgrowthofthecity/town.

    5.2.3. Situation
    Thefollowingtobeconsideredforsituationanalysis:
    a) The endowment of the situation (wider setting) for the subsequent growth in size of the
    city/townandfortheenhancementofitsfunctions
    b) Theimportantandinterrelatedaspectsofsituation,namely,
    i. Physicalconfiguration
    ii. Routepatterns
    iii. Theextentoftheterritorytowhichtheurbanfunctionsarerelated
    c) Suggestmeasurestoretardorevenovercometheweakeningoftheoriginalvalueofthesite
    andsituation.

    5.2.4. Hinterland
    The endowment of the hinterland is another factor on which growth of an urban
    centre rests. An urban centre, for example, can establish a mutually interacting
    relationship with its hinterland if the hinterland has a variety and extent of natural
    resourcesintermsofbothagricultureandeconomicpotentials.Acitysgrowthmay
    beconsistentandstablemainlybecauseitseconomicbaseiscloselylinkedwiththat
    ofitshinterland.Itisalsoconceivablethatthecitycanbe aninstrumentnotmerely
    for effectively utilising the existing potential of its hinterland but also of increasing
    thehinterlandspotentialitself.Thedevelopmentoftheregionaleconomyhelpsthe
    growthofsmalltowns,whichintheprocessbecomethemainservicecentresfortheir
    hinterlands.

    Therefore, considerable attention should be given to the delimitation, functionality,


    socialandeconomiclinktoaparticularurbansettlement.Thearealinkedsociallyand

    136

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    economically to an urban settlement has been given various names, such as


    Hinterland, Upland, Urban Field, Sphere of Influence, Zones of Influence,
    Tributary Area, or Catchment Area. The immediate hinterland of a large city,
    whichisdirectlyundertheinfluenceoftheagglomeration,istheperiurbanarea.

    Location, Site, Situation and Hinterland may be studied using Geospatial techniques
    ontheaspectslikeHydroGeologicalanalysis,TemperatureChangeanalysis,Network
    analysis,Proximityanalysis,LandSuitabilityanalysis,UrbanGrowthanalysis,etc.

    5.2.4.1. Periurbanarea
    The area influenced by a town is not a twodimensional feature, not a sphere, nor
    does itnecessarily formacontinuous zone. Flowof goods, servicesandinformation
    into and out of a town/city, most modern urban settlements and their immediate
    hinterlandsareeconomicallyinterdependent,ratherthanonebeingatributarytothe
    other.Ananalysisoftheruralareaservedbyacity/towngivessomeindicationofthe
    relation between city and the urbanrural mix (the periurban area), which is of
    practical application in examining the provision of goods and services in an urban
    centre. However, as mentioned in the Regional planning chapter, Periurbanisthe
    zone which is within the planning area limits but outside the limit of the
    municipal corporation / authority or metropolitan planning committee or
    authority.
    As smaller towns fall within the areas served by larger metropolitan regions, the
    delimitationofurbanzonesofinfluencealsoshedslightonthemannerinwhichacity
    at a particular level in the urban hierarchy provides specialist services for the
    surrounding population and settlements (such as service towns, satellite towns or
    service villages). Finally, very large cities extend a particularly intensive influence
    over the areas around them; so much so that these can be well defined periurban
    areas. Delimitation of periurban areas is directly influenced by accessibility as of
    highways and/or prime economic investments. With rapid urbanisation conditions,
    theperiurbanzoneisdynamic.Henceperiurbanlimitsundergoalterationssubject
    tohighstressforurbangrowthandthereforealwaysinfasttransition.
    In examining zone of influence, one commonly adopted method is to establish on a
    map the areas served by employment, shopping, entertainment, education, health
    servicesandsoon.Thismethodofanalysisisapplicabletocitiesandtownsatalllevel
    in urban hierarchy.Ata higher level in urban hierarchy the criteria used reflect the
    distinctivefunctionsoflargersettlementsandemployinformationlike:

    Theareaservedbythecitysservicesandamenitieslikewatersupply,electricity,gassupplyand
    telephone, health services, educational, cultural, recreational elements, security services such as
    policeandfirebrigades,postalservices,mainlythelocaldeliveryareasandpostalzones;banking
    andinsurancefacilities,thecirculationofitsdailynewspapers.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    137

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Flowofwholesaleproducts,tripgeneration,intensityandspeedofmovementshouldbetakeninto
    consideration.
    Other reflective elements, which may be considered, are land use ratio of nonagricultural to
    agriculturalpopulation,densitytrendsinpopulationgrowth,settlementpattern,growthofbuiltup
    areasandpatternofcommunication.

    Inrespecttoatypicalindustrialtown,itsperiurbanareamaybemuchmorerestrictedthanthatofthe
    other types of town. An intrusive industrial town may well not have the full range of urban services
    appropriate of its size. These missing functions will be supplied from other centres, thus making its
    zoneofinfluencelessclearlydefined.
    Temporal data provided by Satellite imageries may be used for the delineation of Urban Zones of
    influence. All maps for urban areas like utility maps, infrastructure maps, growth maps, vegetation
    maps,transportmaps,etc.maybepreparedusinghighresolutionsatellitedata.Itwillbeclearthatthe
    analysisofurbanzonesofinfluenceismostappropriateforthosecitieswhosedominantroleisthatof
    servingasacentralplace,althoughmostsettlementsofanyreasonablesizewillhavethisamongtheir
    variousfunctions.

    5.2.4.2. LeapfrogDevelopmentandUrbanSprawl
    Leapfrog development refers to the occurrence of urban settlement in places
    separatedfrom denser areas by open spaceand land under agricultural production.
    Thisdevelopmenthasjumpedlandunavailableforsuchdevelopmentbecauseitis
    held by the state, by other private owners, or because it is under the control of
    traditional authorities. This type of development may take the form of upmarket
    residential and business park development, or it may take the form of lowcost
    housingprojectsorinformalsettlementswhichmaybeimplemented,orwhichmay
    occurasaconsequenceofrapidurbanization32.
    Urbansprawlreferstourbangrowth;alongtransportationroutesinlinearformwith
    oneorafewpropertydepthaswidthonbothsidesoftheroad,takingadvantageof
    accessibility, flow of goods and services. These urban developments have higher
    infrastructuresystemscostsuchaswatersupply,powersupply,whichoftenhaveto
    belongextendedfromthenearestservingareas.LandAssembly/LandManagement
    Techniques using geospatial techniques may be used for effective utilization of land
    andthuschecktheurbansprawl.
    Municipal Planning & Management should apply careful control over change of
    agriculturallandfornonagriculturaluses.Theseconversions arecommonlyseenin
    periurban areas and are neither covered under Municipal laws not under any
    planning regulations as the location is outside the limits of municipality or even a
    planningauthority.
    Often,sporadicandscatteredconversionscreateproblemsforfutureplannedurban
    development, where many of these are done for speculation purposes to gain high

    32

    SustainableUrbanization:GuidelinestoManageUrbanGrowth,Volume2:ToolsandGuidelines,McIntoshXaba& Associates.

    138

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    capitalreturnsfromlandlots.Thoughthelawsrequirethelandrevenueauthorities
    to take the advice of State Town Planning Department about viability before
    permittingconversions,butduetoabsenceofanyapprovedlanduseplanandweak
    structureofTownPlanningDepartment,thisstepisrarelytakenoreveniftakenitis
    hardlyeffectivefromplanningperspective.Suchhaphazardurbansprawlneedstobe
    curbedandregulationsshouldbeinplacetodiscourageunplannedgrowth,whichcan
    beachievedthroughtheRegionalPlanningApproach(seeChapter4).

    5.2.5. Accessibility
    Accessibilityisthedominantfactorinfluencingthelocation,growthandfunctionsof
    urbancentres.Itistocombineatleastthreeelements:thelocationofaplacewithina
    region (in general, centrally located places are more accessible); the form of the
    transport system; and accessibility within the area of the activities: access to
    employment opportunities, access to population, access to educational or health
    facilities,etc.GreenmobilityandTODdemandafocusonbetteraccessibilitybynon
    motorisedmobilityandpublictransport.
    Urban settlements tend to grow on transport routes only at specific places,
    particularlyatjunctionsandbreakofbulkpoints,whereoneformofthetransportis
    changed for another. Hence settlements whose locations are guided by transport
    routesarefoundnotonlyattheendoftheseroutes,butalsoalongthem.Thenumber
    ofroutes,whichcometogetherataparticularpoint,isimportant,butthedegreeto
    whichpassengersandgoodsareinterchangedismoreimportant.
    Theguidelinesforthestudyofaccessibilityareasunder
    Establishtheroleof:
    i. Longdistance regional/interregional transportation in determining the locations of the
    city/town;
    ii. Boththelongdistanceaswellaslocalandintraurbantransportationinthegrowthofsizeof
    thecity/town;
    iii. Interurbanandintraurbantransportationinaffectingurbanstructure.
    iv. NonMotorised Transport and Transit Oriented Development in defining intraurban
    transportationandurbanstructure.
    v. Interregionaleasyaccessbydifferentmodes;
    vi. Good mobility within city/town due to construction of tunnel results in the development of
    new areas with commercial, industrial and residential activities, which leads to population
    increaseintheentireurbanarea.

    5.2.6. SocioEconomicProfile
    Cityisnotaloneacharacteristicofitsphysicalorlocationalforms;itspopulationand
    its characteristics determine the social processes that set the City culture. Socio
    economic classwise distribution of the population is a key indicator of the social
    parameters in a settlement. In case of existing settlement, the pattern of population
    on the basis of socioeconomic levels can be studied for planningto understand the
    services and facilities. On the contrary, it is useful for the greenfield sites, where

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    139

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    zoningcanbeproposedbasedontheincomeofthesettlingpopulationclass,higher,
    middleorlow.Spatialplanisusuallyinfluencedbylivingandworkplacesofdifferent
    ofpopulationclasses.
    This principle of Urban Strategic Planning33should in consonance with the income
    distribution structure of the city region with the urban poor located near public
    transport nodes/links and specially providing space for the urban poor in
    master/development plans for living, selling and working at city, zone and local
    levels.
    Overall,thesocialindicatorsallowtheplannertounderstandthecity,linkitwiththe
    cityspatialformanditsbehaviourpattern.Inshort,unlikethetraditionalapproachto
    zoning, social parameters can be used for creating zones and its functions. This can
    directly point at the urban facilities such as bus services, dedicated transportation
    corridors,facilitiesofsocialinfrastructureandphysicalinfrastructure.

    5.3.

    DistributionofLandUse

    5.3.1. DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
    For the purpose of these guidelines, the densities mentioned in this section are the
    Gross Population Densities defined as person per unit area (in hectares) for
    developed area only. The calculation includes population of the settlement on the
    developedlandofthesettlement.
    Fixationofdensitynormsshouldbebasedoncarryingcapacityanalysisfocusingon
    parameters space per person, access to facilities, available piped water per capita,
    mobility and safety factors. The task should be settlement specific. However, for
    overallplanningapproachdensityrangesaresuggestedinTable5.1.
    Table5.1: DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
    SettlementType

    PersonsperHectare(pph)in
    PlainAreas

    HillAreas

    SmallTowns

    75125

    4575

    MediumTown

    100150

    6090

    LargeCities

    125175

    6090

    MetropolitanCities

    125175

    100150

    Morethan200

    Megapolis
    Source:RevisedbasedonUDPFIGuidelines.

    Thesearesuggestivepopulationdensitiesasperthesettlementsize.However,while
    planning for compact and TOD development, these densities should be modified to
    suit the requirement and should be based on carrying capacity analysis. Developed
    areadensitiessuggestedaboveisusefultocalculatetotaldevelopedarearequirement

    33

    th

    Report of the Working Group on Urban Strategic Planning, 12 Five-year Plan

    140

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    at city level, when thetarget populationfor the city isgiven. Whenused alongwith
    thesuggestednormsfordifferentlanduse,areacanalsobecalculated.

    5.3.2. ProposedLanduseStructureofUrbanCentres
    TheproposedlandusestructureforurbancentresisindicatedinTable5.2:
    Table5.2: LanduseStructureforDevelopableAreainUrbanCentres
    PercentageofDevelopedArea
    S.No. LanduseCategory*

    Small

    Medium

    LargeCities

    Metropolitan
    Cities&
    Megapolis

    Residential

    4550

    4348

    3639

    3638

    Commercial

    23

    46

    56

    56

    Industrial

    810

    79

    78

    78

    Pub.&SemiPublic

    68

    68

    1012

    1012

    Recreational

    1214

    1214

    1416

    1416

    Transport&Communication

    1012

    1012

    1214

    1214

    Agriculture,Waterbodiesand
    Specialareas

    Balance

    Balance

    Balance

    Balance

    TotalDevelopedArea

    100

    100

    100

    100

    Source:

    RevisedbasedonUDPFIGuidelines,1996

    Note:
    1. It would be desirable to fix the recommended Landuse share for essential uses (Residential,
    Transportation and Recreational) while the proportion for other uses may be flexible. Actual
    land use percentage in a given city case should be calculated based on local conditions and
    needs.
    2. Zoning regulations given in Table 9.1 Simplified land use classification to be followed in
    consistencywiththelandusestructuregiveninthetableabove.
    3. *Land occupied under Special Areas (refer Table 9.1 for uses) to be included in the land use
    categories16giveninthetableabove,unlesslargespecialareastobeconsideredasaseparate
    entityforplanning,suchascantonmentareas.
    4. *However,toproposethemixedlanduseofacitypercentageshareofresidential,commercial
    andindustriallandusetobeadjustedproportionallyasplannedbythelocalauthority.Mixed
    landuseshouldbeeithernonindustrialorientedorindustrialmixoriented(referTable9.1for
    uses).
    5. The adjustment in the residential, commercial and industrial land use (dominant use) to be
    basedonthelandareaproposedformixedlandusezoneandreductionofrespectiveproposed
    mixed land use(s). Appropriate reduction in residential, commercial or industrial uses and
    adjustmentsinotherusestobemadesothatthetotallandusebecomes100%.Themixeduse
    oflandtobeenvisagedatvisiondevelopmentstageoftheplanformulation.
    6. Detailed study is to be undertaken on the corelation of and effects of FAR/Densities in our
    towns(bothsmalltownsandmetropolitancities)andguidelinestobeadoptedfortheoptimal
    useofland.
    Specificattentionneededonareasinsection5.4Urbanplanningapproach.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    141

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.4.

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Though urban development increasingly accounts for a large share in the National
    economy, huge gap between the need of infrastructure services and available
    resourcestillremainsunbridgedasamajorconcern.Itadverselyeffectsprovisionof
    employment, mobility and lifestyle of large sections of citys population. Challenges
    like environmental sustainability, changing but stressed lifestyle put pressure on
    mobility and health. In order to reduce pressure on land and response to climate
    changeimpact,alternativeapproachesofcityplanningandbuildingistheneedofthe
    hour.
    Suchsolutionslayinkeepingthecitycompactbymixingusesoflandtoanoptimum
    level, decreasing trip generation and high population density making mass rapid
    transit systems technically and economically viable. Aspect to be encouraged by
    urban planners are walk to work best designed pedestrian safety, protection of
    naturalfeaturesandenvironmentallysensitiveareas,alongwithfindingnewsource
    offinancialresourcesforcitydevelopment.
    To moderate and eventually curb the environmental impacts of urbanisation,
    sustainable ways of planning are required. Urban centres by its conventional form
    play a significant role in mounting urban heat island. Green city modules such as
    street orientation in lines with sun direction, prevailing wind direction and use of
    heatrepellingmaterialnotonlyhelpreducetheimpact,butalsoslowdownthegas
    emissionsfromartificialcoolingsystems.Furthergreenspaceswithintheurbanset
    upensurecoolingeffectandbetterpublicinteractionspaces,apartfrompsychological
    supportsinreducinghumanstresslevels.
    Bothcompactcityandgreencityapproachshouldhelptoreleaselandforopenspace
    and recreational use purposes, reducing pollution levels, decentralising waste
    handling,encouragingpublictransportationandsimplifyinglandusesegregation.
    Totechnicallymeetthedemandoftheurbancentresinmakingitcosteffectiveandin
    optimumutilisationofavailableresourcestoanyoftheurban planningapproaches,
    InformationCommunicationTechnology(ICT)hasemergedasasolution.Smartcity
    concept facilities better living experience for human kind, declining dependency on
    contingencies by using ICT enable development of smart communities, providing a
    communication web that connects buildings, energy and mobility devices such as
    Electric Vehicles (EV) by using bidirectional information exchange. 3D City Models
    may be used to facilitate orientation of views in terms of scale and spatial position
    and planning other urban utilities. Digital modelling can also be used to create
    decision support tools that help to reduce the environmental impact of planning
    decisions,forfloodriskpreventionandforcostbenefitanalysis.

    142

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    The following sections cover the key benefits of compact city, green city and smart
    cityapproachesanditsaspectsinplanning.

    5.4.1. GreenCity
    Green cities are those where economic growth and development is fostering, that
    reducenegativeenvironmentalexternalities,theimpactonnaturalresourcesandthe
    pressure on ecosystem services. These cities have significant synergies between
    environmental and economic objectives. A clean or effective production and
    consumption of facilities related to movement of people and goods, waste
    management and recycling, pollution prevention, treatment, energy, abatement,
    design,construction,maintenance,resourceextraction,agriculture,naturalresource
    managementandotherenvironmentalservices,aretheprimecomponentofagreen
    city.

    5.4.1.1. KeyBenefitsofGreencity

    Effective Land Use: Green cities promote effective land use and get rid of urban sprawl by
    encouraging compact mixeduse developments. Higher urban densities are promoted without
    affectingthequalityoflife.
    Habitat Prevention and Restoration: These cities aim to prevent damage to the natural
    landscape, productivity of agricultural land, biodiversity and natural habitat. Such green spaces
    improvethequalityofairandcanopycoversreducesnoiselevel.
    Efficient Transportation Management: Green city increases opportunities for nonmotorised
    movement, bicycling, pedestrian friendly network, reduction in the number of automobile trips,
    promotingpublictransportationanduseofvehicleswithalternativefuels.
    EffectiveUseofResources:Limitstheusageofresourcesbyincorporatingefficientsystems,like:
    WaterEfficiency:GreencityincludesR3(reducerecyclereuse)strategiesandcansavepotable
    watertoanextentof3040%includingwaterharvesting.
    Energy Efficiency: Onsite power generation using various renewable energy technologies and
    other clean fuels can significantly reduce the load on grid power supply. There can be energy
    savingtothetuneof2030%.
    Waste Management: Waste management in Green Cities are well planned which takes into
    account waste reduction initiatives by planning and implementation of efficient and effective
    systemsforcollection,transportation,treatment,recyclingandreuseordisposalofmunicipalsolid
    waste.Also,Wastetoenergyisakeycomponentofgreencity.
    OtherBenefits:Reducedmaintenancecosts,resourceconsumption,wastegenerationalongwith
    highermarketabilityandspeedyenvironmentalclearanceapprovals.

    5.4.1.2. GreencityPlanningComponents
    SiteSelectionandPlanning
    Green city development in India is a new effort. West Bengal Government and
    MaharashtraGovernmenthaverecentlytakeninitiatives.Greencityinitiativesshould
    onpublicallyownedlandwithminimumsitedisturbanceshouldbepreferredduring
    siteselectionincaseofaGreenfieldtownship.Priorityshouldbegiventothealready
    developedlandinordertoachievegreenredevelopment.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    143

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    LandUse&TransportationPlanningguidelinesforgreencities
    1. Urbansprawliscontrolledbypracticinghigherdensitydevelopment
    2. Greencitiesshouldmajorlyusepublictransportationtoreducefossilfuelconsumption&vehicular
    emissions.Theproximitiesofbasictransportationmodeshouldbeinwalkabledistance.
    a.
    EcofriendlytransportationservicesshouldbepreferredwhichrunsonCNG,biofuels,solar
    batteryetc.Thus,NonMotorisedTransport(NMT)andIntelligentTransportSystem(ITS)34
    shouldbeencouraged.
    b.
    Requirements:
    i. Rail Station Proximity: Locate a city project within 1/2mile (800meter) walking
    distance as far as possible (measured from a station building entrance) of an existing or
    plannedcommuterrail,lightrailorsubwaystation.
    ii. BusStopProximity:Locateacityprojectwithin1/4mile(400meter)walkingdistance
    as far as possible (measured from a main building entrance) of 1 or more stops for 2 or
    morepublic,campus,orprivatebuslinesusablebybuildingoccupants.
    iii. PublicTransportationProximity:Locatetheprojectwithinmile(400meter)walking
    distanceasfaraspossiblefromthebusstop.Rideshareoptionsshouldbepromotedwhich
    includepassengerferryterminals,vansandIPT,suchasrickshaws,thatareauthorizedby
    thelocaltransitauthorityandthatmeetthedefinitionofpublictransportation.
    3. About2535%oftotalareashouldbeearmarkedasrecreationalandopenspaceswithintheGreen
    Cityinadditiontoenvironmentalsensitiveareas,whichmustbeprotected.
    4. Locatebasicamenitieswithinwalkabledistancestoreducedependencyonautomobiles
    a.
    Basic amenities like ATM, Parking, Convenience shopping, religious facilities, crche etc.
    shouldbewithin600800meters.
    b.
    Amenities such as School, Medical Clinic, Community hall with sports facilities, Restaurant
    etc.within1.62km.
    5. Provide a nonindustrial mixed land use by including at least 34 developments like Offices,
    Hospitals,Retails,Recreationalareas,etc.
    6. Economic sustainability and resilience are important aspects of green cities. Provide good
    connectivityandaccessibilitybygreenmobility.ProvisionofTODtocreateeconomicopportunities
    andfacilitiesaroundmultimodalnodesofinfrastructure.
    7. Theneedofdifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabledpeopleshouldalsobeadequately
    addressed.
    InfrastructureResourceManagement
    Greencitiesarerequiredtobedevelopedasaselfsustainedentityi.e.theplacewheretheresources
    canbeutilizedinarecycledandreusableapproach,sothatthedependencyoverthecivicbodiescanbe
    minimized.
    Addressing water supply: It should be mandatory for a green city to practice the rainwater
    harvestingtoenhancegroundwatertablethoughrechargingandreducemunicipalwaterdemand.Asa
    whole,watersupplyshouldcomplywiththeR3 (ReduceRecycleReuse)35conceptinordertoaddress
    thewaterrelatedissues.Greywaterreuseshallbeinbuiltintheinfrastructuresetup(referChapter8
    fordetails).
    Efficientenergy:Greencitiesshallmajorlyemphasizeonnonconventionalsourcesofenergy,atleast
    10% of citys peak electricity load36. Solar energy, Wastetoenergy, Landfill Gas Energy and Wind
    energyaresomeofthealternativesourcesthatcanbeintegratedwiththegreencitydevelopmentto
    reducetheloadongridpower.Furtherattemptsshouldbemadetoguideandchannelprevailingwind

    GreenModule,AstudyofWestBengal.
    Ibid.
    36PasadenaGreenCityReport.
    34
    35

    144

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    thro
    ough sensitive design of roads,
    r
    related
    d plantation and mainten
    nance of buillding lines. This
    T
    should
    redu
    uceheatislan
    ndformationandalsomak
    kemobilityin
    ncludingcycliingandwalkiingeasier.
    Wasstereduction
    n:Theaimsh
    houldbetoaachieveZeroWastetolandfills.Userrfriendlyreccyclingand
    com
    mposting proggrams should
    d be implemeented with th
    he goal to reeduce at leasst 20% per capita
    c
    solid
    wasttedisposalto
    olandfill.Useeofecofriendlymaterialss(e.g.heatreepellentmateerial)arereco
    ommended
    inclu
    udinguseofh
    hollowAACB
    Blocksforbettterinsulation
    ns.

    Ca
    ase study: Vancouver,
    V
    the Greenes
    st City
    Va
    ancouveristtheworld'sm
    mostliveableecityasperttheEconomisstmagazine.IIt'sprovedto
    obenotonly
    ythe
    mostliveable,b
    butalsoCanaada'smodelfforusingreneewableenerggysources.
    93%ofVan
    ncouverseleectricityisgen
    neratedfrom
    mrenewablessources.
    TheCityhaasimplementtedthegreen
    nestbuildingcodeinNorth
    hAmerica.
    TheCityhaasshiftedinv
    vestmenttow
    walking,cycllingandtransitinfrastrucctureinstead
    dofbuildingn
    new
    roads.
    Vancouverrhasthesmalllestpercapiitacarbonfoo
    otprintofany
    ycityinNorth
    hAmerica.
    By 2020, reduce
    r
    wastee heading to
    o landfills or incinerator by 40% and
    d over 50% of commuterr by
    walking,biikingorpubliictransport.

    Sourcce:GreenestCityActionPlan,CityyofVancouver

    Micrroclimatech
    hange37
    Greeencitiescanb
    beplannedin
    naccordancewiththemiccroclimate.Co
    onditionsofw
    wind,sun,rad
    diationand
    hum
    midity experieenced at a paarticular locaation around
    d the built mass contribute to microclimate and
    undeerstandingofthesecan createenergy
    c
    yefficientlan
    ndscapesfor buildingsandcomfortablledwelling
    units.
    Prop
    perpracticesthataffectm
    microclimateccanreduceprressureonarrtificialtempeeraturereduccingpower
    conssumptionand
    dultimatelyG
    GHGemission
    ns,whichisexplainedbelo
    ow:
    1 StreetOrrientation:SStreet geomettry and orien
    1.
    ntation influeences the am
    mount of solar radiation
    receivedb
    bystreetsurfaces,aswellasthepotentialforcoollingofthewh
    holeurbansy
    ystem.The
    streets caan be orienteed (as mentiioned earlierr) parallel to
    o prevailing w
    wind directio
    on for free
    airflowin
    nwarmclimaates.Preferab
    bly,thestreettorientation inIndiancon
    ntextshould beEW,as
    thebuildiingswillbeo
    orientedNS,thustherew
    willbeeasierrseasonalsolarcontrolasthewalls
    areprotecctedinthesu
    ummerandexxposedintheewinter.

    37

    MNRE,SolarEnergy
    y,Chapter2

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    145

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    2. Waterbodies:Sincewaterhasarelativelyhighlatentheatofvaporisation,itabsorbsalarge
    amountofheatfromthesurroundingairforevaporation,whichcoolstheair.Thewindpattern
    atasiteisalsoinfluencedbythepresenceofwaterbody.Therefore,waterbodiessuchaslakes,
    pondsorfountainsshouldbeprovided.
    3. Openspaces&Vegetation:Open spaces such as courtyards can be designed, that can act as
    heatsinks.Grasscoverandshadingwhichgivescoolingeffect.Plantsadsorbradiationsandcool
    the environment. Planting a deciduous plant (e.g. Mulberry, Champa) on East and West side
    provides shade from intense and glazing morning and evening sun in summers, cut off hot
    breeze,andalsoallowsolarradiationsinwinterastheyshedtheleavesinthatperiod.
    4. Semiperviousgroundcover:Semiperviouspavingwhichallowpercolationofwaterintothe
    undergroundwatertable.
    5. GreenBuildings:A green building is one, which uses less water, optimises energy efficiency,
    conservesnaturalresources,generateslesswasteandprovideshealthierspacesforoccupants,
    as compared to a conventional building. As an added benefit, green design measures reduce
    operating costs, enhance building marketability, increase worker productivity and reduce
    potentialhealthimpactsresultingfromindoorairqualityproblems.
    6. SolarPassiveDesign38:Passive solar design refers to the use of the suns energy for heating
    and cooling of living spaces. In this approach, the building itself or some element of it takes
    advantageofnaturalenergycharacteristicsinmaterialsandaircreatedbyexposuretothesun.
    Thekeyfeatureslieswithsolarpassivedesignare:Orientationofbuilding,Sunshades,Window
    design, double glazed windows, Building insulation, Roof treatment, Evaporative cooling,
    Landscaping, Surface to volume ratio, Passive heating, Earth air tunnel, Solar chimney, and
    Windtower.
    7. Green Roof: Green roofs are roofs that have a layer of living plants on top of the standard
    structure and waterproofing elements. It helps in reducing Urban Heat Island Effect and also
    delays stormwater runoff. It also reduced energy consumption. Thus, adaption of this
    technologythroughoutthecitywillincreasethegreenarea;henceareaswithconstructioncan
    alsobeconvertedtogreenarea.

    Fordevelopmentofgreenbuildings,thenormsassuggestedbyMoE&Fandvarious
    bodies such as LEED, IGBC or GRIHA may be applicable depending upon the
    requirements.
    An effective design of green city for its various components can even reduce crime.
    Greencitiespromotefeaturesthatmaximizevisibilityofpeople,openspacesinand
    around the campuses and building entrances looking over the streets and parking
    areas,pedestrianfriendlysidewalks,whichallowsnaturalsurveillance.

    5.4.1.3. Redevelopmentofbrownfieldsites
    Priorityshallbegiventoredevelopmentofcontaminatedanddensesites,whichare
    environmentally degraded or demographically saturated. Focus should be on green
    redevelopmentofsuchsite,whichcanimprovetheoverallconditionofexistingsites.
    Thus, it is advisable to prefer redevelopment on brownfield sites than fresh
    developmentonagreenfieldsiteuntilabsolutelyessential.Insuchacase,brownfield

    38

    TERI with support of MNRE

    146

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    redevelopmen
    nt makes efficient
    e
    usse of existing infrastrructure. T
    The process for the
    deccisionandaactionsisgiiveninthefigurebelo
    ow:
    Figu
    ure5.1: Way
    ytowardsGreeenRedevelo
    opment

    5.4
    4.2. Com
    mpactcitty
    Urb
    ban sprawl is a resulttant of an everexpan
    e
    nding city jurisdiction
    j
    n due to ab
    bsence of
    com
    mpactdevelopmentpractices.Th
    hishasressultedinun
    ndesirable extension ofurban
    infrrastructuree, encroacchment off valuablee agricultu
    ural land,, raising cost of
    dev
    velopmentaandalsoincreasingcaarbon,wateerandenerrgyfootprin
    nts.
    Con
    ncept of Compact
    C
    C
    City
    revolves aroun
    nd highdeensity devvelopment without
    com
    mpromisinggthequalittyoflifeof thepeoplee.Citiesbassedoncom
    mpactappro
    oachmay
    orm
    maynotinccorporateaalldimensiionsofagrreencityap
    pproach,sttatedunderrsection
    5.4.1. This ap
    pproach larrgely solvees the prob
    blem of extternalities such as friction on
    space (congesstion), trav
    vel time deelays and lo
    osses in ecconomic prroductivity
    y, air and
    watterpollutio
    on,solidwaastecollecttionanddissposal.Theeoptimumdensityred
    ducesthe
    capital and operating
    o
    c
    costs
    of providing
    p
    public
    p
    infrrastructure and serv
    vices and
    imp
    provesoverrallaccessibility.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    147

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    Figure5.2: CompactC
    CitysConceptandApproaach

    Source:Vario
    oussourcesinclu
    udingFactSheett,UNESCAP,MIL
    LUNET,Practitio
    onersGuide,200
    06etc.

    As shown
    n in the figurre above, th
    he efficient densification
    d
    and effective intensification needs to
    t be
    balancediinordertomaintaintheliveabilityofp
    people.

    5.4.2.1. KeyBen
    nefitsofC
    Compactccity
    Thebeneefitsofthecompactciityapproacchare:

    Efficieentuseofland
    dandurbanccontainment
    Increaaseinthenum
    mberofridershipforecon
    nomicallyviab
    bleMRTS
    Enviro
    onmentproteectionbylow
    weringtheclim
    maticchangeemissions
    Protecctionofecolo
    ogicaldiversitty,countrysid
    deandlandfo
    oragriculturee
    Efficieentdeliveryo
    ofutilityserviicesinmore denselypopu
    ulatedareas.Duetotheeconomiesofscale
    in sup
    pplying energgy, water and
    d treating waaste, it is less costly to deliver
    d
    urban utility service in
    39
    compaactcitiesthan
    ninsuburban
    nareas
    Increaasedsocialintteractionlead
    dingtosafety
    yagainstcrim
    me
    Lesstrravellingdisttancesthatsaavestime,mo
    oneyandfuelconsumption
    npercapita
    Impro
    ovedpublicheealthbybetteerwaterandairquality,aandbywalkin
    ngandjoggingg

    Theappro
    oachofcomp
    pactcitydeveelopmentisg
    givenbelow::

    5.4.2.2. TransittOriented
    dDevelop
    pment
    TransitO
    OrientedDevelopmen
    ntisacomp
    pact&integgratedtran
    nsportation
    ndevelopm
    ment,
    which sh
    hould be in
    ncorporated in Comp
    pact Cities. It is defineed as, anyy developm
    ment,
    macro or micro th
    hat is focussed around
    d a transit node, and facilitates and comp
    plete
    easeofaaccesstoth
    hetransitfaacility,therrebyinduciingpeopletopreferto
    owalkand
    duse
    publictrransportationoverpersonalmod
    desoftranssport.40
    TOD pro
    ovides opp
    portunitiess by accesss to high
    hquality public
    p
    tran
    nsportation
    n by
    enhancin
    ngconnectivityandcontributinggtoattracttiveandwaalkabledisttancesthro
    ough

    39

    FactSheet,UNESCAP.

    40

    DraftUTTIIPECGuidelines,,2012.

    148

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    densification.TODIdeallandusemixandmixedlandusedevelopment(withDensity)
    andtheTransitmodefunctionatvariouscitydestinationsare indicativelyexplained
    intheTable5.3.Highdensity,mixeduseandinterconnectedstreetnetworksreduce
    percapitavehiculartrips.Thiscanbeachievedthroughabalancedmixofjob,housing
    andmarketsalongMRTScorridors.
    Table5.3: TransitOrientedDevelopmentMatrix
    TOD

    IdealLandusemixandmixedlanduse
    development(withDensity)

    Transitmodefunction

    CoreArea

    Residential:HighIntensity

    BicycleLanes

    Commercial/Office:MediumIntensity

    PedestrianNetworks

    MixedUse

    Intermediatetransportationsupportedby
    nonmotorisedvehicles

    Supportingretails&services
    CommercialZones

    LimitedParkingLots

    Employment(commercial,office,industrial,
    institutional):HighIntensity

    ParkingLots,ifrequired

    Supportingretail&services:MediumDensity

    BicycleLanes

    Residential:Minimal

    PedestrianNetworks
    BRTandBusStops
    Intermediatetransportationsupportedby
    motorisedvehicles

    Neighbourhood

    PeriurbanArea

    Residential:MediumIntensity

    PedestrianNetworks

    Employment(commercial,office,industrial,
    institutional):MediumIntensity

    BicycleLanes

    Supportingretails&services

    Intermediatetransportationsupportbynon
    motorisedvehicles

    Commercial:HighIntensityalongTOD

    ConsiderableMultilevelParkingAreas

    Residential:MediumIntensityininnerregion

    Transitiontohigherdensityandgreatermix
    ofusesclosetothetransitsource

    MixedUseincludingcompatibleinstitutional
    use

    GreenInterconnectedPedestrianNetwork

    BRTandBusStops
    ConsiderableMultilevelParkingAreas

    Source:TransitOrientedDevelopmentPolicyGuideline,Calgary,2004.

    As a whole, TOD encourages use of nonmotorized transportation, directs compact


    highdensity developments, intensifies underutilized urban areas through
    redevelopment, leads to lower infrastructure costs and increases public safety,
    mobilityoptionsandhealthbenefits.

    5.4.2.3. IntensiveUseofland
    Theintensivelanduseofferscitiesthepossibilityof(re)developmentofurbanareas
    for a number of functions that, in combination, can offer residents, workers and
    visitors high quality services. This concept can be subdivided into three types with
    combinationsasshowninFigure5.3.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    149

    UrbanPlanningA
    Approach
    Figure5.3: TypesofIn
    ntenseLandUse

    Source:

    MILUNET,PractitiionersGuide,20
    006

    MixedL
    LandUse:M
    Mixeduse developmeent is the practice
    p
    of
    f allowing m
    more than one
    typeofu
    useinabuiildingorseetofbuildin
    ngswhich canbeaco
    ombination
    nofresiden
    ntial,
    commercial, industrial, officee, institutio
    onal or oth
    her land uses.
    u
    It is p
    presumed that
    mixedlaandusesyieldssocioeconomicb
    benefitsan
    ndthereforrehasapositiveeffeccton
    housingandcommercialvalues.
    Goodmixedusecaanbedefineedasafineelygrainedmixofprim
    maryland uses,nameelya
    varietyo
    ofhousingaandworkp
    placeswith housingprredominan
    nt,closelyin
    ntegratedw
    with
    allotherrsupportsservices,wiithinconveenientwalk
    kingdistan
    nceofthem
    majorityoffthe
    homes.((Murrain1993:86).Ittisalsorefferredasceellulardeveelopment.M
    Mixeduseiisto
    be carefu
    fully alloweed along with
    w the com
    mpatible usse only.Th
    he mixed u
    use of land and
    the dom
    minant usee thereof should be referred
    d from Ch
    hapter 9 on Simpliified
    Developm
    mentProm
    motionRegu
    ulations.
    Theapprroachesforrpromotin
    ngmixedussedevelopmentcanb
    bebyincreasinginten
    nsity
    of land use,
    u increasing diverssity of land
    d use or in
    ntegrating segregated
    s
    uses. The key
    paramettersforinteegrationofdifferentu
    usescanbe:

    Thefu
    unctionaland
    dphysicalinteegrationofdifferentusessuchasResidential,Comm
    mercialRettail&
    serviceandPublicSemiPublic.
    Integrration of thrree or more significant revenue pro
    oducing usess Industriaal, Commerccial
    Wholeesale,Retail&
    &serviceandPublicSemiPublicofficces

    Inanurbaanspace,mixxedusedevelopmentcanb
    beplannedaatselectedloccationswith idealmix,suchas
    a)Cityorttowncentresscomprisingthecommerccialandcivic coreoftown
    nandcities,b
    b)Innercityaareas
    andc)Perriurbanlocattionsandgreeenfieldsitessinurbanfrin
    ngesasalso indicatedin Table5.3.M
    Mixed
    layerdevelopment/M
    Multifunctionallanduse
    e:

    Mixed laayer develo


    opment is based on the princiipal of high intensityy with verttical
    integratiion. It is un
    nder the category of
    f multifuncttional land
    d use and aalso termed as
    Layerin
    ngDevelopm
    ment.
    Vertical integration
    n has many
    y benefits to offer to
    o cities as a
    a whole. Beenefits incllude
    energyssaving pottential, reduction in
    n unnecesssary jourrneys, imp
    proves oveerall
    accessibilityandso
    ocialinclusiionpossibiilitiesofferedbycomb
    bininghoussing,shopp
    ping,
    work, trransport, recreation,
    r
    culture and
    a
    social functionss within o
    one area. This
    T

    150

    URDPFIG
    Guidelines,2
    2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
    Developmentt

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    combinationalsohelpstoutilizethefullpotentialofanurbansite,leavingsufficient
    open spaces for a greener surrounding. A mixeduse highrise development
    diversifies the use of space within a single building structure, which in turn saves
    horizontaltravelling,andhenceadditionallandrequirement.
    Mixedlayerdevelopmentprovides(re)developmentopportunities thateasetheway
    towardsCompactCities.Thisconceptshouldbepreferredforabandonedsiteswithin
    the city instead of building on greenfield sites on the edge of town. Therefore,
    brownfield sites can be redeveloped to offer a higher building density by layering
    different functions on top of each other. The land use structure and densities given
    earlier in this chapter is not applicable for mixed layer development. Such planned
    areasareproposedtohavehighaveragedensityupto8001000pph,withlargeopen
    spaces and interblock margins. Typically, this form of vertical integration land use
    development has commercial/retail on the street level with offices and recreational
    commercial on the top levels, while the intermediate levels are for residential, well
    developed open spaces, institutional. Case study of Sky City, China, is a worldclass
    example,whichisexplainedbelow.
    Figure5.4: CaseStudyofChinaSkyCity

    Source:Sky City, China.

    Highrisedevelopmentmaylimittheaccessoflighttothelowerstoreysandtherefore
    demands slender buildings or appropriate setbacks from the boundary wall. The

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    151

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    recommendations of the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) for highrise buildings
    are:

    The height of the building should be linked with the width of the road on which the proposed
    buildingistobelocated;
    Also the distance of Fire Station from the building so that in case of emergency, the Fire Tender
    mayreachintheshortestpossibletime.

    The EAC also recommended thatthe provisions andthe guidelines, as applicable, of


    theStateDepartmentsandNational/StateDisasterManagementAuthorityshouldbe
    strictlyfollowed41.
    Multifunctionaluseintime:

    Apublicspaceorabuildingcanhavedifferentfunctionsatdifferenttimeperiods.For
    exampleuseofspacesevenbuildingscanbeusedinshiftsinadayallowingdifferent
    typesofusesindifferentshifts.
    School playground, which can be utilized by the students during school hours and
    later in evening wherever possible, can be used for sports training and practice
    purposesorpublicstadiumwhichcanbeseasonallyusedasfairgrounds.Suchareas
    canbeconsideredespeciallyinsmallsizetownswhereinfrastructureandfundsare
    limited.

    5.4.3. SmartCity
    A smart city uses information, communication and technology to enhance its
    liveability, workability and sustainability. A smart city is buildup by key basic
    functions:Informationcollection,communicating,andcrunching(analysing).Thetwo
    basicstepstowardsSmartcityare:
    1. DATACreatedbythealreadyimplementedinformationtechnology.SomeoftheIndiancitieshave
    createdacornucopiaofdatainpastfewdecades,whichcanformthebasisforthedevelopmentofa
    Smartcity.
    2. DIGITAL DNA (BUILT ENVIRONMENT DATA)Data collected by building departments,
    engineeringdepartments,landdepartment,planningdepartment,taxdepartmentanddepartment
    ofpostalservices.Indiaisstillfindingitsfootprintsinthisregard.

    Inviewofrapidurbanisationandhighcongregationofpopulationinlargecities,itis
    imperativetomakeuseofadvancesintechnology,capabilitytomakecitiessaferand
    protect cities from cybercrime and also augment the quality of governance with
    higherlevelsoftransparencyandaccountability.Suchcities,whichtakeadvantageof
    advancedtechnology,arecalledasSmartCities.

    41

    MoEF Office Memorandum, Guidelines for High Rise Buildings, 2012.

    152

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.4.3.1. ImportantInsights
    ThefollowingfigureprovidestheimportantinsightsofSmartCityapplicationglobally.
    Figure5.5: ImportantinsightsofSMARTcityapplicationglobally

    Source:

    VarioussourcesincludingSmartCitiesReadinessGuide,RICSSmartCities.

    5.4.3.2. UniversalTargetstoachieveSmartcitydevelopment
    There are mandatory targets that must be accomplished in order to propel on the
    smartcitypath,thesearetermedasUniversalaseachofthemappliestoeverycity
    responsibility.TheCheckSheet(ImplementationProgress)reflectsthestrongand
    the weak points in the existing city infrastructure. Status of this matrix reflects the
    preparednessofthecitytobeaSmartcityandhelpsinprioritizingthepointsonthe
    basisofthestatus(progress)inordertodriveonthepathofdevelopmenttowards
    beingaSmartcity.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    153

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Figure5.6: TheUniversalTargets

    Source:

    SmartCitiesReadinessGuide.

    TheessentialelementsoffocusinaSmartcityinclude:

    5.4.3.3. Smartgridconcept
    Asmartgridisamodernizedelectricalgridthatusesanalogueordigitalinformation
    and communications technology to gather and act on information, such as
    information about the behaviours of suppliers and consumers, in an automated
    fashion to improve the efficiency, reliability, economics, and sustainability of the
    productionanddistributionofelectricity.MeteringandSmartpowergenerationsare
    thetwobasicstepstakeninthedirectionofhandlingpowerincities.
    a.

    b.

    SmartmeterSmartmetershelputilitiestobetterdetectandmanageoutages.Smartmeters
    coupledwithadvancedmeteringinfrastructure(AMI)helpstopinpointproblemsinthegrid,
    allowingdeterminationoffaultsandfailuresinnotime42.
    Smart power generator Smart power generation is a concept of matching electricity
    productionwithdemandusingmultiplegenerators,alternativelytobufferthepeakandhigh
    demandforloadbalancing.Thesegeneratorsaredesignedonsmarttechnologiestooperate
    efficientlyatchosenload43.

    5.4.3.4. SmartTransportationConcept
    Thesmarttransportationreferstotheintegrationofinformationandcommunication
    technologieswithtransportinfrastructuretoimproveeconomicperformance,safety,

    42

    AU.S.DepartmentofEnergystudyshowedthatrealtimepricinginformationprovidedbythesmartmeterhelpedconsumers
    reducetheirelectricitycosts10%onaverageandtheirpeakconsumptionby15%.

    43

    Source:GE:Smartgridtechnologyguide.

    154

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPla
    anningApp
    proach

    mob
    bility and time sav
    ving of thee citizens. The abov
    ve can bee accompliished by
    inco
    orporatingthefollowingtechnollogiesinth
    heexistingsstructure:
    a
    a.

    b
    b.

    c.

    DigitallviewterminalsThesetterminalspro
    ovideusersw
    withanintelliigentnavigattionsystem
    that op
    ptimizes thee best routess, alternativee destination
    ns, efficient movement by
    b a well
    inform
    medguidancefromtheterm
    minal.Forexample,theen
    ntirecity'sbu
    uslines,theirrstops,and
    dropo
    offandpicku
    uptimesared
    displayedon theterminalsalongwith satellitestreeetviewsof
    locations,suchasofrestaurantssandotherto
    ouristattractiions.Coordin
    natesforbank
    ks,schools,
    hospitaals, and real estate are also
    a
    featured for the citizzens to deterrmine bestsu
    uited route
    betweeendestination
    ns.
    Intellig
    gentroads It includes setting
    s
    up of sensor techn
    nologies in th
    he pavementts and over
    thebridges,whichccanbecombinedwiththeedatacollecttedfrommovvingvehicles toprovide
    operators, mainten
    nance autho
    orities and road
    r
    users with rapid warning of
    f emerging
    problem
    ms.
    TrafficcPredictionToolItpred
    dictstrafficflo
    owsoverpresetduration
    ns(10,15,30,45and60
    minutees)bystimulaations.Withtthesepredicttions,trafficccontrollerscaananticipateandbetter
    managetheflowoftraffictopreventcongesttionandsavetime.

    Oth
    hersmartap
    pplicationssintheinteelligentTraansportatio
    onsystemm
    mayconsisttof:

    Optimiseddy
    ynamicsignallling
    A
    Automaticpa
    arkingsystem
    m,
    A
    AdvancedDr
    riverAssistan
    nceSystems((ADAS),
    Satelliteappllicationforem
    mergencyhan
    ndling,trafficcalerts,roadsafetyandin
    ncidentpreveention
    A
    Automatedtr
    ransportsysttems.
    Ca
    aseStudy:M
    Malta,WorldsfirstSmarttIsland
    Maltaisagrou
    upofsmallisslands50milestothesou
    uthofSicily. Smartmeterrsareinstalledinthe
    islland for both
    h electric and
    d water custo
    omers. Thesee smart meteers records th
    he data automatically
    an
    ndsendsthe databackto
    otheofficefo
    orbilling.Sm
    martmetersaalsoactastheeanalysisinsstrument
    th
    hatlocatepro
    oblemsandd
    determinewh
    henandwhethertoexpan
    ndthegrid.T
    Thenewsmaartwater
    grrid has increaased theft deetection, and has also inttroduced new
    wpricingop
    ptionsforcu
    ustomers
    th
    hatrewardco
    onservation
    n.
    Figure5.7: Malta:WorldsfirstSmartIsland

    Source:

    SmartC
    CitiesCouncilReadinessGuide

    Th
    he goal of Sm
    mart City Maalta is to put everything a
    a hightech company
    c
    neeeds to succeeed in one
    place, includin
    ng stateoftheart ICT infr
    frastructure along
    a
    with a host of IT, m
    media and prroduction
    seervices.

    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment
    URD

    155

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.4.3.5. ApplicationofBuiltEnvironmentData
    The built environment data of the city is captured by the different departments to
    develop a blue print of the city and its attributes for virtual representation of the
    physicalcity.ThisdataformstheDNAforthesmartcity.Itincludes:
    Demographicdistribution
    Landuses
    Transportationandotherinfrastructureframework
    Forestsandparks
    Generalurbanplan
    Space and organization plan: This data when linked with the Information communication and
    technology develops the digital DNA, which forms the basis for the Smart city. The software and
    servicelayersforthebuiltenvironmentdatacancontainthefollowinglayers44:
    Data layer: that presents all the information, which is required, produced and collected in the
    smartcity.
    Servicelayer:Thisincorporatesalltheparticulareservicesbeingofferedbythesmartcity.
    Infrastructure layer: that contains network, information systems and other facilities, which
    contributetoeServicedeployment.
    User layer: that concerns all eservice endusers and the stakeholders of a smart city for
    dialoguingandindecisionmaking.Theparticipationincludes:
    Thelocalstakeholderswhosupervisethesmartcity,anddesign
    Thosewhooffereservicesand
    Theenduserswhoconsumethesmartcitysservices

    5.4.3.6. Urbanplanningandsmartcityinterrelations
    Ontheattributesdiscussedintheprecedingsection,variouseserviceportfolioscan
    beofferedinamodernsmartcity,someofwhichhavebeenmentionedbelow:
    Table5.4: eServicesofaSmartcity
    eServices

    eGovernment

    Publiccomplaints,showingadministrativeprocedure,bringingtransparencyin
    governance.

    edemocracy

    Performingdialogue,consultation,pollingandvotingofissuesofcity.

    eBusiness

    Supportsbusinessinstallation.

    ehealthandTelecare

    Distantsupportandservicestoelderly,civilianswithdiseases,disabled

    elearning

    Distantlearningopportunities,trainingmaterialtothestudents.

    eSecurity

    Supportspublicsafetyviaamberalertnotifications,schoolmonitoringandnatural
    hazardmanagement

    Environmentalservices

    Informationaboutrecycling,guidehouseholdsandenterprisesinwaste/energy/water
    management

    IntelligentTransportation

    Offerstoolsfortrafficmonitoring,measurementandoptimization.

    Communicationservices

    Broadbandconnectivity,digitalTV

    Source:CompiledfromUrbanPlanning&SmartCities:InterrelationsandReciprocities,LeonidasG.Anthopoulos.

    44Source:UrbanPlanningandSmartCities:InterrelationsandReciprocities,LeonidasG.Anthopoulos.

    156

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.

    CityTypology

    Urbanisation over centuries and evolving city morphology has given shape to the
    presentdaycitiesinIndia.Mostpostindependencecitieshaveemergedfromplanned
    directionsandyethaveexperiencedpopulationexplosion.Citiesalsohavebenefited
    from planning based on Government schemes and programmes. However, the
    functions of the urban centres have takennatural course to its maturity, without or
    with intended interventions. These are the consequences of response of human
    settlementandinteractionofsocieties.Focusonplanningevenapplicationoflanduse
    standardsanddevelopmentcontrolscouldvarydependinguponthetypologyofthe
    cities.
    Situationofthecity:Situationofthecityistheprimefactortobeconsideredwhile
    planning.Citysituationisestablishedonitsgrowthinsize, physicalconfigurationor
    routepatternandlargelywithitsfunction.Cities,besidesmultifunctional,canbealso
    definedonthebasisoftheprimeeconomicactivityand/orevolutionofthecity.Such
    cities with typical location, situation and functions need focused approach while
    planning,toaddresstheassociatedissues.Someofsuchkindsare:

    Hillcities,
    Innercities/walledcities,
    Industrialcities,
    Religiouscities,
    Tourismcities,
    Heritagecities,
    Portcities,
    Medicities(townships),
    Sportscities(townships)

    Site and situation specific solutions: These cities, owning to its nature of
    development and population, and either permanent, new settlers or floating
    population,havespecificfunctionsandthereforehaveassociatedissues.Someofthe
    genericonesare:

    Lackofalternativeeconomicactivities,
    Stagnationofcitygrowth,
    Strictsegregationofclassesbyprofessionandincome,
    Highcrimerate,
    Lackofpublicspaces,
    Lackofrecreationalactivities,
    Lackofeducationalfacilitiesforlowincomeclass/poor,
    Significantratioofbachelorpopulation,
    Lackofgenderspecifichealthfacilitiesandotherfacilities,
    Investmentorientedland/propertyownership,
    Others:pressureonpublicutilities,lackofsocialguidanceincaseofexposuretoculturalvariation
    etc.

    Suchas,incaseofindustrialcitiesortownship,specificdrawbacksareobservedlike
    lack of recreational activities, lack of alternative economic opportunities, and social
    activities. These townships are limited to work home relationship and lack

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    157

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    recreationalactivitiesandtherefore,thereisaneedtofocusonprovidingdedicated
    publicspacesforpopulationtointeractinsuchcities/towns.
    Similarly, other city typologies also have specific issues to be addressed for which
    approach can be defined while preparing plans. Mix of economic activities such as
    serviceindustriesandsocialactivitiesshouldbepromotedtoencouragetheavenues
    forwholesomedevelopment.
    Increasedrateofcrimeasobservedinsomeindustrialandporttownisprimarilydue
    to segregation of population income classes, lack of recreational activities, lack of
    educationalfacilitiesforlowincomeclass,andtosomeextentduetohighproportion
    maleworkerslivingwithoutfamiliesandalsolargenumberofbachelorpopulation.
    Thereforetopromotesustainabilityofcities,itssituationintermsofitsfunctionand
    itssocialbehaviourshallbeaddressed.Suchcasesneedemphasisoncomplimentary
    requirements of the city, besides its prime economic activity and physical
    infrastructure for holistic development of the city. Some of the complementary
    activitiesaresuggestedbelow

    Promotionofserviceindustries,
    Educationalfacilitieswithemphasisontechnicalinstitutes
    TODmixofinstitutionalandadministrativelanduse,
    Socialinfrastructure,targetingneedsofspecificstrataofpopulation
    Recreationalfacilities,alsothemebasedfacilities
    Heritageandreligiousactivitiestobepromotedformixingofeconomicbaseandpopulation
    Earmarkedspacesfortheurbanpoor/informalsectorresidentsortheiractivities45.

    5.5.1. Hillcity
    The National Building Code defines hilly areas as Any area above 600 m in height
    frommeansealevel,oranyareawithaverageslopeof30,consideringthesensitive
    andfragileecosystemofhillsandmountains.However,theStateGovernmentsmay
    identifyandnotifyareastobecoveredunderHillyArea,whichneedtobedealtwith
    specialconsideration,whendevelopmentalactivitiesaretakingup.
    Hillyareashavefragileecosystems,whichneedtobeconserved.Thereforeplanning
    and development strategies for hilly areas shall have to be designed with added
    sensitivityandsoundlanduseplanningandsettlementplanning.

    5.5.1.1. AssociatedIssues
    Hilly areas have a sensitive ecosystem consisting of mountains, rivers and valleys,
    several lineaments and some of them even experience extreme weather conditions.
    These varied natural features also make hilly areas a suitable place for tourist
    destination,thuscreatingapullforcommercialdevelopmentandurbanisation.Also,
    many rivers originate from the Northern Himalayan range, thus the areas attract

    45

    AlsoSuggestedinStrategypaperonmasterplanformulation,inclusiveplanning,prioritizationforhousingandpedestrian
    movement,2010

    158

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    development of hydro power plants, which directly or indirectly have shown great
    impactontheriverhydrologyandbiodiversity.
    ThecommonissuesassociatedwithplanninginHillyareasare:
    Hilly areas in Himalayas and Northeast experience heavy rainfall, which makes the shallow soil,
    cover highly susceptible to erosion (such as in Darjeeling) 46. These conditions necessitate
    conserving the precious soil cover during monsoons and harvesting irrigation water for dry
    months.Inotherareasheavyrainfallcausesdeepweatheringofsedimentaryrockandrapidand
    activeerosionofweatheredmaterialsfromsteepslopes.
    Thereareissueswithrespecttomobilityandconnectivityduetosteepslopesanddifficultterrain.
    Alsogeographicallyyoungerhillareaswithhighseismicactivitiesmakesettlementsvulnerableto
    disaster risks. In such areas regulating construction activity is of prime importance in planning.
    Adherencetoseismiccodespecifictoseismicdesignofbuildingsistobemademandatoryforplan
    approvalinhillareas.
    In hilly areas, remarkable variations in culture and practices(including in many places tribal
    culture and rich craft skill) exists between the settlements even within short distances as
    comparedtothoseinplainareas47
    Asterrainplaysacrucialroleinthehillyareas,settlementsaretobeondefinitehabitablelands
    onlyandthus,itscarryingcapacityneedstobedeterminedforadequateplanning.
    Theplanningstatusofhillyareas,inthepresentstate,isuncontrolledcreatinghaphazardgrowth
    due to need for urbanisation, industrialisation (such as quarrying and hydro power generation)
    and intrusion of commercial activities (such as tourism industry) on the limited land cover,
    typicallyalonghillroutes.Thesetrendshasledtoencroachmentonforestlandandpreciousgreen
    cover, construction on unsuitable lands and development at higher level of ridges, thereby
    disturbingthenaturalecosystemandmakingtheareasmorevulnerabletodisasters.
    The impacts on infrastructure are traffic chaos, inefficient service infrastructure and congestion in
    primelocations,inadequatesocialinfrastructure.
    The impacts on the environment are loss of hill and forests, degradation of stream system, landslide
    and erosion, increase in natural hazard as earthquake, landslide and manmade hazards such as air
    pollutionandroadwaynoise.

    5.5.1.2. StrategiesforDevelopment
    Hilly areas have various factors, which necessitate a thrust on adoption of an
    integrated planning approach for conservation, preservation and planned
    development.
    Strategy1:LandConservationandOptimisation:
    1) Environment Inventory/ Impact Assessment: For planning of the new settlements or
    workingoutthestrategiesforthegrowthoftheexistingsettlements,itisnecessarytoconduct
    detailedenvironmentalinventory/impactassessment.Theinventorywouldinvolvegeological
    investigations,slopeanalysis,soil,floraandfaunaanalysis,climaticinventories,vulnerability
    to natural disasters (such as earthquakes, landslides, floods etc.), etc. In addition to this the
    aesthetic factors, cultural, architectural and historical heritage, scenic/ landscape value shall
    alsobetakenintoconsideration.

    46

    PlanningCommissionReportofTaskGrouponProblemsinHillyhabitations.

    47

    ReportoftheEvaluationStudyonHillareaDevelopmentprogrammeinAssamandWestBengal,PlanningCommission,June
    2010.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    159

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    2) Identification of Developable Area: Identification of developed area is calculated by
    deducting the natural ecological area from the entire township jurisdiction. Jurisdiction may
    belargetocontrolthesurroundingareas.Theclassificationoflandusesshouldbegivenonly
    for developed area, while the rest of the ecological area shall be for conservation or
    restoration.

    HillTownDevelopableArea=HilltownjurisdictionareaNaturalEcologicalArea.

    3) Landuseoptimisation:Keepinginviewthescarcityofgoodbuildablelandandalsothehigh
    costoftheconstruction,itisnecessarytooptimizetheuseoflandbycalculationofcarrying
    capacityandlandsuitabilityanalysis.Greenbuildingapproachshouldbeadoptedsuchasuse
    ofcosteffectiveandappropriatebuildingmaterialsandtechnologies.
    Strategy2:SustainabledevelopmentbasedonWatershedManagement:
    Awatershed,alsocalledadrainagebasinorcatchmentarea,isdefinedasanareainwhichallwater
    flowing into it goes to a common outlet. People and livestock are the integral part of watershed and
    theiractivitiesaffecttheproductivestatusofwatershedsandviceversa.Fromthehydrologicalpointof
    view, the different phasesof hydrological cycle in awatershed are dependenton the various natural
    featuresandhumanactivities.Inhillyareasorwhereintensiveagriculturedevelopmentisplanned,the
    sizeofwatershedrelativelypreferredissmall.48Watershedmanagements,i.e.riverbasinmanagement
    alsoisimportantinthecontextofregionalplanningbothintermsofasasourceofwaterandsources
    ofdisasterrisklikefloodetc.
    DuringtheTenthFiveYearPlanofGovernmentofIndia,emphasiswasonwatersheddevelopmentand
    ecologicalrestoration/preservationforthehillareasofAssamandWestBengal.InthesixthFiveYear
    Plan, the Planning Commission had suggested achieving a balance between beneficiaryoriented and
    infrastructural development programmes, keeping in view the vital importance of ecological
    restorationandconservation.Thiscanbeachievedthrough49:
    Betterwaterandlanduseandcontrolofsoilerosionthroughwatershedmanagement,
    Afforestation, silvipasture development and replacement of annual crops with perennial shrubs
    and trees and plantation crops in steep slopes and development of other high valuelow volume
    cropslinkedwithprocessingandmarketing.
    Rural and small industries and electronic and precision instruments industries can also be
    promotedtakingadvantageoffavourableweatherconditions.
    To understand watershed system data from latest and authentic sources to be collected (details
    provided in Chapter 7), simulation models may be used to analyse (drainage pattern modification)
    scenariosbeforeDevelopmentPlanPreparationandbuildingregulations.

    48

    http://oar.icrisat.org/3914/1/1._Watershed_Management_Concept.pdf.

    49

    http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/6th/6planch25.html.

    160

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.1.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofHillTowns
    Theproposedlandusestructureforhilltownsare:
    Table5.5: Landusestructureforhilltowns
    PercentageofDevelopedArea
    LanduseCategory

    Small

    Medium

    Large&Metropolitan
    Cities

    Residential

    5055

    4852

    4548

    Commercial

    23

    23

    45

    Industrial

    34

    45

    46

    Pub.&SemiPublic

    810

    810

    1214

    Recreational

    1518

    1518

    1618

    56

    56

    68

    Balance

    Balance

    Balance

    Transport&
    Communication
    Ecological
    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    Theecologicalarea(nondevelopablearea)giveninthetableaboveforHilltownsis
    applicableforthehilltownjurisdictiondevelopableareaonly.Hilltowndevelopable
    areashallbeconsideredasarea hilltownjurisdictionminusnaturalecologicalarea.
    Where, nondevelopable area is defined as Earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs and
    environmentallyhazardousarea,areasadjacenttofaultlines,areaswithslopehigher
    than45o,floodplainandareasadjacenttomajordrainagelinesforgeneralguidance
    and all environmentally sensitive areas. Land suitability analysis should be an
    importanttoolinfirstprincipalapproachfordecidingonlanduseproportions.

    5.5.1.4. Aspectsofplanning50
    Theimportantaspectstobeconsideredinplanningforthehillyareasaresuggestedasbelow:
    1. Thehillsidewithlessthan30slopeareingeneralstable.Therefore,buildingsites(temporaryor
    permanent) should in general be located on hillside with not more than 30 45 slope. In areas
    wheremostofthelandisabove30degreeslope,spatialregulationsshouldcontrolconstruction
    activityonslopesabove30degreewithmaximumof45providedthatappropriatetechnologyis
    used.
    2. Themaximumheightofthebuildingtobefixed,suchasinStatesofMeghalayamaximumbuilding
    heightpermittedis15metersonhills.
    3. Flatlandisnormallynotavailableinhillyregions.Thehousesarerequiredtobeconstructedon
    partiallyslopinglandmadeavailablebycutandfill.Itshallbenecessarytoprotectthehouseby
    buildingretainingwalls/breastwallstoavoidlandslidesoccurringattimeofearthquakesorheavy
    rains.
    4. Cutslopeswithheightlessthan5mortwotothreestoreyheightsofresidentialbuildingsarein
    general stable. For higher cut slopes special investigation should be carried out and details of
    protectionworksshouldbeworkedoutandimplemented.
    5. Site development in hilly regions consumes about 30 to 40 per cent of total cost of building
    complex,thereforethefollowinginvestigationsshallbedonetoobtainthefollowinggeotechnical
    parameters:

    50

    NBC, 2005 & IS 14243, 1995 b.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    161

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    a.

    Type of Soil Rock: Weathered or intact, dip of bedding planes, drainage conditions, shear
    planes,materialbetweenthejoints,tensioncracks,typeofplantation,verticalityoftrunksof
    the trees etc. Cliff sides and spur faces need to be protected with appropriate technology
    includingwherenettingwithtablesand/orblowingofRCCalongthewalls.
    b.
    Thicknessofoverburden,natureofsoilstrata,detailsofsoilmatrixetc.
    c.
    Estimationofshearparametersoftheinsitusoilmass,whichwillgovernthefailure.
    d.
    Drainage pattern of the area and permeability tests in the area to see the Drainage
    conditions.
    e.
    Specificslipzonesinthearea,ifany.
    6. Roadsandpaths:StreetorientationshallpreferablybeEastWesttoallowformaximumSouthsun
    toenterthebuildings.Thestreetshallbewideenoughtoensurethatthebuildingsononesidedo
    notshadethoseontheotherside.HillRoadManual(IRC:SP: 481998)shouldbereferredtofor
    detailedguidelinesforplanningroadsinHillyAreas.
    7. ProvisionsforLandslideHazardMitigation,SeismicMicrozonationandmitigationofLiquefaction
    hazardshouldbeintegrated.
    SpecificaspectsforNewHillTowns:
    1. Thenewhilltownswillhavetofollowthebasicprinciplesofhillarchitectureincludinguseoflocal
    building materials, slanting roofs, seismic bands in structures etc. so that they merge in cultural
    landscapeoftheirregions.
    2. Travellingtimefromnearesttowntothenewtownshipshouldbeatleastonehouror20Km.
    3. Thenewtownshouldbeselfsufficientininfrastructureanditsareashouldideallynotbelessthan
    40hectares.
    4. Provisionoffacilitiesforadditional(and/orfloating)populationshouldbemade.
    SpecificaspectsforBuildingsinHillyarea:
    1. Aminimumclearanceof1.5mshouldbeprovidedbetweentoeofboundarywallandbuildingwall.
    2. Ontheuphillsideofthebuildingonaslopingsite,thenaturalflowofthewatershallbediverted
    awayfromthefoundations.
    3. Theslopeofgroundallaroundbuildingshouldbenotlessthan1:50builtinsuchawaythatrain
    waterdoesnotfindwaytoingressingroundexcessivelyandmovesawayquicklytosurfacedrains
    orawayonadjoininghillsurfacetowardsnaturalstreams.
    4. Aminimumof0.75mwideapronshouldbeprovidedallaroundthebuildingtoprevententryof
    waterintofoundation.
    5. Stepped terrace development and stepped storeyed building construction may be adopted for
    offices,schoolsandotherbuildingcomplexes51becauseoffollowingadvantages:
    a. Itresultsinleasthillcutting,disturbancetohillstabilityandalsoinleastdeforestation.
    b. Cost of site development works, slope protection and other protection works is reduced
    considerably.
    c. Leastloadcomesonvalleyside,sodangeroffoundationfailuresisavoided.
    6. Buildings to be provided with good drainage facilities to prevent excessive saturation of sub
    surfaceformations.Constructionshouldnotobstructexistingsurfacedrainagecourses.
    7. Buildings shall be located on the south slope of a hill or mountain for better exposure to solar
    radiation. Atthe same time, locatingthebuilding on the leeward side mayminimize exposure to
    coldwinds.
    8. Appropriate solar passive methods, such as orientation, doubleglazing, trombe walls and solar
    collectors,tobeadoptedtoachieveclimaticcomfortwithlittleuseofconventionalenergy.

    51

    (Refer conditions of development from IS 14243 Part 2: 1995 for details )

    162

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.2. PlanningforInnercity
    Walled cities, old city, often central zones, which are also generally the core area of
    the settlements, are referred as inner cities. These city parts have been the melting
    pot for cultures with a history. Some of the old cities have been historically an
    important trading centre, owing to its regional prominence, strategic location and
    tradelinks.However,owingtoitsprosperity,someofthecitieswereunderthethreat
    ofplunderandloot,whichreshapedthecityformoverthecenturies(asalsowalled
    cities).Thesecitiesaremarkedbykeyfeatures,suchas,narrowroads(gullies),dense
    builtup,oftenmixeduseofland,smallplotsizesoccupying100%groundforbuilt
    up, social homogeneity, limited public spaces, which are usually congested
    developments,incomparisontothemoderndaycities.

    5.5.2.1. AssociatedIssues
    Commonissuesassociatedwiththeinnercities:

    Outmigrationoflocalresidentsandreleaseofresidentialspacesforcommercialuse,
    Dilapidated buildings (as building owners only repair their buildings, while little or no
    reconstructionistakesplace)andvacantproperties,
    Narrowroadsnotplannedforvehicularmovement,
    Unorganizedonstreetparkingatvariouslocations,
    Noprominentpublictransportsystempresentinthecity,
    Presenceofcottageorhouseholdindustriesandpollutingindustries
    Prominenceofonstreetencroachmentsforinformalmarkets&hawkers,
    Due to shift from residential to commercial land use, emergence of warehouses, godowns,
    workshopsorothernoncompatibleactivities,
    Oldwatersupplydistributionnetworkandinnonmetricsizes,difficulttomaintain
    Repeatedexcavationofroadsdamagingtheundergroundutilitiesanddisturbedroadlevels
    Overalllackofsocialinfrastructurefacilitiescomparedtothedensityoftheinnercities
    Outcrop of Slum like conditions in the open areas surrounding historical properties or on old
    recreationalopenspaces

    5.5.2.2. AlternativestrategiesforRedevelopmentandRegeneration
    Redevelopmentandregenerationaretheprimeplanningaspectsofinnercities.The
    spacenormsanddevelopmentcontrolrulesthataregenerallyapplicabletoothercity
    areas are normally not applicable to inner cities. The two alternatives for the
    redevelopmentofaninnercity/oldcityarebasedonthestrategyofrevivalorinsitu
    development.Theseare:
    Alternative1ModificationinBuiltup:Inthisapproach,theresidentialbuiltupisadjustedwiththe
    plot size and height from urban renewal point of view. The building density is redefined, usually by
    increasingthepermissibleFAR/FSIaspermissiblebytheavailableinfrastructure.Itallowsthemarket
    forces to reconstruct and redevelop the core city areas. The urban local authority may provide
    supportinginfrastructurethroughbettermentlevyorcharges.Thistoolofredevelopmentisinpractise
    in major cities like, Hyderabad and in some parts of the old Delhi (Shahajahanabad). Abutting road
    width, plot sizes, accessibility and land use regulates the increased building height. This entails
    amalgamationofplots.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    163

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Thisalternativecanbeappliedfortheentireinnercityoritcouldbelimitedtoanidentifiedareasuch
    as along the transport corridors as in the case of Old Delhi (Shahajahanabad) wherein a 500 meter
    influencezoneofmetrorailispermittedwithasuitableenhancedFAR.52.
    An added advantage of this alternative is amalgamation of residential units. To improve the
    morphology of the core city, increase in unit size of the residential plots is also often necessary,
    especiallywhereverysmallunitsarepresent.HigherFSI,for mediumsizeplots,evenmarginallywill
    lead to amalgamation of small and very small plots by market forces. This will improve the urban
    design and density of residential areas. However amalgamation of plots is to be carried out in lines
    with regulations, which is to be defined based on the study of the area by the local authority. The
    redevelopmentprojectofeastKidwaiNagar,NewDelhiisamongthefirstinitiativesasavisionproject
    ofMinistryofUrbanDevelopment.
    Alternative 2 Insitu Development: In order to conserve the characteristics of the inner city, this
    alternative is adopted to maintain and revive the old city by different mechanisms. Unlike the
    alternative1,insitudevelopmentmaintainstheheightandthebuildingfootprint,bycarefullyusing
    TransferableDevelopmentRights(TDR).Thisalternativeisusedwheretheredevelopmentstrategyis
    to maintain and encourage the heritage of the city and its housing morphology, as in the case of
    Ahmedabad, where Tradable Development Rights are provided for the notified Structures, Buildings
    andPrecinctsintheformofTradableRightCertificatebycompetentauthority.Howevertheauthority
    controlsotheractivitiessuchas:
    The Permissible Uses for the Heritage Areas and other buildings on the basis of its plot size and
    floor.
    Amalgamationand/orSubdivisionnotbepermittedintheZone,
    The owners of these heritage structures and buildings are required to conserve the following
    originalaspectsoftheirBuildings:
    AllFaades
    BuildingFootprint
    CharacterofOpenSpacessuchascourtyards,khadki,streets,etc.
    Theinsitudevelopmentalsodoesnotencourageroadwideninguntilnecessary,asitaimstopreserve
    the building faade. Therefore parking spaces are created through community initiatives and by
    consultative process. In case if it is not feasible to provide the required parking within the existing
    buildingasperRegulations,theCompetentAuthoritymayrecoverfeesfordeficitparkingtodevelop
    onstreetparking/parkinglots/parkingstructuresasapartofParkingManagementPlan.
    The conceptof AccommodationReservation may be introducedfor social infrastructure whereby for
    theprovisionofessentialpublicfacilitiestobehandedovertothelocalbody/government,theowner
    ofpropertyisgivenfullpermissibleFARonthecomponentofpublicfacility.Vacantpropertiesshould
    bepreferredforthispurpose.
    The two alternatives of redevelopment to be chosen carefully and a combination of the two may be
    usedforsuitablesubzonesinaninnercity.Howevertheredevelopmentstrategyistocoverthekey
    aspecti.e.positivegrowthforthecitytobealiveableareaandalsoasaworkspace.Thereforeinmost
    oftheIndianinnercities,mixedlanduseistoberecognisedaspermissibleandthereafterorganised,as
    thecityisplannedontheconceptofwork&livewithinheritedbenefitofreducedtraveltrips.Theland
    usestructuregiveninTable5.2couldbemodifiedandadjustedformixedlanduseasplannedbythe
    local authority. To achieve this, regeneration is to be a part of the redevelopment, including socio
    economic development, maintaining and encouraging commercial lifeline of the inner city for its
    revival.

    52

    Source:ITPIarticlebyA.K.Jain,Commissioner(Planning),DelhiDevelopmentAuthority.

    164

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.2.3. AspectsofRevival
    Whileplanning,plannersfacetheproblemsassociatedwithroadlevels,lyingofnew
    pipelines,parkinginresidentialareas,decongestion,firesafetyissues,requirementof
    roadwideningandloseofheritagefaade,provisionoflandforsocialinfrastructure
    andsometimesreplanningundergroundinfrastructure.Corecityrevivalisbasedon
    conservation,promotionandsolution.Thesecanbe:
    1. OutShifting of polluting, noxious and hazardous trades / industries and delimitation of non
    residentialnoncompatibleactivitywithpriority,
    2. To decongest the inner city, proposal can be to develop counter centres in the form of
    IntegratedFreightComplexesattheperipherallocationornewindustrialarea,
    3. Iconic developments along the historically valuable areas and if space allows encourage city
    levelrecreationalareastocreateapullfactortowardstheoldcity,
    4. AnewsetofdevelopmentcontrolsforMixedUse,enhancedFARandTDRapplicability.Mixed
    usetobemaintainedwithregulationsontheroadwidth,plotsizesanddensity,
    5. Conservationandrestorationofhistoricalbuildings.ProvisionsforFARandTaxincentivesfor
    thosewhohavetomaintainthearchitecturalcontrols,
    6. Revival of cities by alternative public transport system technically modified for the road
    networkandasperthetripgeneration,
    7. Forparking,multilevelparkingisoneofthesolutionsforidentifiedresidentialpedestrian,
    8. Incaseofnewdevelopmentorredevelopment,stiltparkingtobemandatory,
    9. Adding street furniture can enhance street design. This is to facilitate public space for
    communityinteractionandpromotepedestrianmovement,
    10. In congested and bottle neck areas, solutions such as one ways and multilevel parking to be
    adopted,
    11. Alternativesolutionsofuseofsmallerfirehydrantsforverynarrowroadsforthefiresafety,
    12. Tomeetthesocialinfrastructure requirement,reducingspacenormsupto5060%incaseof
    spacenonavailabilityinthecorecity.Inordertocompensatefortheshortfallinvarioustypes
    andlevelsoffacilitiesintheexistingbuiltuparea,suchfacilitiesmaybeprovidedincontiguous
    /proximitytosectorsofnewdevelopment.
    13. Multifunctionalusesshouldbeproposedtoencourageoptimumutilisationofexistingbuiltup
    infrastructure.
    14. ULBs to initiate developing database of the buildings, with attributes such as its age, height,
    heritagevalue,revenuecollectionandotherpointsasdesirable.

    5.5.3. Industrialcity
    Citieswithmajorthrustinmanufacturingandproductionareindustrialcities.Sucha
    focus on manufacturing was initially in the beginning five year plans after
    independence, when the focus was on heavy iron and steel manufacturing.
    Industrialisation again boosted after liberalisation in 1991 and encouraged
    developingclustersforexportin2005bytheSEZAct,2005,whichprovidesforthe
    establishment,developmentandmanagementoftheSpecialEconomicZonesforthe
    promotion of exports. There were also schemes proposed for promotion of cluster/
    park development by respective Ministries, while Small Scale Industry (SSI) was
    definedunderMicro,Small&MediumEnterprises(MSMED)Act,2006.
    Lately,GovernmentofIndiahasalsoannouncedtheNationalManufacturingPolicyin
    year 2011 with the objective to enhance the share of manufacturing in GDP and

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    165

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    increasing employment. Under the National Manufacturing Policy, the New
    InvestmentandManufacturingZones(NIMZ)guidelineswasclearedbytheCabinetin
    2011.

    5.5.3.1. Associatedissues
    Thefollowingarethekeyconcernsforindustrialareaplanning:

    Industrialcitiesaremarkedbyhighintensityofnoiselevelsandairpollutionlevels,whichmakes
    unsuitableforresidential.Also,improperdischargesofliquidandsolidindustrialwaste/effluents
    areconcernsforhealth.Thesehazardproneactivitieshaveadirectimpactonresidentialareas,
    Movementofheavytrafficfortransportationofrawmaterialandfinishedgoods,largeshareofthe
    trafficloadontheroads(highways)&rail,
    Lackofsupportinginfrastructuresuchaslogistics,warehousing,
    Industriesfacepowerproblemswithrespecttounscheduledcuts,whichaffectstheproductivity,
    especially in the continuous process plants. In order to make up for production loss, industries
    havetooperateDGsetswhicheventuallyincreasetheoverallproductioncostandairpollution,
    Lack of emergency facilities for fire safety and accidents, including medical infrastructure and
    healthcare,
    AbsenceofintegrationwithresearchanddevelopmentandICTinfrastructureinIndianindustrial
    cities,
    Unplannedinfrastructureprovisionsforvariousutilities,bothundergroundandonsurface,
    Limitedspaceforindustrialplots,allowingnoexpansioninfuture.

    Otherissuesassociatedwithindustrialtownshipare:
    Issuesofcompatibilitybetweenprocessingandnonprocessingareas,
    Lackofalternativeeconomicactivitiesleadingtostagnationofcitygrowth,
    Someoftheindustrialtownsalsoshowhighrateofcrime.Thisisprimarilyduetosegregationof
    classes, lack of recreational activities, lack of educational facilities for labour class, and to some
    extentduetoaportionofthepopulationisbachelor,
    Ignoranceonthepublictransportationintheindustrialareasforlabourandmanageriallabour,
    Lackofhousingforconstructionlabour,whocontinuetolivewithinandadjacenttotheindustrial
    citiesforyearsandlackofhousingrequirementsforlowincomelabourandinformalemployment.

    5.5.3.2. Planningstrategies
    Sitelocationoftheindustrialcityistheprimeaspectofitsplanning.Thesitingcriteriashallsatisfythe
    environmental requirements mentioned by Ministry of Environment and Forest, which is with
    sufficientbuffers,distancefromalargesizetownandagriculturalland(referChapter6forspecifics).
    Land suitability analysis to be done for identifying zones for placing hazardous industrial (uses
    including air polluting units and wind directions), other manufacturing industrial, compatible uses
    alongsurfacewaterbodies,hamletsandsettlementsandplacingofnonprocessingareas.Forlocating
    industrial zone, preference to areas with easy connectivity, provision for logistics and areas with
    existingindustriestobegiven,alsowinddirectionstobeconsidered.
    Zoningforprocessingandnonprocessingareasisrecommendedintheratioof40:60(especiallyin
    SEZ).Thelanduseregulationshavetokeepinviewtherequirementsofboththeseareasaccordingto
    the activities envisaged. Due to the health concerns and safeguards, provision of green buffers of
    minimumof500metersbetweencompatibleandnoncompatibleshallbewelldefinedwhilezoning(as
    giveninChapter6).

    166

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Processingarea:maybecompriseofthefollowingactivities:
    Industries/manufacturing;
    Ancillary&MSMEs;
    RetailTradeandcommerce;
    Godownsandwarehousing;
    Utilitycorridor;
    Portandportrelatedactivities;
    Airportandrelateduses,rail,roadandinlandwaterwayandspacesforparkingetc.;
    Publicutilitiesandanyotheressentialservices;
    Incidentalandotheractivitiesforsafetyandsecurity;andessentialresidentialforthesame;
    Governmentaluse/activitiestomanagetheproperfunctioningofsuchprocessingareas.
    InformationTechnologyandEnabledServices;
    Within the processing areas, space for informal commercial, service industries and parking as per
    industrialrequirementtobepaidattention.FordevelopmentofvarioustypesofparkslikeITparks,
    Plastic parks, Biotechnology parks, Food parks, Agro park, etc. the policy and norms issued by
    respective departments and guidelines available to be considered for planning. In absence of such
    handholdingprovisions,casestudiesofthespecificindustrialsectortobereferred.
    Clusterdevelopment:A cluster approach may be taken to optimise use or resources and minimise
    costofproduction.Forexample,allworkrelatedtocomputers,IT,Communicationcanbehousedina
    cluster at the outskirts of processing area to minimise heavy transportation within the city. Small
    clustersrelatedtoITandcommunicationcanalsobeaccommodatedwithinthenonprocessingareaat
    uniformdistanceforeasyreachofavailabilityofallservicesintime.
    Nonprocessing areas: Areas other than processing area are to be planned for various uses and
    activities, mainly as an industrial township including residential, commercial, recreational and
    activitiesrelatedtosocialinfrastructurelikeeducation,healthcare,andsocioculturalfacilities.
    Social infrastructure: The overall quantum of social infrastructure to be provided in the industrial
    townshipmaybedividedintotwolevelsoffacilities,includingIndustrialcitylevelFacilitiesandLocal
    LevelFacilities.
    Landuse:Anindustrialtownshipshouldprovideforajudiciousmixoflanduses/activitiesinsucha
    way that it is not dependant on the neighbouring or other city. The norms and standards for
    distributionoflandusemaybeasunder53.

    5.5.3.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofIndustrialtowns
    Table5.6: LandusestructureforIndustrialtowns54
    Sl.No.

    LanduseCategory

    PercentageofDevelopableArea

    Residential

    2025

    Commercial

    34

    Industrial

    PublicandSemiPublic

    Recreational

    1215

    TransportandCommunication(includinglogistics)

    1012

    Waterbodies&Specialareas

    Total

    3035
    68

    Balance
    100

    Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative,andmayvaryasperthesizeofSEZ,industrialtown,clusterdevelopment.

    53
    54

    DraftSEZGuidelinesstudybyTCPOpresentedtotheParliamentStandingCommittee.
    Ibid.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    167

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.3.4. Aspectsofplanning
    The industrial town should primarily be a modern stateoftheart township having
    worldclass infrastructure 55 , high quality living, working and entertainment
    provisions, which are particularly suited to the flexible uses and space demands of
    moderntechnologyandknowledgebasedactivities.
    Infrastructure:
    a.
    AllindustriestoberesponsiblefortreatingtheeffluentgeneratedaspertheCPCBregulations,
    for small and medium size industries infrastructure of Common Effluent Treatment Plants
    (CETP) to be planned. Special care to be taken in cases where the effluent after treatment is
    dischargedintoawaterbody.
    b.
    Solid waste disposal to be as per CPCB/SPCB regulation, specifically for hazardous waste
    disposal,
    c.
    Tomeetthepowersupplypressure,alternativesourceofenergytobeexploredinthesiteand
    situationtomeetthedomesticandcommercialdemandwithintheregion.
    d.
    Logistics and Parking requirement of industrial area as per the industrial area demand. The
    transportationinfrastructure,includingRoWandspeeddesigntobeasperthenormsgivenin
    thetransportationsectionofthisguideline.
    e.
    To ensure safety from hightension power line, reduce disruption and for increasing life,
    infrastructure lines are to be well designed within the Row for infrastructure corridors, by
    allocatingRightofUseasperregulationsofeachfacility.
    Nonprocessingareas:
    a.
    To bring harmony in the society, integration of residential sectors (informal/low income
    group/managerial staff/ pocketsof highincomegroup) shall be planned to reduce friction and
    encourage interaction socially and economically. The locations of low income group to be in
    proximity to the industrial and commercial areas to facilitate easy movement and reduce
    pressureonpublictransportation.
    b.
    Publictransportationshallprimarilytargetintegrationofresidentialareaswithindustrialzone.
    c.
    Incaseofgreenfieldindustrialsites,fortheexpansionofexistinghamletsandsmallsettlement,a
    buffer to be governed by respective authority (to be marked on the development plan after
    calculatingtheinducedgrowthrate).Suchbuffersshallbeestablishedforrecreational,livestock
    support and social infrastructure for the developments of the hamlets. Similarly buffers along
    riversintheindustrialareasshallbewellprotectedfromanywaterpollutionbyallowingriver
    frontdevelopmentswithrecreationalactivitiesbutwithoutpermanentdevelopments.
    Spacenorms:
    After liberalisation in 1991, several changes have taken place in the manufacturing and service
    industries.Amongwhichthekeyshiftisfromlabourintensivetocapitalintensive.Hencethespacefor
    industrial allocation is shrinking, while in service sector the work space norms are altering with the
    FDIinIT/BPOsector.Workersspacenormsaretobeproposedbasedonthelatesttechnologiesused,
    scaleofdevelopmentandinvestmentplanned.Theworkforceratioisasgivenbelow56:
    1) Work force participation can be considered more than 75% of the total population in
    industrialtowns,incasetheWorkForceParticipationRate(WFPR)isnotavailable.
    2) TheIndustrialworkersdensitycanbe:100pphto125pph

    55Worldclassinfrastructurewouldconsistof24X7hourwatersupply,uninterruptedpowersupply,efficientandpollution
    freetransportandmodernsolidwastemanagement,seweragetreatmentandcommunicationsystems.

    56

    Source:BasedonUDPFIGuidelines,1996

    168

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    The ratio of employment to land allocation should be case to case specifically for the sector of
    investment. With the advancing technology, the investment intensive developments will be altering
    theemploymentandspaceratio.
    Safeguards:
    a.
    Disaster management Plan for the industrial towns to be prepared at initial stages of planning
    and integrated with the Development Plan. In case of hazardous industrial, an evaluation plan
    shall be designed within the transportation network, to ensure evaluation by high speed
    designedroads.
    b.
    Health care facilities and emergency services to be decentralised and located in the processing
    andnonprocessingareasboth.
    c.
    Specificallyfirestationstobelocatedonthecornerplotgivingdirectaccesstosubarterialroads.
    d.
    Localwaterholesandrainwaterharvestingtankstobelinkedwithpressuredhosesasabackup
    tofireextinguisher.

    5.5.4. Heritage/Religious/Tourismcity
    Heritage areas and cities with historical and tangible / intangible cultural values;
    preserved, conserved and evolved by social interactions and changing economic
    factorshavegivenshapetotourisminthesecities.TheWorldHeritageOrganisation,
    Ministry of Culture, Ministry of Tourism have laid focus on the conservation,
    restorationandpromotionofculturalheritage.Amongthesehistoricalcities,pilgrim
    destinationsandcentresofreligiousvalueshaveemergedwithbroadbaseeconomic
    activityoftourism.Closeobservationofthesecitiesrevelsthatthesecitieswerenot
    designed for large population influx. Many of the religious towns with pilgrim
    destination in India are located on the fronts of water bodies or in the fragile
    ecosystems, (such as in the Himalayan ranges) where the balance between human
    activities and the nature is sensitive issue. It is crucial to include the ecosensitive
    area mapping, evaluation of carrying capacity (refer Chapter 7 for details) and
    provisionofecotourisminplanningforsuchtowns.
    Plannedtourismisamajorcontributortocitieseconomy.Tourismsectorprovidesa
    high multiplier in employment generation. Tourist cities economy may almost be
    totallybasedontourism.
    As evolved from the Tourism 2020 Vision, UNWTO 2002, cities or places of high
    populationdensitywheretripsaretakenbytravellersforleisureandrecreationcan
    bereferredastourismcities.Besides,theheritageandreligiouscities,asmentioned
    before,tourism cities/regions have developed from natural tourism, sports tourism,
    adventuretourism,ruraltourism,andwellnesstourism,amongothers.TheNational
    TourismPolicy,2002,MinistryofTourismrestsontheprincipleof:

    Institutional framework may be based on participation between Government and the private
    sector.Governmenttoprovidelegislativeframeworktoregulatetourismtradeandprivatesector
    totourismrelatedactivities,
    The deep rooted relationship of tourism and culture to be realised, and promotion of cultural
    tourism should be encouraged focusing culture related (craft, art, performing art, living style as)
    saleableproductsfortourist.
    Greater emphasis on Ecotourism, focusing on natural landscapes and other environmental
    featuresandalsovirgintraditionalruralenvironmentetc.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    169

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Specialthrust may be impartedto rural tourismandtourism in small settlements, where sizable


    assetsofourculturalandnaturalwealthexist.

    Linking heritage, build and nature with tourism is important. Heritage sites both
    global(worldheritagesites)andnaturalaretobeidentifiedandprotected.Suchareas
    should be integrated with rest of the development based on rules and regulations
    specified by World Heritage Centre, Archaeological Survey of India and State
    Governments.Protectionofsitesofhistoricalvalueotherthanofficiallydesignatedat
    local area level may be identified and integrated in the Regional/ Development /
    LAPs.

    5.5.4.1. Associatedissue
    Someoftheissuesassociatedwithheritagecities,religiouscitiesandcitiesoftourism
    potentialare:

    Influxofthefloatingpopulationortourists,
    Assessmentofareasofinfluenceoftourism/pilgrimage,
    Pressureonfragile/sensitivetourismzonesandonecotourismsitesinthetouristcircuits,
    Seasonalvariationofthelocaleconomicbase,
    Unclearinfrastructureestimations&planningestimationsforthetourismtownsduetofluctuation
    inthepopulationtobeserved,
    Transportplanningissuesassociatedwithterrain,slopesandundulatedsystems,
    Priorityfornonmotorisedtransportandpublictransport.
    Conservationandimprovementoflandprofile,areasofscenicvalueandutilizationofsitefeatures
    forstrengtheningtheambience,
    Issuesinsolidwastemanagementespeciallyinreligious/pilgrimtowns,
    Street vending activities in the popular religious and tourist sites and measures for their
    rehabilitation,
    Lack of documentation of heritage buildings and areas and application of general architectural
    controlinhistoricalareas,
    SupportinginvestmentinheritageassetsandgeneratingreturnsbyULBsorbyprivatesector,
    Lack of social guidance in case of exposure to cultural variation, specifically in international
    tourismdestination,etal.

    5.5.4.2. PlanningStrategy
    Atourismcityplanningstrategyistobebroadlybasedontheunderstanding

    ForNatureinitsmanyforms,itsmountains,streams,sylvansurroundings;
    ItsCultureasmanifestintheart,architecture,templesandpilgrimtowns;
    ItsHistoryasseeninthearchaeologyofthetangibleandintangibleoutputsofanearlierera.

    On 10th November 2011, UNESCOs General Conference adopted the new


    recommendation on the Historic Urban Landscape by acclamation, as an additional
    tooltointegratepoliciesandpracticesofconservationofthebuiltenvironmentinto
    thewidergoalsofurbandevelopmentinrespectoftheinheritedvaluesandtraditions
    of different cultural contexts. The UNESCO General Conference recommended its
    Member States to take the appropriate steps to facilitate its implementation and
    further recommended that Member States and relevant local authorities identify

    170

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    within their specific contexts the critical steps to implement the Historic Urban
    Landscapeapproach,whichmayincludethefollowing:

    To undertake comprehensive surveys and mapping of the citys natural, cultural and human
    resources;
    Toreachconsensususingparticipatoryplanningandstakeholderconsultationsonwhatvaluesto
    protect for transmission to future generations and to determine the attributes that carry these
    values;
    To assess vulnerability of these attributes to socioeconomic stresses and impacts of climate
    change;
    To integrate urban heritage values and their vulnerability status into a wider framework of city
    development, which shall provide indications of areas of heritage sensitivity that require careful
    attentiontoplanning,designandimplementationofdevelopmentprojects;
    Toprioritizeactionsforconservationanddevelopment;
    To establish the appropriate partnerships and local management frameworks for each of the
    identified projects for conservation and development, as well as to develop mechanisms for the
    coordinationofthevariousactivitiesbetweendifferentactors,bothpublicandprivate.

    Through adopted strategies, such as of UNESCOs new Recommendation on the


    Historic Urban Landscape, the local conservation approach is to be defined by the
    local authority in lines with the broader prevailing policies in India. However
    applicationofconservation,preservationandpromotionisnottobeequallytreated.
    Withdetailedmapping,documentationandanalysis,zonesoftreatmentandextendof
    tourism may be identified for sustainable development. Figure 5.8 explains the
    integratedapproachtotourismcity/regionplanning.
    HighValuezone:Thecorezoneofheritage,religiousoroftourismvalueisthehigh
    value zone. This may consist of Natural Heritage or Built Heritage or both. Ethnic
    value of the zone is of the highest level and is meant for preservation. The carrying
    capacityofthisvaluezoneisthekeytothetourismpotentialofthecity.
    Figure5.8: IntegratedapproachtoTourismCity/RegionPlanning

    Natives Zone: This can be called as the residential zone of the locals or the
    settlement.Thiszoneusuallyoverlapswiththehighvaluezone,asmentionedearlier,
    due to social interactions and economic relationships. The economic benefits of
    tourismaremeasurableinthenativezoneandimprovementinthequalityoflifeof
    thelocalpopulationcanbeachievedthroughplanneddevelopment.Thiszoneisfor
    conservation of the culture, valuable architecture, and for promotion of local
    economy.Thiszoneissuggestedforinnovativestrategiestoprovidethecitywitha

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    171

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    consistent image and therefore provide significant revenue and added value to its
    residents.
    Newinfrastructurezone:Thecityperipheryorouterzoneisthenewdevelopment
    zone. This outer zone is for the new development to comeup to meet the tourism
    requirements for the promotion of tourism and for city growth. By understanding
    market trends through market analysis, demand and needs of the tourist is to be
    assessed for the Tourism Product Development57such as experientialshopping,
    festivals, emotionalcultural and historic resources, hospitality, physical
    infrastructure, natural resources, restaurants, accommodation. In doing so, tourist
    attraction spots and areas should be first made easily accessible. Depending on the
    quality of such tourist area, certain experience based tourist trails can be planned
    with adequate support of logistics. These new developments should be integrated
    withtheinnertwozones.
    The investment in this zone can draw from the various tourism infrastructure
    development schemes by the State. Promotion of tourism as an economic activity,
    alternative economic base including thrust in institutional & commercial
    developmentsistobeadoptedinthiszone&ifallowableinNativesZonetoo.
    Incaseoftourismregions/circuits,thenewinfrastructurezonemaybewidespread
    andcanbeconsideredastherestoftheareaoftheregion/circuitoutsidehighvalue
    zoneandnativeszone.Atourismcircuitwillhavevariousnucleusofhighvaluezone
    beddedbythethreadofconnectivity.
    Networks: The integration of the zones is to be strong with networks. Networks to
    connect zones for accessibility between the two outer zones i.e. new infrastructure
    zoneandnativeszoneshallhavestronglinkages,whilefromecosensitiveapproach;
    the High Value zone shall have limited access (if possible pedestrian). For the
    protection of the (built and natural) heritage from the adverse impacts of tourism,
    adoption of greener tourism in this zone is the key. For improving external
    connectivity up to the tourist city/ nodes inthe touristcircuit, alternative modes of
    transportationshouldbepromoted.
    Simplepracticalstepstoreduceadverseimpactontheenvironmentandpromotethe
    benefits of tourism are through zoning. Local consultative approach to be taken for
    tourismbasedlivelihooddevelopment,physicalinfrastructure,transportandtourists,
    heritageandtourismconservation,environmentandtourism,anyother.However,a
    generalisedlandusestructureisproposedbelow.

    57

    Tourism Product Development is a key factor in the overall experience demanded by tourists visiting cities or other types of
    destinations. Understanding market trends through market analysis will help create a strategy that will match tourists
    needs and demands.

    172

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.4.3. Proposed Land use Structure of Heritage/ Religious/ Tourism


    city
    Table5.7: LandusestructureforHeritage/Religious/TourismCity
    Sl.No.

    LanduseCategory

    PercentageofDevelopableArea

    Residential

    3540

    Commercial

    57

    Industrial

    PublicandSemiPublic

    1012

    45

    TransportandCommunication

    1214

    Recreational&waterbodies

    1012

    Specialareas(includingheritageandreligiousareas)

    710

    Total

    100

    Source: Modified based on the Proposed Land use Structure for Urban Centers and analysis of various case studies (including
    Agra,Puri,Rameshwar,Hampi,Bodhgayaetc.)
    Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative,whichmayvaryasperthesizeofcityandtheeconomicbase.

    5.5.4.4. Aspectsofpreservation,conservation&promotion
    1. Inline,withtheobjectivesoftheMinistryofCulture,(RFD201314),planningforheritagecitiesto
    includesafeguardofvariousformsofIntangibleCulturalHeritageandpromoteresearchthrough
    financialsupporttoartistes,scholarsandculturalorganizationsandManagenationalmonuments
    (Tangible Heritage) of India through Archaeological Survey of India, State Governments,
    Universities,LocalBodies.
    2. Special attention to be paid while planning for religious settlements along the river fronts and
    waterbodies,whereemphasisistobelaidonconservationofwaterbodies,reductionofpollution
    (due to incompatible activities), improper solid waste management and no alteration of the
    watershedsystemofthearea.
    3. Fortheapplicationoftheconservation,preservationandpromotioninvariouszonesoftreatment
    andflowoftourist,thevariousplanningaspectscanbeadopted:
    a.

    Development plan should include historic & religious zones as special zones where all
    Developmentshouldbepermittedbythecompetentauthority.
    b.
    Development controls to be based on ground realities with a separate section on urban
    designapproach(suchasfaadecontrols)forimprovingaestheticsofthetownatlarge,
    c.
    Standardisation of Urban Design in the preservation and conservation zone including:
    Typical elevation of the houses, Building height, Elevation colour theme, Building material
    (Maintain and encouraging local building material use), Typical styles for column, bracket,
    balcony,motifs.Whiletheusableareainsideshouldbefreefromregulation.
    d.
    Visibility of historical monuments and faade of the core zone to be maintained and
    implementation of the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites & Remains Act, 2010
    (AMASR).
    e.
    Signagestobespecifiedandpreferablyaestheticallyfitted,(asgiveninShimlaMasterPlan)
    4. FormationofaHeritageConservationCommitteewithintheMunicipality/DevelopmentAuthority
    fortheheritagecitiesissuggestedasanimplementationagencyforHeritagerelatedpoliciesand
    plans.ThecelltoessentiallyconsistofPlanners,Conservationarchitects,Archaeologist,Structure
    (retrofitting) engineer, urban designer, Property evaluator, representative from ASI, members
    from revenue department, town planning department and local representatives (councillor). Its
    roles&responsibilitymayinclude:
    a.
    StrictimplementationofCentral&StateGovernmentpolicies
    b.
    CarryoutHeritagerelatedstudies&surveys,categorisingheritagepropertiesandmapping

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    173

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    c.
    d.
    e.
    f.
    g.
    h.

    Formulatespecialheritageguidelines
    Formulate & implement Heritage related Development Control regulations and make
    revisionsfortheregulatedzoneaspertheAMASRAct,2010
    Anyheritagerelatednotificationandfines
    Equipmentandinfrastructureformaintenanceoftheheritagebuildingstobeacquiredand
    maintained
    Conductingworkshops,awarenessprogramsandculturalactivities
    Supportheritagepropertyownersinrepairandmaintenanceandsuggestionsforretrofitting
    ofoldstructures

    5. Thetourismplanmayalsoinclude:
    a.
    PromotionofHeritagewalkwayandRiverfrontwalkway,
    b.
    Landscaping&Upgradationofavailableopenspaces
    c.
    Revivalofurbanwaterbodies
    d.
    Seasonal tourism events such as Fair and Festivals to be organised as per the approved
    GuidelinesforFinancialAssistancetoStateGovernment/UnionTerritoryAdministrations
    forOrganizingFairandFestivalsandTourismrelatedEvents.
    e.
    Alternative modes of transportation to be encouraged in the tourism plan. Key nodes on
    transportationnetworkstohaveTouristInformationCentre/kiosk.
    f.
    Marketing strategies of the tourism destinations to be welldefined including generating
    revenuetothelocalpopulation,apartfromemploymentgenerationestimations.Onaverage,
    Employment generation by tourism industry as direct and indirect is suggested for hotel
    industry(perroom)bytheTourismPolicyis:
    i. Directemployment:2persons
    ii. Indirectemployment:3persons

    5.5.5. Portcity
    Acoastalcitywhoseseafrontisdominatedbyportandwhichhascomeintoexistence
    primarily due to port activities is referred to as a Port City. Such cities represent
    exceptional developmental potential due to their maritime identity. Coastal features
    remarkably notable within the highlow tide line mark are mudflats, salt pans,
    estuaries, creeks, mangroves, coral reefs, geomorphological features with patches
    undersandandbeaches;scrubs,plantations,forestsandsometimeshorticulture.On
    theotherhand,easyaccesstolargewaterbodyoftheportleadstodevelopmentof
    coastal infrastructure, fishing activities, salt manufacturing, presence of industries
    and even power plants, which provide an advantage to the City development by
    means of bearing the benefits of its location. Besides the coastal advantages, these
    sitesareconnectedtothehinterlandbyrailandroads.

    5.5.5.1. Associatedissue
    Thechallengeinthemanagementofsuchacityliesinthebalanceddevelopmentof
    portactivities,environmentalprotectionandurbanisation.Keyissuesassociatedwith
    portcityplanningare:

    Challengetosustaintheportcitysactivitieswhiletransformingintomajoreconomiccentres.Some
    oftheportshaveintensifiedportactivities,whichhaveresultedinincreasingpressureonlandfor
    urbanisation.
    Development of compatible land uses, activity areas and integration of port, industries, logistics
    facilitiesandtheresidentialzones,withtheprovisionofadequategreenbufferandconnectivity.

    174

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    DecentraliseddevelopmentthroughprovisionofselfcontainedzoneswithinthePortCityregion.
    Preservationofecologicallyfragileareas,waterbodiesandtheirbasins,CRZandforests.
    IdentificationandplanningfortheCoastalRegulationsZoneandlandundertheHighTidelinesper
    theCRZregulationsandmajoruseoftheavailablewaterfront.
    Attemptsalongtheportlandtoreclaimlandimpactingthemarineecology.
    Lackofalternativeeconomicactivitiesleadingtostagnationofcitygrowth.
    Someoftheporttownsalsoshowhighrateofcrime.Thisisprimarilyduetosegregationofclasses;
    lackofrecreationalactivities,lackofeducationalfacilitiesforlabourclass,andtosomeextentdue
    toaconsiderablepercentageofthepopulationisbachelor.

    5.5.5.2. Planningstrategy
    Aportandacityusuallyhavetwodistinctentities,theportoperationalareaandthe
    civilcity.Thesetwoentitiesmaybedifferentlyadministeredandmanaged,however,
    undertheIndianPortAct(IPA),1908;thePortTrustisthenodalagencyfortheport
    operationalareaand,attimesthecivilcitytoo.Insomecasesportcitymayhavethe
    administrationunderthemunicipallaw,henceplanningforportcitymusttakeinto
    accounttheconditionsofIPA1908.Planningfortheportforwhichthejurisdictional
    areaiswelldefinedistobedonebythePortTrust.Whileplanningforthecivilcity
    may be done by the Port Trust or by the Town and Country Planning Department/
    relevantbodyoftheState.
    Agrowthmodelingeneralisobservedforportcity,whichevolvesfromharbourtoa
    heavy manufacturing base, eventually leading to a commercial growth centre. The
    pressure on land impacts its demographic profile and land values. Also, industrial
    development requires supporting residential development. Often ancillary and
    service industries, warehousing facilities, logistic sector, truck and heavy vehicle
    parkingareasbegincroppinguparoundtheindustrialdevelopment.Thisisthestage
    wheretheunplannedproliferationofdevelopmentalactivitiesstartandastrongneed
    forplanninginterventionisfelt.Slowlythesurroundinglandsrealestatevaluerises
    andcommercialdevelopmentintensifies.Asaresultworkerpopulationincreasesand
    forward linkages are established as services like institutional development,
    development of financial institutions, corporate offices, BPO amongst others. As the
    quality of infrastructure and service improves, eventually the tourism sector also
    grows.
    International and Indian port cities, viz, Mumbai, Vishakhapatnam, Shanghai and
    Singapore reflect presence of industrial manufacturing base and other key
    componentssuchascitysizeandpopulationdensity.LandusepatternofLosAngeles
    and Vishakhapatnam, amongst others have inspired the planning for the non
    industrial components of institutional support system and commercial economic
    base.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    175

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Figure5.9: MumbaiPortCityAnalysis

    Source:

    MMRDA.

    ThestrategytoaccommodatealltheselfcontainedzoneswithinthePortCityregion
    islargelydependentonthegeographicalandtopographicalpatternsofeachportcity.
    However there are some fundamental similarities in the arrangements in their land
    usepattern,whichhavebeendepictedinthefollowingdiagram.
    Figure5.10:SuggestedPortcityPlanningStrategy

    Source:

    VariousPortcitycasestudiesreferred.

    Port&Industries:Portsbringinavarietyoftradeandtheirancillaryactivitiestothe
    immediate hinterland. Freight handling and industrial activities have inseparable
    linkageswiththeport.

    176

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    The industrial and residential zones generally form two distinct parts of the port
    cities with industries and manufacturing units clustering together in the area
    immediatelysurroundingports.Withintheindustrialregion,theheavyandthelight
    industries tend to be separated as well with the light industries being set up away
    fromtheportbutwellconnectedwithtransportlines.InmanysituationsSEZscome
    uprightaroundtheporttoattractindustryandformthemainurbancentreofthese
    port cities. However, shipbuilding and saltpans are economic activities, which come
    upalongthewaterfront.
    Residential&Support:PortTrustcanallowthedevelopmentofresidentialbuilding
    fortheemployeesoftheBoard,withinoroutsidethelimitsofportastheboardmay
    considernecessary58.Migratorypopulationincreasesthedemandforhousinginthe
    portvicinity,whichcreatesalargeportionofthelandusesharetoberesidentialand
    commercialactivities.
    Residences are generally planned in the port hinterland with strong connectivity.
    Alongwithresidences,plannededucational/institutionalandcommercialareascome
    up with a view to cater the urban population. Here it is important to note that the
    commercial and institutional developments are as a complimentary requirement of
    thethrusteconomicsectorsandthusneedtobeintegratedwiththeport&industries.
    To avoid stagnation of port city growth, alternative avenues and economic
    opportunitiesshallbeadoptedaskeystrategytakingadvantageoftheagglomeration
    economy and accessto basic logistics, like transport, power and water. Institutional
    infrastructurebaseprovidesskilledandsemiskilledlabourasperthedemandandas
    a consequence, share of institutional requirement in port cities is slightly on the
    higher side. With higher end services being provided, an institutional framework is
    establishedthatprovidesahighlyeducatedandmotivatedworkforce.
    Transportation: There would be two aspects for the development of transport
    infrastructure in port cities. Firstly, the aspect of infrastructure development is the
    establishment of interstate rail lines and airports that are created to accommodate
    theeasymovementofcargoasthecapabilityofportincreasewiththesettingupof
    moreindustries.
    Secondisdevelopmentofapublictransportnetwork,whichinmostcasesconsistsof
    raillinesaswellasmassrapidtransitservice.Thiscomesuptocaterthemovementof
    the residential population to the commercial and industrial zones and forms the
    backbone of the expansion and growth of the city. Also, the areas around these
    TransportCorridorsgaininlandvaluesandvariouskindsofmixedusedevelopments
    develop around it including commercial, institutional, theme developments,
    investmentareas,andhospitalityandtourismactivitiesamongstothers.
    A seamless transport infrastructure network should be developed throughout port
    trustandlocalauthorityarea.Worksforroads,railways,bridges,andtunnelscanbe

    58

    MajorPortTrustAct,1963.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    177

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    executed within or without the limits of the port by the sanction of the Board of
    Trustees.59
    Environment and Sustainability: Marine ecosystems of the coast are very rich in
    speciesdiversityandabundance.Itisseeninmanyoftheportcitiesacrosstheworld
    that once industry and residence has been established, port cities set up
    environmentalreservesandforestregionsandfishcultureareasbeginfocussingon
    sustainabledevelopmentevenattractingtourism.Economicactivitiesrequiringwater
    frontandconservationofthisfrontundercoastalregulationzoneshaveacombating
    demand for the sensitive land. However, port trusts have power to carry out the
    activitieslikereclaiming,excavating,enclosing,andraising anypartoftheforeshore
    oftheportorportapproachestocarrytheportactivitiesproperly.60
    This zone can be regulated through provision of buffers and protected areas
    surrounded with compatible land uses of recreational, institutional and sparse
    residential areas. Recreational zone can be developed with beaches, creek
    development,parks,streetshoppingetc.toaccommodateurbanleisureactivitiesby
    carefullyintegratingtheseaedgewiththecitybywelldevelopedpedestrianpaths.
    Qualityoflife:Asmoreworkersbegintosettle,anurban,cosmopolitanenvironment
    isgeneratedwhichattractsthecommercialandservicesectors totheseportaswell
    as recreational areas. The development of these service sectors attracts a different
    population of workers, service providers, henceforth emphasising on the need of
    educationalfacilitieswithtechnicalinstitutes.
    Forinteractionofthevariousclassesofthesociety,thelivingandrecreationalareas
    aretobeintegratedandhencetheopenspacesandamenitiestobedecentralisedand
    inclusivelyplannedforpublicintegration.Here,socialinfrastructurecantargetneeds
    ofspecificstrataofpopulationtoensureimprovedqualityoflifeandeventuallysocial
    security.
    Maritime boards of the country in respective States are making effort to plan these
    citiesasmultifunctionalandsustainable.Theideaistoprovideforinfrastructureto
    attract&accommodateurbanpopulationandtoregulatedevelopmentinandaround
    theseports.

    59

    Ibid.

    60

    Ibid.

    178

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.5.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofPortcity
    Table5.8summarisesthelandusestructureforatypicalportcity
    Table5.8: LandusestructureforPortCity
    Sl.No.

    LanduseCategory

    PercentageofDevelopableArea

    Residential

    Commercial

    Industrial(includingPort)

    PublicandSemiPublic

    Recreational(includingwaterfrontactivities)

    1520

    TransportandCommunication(includinglogistics)

    1518

    Primaryactivities&Waterbodies
    Total

    2024
    34
    2025
    68

    Balance
    100

    Source: Modified based on the Proposed Land use Structure for Urban Centers and analysis of various case studies, including
    Singapore,Shanghai,LosAngeles,Vishakhapatnam,Chennai,Mumbai,Surat,Rotterdametc.
    Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative andincludinggreen,openspaces, waterfront activitiesarea,butexcluding
    CRZareasandnondevelopableareas.

    5.5.5.4. AspectsofPlanning
    1. Planning of the port and its surrounding area to be based on the harbour

    structure, port infrastructure, cargo capacity, facilities including jetties &


    wharfs, Godown facilities and on the understanding of its backward& forward
    linkages of the commodities of import and export. The following port
    supportinginfrastructurecouldbeconsideredinaportcityasperrequirement:
    i.
    Encourage logistics infrastructure development by private or by the ULBs
    to generate revenue. Logistics as a backward linkage benefits from port
    &otherindustriesandgeneratesdirectandindirectemployment.
    ii.
    Separateraillinesandcargo/freighthandlingjunctionstobesituatedalong
    theportanditsindustries.
    iii.
    Aerodrome,ifexisting,canbeextendedtocommercialoperationsaswell.
    iv.
    Duringplanning,provisionforpipelinesinfrastructureinand aroundport
    citytobegivenattention
    v.
    Innovative and feasible alternatives of water supply infrastructure, using
    techniquessuchasdesalination,reverseosmosistobeconsidered.
    vi.
    Appropriate disposal system for industrial effluents, sewerage and solid
    waste.
    vii. Area identification for Cyclone Shelters in view of cyclone proneness and
    HazardLinedemarcation.
    2. Sectors with focus on local raw material available from the natural resource
    base have due advantage to bring benefit to the local economy. The areas
    marked as high cropping intensity should be left as green/agriculture. Also,
    Shipbuildingindustrytobeallowed/consideredalongthecoastalfront.
    3. Institutional development is complementary and key support to port city
    industrial development for sectors such as port & logistics. Skilled labour is

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    179

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    required and crucial in light engineering for technical inputs. Similarly semi
    skilled manpower is prime logistics requirement. Development centres for
    skilledandsemiskilllabourshallbedevelopedasapartofinstitutionalfacility.
    OfficespacesandInformationTechnologyisasupportsystemrequiredforhigh
    endandvalueadditionintheentireindustrialzone.Besidesthis,Marinemining
    & biotechnology may benefit from research & development. R& D can be
    divertedtoaddvaluetoagriculture,pharmaceuticalsetc.also.
    4. The National Environmental Policy, 2006 suggests actions to conserve coastal
    resourcesexplicitlyconsidersealevelriseandvulnerabilityofcoastalareasto
    climate change and geological events, in coastal management plans, as well as
    infrastructureplanningandconstructionnorms.
    Adopt a comprehensive approach to Integrated Coastal Management by addressing
    linkages between coastal areas, wetlands, and river systems, in relevant policies,
    regulation,andprograms.
    Environmentrisksandmitigationplantobetakenintoconsiderationwhileplanning
    theportcitydevelopment.
    Sustainabilityoftheportisreflectedfromitsplanningasperlocalweatherconditions
    andforEcologicallySensitiveAreas&Protectedareassuchas CRZ,MarineNational
    parkandsanctuaries,specificallytakingintoconsiderationtheclimatechange.
    Portcitydesignisgenerallyingridformation.Thisisduetoalignmentwiththewind
    flow directions in the coastal areas as sea breezes and helps to reduce pressure of
    cyclonicwinds,apartfromtheinfluenceofmangrovesonthecyclone.
    5. In case of older cities where ports were set up many years ago, the aim is to
    attain sustainable growth of the city by decongesting city centres while at the
    sametimeallowinggreatergrowthinthecommercialandindustrialsectorsby
    connecting these cities to smaller towns, suburbs and decentralized hubs of
    activity.
    Apartfromcoastalports,IndiaalsohasDryportsInlandContainerDepots(ICD)and
    Container freight Stations (CFS) are alternatively called Dry Ports. ICD and CFS
    provide warehousing space, temporary storage and handling equipment for import
    and export load, as well as empty containers. Rail network should be provided for
    strongconnectivitybetweentheportcitiesanddryports.

    5.5.6. IntegratedTownship
    Integrated Township can be defined as clusters of planned housing and commercial
    businesses with associated infrastructure such as roads, schools, hospitals,
    convenience shopping, water treatment plants and drainage & sewage facilities.
    Integratedtownshipsmajorlyemphasiseoncreatingselfcontainedsettlementswith
    workliveplay concept by integrating selected economic activities in
    manufacturing/service/businesscategories.

    180

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Integrated townships have more open areas with suitable economic size capable of
    supporting businesses and homes, with adequate physical and social infrastructure.
    Yet, these should be compact enough to enable high quality living environments
    where it is possible to walktowork / school or take public transport for other
    activities. Such townships are expected to offer the same or more comforts and
    facilities as available in main city. Over that, it provides relief from congestion and
    trafficbottlenecks.
    Strategically,integratedtownshipsshouldbedesignedtohavezeroimpactintermsof
    waste management and be adequately selfsufficient in terms of facilities for
    education, health and other aspects of social welfare. Therefore, for sustainable
    infrastructureandcontinuedoperationandmaintenance,newservicesectorssuchas
    facilities management and integrated waste management shall be promoted in
    IntegratedTownships.
    States like Maharashtra and Rajasthan have policy (township policy) under which
    new townships are being developed by private developers within the city limits on
    UrbanisablelandundertheDevelopmentplan/Masterplanofthecity.Theminimum
    areaofsuchtownshipsis100acresinMaharashtraand10hectaresinRajasthan.
    Government of India has permitted Foreign Direct Investment up to 100% for
    development of integrated townships including housing, commercial premises,
    hotels,resorts,cityandregionallevelurbaninfrastructurefacilitiessuchasroadsand
    bridges, mass rapid transit systems and manufacture of building materials.
    Developmentoflandandprovidingalliedinfrastructurewillformanintegratedpart
    of township's development. 61 Many States in India, following initiatives by
    MaharashtraandRajasthan,havemadeattempttopreparepoliciesorschemesforthe
    development of integrated townships. The brief based on study of relevant
    policy/schemesofthreeStatesisbeingpresentedbelow.

    5.5.6.1. StateIntegratedTownshipPolicies
    To provide a framework for the development of townships and to regulate the
    functionsoftheparticipantsinsuchdevelopments,theGovernmentshouldformulate
    an Integrated Township policy / scheme, as has been done by the Governments of
    Gujarat 62 , Himachal Pradesh 63 , Rajasthan 64 and Uttar Pradesh 65 . Such policies
    institutionalise the role of the state government, developers and other state level
    agenciesintheprocessofdevelopingIntegratedTownships.
    Rajasthan:

    61

    GuidelinesforFDIinDevelopmentofIntegratedTownship,DIPPPressNote,2002.

    62

    GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008(GUDC).

    63

    HimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme(Draft).

    64

    RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010.

    65

    IntegratedTownshipPolicy,Housing&UrbanPlanningDepartment,GovernmentofUttarPradesh.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    181

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    The salient features of the Guidelines for developing Integrated Township provided by State of
    Rajasthan66hasbeenlistedbelow:
    Minimumareaforintegratedtownshipshallbe10hectares,
    Thelocalauthorityshallacquirelandandmayallotfortownshipprojectstodevelopers,
    Localauthoritieswoulddevelopsectorparksonthelinesofsectorroadsasperzonalplans,
    Roadconnectivityshallbeensuredbythedeveloperandnoroadshallbelessthan40ft.,
    FARfortheentiregrossareaofschemeshallbe1.2,67
    Industrial Township shall have Facilities/Services/Open/Road area as 35%, further breakup of
    whichisfacilitiesarea10%,openarea5%,areaunderroads20%
    StreetLights:Thedistancebetweenpolesshouldnotbemorethan30meters,
    ItismandatoryforthedevelopertoestablishandoperateSTPinthetownshipalongwithrecycling
    oftreatedwastewater,
    Horticulture&Plantation:Treesofheightsmorethanfivefeetshouldbeplantedwithminimumof
    30treesperacreofthegrossarea,
    Intownshipschemeslocalauthoritywillconstructcommunitywaterharvestingstructuresand
    allwateroutletsanddrainageswillbeconnectedtothisstructure.Thisshallbestrictlyenforcedby
    theLocalAuthority,
    Thedesignofthetownshipshallaimatwaterandenergyconservation.

    RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010hasprovidedfollowingcategoriesofschemesfor
    developingdifferenttypeoftownships:
    Table5.9: RajasthanTownshipPolicy:TypesofTownships
    TypesofTownships

    Arearequirement

    TownshipScheme

    Morethan20hectares.

    MiniTownshipScheme

    Morethan10hectaresandupto20hectares

    SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,
    IndustrialTownship,I.T.Township

    SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,Industrial
    Township,I.T.Township)
    Minimumareaof10hectaresinRIICO68industrialareas
    insmalltowns.

    Mixedlanduseonlandofclosed/sickunitsinsmall
    towns

    AffordablehousingprojectsonlandofsickorunviableunitsinindustrialareasofRIICOorelsewhere.
    Source:

    RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010.

    HimachalPradesh:
    ThesalientfeaturesofHimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme69are:
    More than 40 hectare of land in hilly terrain and above in 50 hectare in plains mandatory for
    developingIntegratedTownships,
    SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,IndustrialTownship,I.T.Townshipetc.),withmore
    than40hectaresofland,
    TheTownshipshallnotincludelandundertheforest,waterbodies,landfallingwithin100mfrom
    (havingtheleveltheHFL)theHFL(HighFloodLevel)ofthemajorlakes,damslandfallingwithin
    200mfromtheofficialboundaryofhistoricalmonumentsandplacesofarchaeologicalimportance,
    archaeologicalmonuments,heritageprecincts,otherrestrictedareas.
    The Township scheme shall have a minimum of 15 meter approach road from any National
    Highway, State Highway, Major District Road, Other District Road or any other road area
    network/sectorroads/masterplanroads.

    66

    Notification,2007,GovernmentofRajasthan.

    67

    However,theindividualplotscanbeallowedmaximumFARasperBuildingRegulationbutnotexceeding2.4.

    68

    RajasthanStateIndustrialDevelopmentandInvestmentCorporation.

    69

    HimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme.

    182

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Forglobaltownship,FARfortheentiregrossareaofschemeshallbe1.75.70

    Policies at national level also provided guidelines for the Integrated Townships, as National Urban
    Housing and Habitat Policy states that, Integrated Townships should generally be located on
    comparativelydegradedlandexcludingprimeagriculturalareasgrowingmorethanonecropwiththe
    helpofassuredirrigation.Also,theseshouldbelocatedatareasonabledistancefrommediumorlarge
    towns.71Hence,massrapidtransportcorridorsshallbedevelopedbetweenexistingmediumandlarge
    towns and new greenfield towns so that the relationship between industry and commerce is
    developedtoanoptimumlevel.
    Gujarat:
    GovernmentofGujarathasproposedtoprovideprimarilyfivetypesofsupportactivitiesthroughthe
    GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008(GUDC)forfacilitatingtodevelopIntegratedTownshipsin
    theState,whichareasfollows:
    Provisionoftrunkinfrastructureandprocurementofland,
    Establishment of a Green Channel for statutory clearances related to land, development
    permissions,environmentalclearances,
    Specialbenefits(tourism,education,healthprojects)underthepolicy,
    Ratingofdevelopersandprojectstobemandatedbythegovernment.
    Gujarat Integrated Township Policy has provided detailed town planning norms on land use
    classification.Broadpercentagesoflandareaundereachusesubcategoryintheproposedtownship
    are defined in the policy document. The land use categories prescribed in table below may be the
    predominantuseoftheland,thus,thedocumentalsospecifieslanduseswhicharepermittedandthose
    whicharenotpermittedinthelandusezone.Thecolourcodingdifferentiatesthemandatoryfromthe
    recommendednorms.

    70
    71

    However,theindividualplotscanbeallowedmaximumFARasperBuildingRegulationbutnotexceeding2.4.
    National Urban Housing and Habitat Policy, 2007.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    183

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Table5.10: SpaceAllocation/LandUseMix:PermittedunderGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008
    MinimumLandAreabyUseSubCategory
    UseCategory
    NO
    Description
    Name
    1 Technology
    Parks

    Measurable
    Parameter

    Value

    SuchasParksof
    ITITES.
    Biotechnology,
    Apparel,Gems&
    Jewelleryand
    otherR&D
    Institutionswith
    AncillaryHousing
    2 Education
    Suchcomplexesof
    Based
    schools/colleges/
    Townships Universities/resea
    rchcentreswith
    Hostelsand
    AncillaryHousing
    3 Medical/Healt Suchascomplexes
    hcare
    ofhospitals/
    Townships healthresorts/
    medicalcolleges/
    medicalresearch
    facilitieswith
    Hostelsand
    AncillaryHousing
    4 Tourism
    Related
    Infrastructure

    Proportionof
    totalBuiltUp
    Areausedfor
    Economic
    Activity

    70%or
    more

    60%or
    more

    Proportionof
    totalBuiltUp
    Areausedfor
    healthCare
    facilities

    60%or
    more

    Proportionof
    totalBuiltUp
    Areausedfor
    Economic
    Activity

    70%or
    more

    5 Logistics
    Parks

    Proportionof
    totalBuiltUp
    Areausedfor
    commercial
    activity

    70%or
    more

    Includesalllarge
    scalelogistics
    (freighthandling)
    andtrading
    activities
    (wholesaleor
    retail)with
    ancillaryactivities
    suchasoffice
    complexes,

    Whatdoes
    thevalue
    include?

    Institutio
    Functiona
    Residential
    Commercial Institutiona nal(Social Indust
    Commercial
    Road
    lOpen
    forEWS
    forEWS
    l
    infrastruc rial
    Spaces
    ture)
    Residential, 30%ofthe 10%ofland
    5%ofland
    1%of

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    Commercial, developed under
    under
    developed
    developed developed
    Institutional landarea
    residential
    commercial
    landarea
    landarea landarea
    and
    development
    development
    Industrial
    tobe
    tobe
    areaas
    allocated
    allocated
    specified
    Residential

    Residential 15%ofthe 10%ofland 5%ofthe


    and
    developed under
    developed
    Institutional landarea
    residential landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated
    Residential 15%ofthe 10%ofland 5%ofthe
    and
    developed under
    developed
    Institutional landarea
    residential landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    5%ofland
    under
    commercial
    development
    tobe
    allocated
    5%ofland
    under
    commercial
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    1%of

    developed
    landarea

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    1%of

    developed
    landarea

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    Commercial, 20%ofthe 10%ofland


    Institutional, developed under
    Residential landarea
    residential
    development
    tobe
    allocated
    Commercial, 20%ofthe 10%ofland
    Industrial,
    developed under
    Residential landarea
    residential
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    5%ofland
    under
    commercial
    development
    tobe
    allocated
    5%ofland 5%ofthe
    under
    developed
    commercial landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    1%of

    developed
    landarea

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    1%ofthe
    developed
    landarea

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    184

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    MinimumLandAreabyUseSubCategory
    UseCategory
    NO
    Description
    Name

    6 Residential

    7 MixedUse
    Townships

    Source:

    entertainment
    complexesand
    AncillaryHousing
    WhereHousingis
    developedas
    servicedplotsor
    constructed
    DwellingUnits
    andiscontiguous
    toanaccessible
    economicactivity
    Arealsoeligible

    Measurable
    Parameter

    Proportionof
    totalBuiltUp
    Areausedfor
    Dwelling
    Units

    Value

    80%or
    more

    Whatdoes
    thevalue
    include?

    Institutio
    Residential
    Commercial Institutiona nal(Social Indust
    Residential
    Commercial
    Road
    forEWS
    forEWS
    l
    infrastruc rial
    ture)

    Residential

    10%ofland 10%ofthe
    under
    developed
    residential landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    5%ofland 5%of the 5%ofthe


    under
    developed developed
    commercial landarea landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    10%ofland 10%ofthe
    under
    developed
    residential landarea
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    5%ofland
    under
    commercial
    development
    tobe
    allocated

    10%ofthe 10%ofthe
    developed developed
    landarea landarea

    1%ofthe
    developed
    landarea

    Functiona
    lOpen
    Spaces

    GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    185

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.5.7. PlanningforAffordableHousing
    Provisionforaffordablehousingisacriticalprovisioninthecontextofsustainable
    development. Affordable housing implies that the cost of the housing should be
    affordabletothedisposalincomeoflowincomegroup,EWSandthepoor.Thecost
    ofhousinghastwomajorcomponentslandandconstructionofhouses.Invariably
    inlargecitieslandcostundesirablyisboostedmakinghousingcostunaffordablefor
    the majority. Therefore, the critical policy in planning has to relate to adequate
    supply of land, commensurate to the needs of the majority, not for demand of the
    minority. This requires strong policy interventions to control rise of land price,
    speculation and more importantly to increase supply of land for buildings in the
    market. Some State initiatives have made efforts in policy and planning and
    preventioninordertoaffordablehousingandthisinvolvesenactingregulationsof
    reservationinhousingsupplyforEWSandthepoor.
    CaseStudy:AffordableHousingNorms,Rajasthan
    Sustainable human development cannot be achieved without adequate & affordable housing to the
    vulnerable population residing in the evergrowing urban settlements currently. Affordable shelter
    forthemassesorcreationofproductiveandresponsivehousingisacomplexamalgamofahostof
    factors, which need to be tackled at all levels and in a synchronized manner. Department of Urban
    Development, Housing and Local Self Government, Government of Rajasthan has developed
    Affordable Housing Policy, 2009 after studying and dovetailing various housing schemes of
    GovernmentofIndia.Withthehelpofthepolicyframeworkandtheinbuiltincentivesitisaimedto
    motivatevariousagencies,includingprivatedeveloperstotakeupconstructionofaffordablehousing
    forEWS/LIGcategoriesinvariousurbancentresofRajasthan.UnderthesaidPolicy,fivemodelsfor
    developingAffordableHousinghavebeenadvanced.
    ModelNo1:MandatoryProvisions
    Table5.11: ProportionofPlots/Houses/FlatsinTownships/GroupHousingSchemes
    S.No.

    EWS/LIG

    MIGAcategory

    RajasthanHousingBoard

    50%

    20%

    AllUrbanLocalBodies

    25%

    20%

    Privatedevelopers

    15%

    Source:

    AffordableHousingPolicy,2009,RajasthanGovernment

    ModelNo2:Privatedevelopersonlandownedbythem
    DeveloperstotakeupconstructionofEWS/LIGflatsonminimum40%ofthetotalland.
    ThebuiltupEWS/LIGflatstobehandedovertoAvasVikasLimitedatpredeterminedprices.
    SeveralincentivesareofferedlikedoubleofthenormalFAR,TDRfacility,waiverofEDC,Building
    plan approval fee, conversion charges, 10% of the total land allowed for commercial use, fast
    trackapproval
    ModelNo3:Privatedevelopersonacquiredland
    The land would be made available to the developer on payment of compensation (Land
    Acquisitioncost+10%Administrationcharges).AllotherparametersasperModelNo.2.

    186

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    ModelNo4:PrivatedevelopersonGovernmentland
    EarmarkedGovernmentlandtobeofferedfreeofcosttothedeveloperselectedthroughanopen
    biddingprocess.ThedeveloperofferingthemaximumnumberofEWS/LIGflatsfreeofcosttothe
    ULBwouldbeawardedtheproject.Atleast50%housesshouldbeofEWScategory.

    The developer shall be free to use the remaining land as per his choice for residential purpose
    with10%forcommercialuse.AllotherparametersasperModelNo.2.

    ModelNo5:SlumHousing
    ThemodelisbasedonvariousschemesapprovedbyGovernmentofIndiaandalsoonthelinesof
    "MumbaiModel"ofslumredevelopmentwithprivatesectorparticipation.

    The Policy document also provides for the tentative land use breakup, ground
    coverage,timeperiodforfinishingproject,additionalFARandUseofTDRasaresult
    ofadditionalFAR.
    Integrated Townships developing in the periphery ofcities leadtoformation
    ofenclavesoncecitygrowsandonceperipheralareaisaccommodatedincity
    planning area. These enclaves can be assimilated with the city character and
    structurebyrealisingneedsofthemaincity,promotingrequiredactivitiesin
    thetownshipsanddevelopingpoliciestoaccommodateneedsofdevelopment.

    5.5.8. MediCity
    Theconceptofmodernmedicalcitiesorspecialhealthcarefacilitiesasbeeninplace
    for some time, but has gained renewed interest, particularly in rapidly developing
    economies.Theconceptofamedicityorhealthcitydefinesaclusterofhospitals,a
    holistichealthcarecentre;alargehospitalsprawledacrossacresofland.Medicity
    can be a new township or a zone of a city, where medical facilities are provided
    releasingpressurefromthemaincityortopromotemedicaltourismattractingnew
    sourcesofeconomicgrowth.
    Medicities have been designed to be comprehensive in scope and incorporate
    advancedtechnologiesandmedicalpractices.Thescaleandscopeofmedicalcities
    usually demands an advanced level of care, both in technology and approaches to
    createanattractivedestinationforcaretoensurethehighlevelofpatientvolumes
    requiredtosupportsuchalargesetup.

    5.5.8.1. Prerequisites
    Incertaincircumstances,Medicitiesevolveinmetropolitancities.Therearemany
    prerequisitesforthedevelopmentofMedicities,as:

    Volume and demand: Medicities will always require a significant amount of patient volume
    fromthelocalpopulationinadditiontothehumanresourcesandcommunityinfrastructurethat
    acitysettingprovides.
    Specialinfrastructure:Medicalcareandassociatedinfrastructureistobeprovidedinaplanned
    manner. Medicities require highly specialised provisions for medical waste handling especially
    hazardousbiowaste,accessibility,specialcaresystems,areareservationsandinfrastructure.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    187

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Accessibility: Wellconnected site is required for Medicity development to provide ease in


    accessibility. Parking provisions in a medicity is need based demand, focusing on institutional
    setups.Accessibilityintoandaroundthemedicityshouldbehighlyfocusedontheaccessibility
    ofdifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabled.
    Attractiveness: Medical cities need to offer several attractive attributes to attract foreign or
    nonlocal patients to overcome the competition, having special care, area reservation, and
    infrastructure facilities. Hotels, beautiful landscaping and country club, in order to attract and
    promotemedicaltourism,shouldcomplementthemedicity.
    Multiplefunctions:Medicitiesdevelopinginisolationdonotreachthematuritystage.Medical
    citiesshouldalsoincorporatesubstantialnonmedicalservicestosupportthestaff,patientsand
    visitors.Clearapproachandeffectiveforecastingmaynotbeeasyinsuchacase.
    Poor management of health care waste potentially exposes health care workers, waste
    handlers, patients and the community at large to infection, toxic effects and injuries, and risks
    pollutingtheenvironment.Itisessentialthatallmedicalwastematerialsgeneratedfrommedical
    cityaresegregatedatthepointofgeneration,appropriatelytreatedanddisposedofsafely.Bio
    MedicalWaste(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2011ofMoEForlatestsuchguidelines,must
    befollowedinMedicities(tobemonitoredbyCPCB/SPCBaspertheirregulations).

    5.5.8.2. Planningstrategy
    Medicitieshavetheabilitytosupportservicesthatarehighlyspecialized,services
    that often struggle to see sufficient volume to support a business case. Medicities
    need to have a strong higher and medical educational system and complete and
    stable infrastructure to become an ideal location for specialisation. Due to the
    interplay of economies of scale, the Medicity creates an interesting and
    opportunistic intersection with medical tourism as mentioned earlier. For those
    organizations providing medical tourism services, this integration extends beyond
    theimmediatecommunityintotheglobalhealthcaredeliverysystem.

    5.5.8.3. AspectsofPlanning
    Since the most critical issue in Medicity is handling of hazardous medical waste,
    essential facilities for the maintenance of Medicity has been prescribed by WHO,
    theseare:

    Effective waste reduction and waste segregation, ensuring that only appropriate wastes are
    incinerated;
    Siting incinerators away from populated areas or areas where food is grown, thus minimizing
    exposuresandtherebyrisks;
    A properly engineered design, ensuring that combustion conditions are appropriate, e.g.,
    sufficientresidencetimeandtemperaturestominimizeproductsofincompletecombustion;
    Construction following detailed dimensional plans, thus avoiding flaws that can lead to
    incompletedestructionofwaste,higheremissions,andprematurefailureoftheincinerator.

    ApartfromthewastehandlingoftheMedicity,thekeyaspectsofplanningare:
    1. Access:Oneoftheprimarysuccessfactorsforproperhealthcaredesignisconvenientandeasy
    access to and from the facility. This includes simple wayfinding, safe and weatherprotected
    vehicular dropoffs, and convenient access to parking. Such access is often at odds with urban
    planningtrends, which attempt to minimize the impactof vehiculartransportation in favour of
    morepedestrianorientedbuildings.

    188

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    2. Transportationfacilitieslikebusroutes,metrorail,bicycling,andheliportsaresubstantialnon
    medicalservicestosupportthestaff,patientsandvisitors.
    3. ParkingDemands:Accesstopublictransportationandhousingwithinwalkingdistancecreates
    opportunitiesforstaffandcertainpatientsandvisitorstoavoidvehicularcommutingaltogether.
    Thisreducesthepollutingimpactofautomobilesandcanminimizethesizeofrequiredparking
    facilities. It should be noted, however, that even with these reductions, hospitals would still
    generally create a much higher parking demand per square foot than a typical urban office
    building.72
    4. Natural Environment: Environment Studies have concluded that a natural environment is
    essential to create a genuine stateoftheart healing environment and reducing stress. Key
    sustainabledesignelementssuchasroofgardens,courtyardspacescanminimizesthebuildings
    heatisland effect, reduces demand on storm water systems, improves surrounding air quality,
    andreducesnoisepollution.
    5. Institutional: Integration of Medicity with research and development centres for biomedical
    research,medicalcolleges,trainingcentresarenecessary.Also,financialsupportunitsshouldbe
    created such as banks, ATM facilities, information centres, money transfers and exchange and
    insurancecompanyoutlets.
    6. CommercialSpace:Amixedusecommunityisdesirableinthisareabecauseofitsproximityto
    the emerging Medical City. Therefore, Planned Development shall be encouraged, including a
    mixtureofresidentialusetypes,hotel,retail/commercial,officeandairportsupport,commerce,
    conservationandrecreationaluses.

    Medicalcityshouldencompasstheconceptofselfsustainablecities/townships,ina
    way as an ecocity is designed with consideration of environmental impact. They
    shouldhavecleandisposalofwaste,wastetoenergy,renewableenergy,sustainable
    transportationanddrainagesystem,zeroenergybuilding,greenroof,etc.

    5.5.9. Sportscity
    Sports City defines a large developed area with all kind of sports infrastructure
    facility to support organising and hosting different sports activities in a city.
    BasicallyitisaconceptofCitywithinCitywhichprovidesaregularseriesofsports
    venues,sportsacademies,providingaplatformforyouthdevelopment,recreational
    sports facilities, residential and commercial developments, together with all the
    related amenities. The purposebuilt city is supported by service facilities like
    schools, medical facilities for sportsmen and residents, hotels, community centres
    andentertainmentvenue.Andeventuallyalltheeventsofsportscitytranslatetheir
    activityintoeconomicgenerationforaneconomicallysustainablesportcity.

    5.5.9.1. Associatedissue
    Assportscityemergesasanewlydevelopedcityonthefringeorneartotheexisting
    oroldcitysotheassociatedissuesaredifferentfromtheparentcity.Followingare
    someoftheissuesassociatedwithsportscity:

    Largevacantlandisrequiredfordevelopingsportscityfordevelopmentofsportsinfrastructure
    andsupportingservices.Thisrequiredlandisonlyavailableneartotheparentcity,ifplannedin
    advance.

    72

    CaseStudiesinDesignExcellenceforMidSizedUrban/InnerSuburbanMedicalCenters,byAIAPotomacValley

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    189

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Hugeandregularinvestmentforinfrastructuredevelopmentisabigchallengetosustainsports
    cities. Major sports events are not held on a high frequency so maintenance and sustainability
    duringleantimeisachallenge
    Worldclassmoderninfrastructureandequipmentonlycanactasapullfactorofsportspersons
    to come, participate and stay for long. Apart from development of sports complexes other
    development including residential, commercial and logistic facilities (store houses) are to be
    integrated.
    Assportscitiesliesonoutskirtsofthecity,lackofconnectivityleadstoisolationofthesportcity.
    Further,ifthesportscitylacksalternativeeconomicactivities,apartfromsportevent,itleadsto
    stagnationofcitygrowth.

    Apartfromsportscity,ithasbeenwidelyacceptedthatavailabilityoffacilitiesfor
    sportsandgamesandrecreationisanessentialpartofhealthysociallife.Nowithas
    been considered as an important parameter in determining the quality of human
    development. Sports play a vital role in overall development of youth. As per the
    latest All India Educational Survey conducted by the National Council for
    Educational Research and Training (NCERT) more than 50 per cent of one million
    plus schools in the country lackplayground facility.This problem is moreacutein
    the urban areas where playing fields are facing serious threat from competing
    demandsonopenspacesduetothelowpriorityattachedtoit.

    5.5.9.2. Planningstrategy
    The various factors associated with Sports city planning are strategic location,
    sportsinfrastructure,supportinginstitutionalinfrastructure andmostimportantly,
    skilledmanpowerinthesector.
    InIndia,citiesandtownshipslikeGreaterNoidaSportsCity,MohaliSportsComplex
    has emerged as a sports city. Now, New Raipur, almost 20 km from Raipur city is
    developing as a new sports city by the Naya Raipur Development Authority in
    easternpartofIndia.
    Initial development of the sports city are to focus on infrastructure development,
    specific to sports, recreation and connectivity to national level urban centres and
    alsointernational.Successofthecityliesintheinstitutionalbackingtoprovidefor
    highly specialised skill development, research and development and application of
    evolving technologies in the field. To overcome the challenge of huge investments,
    sports tourism, is among the alternative sources to sustain sports cities. The
    management of such cities/townships shall strategies these with hospitality,
    commercials,recreationalandentertainmentvenuesandproportionofitslanduse
    upto1520%tobededicatedforsuchuses73.

    73

    EvolvedfromGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008.

    190

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    CaseStudy:NayaRaipurSportsCity
    Totalarea: Proposeddevelopment is on130 acres, with itsprime use divided into recreational
    andresidentialzoneasmentionedintheMasterPlanofNayaRaipur,2031.
    Land use & Infrastructure: The project is conceived as an integrated development featuring
    residential and commercial real estate components of the Greenfield capital city, complemented
    byvarioussportsfacilitiesofinternationalstandards.Coreactivitiesofthetwoareasisproposed
    to be well segregated, however, the supporting infrastructure and amenities to facilitate all the
    prerequisitesforluxurylifestyleandawellequippedbaseforsportsrequirementsareintegrated.
    Inclusiveplanning: As per the stipulations of NRDA, 10% of the total housing units need to be
    developed as LIG and 15% of the total number of housing units need to be developed as EWS
    housing.
    Residential Zone: The core concept of this component is to be an integrated neighbourhood
    development with easy access to social amenities and facilities like healthcare, education,
    shopping,leisureandentertainment,sports.
    Sports Zone: It is the prime focus area for development of sports city for providing sports
    complexfororganisinggames,trainingcentre,practicevenueandcompetitionbasedenvironment
    of sports at both national and international level. The sports zone would offer a wide range of
    indoorandoutdoorsportsfacilities,mainlycomprisinganaquaticcentreandindoorstadiumtobe
    development components. Sports centre, accommodation facilities for players along with other
    support infrastructure such as food courts, restaurants, and open spaces form optional sports
    components.
    Otherfacilitieswouldbeparkingspace,publicutilitiesandamenities,hospitalandprimaryhealth
    centreandshoppingcentreforlocalresidents.

    5.5.9.3. AspectsofPlanning
    Themajorplanningaspectsofthesportscityaredevelopmentofsportscomplexes,
    training centres, medical facilities, good connectivity, residential and commercial
    zones.Thefollowingsupportinginfrastructureshouldbeconsideredforsportcity:

    Goodconnectivitywiththeexistingcitiesbyroadandrailfacilities.
    Provisions for all basic infrastructures like water supply, storm water drainage and sewerage,
    andiflocationallows,integratewiththeparentcity,inordertodrawbenefitsfromthecommon
    infrastructure.
    Share of open spaces and recreational land use to be significantly high and hence provision of
    waterharvestingsystemforavailablelargeopenspacesinthesportscitytobemandatory.
    Alternativeusesoftheopenspacetogeneraterevenueduringleanperiod.
    To regulate the development activity of sports city an integrated institutional development is
    requiredwithlocalbodiesandthesportsauthority.
    To promote Sports Tourism, Sports City to boast major entertainment venues, community
    centres,hotelsandalltherelatedamenitiesexpected

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    191

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    It should be noted that the projections and allocation of infrastructure provisions
    and space standards of a Sports city are different. Such as the per capita water
    supply requirement should be planned for higher amount compared to the other
    cities. Since it is a City within City, the building regulations in the development
    planfortheseareastobeindividuallyprepared.Thelargelandrequirementinthese
    citiesmustbecompensatedbysustainabledevelopmentandgreeninfrastructure.
    GovernmentofIndia(GoI)hastakenintoconsideration,theimportanceofsportsin
    daytodaylifeandhavemadepoliciesfordevelopmentofsportsatthelevelofGram
    Panchayat,UrbanLocalBodyandschools.InitiativestakenbytheGoIareasfollows:

    The National Sports Policy, 2001 of Government of India, ensures the provision of land and
    development of sports for the educational institutions, Schools and Colleges in bothruraland
    urban areas, where existing play fields and stadium, both in rural and urban areas, will be
    maintained for sports purposes. The introduction of suitable legislation may be considered for
    providing open areas to promote sports activities. Steps would be taken to evolve low cost
    functional and environmentfriendly designs in this regard, so that maximum benefits could be
    derivedthroughrelativelylowlevelsofinvestment.
    The revised Twenty Point Programme, 2006 of Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports provide for
    substantially enhanced public investments as a fundamental requirement for the timebound
    establishment of basic but extensive sports infrastructure along with trained supervisors and
    organized sports management arrangements. This will include trained supervisors, inallrural
    Panchayats and urban neighbourhoods throughout the country, leading to the
    establishment of a National Sports Infrastructure Grid extending from the community
    levelinPanchayatsandMunicipalitiestoBlock,District,State,MetropolitanandNational
    levels,backedbysportsmedicineandsportssciences.
    Apartfrom Sportscity,the Comprehensive Sports Policy, 2007 of Ministry of Youth Affairs and
    SportsurgesStateGovernmentsandLocalGovernmentstoengagephysicalinstructorsinschools
    and make available at least 1acreoflandforaprimaryschooland2.5acresoflandforan
    upper primary school for use as playgrounds. In addition, it is also introducing and thus,
    implementing major programme in urban areas, to financially support the Nagarpalikas and
    otherUrbanLocalInstitutionstoprovidebasicsafeplacestoplayinpoorerareasinconvergence
    with the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission. The Nagarpalikas will need to
    providetheminimumprescribedextentoflandonarealisticbasis.Forthis,financialassistance
    fromGoIshouldbeusedasseedmoneytoraiseothercontributionsfromthepublicandprivate
    entitiesforthecreationofthebasicsportsinfrastructure.

    5.5.10. DevelopmentbythePrivateSector
    Multiple urban planning approaches that are available today pave way for the
    development of planned settlements in greenfield and brownfield sites. The
    information provided in this chapter about different cities and townships, state
    policiesanddevelopmentapproachescanberealisedonthegroundofStatebacking.
    Easy adoption of these opportunities by developers for developing planned and
    better cities is possible once State Governments legislate and bring out township
    policies.

    192

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.6.

    SpecialAreaPlanning(cantonmentarea,restrictedareaetc.)

    5.6.1. CantonmentArea
    Cantonmentareaisaplaceorplacesalongwithboundariesinwhichanypartofthe
    ArmedForcesisquarteredinaregionamidstcivilpopulation.Theoverallmunicipal
    administration of the notified cantonments is the function of the Cantonment
    Boardswhicharelocalbodiescomprisingdemocraticallyelectedrepresentativesof
    theresidentsoftheCantonmentaswellasofficialmembersona50:50basis.
    AsperTheCantonmentsAct,2006,theCentralGovernmentmay,bynotificationin
    theOfficialGazette,declareanyplaceorplacesalongwithboundariesinwhichany
    part of theForces is quartered or which, being in the vicinity of any such place or
    places, is or are required for the service of such forces to be a cantonment for the
    purposesofthisActandofallotherenactmentsforthetimebeinginforce,andmay,
    by a like notification, declare that any cantonment shall cease to be a cantonment.
    Also,section10(2)74statesthat,EveryBoardshallbedeemedtobeamunicipality
    underclauseofarticle243PoftheConstitutionforthepurposesof
    a.
    b.

    Receivinggrantsandallocations;or
    ImplementingtheCentralGovernmentschemesofsocialwelfare,publichealth,hygiene,safety,
    watersupply,sanitation,urbanrenewalandeducation.

    Thus,theCantonmentBoardprovidesmunicipalservices,communityfacilitiesand
    civic utilities including Water Supply, Sanitation, Streetlighting, roads, medical,
    educational, and recreational facilities. The Board also strives, as per the National
    Policy, for the environmental upgradation by planting trees, bushes, decorative
    plants,etc.Thecantonmentboardalsoactasamunicipalityfortaxationpurposes75.
    The structure of Cantonment Boards is being maintained keeping in view the fact
    that the Cantonment areas were and are primarily meant to accommodate the
    military population and their installations. The Cantonment is an area, which
    comprise of both military and civil population. Thus, it needs to be covered under
    theguidelinesofareadevelopmentplan,sothatthecivicservicescanbeintegrated
    forthebenefitoftheultimateuser.

    5.6.1.1. CategorisesofCantonments
    AspertheCantonmentsAct,2006,thecantonmentsarecategorisedintofourtypes
    based on the population residing within the cantonment limit. The categories are
    mentionedintablebelow.

    74

    TheCantonmentsAct,2006.

    75

    Section10875,statesthat,ABoardshallbedeemedtobeamunicipalcommitteeforthepurposesoftaxationasperthe
    MunicipalTaxationAct,1881(11of1881).

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    193

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    Table5.12: CantonmentCategories
    Sr.No.

    CantonmentCategories

    PopulationLimit

    CategoryI

    Morethan50,000

    ii

    CategoryII

    10,00150,000

    iii

    CategoryIII

    2,50110,000

    iv

    CategoryIV

    Upto2,500

    5.6.1.2. LandUseinCantonment
    Land in cantonments is classified under the following major categories for the
    purposeofdevelopment:

    ClassA:Reservedforspecificmilitarypurposeandismanagedbymilitaryauthorities.
    Class B: Reserved for military administration for central government departments, railways;
    stategovernmentandagriculturalland;usedbyprivatepersonsonlease;Vacantland,managed
    bythedefenceestateofficer.
    ClassC:Occupiedorusedformunicipalpurposessuchasmarkets,roads,ranges,gardens,etc.it
    ismanagedbythecantonmentboard.

    Case Study of Cantonment areas


    1. Delhi Cantonment Area
    Delhi Cantonment Area is spread over an area of 42.97sq.km and municipal administration is
    provided by the Delhi Cantonment Board (DCB), which works under the administrative control of
    theCentralGovernment(MinistryofDefence).
    RoleinInfrastructure:TheBoard(DCB)isresponsibleforsolidwastemanagement,drainageand
    sewerage, street cleaning of the Delhi Cantonment area. While bulk water is supplied by Delhi Jal
    Board,whichis100%,metered,waterisbeingmeteredinthedistributionsideatthepumphouses
    forbulkconsumersbutnotatindividualhouses.TheDelhiJal Boardreceivesinbulkallsewerage
    fromDelhiCantonmentBoardfortreatmentanddisposal.
    Landfeatures:DCBregulatesdevelopmentintheCantonmentArea,locatedbetweentheairportand
    the NDMC area, within which features such as the Cantonment low density bungalow layout with
    extensive gardens, heritage buildings associated with the Armed Forces, and components such as
    GopinathBazaarandSt.MartinsGarrisonchurchareconsideredtobeofsignificance.Somelocations
    in the Cantonment Area have been proposed as a Conservation Area by INTACH in the 2000 List.
    However,totalnumberofJhuggieshasbeenincreasedfrom1570 in1990to1700in1994inDelhi
    CantonmentBoardarea.
    (Source:CDPDelhi,Dept.ofUrbanDevelopment,Govt.ofDelhi
    (http://jnnurm.nic.in/wpcontent/uploads/2010/12/CDP_Delhi.pdf)

    2. PuneCantonmentBoard(PCB)
    ThePuneCantonmentBoard(PCB)isconsideringlevyingtheLocalBodyTax(LBT)infuture,only
    afterthePuneMunicipalCorporationabolishesoctroi.Theyhavealsostudiedtheimplementationof
    LBTinAurangabadandhavefoundthereisahikeintheirrevenueandtheybelieveLBTisfarmore
    feasible than octroi. Specific rule under Cantonments Act states that if the State abolishes a
    particulartax,theCantonmentBoardsituatedinthatStatecannotlevythatparticulartax,limiting
    PCBtoimposeit.

    194

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    5.6.1.3. Associatedissues
    Some major and minor issues associated with Cantonment areas and their
    developmentsare:
    Cantonments were always considered as highsecurity areas. The Cantonment Land
    AdministrationRulespermittedleaseoptionforcivilianpopulation,whoinitiallysettledwithin
    thelimitofCantonmentforthepurposeofresidentialandcommercialactivity.Thesesettlements
    aresupportsystemssuchasforcommercialactivities,manpowersupportasformalorinformal
    andtofulfilsomeoftheinstitutionalrequirements.Withinthecantonmentareas,militarybased
    development and civilian based development takes place. But the management of this
    development faces the similar issues as those by the ULBs and development authorities. They
    are:
    Lack of sufficient funding due to dependency on the Central and State government policies and
    permittedorabolishedfinancerevenues;
    Lackofconsolidatedandappropriateplanningnormstoguidethedevelopmentofthecivilianareas;
    The administration of Cantonments is a Union Subject, placed is List I of VII Schedule of the
    Constitution.ThemunicipaladministrationofCantonmentsisregulatedundertheprovisionsof
    the Cantonments Act, 2006. Cantonments cannot access development funds because the
    Ministry of Defence and the army are in the nonplan sector. This isolation is the fundamental
    reasonfor
    Lackofintegrationwiththecityasawhole,due to paucity of funds and nonimplementation of
    CentralandStateSponsoredSchemesistheCantonments.
    However,aspertheCantonmentsAct,2006theBoardmayjoinwithanyotherlocalauthorityand
    appointajointcommitteeforanypurposeinwhichtheyarejointlyinterested.
    Inmostcases,cantonmentsdrawservicesfromthecitymunicipalityespeciallywaterandpower,this
    creates a dependence on city municipality which needs to be planned carefully and with higher
    standardsthanthatsetforthecity.
    Therefore,fromtheplanningperspective,theintegrationofplanningbetweencantonmentareasand
    theurbansettlementsaroundit,isweakorabsent.
    Anotherimportantplanningissueisurbansprawl/outgrowths.Cantonmentareaswhichwere
    originally located at a distance from the city are now within its limits or on its fringe which
    creates planning problems related to security and planned urban development of the city. The
    rapid urbanisation along urban settlements has engulfed the buffer zone between the two,
    leadingto76:
    Haphazard development in the surrounding areas of cantonment due to lack of Master Plan /
    DevelopmentPlan,andlackoflandusespecifications,resultingintounplannedformalandinformal
    commercialestablishments.
    High waste generation in the surroundings of the Cantonment areas due to uncontrolled and
    undevelopedopenspaces.SuchacaseisofAhmedabadCantonmentarea(duetountreateddisposal
    methodsandlackofproperwastemanagementsystem).
    IllegaloccupancyondefencelandduetouncertainGeneralLandRecords(GLR).Casesofoccupants
    questioning the preparation of GLR particularly in the case of Secunderabad Cantonment have
    arrived.

    5.6.1.4. PlanningStrategies
    The Cantonment Board has to execute a variety of duties and functions with the
    limited availability of funds. The board is responsible to make provisions for
    physical as well as social infrastructure. Construction, conservation and

    76

    TheTimesofIndia

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    195

    UrbanPlanningApproach
    maintenance of public service infrastructure, historical monuments, public places,
    etc.arealsounderthepurviewoftheboard.
    Inthegivencircumstances,wherethedutiesandfunctionsofthecantonmentboard
    and the municipality are similar, the integrated planning efforts shall address the
    associatedissuesofthecantonmentareaplanning
    Strategy 1: To control the overall area, in absence of land use specifications, which results into
    shopping and commercial establishments in Cantonment residential areas calls for the need for
    preparation of Development Plans/ Master Plan. Here, efforts shall be made by the Cantonment
    Board or by Joint Committee for formulation of a detailed Development plan. The norms and
    standardsgiven in this Guideline may be adopted with modifications for planning (specifically) the
    civilianareasofthecantonment.Somespecificplanningaspectstoinclude:
    a.
    Publicutilitiessuchaswatersupply,sewagesystemsandtreatmentplants,telecommunication,
    transportation networks and modes, power etc. can be integrated for ULBs and Cantonment
    BoardforaneffectiveoutputbythepowersvestedintheJointCommittee.
    b.
    Socialinfrastructuresuchasstadiumandsportscomplex,workingwomenhostelcanbebuilt
    within the Cantonment area for civilians. Recreational facilities shall be integrated with the
    cantonmentareas.
    c.
    Commercial space development with proper guidelines will result in increment of the land
    value,whichwillbebeneficialforCantonmentBoard.
    d.
    Integrationoftheexternalinfrastructurewiththecitylevelinfrastructurefacilities.
    e.
    More importantly, cantonment boards should make provision to include all sprawls or
    outgrowthswithintheirjurisdictionareasforcontrol(building)andlandusemanagements77.
    Strategy278:AnotherapproachforplanningexerciseisbyJNNURMscheme,whereComprehensive
    Development Plan and Comprehensive Mobility Plan shall be prepared by the Local authorities in
    consultation with Cantonment Board and approved by Ministry of Defence for raising the funds
    under the scheme. As per norms, a city development plan projecting future development of roads,
    water,sewerageandstormwaterdrainsandanindentofexistinglanduseandafuturelanduseplan
    is mandatory to obtain grants under all Central scheme such as Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban
    RenewalMission(JnNURM),RajivAwasYojana(RAY)andotherCentralgovernmentschemes.
    Thisapproachofplanningthecantonmentistoensure:
    Integrationintermsofconnectivityaswellasmassrapidtransportationsystem,
    Suitablychosenlocationsofcitylevelinfrastructureforcantonmentandcivilians
    Wellplannedeconomic/commercialbaseinthecantonmentarea,
    Givingcityadirectiontoitsfuturegrowthtowardsorawayfromcantonmentasstrategized.
    Another advantage is that the natural systems management such as rivers and flood control
    measurescanbeclubbedforboththeCantonmentareasandCityarea,whichwillminimisethe
    losses,as,witnessedforAmbalaCantonment.
    City zonal plans on areas adjacent to cantonment board area should be finalised by the
    Competent City Authority (Municipalities/ Development Authority) in consultation with
    CantonmentBoardAdministration.
    Control on the surrounding or immediate zonal plans to cater to the requirements of the
    cantonmentarea.

    77

    IncaseofrequirementbufferzonesarecreatedforspecificdefencelandpocketsunderWorksofDefenceAct,1903.

    78

    Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) had introduced JnNURM in selected 76 cities of the country to provide funds on
    Central/ State/ Local Body sharing basis to develop basic infrastructure of the cities keeping in view the modern day
    requirementsofurbangovernance.Amongthesecities,thereare28CantonmentswhicharecolocatedwithintheseMission
    citiesinthefirstphaseofJnNURM.However,theissueofsharingfundswithcantonmentboardsisstillunderconsideration
    ofGovernmentofIndia.

    196

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    Case Study for CDP preparation in Cantonment area


    The Khadki Cantonment Board (KCB), Pune is preparing City Development Plan (CDP) to
    strengthenurbaninfrastructureandintegrateitwiththatofthePuneMunicipalCorporationwith
    focusontrafficmanagementforbetterconnectivity,improvementinwatersupply,bettergarbage
    disposal system, developing sewerage system in bungalow areas and implementing projects in
    slumareas.TheconceptarisestogetmorefundsfromthestateandUniongovernmentsunderthe
    JnNURMascantonmentboardislookingformorefunds.Thefirststepforgettingthefundsisto
    prepare a CDP, which has to be approved by the state government and sent to the Union
    governmentforfinalapproval
    (Source:TheTimesofIndia.)
    RevenuegenerationforImplementationoftheplan:
    TheCantonmentBoardgeneratesrevenuethroughmeagreoctroi,taxesandotherfees,asexplained
    in above sections. There are alternatives to increase this revenue. Cantonment area should
    incorporateshoppingplaza/complex,whichwillencouragetheshopkeeperstopaymorerenttothe
    board.Theboardcanalsoorganiseweeklymarkets,whichwillalsoencouragehighershoprents79.
    Proper planning strategy as recommended above shall ease the establishment of paid parking,
    theatres, cinemas, community hall, stadiums, gymnasia etc. that will also generate revenue. As per
    TheCantonmentAct,2006,theseestablishmentsaretheresponsibilitiesofCantonmentBoard.

    5.6.1.5. Recommendations
    As per the Study of the National Commission to Review the Working of the
    Constitution, recommendation on Empowering and Strengthening Local Self
    GovernmentinCantonmentssuggestthefollowingreforms:

    1. As Cantonments come within the legislative competence of the GoI under Article 246 read
    withentry3ofListIoftheSeventhSchedule,thesolutionappearstobringtheCantonments
    under the administrative control of the Ministry which has something to do with the local
    selfgovernmentandcanaccessplanfinanceanddevelopmentalgrantsandloans.Itmaybe
    worthwhile considering that the Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation as
    the most suitable Ministry for Cantonments. The Cantonments could be brought under the
    MinistryofUrbanDevelopmentandPovertyAlleviation(nowMoUD)forplanningandbudget
    purposesandthemechanismmaybeworkedoutasinthecaseof borderroadsandcoastal
    guards which are not under the administrative control of Ministry of Defence but still
    functionintheinterestofDefenceforceswiththeMinistryofDefenceandarmyhavingtheir
    say.
    2. The Cantonments may also be brought under the Part IXA of the Constitution so that they
    cantaketheadvantageofthebenefitsofdistrictplanning,metropolitanplanning,thefinance
    commission,assignmentoftaxes,duties,tollsandgrantsandaidsfromtheStateGovernment,
    prepareplansforeconomicdevelopmentandsocialjustice,etc.
    3. Structural constraints prevent the Cantonment Boards to access plan finance and
    development funds available for municipal necessities merely because the Cantonments
    comeundertheMinistryofDefence,anonplanarea.

    79

    TheDeolaliCantonmentBoard(DCB),TheTimesofIndia.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    197

    UrbanPlanningApproach

    198

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    OneoftheearlydefinitionsofsustainabledevelopmentwasprovidedbyBrundtland
    Commission (1987) as: development that meets the needs of the present without
    compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs80. The
    Commissions report also states that in essence, sustainable development is a
    process of change in which the exploitation of resources, the direction of
    investments,theorientationoftechnologicaldevelopment;andinstitutionalchanges
    are all in harmony and enhance both current and future potential to meet human
    needs and aspirations. Applied to the context of planning and development, the
    mostfundamentalelementofsustainabilityistheutilizationofnaturalresourcesin
    acityregionmostefficiently,mostequitablyacrosssectionsofsocietyandinsucha
    manner that the resources are conserved and renewed for future generations to
    meet their needs and aspirations. Integrating sustainability principles in planning
    processanddevelopmentintodaysscenariohasbeenexplainedinthischapter.

    6.1.

    SustainableDevelopment

    6.1.1. SustainablePlanning
    Sustainablehabitatdevelopmentmeansachievingabalancebetweentheeconomic
    and social development of human habitat together with the protection of
    environment,equityinemployment,shelter,basicservices,socialinfrastructureand
    transportation.Someoftheseparameters,whichcanbeconsideredinPlanningand
    Development,are:
    1. RegionalPlanning:Regionaldevelopmenttocontrolmushroomingunplannedandunorganized
    growthoutsideMasterPlans/DevelopmentPlansalongwithintegrationoflanduseandtransport
    resultinginsustainabledevelopment.
    2. Compact city/ High Density Development: The National Mission on Sustainable Habitat81
    (NMSH) recommends Low Rise and Higher Density Development to improve overall energy
    efficiency of the area; such forms are less expensive and reduce pressure on travel demand.
    ThereforeforplanningforhighdensitydevelopmentandforincreaseinFARinexistingbuiltup
    area, rationality for the increase in FAR should be worked out apart from carrying capacity
    analysisforthearea.
    3. Redevelopment/redensification: Approaches shall be developed for Redevelopment / re
    densification of existing urban habitat. Mixed land use, integrated and shared social space and
    multiple transport options can be considered and implemented to reduce trip generation and
    createefficienttransportsystem.
    4. OpenSpaces:Emphasisshouldbegivenonvegetation/GreenBeltinurbanareastoreduceheat
    islandeffects.

    80

    WorldCommissiononEnvironmentandDevelopments(TheBrundtlandCommission)ReportOurCommonFuture(Oxford:
    OxfordUniversityPress,1987).

    81

    NationalMissiononSustainableHabitat,MoUD.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    199

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    Apart from the key parameters, the National Mission on Sustainable Habitat has
    identifiedthecomponents,whichhavemajorroletoplayinbringingenvironmental
    sustainability.Thesebasicnormsaredetailedoutbelow:

    6.1.2. EnergyEfficiency
    The Generic Energy Efficiency Guidelines are given below. These guidelines are
    applicable for various categories of the building irrespective of their climate
    location.

    NonConventional/RenewalEnergy:AsperNMSH82,forresidentialbuildings15%ofthetotal
    externallightingloadshouldbemetthroughrenewableenergyandforcommercial/institutional
    /industrial/mixedusebuildings,5%ofthetotallightingloadshouldbemetthroughrenewable
    energysources(solar,wind,biomass,fuelcellsandsoon).Also,thereshouldbedevelopmentof
    city level Energy Efficiency (EE) and Renewal Energy (RE) policy actions for e.g. Nagpur and
    BhubaneswarhavedevelopedandadoptedcitylevelEEandRE.

    EnergyEfficientDesign: Efficient development control regulations and building byelaws from


    thepointofviewofenergyefficientdesignshouldbeconsidered.TheGovernmentofIndiahas
    developed the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC), which provides minimum energy
    performance standards for energy efficient buildings, which can to be referred while designing
    private and public buildings. The ECBC is currently a voluntary programme, with a number of
    Statesadoptingitasamandatoryrequirement.

    BuildingPerformanceCertificationandRatingSystem:AftertheintroductionofECBC,MoEF
    suggested ECBC compliance while undertaking EIA for all building and construction projects
    fallingundertheirpurview.ApartfromEIA,in2008,theMinistryofNewandRenewableEnergy,
    theGovernmentofIndiahavelaunchedGreenRatingforIntegratedHabitatAssessment(GRIHA).
    GRIHAratingstandardshavebeenincorporatedtheprovisionsoftheNBC2005,ECBC,andother
    IndianStandardcodes.
    Similar to the Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) rating system
    (practicedglobally),theLEEDIndiapromotesawholebuildingapproachtosustainabilityby
    addressing performance in the following five areas: (1) sustainable site development, (2)
    water savings, (3) energy efficiency, (4) materials selection and (5) indoor environmental

    quality.ItalsomeetsthespecificationsofECBC2007,NBC2005,MoEFGuidelines,andCPCB
    norms.

    6.1.3. UrbanTransport

    Transit Orient Development (TOD): Provision for TOD in cities should be considered, as it
    encourageshighdensityandmixedusedevelopment,overallreducingthetraveldemandandin
    turnreducingthecarbonfootprints.ThedetailsonTODareelaboratedinPhysicalInfrastructure
    section.

    Strengthening of Public Transport System: It can be done through a Combination of


    Promotional, Regulatory and Fiscal Measures adopting green transport models. Report of the
    SubCommitteeonUrbanTransport(NMSH)canbereferredforstrengtheningPublicTransport.

    82

    ReportofthesubcommitteefordevelopmentofNMSHparametersforenergyefficiencyinResidentialandCommercial
    Buildings.

    200

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    Reducing Fuel Consumption per passenger: Significant GHG mitigation can be achieved
    through modal shift by providing all arterial roads more than 25 m Right of Way to have
    minimumof2.5mpedestrianpath(withtrees)andproperstreetfurnitureand2.5mbicyclepath
    preferably in each direction as a mandatory measure. Where it is not possible to provide a
    dedicatedcyclepathbecauseofrightofwaybeingnarrow,trafficcalmingmeasurestoreducethe
    speedoftrafficto30kmphneedtobeadopted.
    Figure6.1: SchematiccrosssectionofArterialRoads

    Source:

    CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD

    RoadPassengerwithUrbanTransportsystems: Longdistance passenger travel needs to be


    closelyintegratedintotheurbanenvironment,facilitatingfasttravellerfriendlymasstransport
    accesstowelllocatedterminalsandairports.Carefullyplannedhighwaysystemimprovements
    are required to reduce travel times for goods and passengers while improving road safety,
    congestion,fuelconsumptionandemissions.

    NonMotorised Transport (NMT) and Intelligent Transport System (ITS): NMT and ITS
    should be encouraged. Provision of NMT is described in Physical Infrastructure section of this
    guideline, which aims to reduce carbon footprint. Moreover, ITS should be implemented for
    demand management and efficient implementation/enforcement of Public Transport. Provision
    of Mixeduse along the streets to ensure public safety and attractiveness for pedestrians and
    cyclistsandhenceaccommodatelargenumbersofpedestriansandstreetvendors.

    NonConventional source of Energy: Changing to fuels that have a lower carbon footprint in
    sufficient quantities would have a major impact on GHG emissions from urban transport. Also
    alternativefuelbaseincitiestobepromotedtoreducedependency.Toachieveagoodqualityof
    publicspace,treesneedtobeplantedtopreventHeatislandeffects.

    Accessibility:Accessibilityofpublictransporttobeimprovedinordertoreducetraveldistance.
    Table6.1: AccessibilityofPublicTransportatNeighbourhoodLevel
    S.No.

    Transportinfrastructure

    DistancefromNeighbourhood

    RailStationincludingmetros,monorail,lightrail

    800metersor5minuteswalkingdistance

    Busstops

    400meters

    IntermediatePublicTransport

    400meters

    Source:LEEDforIndia,2011,IGBC2011.

    6.1.4. UrbanInfrastructure

    Zero Waste and Waste Recycling: The urban waste should be recognised with a significant
    proportionoforganicconstituents,whichhasemergedasaresourceforenergygenerationinan
    environmentallysustainablemanner.Energyintheformofbiogas,heatorpowershouldbeseen
    asabonus,whichimprovestheviabilityofsuchprojects.

    Biomethanation,refusederivedfuelandincinerationarethemostcommontechnologies,
    Pyrolysisandgasificationarealsoemergingaspreferredoptions,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    201

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    Incaseofexistinglandfills,bioremediationofwasteisrecommendedwithaviewtoreclaimtheland
    andconvertorganicwasteintousefulproducts,whichwillresultinreductionoreliminationofGHG
    emission.

    GHG mitigation measures for wastewater: GHG mitigation measures includes collection,
    conveyance and treatment of wastewater, reuse and recycling of treated effluent and gas
    recovery from sludge as well as use of treated wastewater for artificial recharge of aquifers to
    improvethegroundwaterpotential.

    DecentralisedWastewaterManagementDecentralizedwastewatermanagementsystemsfor
    community, housing complexes, and commercial buildings to be introduced for efficient
    wastewatermanagement.Institutionalcapacityofall(ULBs)shouldbestrengthenedforeffective
    implementationandO&Mofseweragesystem.

    Low Water use and Ecological Sanitation It should be ensured that systems for the
    management of human excreta incorporate conservation principles. Lowwater use toilets (35
    litre) and ecological sanitation approaches (including ecological toilets), where nutrients are
    safelyrecycledintoagriculturalmanualcanbepromoted.

    RecoveryofEnergy The major benefits of recovery of energy from urban wastes is to bring
    aboutreductioninthequantityofwasteby60percentto90percent;reductionindemandfor
    land as well as cost for transportation of wastes to faraway landfill sites; and net reduction in
    environmentalpollutionbesidesgenerationofsubstantialquantityofenergy.

    Reducing need for pumping It would reduce the demand for energy, reduction of Non
    Revenue Water (NRW), energy audit of all the water utilities, rationalization of water tariff to
    reduce wasteful use of water, minimization of leakages, metering of all water taps and water
    audit,etc.

    6.2.

    ClimateChangeMitigationandAdaptation

    Climate change and its recent trends have a direct impact on all types of the
    development.NumerousagenciesincludingNationalandInternationalagenciesare
    carrying out studies and are supporting cities to develop, adopt and implement
    sustainable and climate safe practices as per the National Action Plan on Climate
    Change,GovernmentofIndia.
    The International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Working GroupIIs most recent
    report (2013) paints a grim picture for India. Focus of the report is on food and
    watersupplyandtheurgentneedforourcitiestoberesilient.Consideringthis,the
    Regional Plans and Development Plans must incorporate the possible impact of
    climatechangeondevelopment.Thefocusshouldbeonwatersecurity,useofheat
    repealingmaterialsinconstructionandminimisingconcretesurfaces.Aspectssuch
    as urban agriculture, vertical farming, water harvesting and preservation of all
    environmentallyfragileecosystemsincludingwater,landscapes etceterashouldbe
    incorporated. Specific actions should be included to address, among the other
    mentioned components. It may be desirable to develop appropriate policies and
    bring about effective legal and administrative control systems to deal with the
    problem.

    202

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    CityLevelActionPlans,fore.g.KanpurandMeeruthavealreadyinitiatedtheeffort,
    which is supported by WWF. Green building is also one of the approaches for
    effectively reducing impact of climate change. It is combination of all the best
    practiseprinciple.AbriefonGreenBuildingisgiveninsubsectionbelow.

    6.2.1. GreenBuilding
    Green building concept recognises sustainable development by effective
    performanceinthefollowingkeyareas:
    1. Sustainablesitedevelopment:thesustainablesitedevelopmentshallincludethefollowing:
    a.
    Efficientlanduse
    b.
    Habitatpreservationandrestoration
    c.
    Efficienttransportationmanagement
    d.
    Efficientuseoflocallyavailablematerialsandresources
    2. WaterEfficiency:Itshallencourageuseofwaterinaselfsustainablemannerthroughreducing,
    recycling and reusing strategies. The methods of rainwater harvesting can be integrated to
    reduceloadofwaterrequirementontheurbanwatersupplysystem.
    3. Energy Efficiency: It shall reduce energy consumption of infrastructural equipment through
    energy efficient street lighting, motor pumps etc. On site power generation using various
    renewable energy technologies and other clean fuels can also be integrated in the planning
    system.
    4. WasteManagement:Itshallencourageeffectivewastemanagementstrategiesbyfacilitatingthe
    segregatingofwasteatsourceandpromotingreuseofproductsandmaterials.
    5. IndoorEnvironmentQuality:For development of green buildings, the norms as suggested by
    Ministry of Environment and Forest and various bodies such as LEED, GRIHA or IGBC may be
    applicabledependingupontherequirements.

    6.2.2. Climate Proofing Guwahati, Assam: City Resilience


    StrategyandMainstreamingPlan
    Housing and urban planning, urban infrastructure and services, informal
    settlements and slums, poverty and livelihood, ecosystems and landuse and
    emergency response capacity are the key sectors which are considered to
    understand the present and future vulnerability of the city in context of climate
    changeimpacts.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    203

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    Table6.2DisasterManagementstrategiesfordifferentsectors
    Parameters

    Strategy

    Housing

    Guidelinesforconstructionofbuildingsonslopes
    StructuralstabilityofbuildingsinhillsandfortheentireGMA
    Soilerosionandsedimentationcontrolforconstructioninnonhillareas

    Ecologicallysensitiveurban
    planning

    Demarcateecosensitiveareasinthecityaslow/nobuiltupareas

    Urbaninfrastructureand
    services

    Augmentthepipedwatersupplynetworkinthecity

    Bringinprinciplesofclimateresilienturbandevelopmentbasedonenvironmental
    parameterslikeconservationofnaturalecosystems,naturaldrainagepatterns
    Augmentthewatertreatmentcapacityofthecity
    WaterConservationandRainwaterharvesting
    Developmentofaseweragesystem
    Monitoringwaterqualityatdisposalpoints
    Integratednaturaldrainageplanforthecity
    Prepareandimplementastormwaterdrainageplan

    DisasterResilience

    Preventivehealthmeasures
    Publichealthmanagementandsurveillancesystem
    Emergencymedicalresponse

    Source:

    ClimateProofingGuwahati,AssamCityresiliencestrategyandMainstreamingPlan,SynthesisReport,TERI,2013

    Based on sectorial analysis, recommendations have been provided for each sector,
    which was focused on ecologically sensitive urban planning, management and
    conservationofnaturalresourcesandefficientandecofriendlyurbaninfrastructure
    andservices.
    Figure6.2: ComponentsofGuwahatiClimateResilienceStrategy

    Source:

    6.3.

    ClimateProofingGuwahati,AssamCityresiliencestrategyandMainstreamingPlan,SynthesisReport,TERI,2013.

    CityBioDiversityIndex

    CityBiodiversityIndex(CBI)isadynamicprocess,beingpreparedfordepictingthe
    urban biodiversity status. This helps in evaluation, planning, improving and
    reviewingthecityconditionsinbiodiversityperspective.TheUNEPandUNHabitat

    204

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    statesthatcitiesoccupy2%oftheEarthssurface,theirinhabitantsuse75percent
    oftheplanetsnaturalresources.
    Recognising the importance of biodiversity and healthy ecosystems for their
    survival, cities should undertake initiatives to utilize and conserve their
    surroundings efficiently. These actions can reach far beyond the boundariesof the
    city, affecting biodiversity on a global scale. At the City level, Highresolution
    satelliteimagesmaybeusedforidentifyingBiodiversityareas.
    As adopted by Greater Hyderabad City for formulating Greater Hyderabad
    BiodiversityIndex,thecitybiodiversityindexsystemhas92scoresystemwith23
    indicators.TheseindicatorsaregiveninAppendixEofVolumeIIB.
    International convention (Convention on Biological Diversity) and national
    policies/plans (National Biodiversity Action Plan (NBAP), 2008) and documents
    haveidentifiedInvasiveAlienSpeciesasthreattobiodiversity83.The12thFiveYear
    Plan (20122017) has emphasised the need for a national invasive species
    monitoring system to track the introduction and spread of invasive species and
    advised that such a system should be linked to the State Forest Departments, and
    field staff should be trained to collect information on invasive species. Invasive
    species identification should not be limited to invasion in forests it should also
    include invasion in aquatic and marine ecosystems, grasslands, wetlands and so
    on84.Itissuggestedthatwhileimplementingaplanorprojectanddevelopinggreen
    areasorgreenbuffers,localspeciesbeusedandtheStateForestDepartmentstobe
    madestakeholdersinsuchprojects.

    6.4.

    EnvironmentPoliciesandStatutoryObligation

    Key environmental policies and obligations to be observed while planning are


    enlistedanddetailedinthissection,forreference.However,thelatestandupdated
    versionsshallbereferredfromrespectivesourcesduringplanningandcompliance.

    6.4.1. NationalEnvironmentalPolicy(NEP),2006
    The NEP, 2006 encompasses an integrated approach to reduce the impact on
    environment degradation on human life by taking proactive measures at various
    fronts. These include regulatory reforms, process related reforms, substantive
    reforms, enhancing and conserving environmental resources, prevention of land
    degradation, desert ecosystem, and also various other factors that influences the
    environment. The policy primarily focuses on ensuring that people who are
    dependent on natural resources for securing their livelihoods from the act of
    degradation should realize that a greater purpose will be served from the

    83

    IndiasFifthNationalReporttotheConventiononBiologicalDiversity,2014

    84

    TwelfthFiveYearPlan(201217),VolumeI

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    205

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    conservation of resources which includes land, desert ecosystem, water, wildlife,
    forests,wetlandsetc.
    The National Environment Policy (NEP, 2004) is a response to our National
    Commitmenttoacleanenvironment,mandatedintheConstitutioninArticles48A
    and51A(g),strengthenedbyjudicialinterpretationofArticle21.TheNEP,2004
    has been motivated by the above considerations and is intended to mainstream
    environmentalconcernsinalldevelopmentactivities.

    6.4.1.1. Reformssuggestedthroughthepolicy
    Thestatementsofpolicyobjectivesaretoberealizedbyconcreteactionsindifferent
    areasrelatingtokeyenvironmentalchallenges.Thereforethekeyreformssuggested
    throughthispolicy,whichimpactplanningdirectlyorindirectlyare:

    EnvironmentalandForestclearance
    Economicprinciplesforenvironmentaldecisionmakingbycostingtheresources
    Coastalareas:developmentactivitiesinthecoastalareasare regulatedbymeansofthecoastal
    regulationzonenotification.
    Environmentally sensitive zones: environmental sensitive zones may be defined as areas with
    identified environmental resource with incomparable values which require special attention for
    theirconservation.
    Monitoring&enforcementofenvironmentalcompliance.
    Use of economic principles in environmental decision making so that costs are associated with
    thedegradationanddepletionofnaturalresources.
    Enhancing and conserving environmental resources through production and consumption
    practices with focus on regulatory and institutional reforms. Land degradation, forests and
    wildlife,biodiversity,freshwaterresources;groundwaterandwetlandsarethethrustresources
    ofconcern.
    Pollutionabatement: ecosystems have some natural capacities to assimilate pollution; however
    thesevaryconsiderablywiththenatureofthepollutantandtheecosystem.
    Climatechangeissues

    6.4.1.2. Strategicactionssuggested
    Thereisrequirementofevolvingaflexiblepolicyframeworkwithabuiltinsystem
    formonitoringandreview,andwherenecessary,revisethesameforfurtheruse.

    206

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    Table6.3StrategicActionssuggested
    Actions

    Strategy

    Environmentalstandards

    Environmental Standards refer both to the acceptable levels of specified


    environmental quality parameters at different categories of locations (ambient
    standards),aswellaspermissiblelevelsofdischargesofspecifiedwastestreamsby
    differentclassesofactivities(emissionstandards).

    EnvironmentalManagement
    Systems,Ecolabellingand
    Certification

    Environmental Management Systems (EMS), such as ISO 14000, by requiring the


    adoption of standardized environmental management practices, documenting their
    actual use, and third party verification of the fact may significantly ease the public
    burdenofmonitoringandenforcementofprescribedemissionsstandards.

    CleanTechnologiesand
    Innovation

    Cleantechnologies,asdistinctfromendofpipeabatementtechnologiesminimize
    thegenerationofwastestreamsintheproductionprocessesthemselves,ratherthan
    treatingthewasteaftergeneration.Ingeneral,cleantechnologiesarelessintensive
    in use of raw materials and energy, than conventional technologies, which rely on
    pollutionabatementaftergeneration.Forthisreason,theymayalsooffersignificant
    costadvantagestotheproducer.

    EnvironmentalAwareness,
    Education,andInformation

    Enhancingenvironmentalawarenessisessentialtoharmonizepatternsofindividual
    behaviour with the requirements of environmental conservation. This would
    minimize the demands placed on the monitoring and enforcement regimes; in fact,
    largescale noncompliance would simply overwhelm any feasible regulatory
    machinery.

    Partnershipandstakeholder
    involvement

    ConservationoftheenvironmentrequirestheparticipationofmultipleStakeholders,
    who may bring to bear their respective resources, competencies, and perspectives,
    so that the outcomes of partnerships are superior to those of each acting alone.
    Implementing and policy making agencies of the Government, at Central, State,
    Municipal,andPanchayatlevels;thelegislaturesandjudiciary;thepublicandprivate
    corporate sectors; financial institutions; industry associations; academic and
    researchinstitutions;independentprofessionalsandexperts.

    Source:

    TheNationalEnvironmentPolicy(NEP,2004).

    6.4.2. EIANotification,2006
    To ensure that the economic growth and development in our country is in
    conformity with regulations for environmental conservation, the Ministry of
    Environment&Forests(MoEF)hasnotifiedtheEnvironmentalImpactAssessment
    (EIA) Notification, 2006. The EIA Notification 2006 has notified 39 developmental
    sectors,whichrequirepriorEC.
    MoEF has prepared EIA guidelines on each sector as identified by EIA notification
    2006, which elaborates the procedure and mandatory requirements of EIA with
    respect to the sector. For e.g. Manual on norms and standards for environment
    clearance of large construction projects has been issued by MoEF to assist
    developers to measure and quantify environmental impacts of proposed
    construction, and derive mitigation options to minimise impacts. The manual also
    enablesevaluationofconstructionprojectsbytheexpertappraisalcommittee.The
    proponentmayusemitigationoptions,otherthantheonesdescribedinthemanual,
    tomitigateenvironmentalimpactsofrespectiveprojects.

    6.4.3. EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986
    TheEnvironmentProtectionAct,1986(EPA)hasnotifiedvariousrulesunderEPA
    forprotectingtheenvironmentwhicharechronologicallymentionedbelow:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    207

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    The Manufacture, Use, Import, Export and Storage of Hazardous MicroOrganism Genetically
    EngineeredOrganismorCellsRules,1989
    TheHazardousWastes(ManagementandHandling)Rules,1989
    TheManufacture,StorageandImportofHazardousChemicalsRule,1989
    SchemeofLabellingofEnvironmentFriendlyProducts(ECOMARK)
    RestrictingcertainactivitiesinspecialSpecifiedareaofAravalliRange
    TheChemicalAccidents(EmergencyPlanning,PreparednessandResponse)Rules,1996
    TheBioMedicalWaste(ManagementandHandling)Rules,1998,asamendedtodate
    TheRecycledPlasticsManufactureandUsageRules,1999
    TheMunicipalSolidWastes(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2000
    TheNoisePollution(RegulationandControl)Rules,2000
    TheOzoneDepletingSubstances(Regulation)Rules,2000
    TheBatteries(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2001

    Along with the above rules as identified in EPA 1986, The Air (Prevention and
    Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and the NoisePollution (Regulation and Control)
    Rules, 2000 should also be referred to formulate norms and standards while
    preparingdevelopmentplanforacity.Thevariousstatuaryobligationsfordifferent
    clearancesarementionedintablebelow:
    Table6.4StatutoryObligationsofEnvironmentClearances
    TypeofClearances

    Statutoryobligations

    EnvironmentClearances

    AsperEIAnotification,2006

    ForestClearances

    AsperForestConservationAct,1980

    GEACClearances

    RulesforManufacture,Use,Import,ExportandStorageofHazardous
    Microorganisms/GeneticallyEngineeredOrganismsorCells1989,underEPA1986

    Source:

    MoEFandothersources.

    6.4.4. ForestConservationAct,1980
    Duetorisingrateofdeforestationandtheresultingenvironmentaldegradation,the
    Central Government enacted the Forest (conservation) Act in 1980. The Act
    prohibitsthedeletionofareservedforestorthediversionofforestlandforanynon
    forestpurpose,andpreventsthecuttingoftreesinaforestwithoutpriorapprovalof
    Centralgovernment.ThesalientfeaturesoftheActaregivenbelow:

    ThisActhasfiveSections,whichdealwithconservationofforests.
    TheActwasenactedwiththetwinobjectivesunderSection2ofrestrictingtheuseofforestland
    for nonforest purposes, and preventing the dereservation of forests that have been reserved
    undertheIndianForestAct,1927.However,in1988theActwasfurtheramendedtoincludetwo
    new provisions under Section 2, where it sought to restrict leasing of forest land to private
    individuals,authority,corporationsnotownedbytheGovernment,andtopreventclearfellingof
    naturallygrowntrees.
    TheActempowersCentralGovernmenttoconstituteacommitteetoadvisetheGovernmentwith
    agrantofapprovalunderSection2,asalsoonanyothermatterconnectedwiththeconservation
    offorestandreferredtoitbytheCentralGovernment.
    TheActprovidesforpunishmentofoffendersfromtheGovernmentDepartments,includingHead
    oftheDepartmentsandAuthorities.

    208

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    6.4.5. Strategicplanfornewandrenewableenergysectorfor
    the period 201117, Ministry of New and Renewable
    Energy
    Indiassubstantialandsustainedeconomicgrowthisplacingenormousdemandon
    its energy resources. The demand and supply imbalance in energy sources is
    pervasiverequiringseriouseffortsbyGoItoaugmentenergysupplies.Indiaimports
    about 80% of its oil. There is a threat of its increasing further, creating serious
    problemsforIndiasfutureenergysecurity.
    The Vision of Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) is to upscale and
    mainstream the use of new and renewable energy sources in furtherance of the
    national aim of energy security and energy independence, with attendant positive
    impactonlocal,nationalandglobalenvironment.

    6.4.5.1. Objectives
    Thekeyobjectivesare:
    To promote deployment of gridinteractive renewable power
    generationprojects
    Topromoterenewableenergyinitiativesfor:
    Meetingenergy/lightingneedsinruralareas
    Supplementingenergyneedsinurbanareas
    Supplementing energy needs in industry and commercial
    establishments,and
    To promote research, design and development activities at
    premier national institutions and industries on different
    aspects of new and renewable energy technologies and help
    developmentofnewproducts
    ToencouragedevelopmentofaRobustManufacturingIndustry
    inRenewableEnergySector

    6.5.

    Table6.5Thrustareasofsolar
    thermalsector
    Costreductionin:
    Incubating
    technologies

    Industrial
    processheat
    systems

    Development
    ofsiliconand
    othermaterials

    Technology
    improvement
    forvariouslow
    temperature
    applications

    Efficientsolar
    cells

    Solarcooling

    Thinfilm
    materials

    Concentrating
    PVtechnology

    Source:

    StrategicPlanfornewand
    renewableenergysectorfor
    theperiod201117

    EnvironmentalGuidelines

    6.5.1. EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries
    6.5.1.1. Areastobeavoided85
    In siting industries, care should be taken to minimise the adverse impact of the
    industries on the immediate neighbourhood as well as distant places. Some of the
    naturallifesustainingsystemsandsomespecificlandusesaresensitivetoindustrial
    impactsbecauseofthenatureandextentoffragility.Withaviewofprotectionsuch
    anindustrialsiteshallmaintainthefollowingdistancesfromtheareaslisted:

    85

    http://moef.gov.in/citizen/specinfo/enguin.html

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    209

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    Table6.6DistanceofDifferentAreasfromIndustrialSite
    S.No. Areas

    Distance

    Ecologicallyand/orotherwise
    sensitiveareas

    At least 25 km, depending on the geoclimatic conditions the requisite


    distancehavetobeincreasedbytheappropriateagency.

    Coastalareas

    Atleast1/2kmfromHighTideLine.

    FloodPlainoftheRiverineSystems

    Atleast1/2kmfromfloodplainormodifiedfloodplainaffectedbydam
    intheupstreamorbyfloodcontrolsystems.

    Transport/CommunicationSystem

    Atleast1/2kmfromhighwayandrailway.

    Majorsettlements

    Distance from settlements is difficult to maintain because of urban


    sprawl. At the time of siting of the industry if any major settlement's
    notified limit is within 50 km, the spatial direction of growth of the
    settlementforatleastadecademustbeassessedandtheindustryshall
    be sited at least 25 km from the projected growth boundary of the
    settlement.

    (3,00,000population)

    Source:EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries,MoEF.

    6.5.1.2. Sitingcriteria86
    Economic and social factors are recognized and assessed while siting an industry.
    Environmental factors must be taken into consideration in industrial siting.
    Proximity of water sources, highway, major settlements, markets for products and
    rawmaterialresourcesisdesiredforeconomyofproduction,butalltheabovelisted
    systems must be away for environmental protection. In such a selected site, the
    followingfactorsmustberecognized:

    Noforestlandshallbeconvertedintononforestactivityforthesustenanceoftheindustry(asper
    theForestConservationAct,1980).
    Noprimeagriculturallandshallbeconvertedintoindustrialsite.
    Withintheacquiredsitetheindustrymustlocateitselfatthelowestlocationtoremainobscured
    fromgeneralsight.
    Land acquired shall be sufficiently large to provide space for appropriate treatment of
    wastewaterstillleftfortreatmentaftermaximumpossiblereuseandrecycle.Reclaimed(treated)
    wastewatershallbeusedtoraisegreenbeltandtocreatewaterbodyforaesthetics,recreation
    andifpossible,foraquaculture.Thegreenbeltshallbe1/2kmwidearoundthebatterylimitof
    theindustry.Forindustryhavingodourproblemitshallbeakilometrewide.
    Thegreenbeltbetweentwoadjoininglargescaleindustriesshallbeonekilometre.
    Enoughspaceshouldbeprovidedforstorageofsolidwastessothatthesecouldbeavailablefor
    possiblereuse.
    Layoutandformoftheindustrythatmaycomeupintheareamustconfirmwiththelandscapeof
    theareawithoutaffectingthescenicfeaturesofthatplace.
    Associated township of the industry must be created at a space having physiographic barrier
    betweentheindustryandthetownship.
    Eachindustryisrequiredtomaintainthreeambientairqualitymeasuringstationswithin120
    degreeanglebetweenstations.

    6.5.2. GuidelinesforRainWaterHarvesting
    Rainwater harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of rainwater at
    surfaceorinsubsurfaceaquifers,beforeitislostassurfacerunoff.Theaugmented

    86

    Ibid.

    210

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    resourcecanbeharvestedinthetimeofneed.Artificialrechargetogroundwateris
    aprocessbywhichthegroundwaterreservoirisaugmentedatrateexceedingthat
    undernaturalconditionsofreplenishment.
    The functioning of ground water recharge units, various methods and techniques
    havealreadybeenelaboratedinInfrastructurePlanningsection.MinistryofWater
    Resources,CentralGroundWaterBoard(CGWB)hasissuedtheManualonArtificial
    Recharge of Ground Water87, which can be referred for development of such
    projects.

    6.5.3. GuidelinesforBufferZones
    Bufferzonesareareascreatedaroundtheconservationarea,oftenperipheraltoit,
    insideoroutsidetoenhanceitsprotection.WithinBufferzones,certainlegaland/or
    customary restrictions are placed upon resource use and/or is managedto reduce
    the negative impacts of restrictions on the neighbouring communities. Based on
    variousactivities,importantbufferzoneshavebeenidentifiedinTable6.7.
    Table6.7: ListofBuffersforvariousactivities
    S.No. Activities
    1

    Ecosensitivezones88

    RecommendedBuffer
    As per National Wildlife Action Plan (NWAP) 20022016, All identified areas
    aroundProtectedAreasandwildlifecorridorsaretobedeclaredasecologically
    fragileundertheEnvironment(Protection)Act,1986.
    As general principle the width of the ecosensitive zone could go up to 10kms
    around a Protected area as provided in the Wildlife Conservation Strategy,
    2002.Incasewheresensitivecorridors,connectivityandecologicallyimportant
    patches, crucial for landscape linkage, are even beyond 10 kms width; these
    shouldbeincludedintheEcosensitivezones.
    Further, even in context of a particular Protected Area, the distribution of an
    areaofEcosensitiveZoneandtheextentofregulationmaynotbeuniformall
    aroundanditcouldbeofvariablewidthandextent.

    Railwayland

    RoWincludesnodevelopmentzoneinitself.

    Aviationrelated
    infrastructure

    AsperAirportAuthorityofIndia(AAI),thebufferzoneisapplicablewithin20
    kmradiusofAirportontheheightofthebuildings,forwhich NOCisrequired
    fromAAIforanyconstructionactivity.
    Aviation imposes height restrictions only. Other DCR norms such as ground
    coverage,setbacksetc.ofthelocalmunicipalityareapplicable.
    Theairportshouldbe20kmawayfromgreenareasuchaswildlifesanctuaries/
    zoos/ bird sanctuaries and should not have restricted activities such as
    butcheries,sewageandnogarbagestoragearoundairports.

    Communicationand
    Transmissionfacilities
    suchassatellite
    towers89

    Installationoftelecomtowersshouldnotbeallowedonandaround(100Meters)
    the buildings where educational, religious and health care institutions are
    functioning.

    Industrialarea/SEZ90

    NoSEZsmaybeplannedinthesensitiveareassuchastheforests,mangroves,
    coral reefs, archeologically important sites, sensitive ecosystems, etc. A buffer
    zoneof1000mshallbemaintainedfromsuchsensitiveareasandagreenbelt
    withtreedensityof1000trees/acreshallbedevelopedinthesaidbufferzone.
    Major settlements (of 3,00,000 population) to maintain a buffer of 5025 kms
    from the settlement's notified limit and projected growth boundary

    87

    Availableatwww.cgwb.gov.in

    88

    GuidelinesfordeclarationofEcoSensitiveZonesaroundnationalparksandwildlifesanctuaries,MoEF,2011

    89

    DraftSpecialRegulationForInstallationOfTelecomTowersInUrbanAreas,GovernmentofOrissa,2013

    90

    SEZguidelines,IndustriesCommissionerate,GovernmentofGujarat

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    211

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    S.No. Activities

    RecommendedBuffer
    respectively.

    Miningandquarrying91

    BufferzoneincaseofMiningLease(ML)areaupto25haistobeconsideredas5
    kmallaroundtheperipheryofthecorezoneandforMLareaabove25haanarea
    10kmallaroundtheperipheryofthecorezone.

    PetrochemicalandGas
    industries92

    NoGaspipelineshouldbelocatedwithin15.0metersofanyprivatedwellingor
    any industrial building or place of public assembly in which persons work,
    congregateorassemble,unlessitisprovidedwithatleast300mmofcoverover
    andminimumcoverasspecifiedPetroleumAndNaturalGasRegulatoryBoard
    Notification,2009.
    NoGasorOilwellshallbedrilledatanypoint,withinaminimumdistance,tobe
    prescribedbytheCentralGovernment,ofanyrailway,pipelineorotherrightof
    way,surveyedroad,dwellings,industrialplant,aircraftrunway,buildingsused
    formilitaryorpublicpurposes,orwithinthreekilometresofanymine,whether
    activeorabandoned,unlessthespecialpermissionoftheCentralGovernmentis
    obtainedinadvance.
    About90mx90mbuffertobemaintainedalongtheactiveoilwells,petroleum
    storagetanks,encompassingallthesafetynormsforprecautionsagainstfire93.

    Heritagerelated
    areas9495

    Everyarea,beginningfromthelimitoftheprotectedarea/monument,extending
    to a distance of 100 meters in all directions shall be the protected areas and
    extendinguptoadistanceof200metersinalldirectionsshallberegulatedarea.
    Theprotectedzoneisanoconstructionzone.
    The building regulations in the regulated zone to be prepared by the Heritage
    ConservationCommitteeinconsultationwithASI.

    Naturalhazardzones
    suchRiverfloodplains
    andwaterbodies
    includingwetlands96

    Thebasicconceptoffloodplainzoningistoregulatelanduseinthefloodplains
    torestrictthedamagecausedbyfloods.Floodplaincanbeidentifiedbasedon
    last50or100yearfloodedareaofwaterbodiesorriver.Therecanbedifferent
    considerations for regulations. For example, the area likely to be affected by
    floods up to a 10year frequency should be kept reserved only for gardens,
    parks, playgrounds, etc. Residential or public buildings, or any commercial
    buildings,industries,andpublicutilitiesshouldbeprohibitedinthiszone.
    In area liable to flooding in a 25year frequency flood, residential buildings
    couldbepermittedwithcertainstipulationofconstructiononstilts(columns),
    minimumplinthlevels,prohibitionforconstructionofbasementsandminimum
    levels of approach roads, etc. In urban areas there should be double storeyed
    buildings.Groundfloorscouldbeutilisedforschoolsandothernonresidential
    purposes.

    10

    CoastalRegulation
    Zone

    Coastallandupto500mfromtheHighTideLine(HTL)landwardsideandastage
    of 100 m along banks of creeks, estuaries, backwater and rivers subject to tidal
    fluctuations is called the Coastal Regulation Zone, which is regulated for
    developmentalactivities.

    11

    Manmadehazardzones
    suchasradioactive,
    chemicalandgas
    treatment/processing
    /distributionlines97

    ChemicalIndustry
    Thedevelopmentofbufferzonesallaroundtheindustryinaneffectivemanner
    andestablishOffSiterespondingagenciesatanappropriatedistancefromthe
    newinstallations.
    NuclearPlants98
    500Haisneededtobeinthecontrolofpowerstationasanexclusionzone.This
    ismaintainedasavacantspaceanddevelopedasagreenbeltarea.
    SterilisedZone: theplantassterilizedzonemaintainsAreaof5 kmradius.No
    restriction is imposed by the plant on organic development activities of

    91

    ProformaForEnvironmentalAppraisalOfMiningProjects,MOEF

    92

    ThePetroleumandNaturalGasRules,1959

    93

    OilMinesRegulations,1984

    94

    ModelBuildingByelaws,TCPO

    95

    AncientMonumentsandArchaeologicalSitesandRemainsAct,2010(AMASR)

    96

    NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesManagementofFloods,NDMA

    97

    NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesChemicalDisasters(Industrial),NDMA

    98

    http://www.npcil.nic.in/pdf/news_12oct2011_01.pdf(NationalPowerCorporationofIndiaLimited)

    212

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    S.No. Activities

    RecommendedBuffer
    populationintheannulusbetween1.5and5kms.Administrativeactionsensure
    thatthereisnoinfluxoflargepopulationinthisarea
    PopulationRestriction:
    Populationdensitywithin10kmradius:Lessthantwothirdofstateaverage;
    Populationwithinsterilisedzone(5Kmradius)Lessthan20,000;
    Populationcentreswithmorethan10,000personsmorethan10kmaway;
    Populationcentreswithmorethan100,000person)morethan30kmaway;

    12

    Highdensity/high
    activityzones

    Areas around high density, mixed land use or residential areas along dense
    commuters zones/ arterial and subarterial roads to be buffered with trees and
    plantations,flexiblebuildingmaterialforattenuation/reflection.

    Sources: Asgiven

    6.6.

    Environmental Guidelines for Planning Ecofragile


    zones99

    6.6.1. CoastalArea
    AspertheCRZnotification,2011,coastallandupto500mfromtheHighTideLine
    (HTL) landward side and a stage of 100 m along banks of creeks, estuaries,
    backwater and rivers subject to tidal fluctuations is called the Coastal Regulation
    Zone(CRZ).Forregulationofdevelopmentalactivities,thecoastalstretcheswithin
    500 m of HTL on the landward side are classified into four categories and
    restrictions have been imposed on construction activities in these zones. The
    followingactivitiesareprohibitedwithintheCRZ:
    1. Settingupofnewindustriesandexpansionofexistingindustries,exceptthosedirectlyrelatedto
    waterfrontordirectlyneedingforeshorefacilities.
    2. Manufactureorhandlingordisposalofhazardoussubstances.
    3. Settingupandexpansionoffishprocessingunitsincludingwarehousing(excludinghatcheryand
    naturalfishdryinginpermittedareas).
    4. Setting up and expansion of units/mechanism for disposal of waste and effluents into the
    watercourse.
    5. Discharging of city untreated waters and effluents from industries, cities or towns and other
    humansettlements.
    6. Dumpingofcityortownwasteforthepurposesoflandfillingorotherwise,theexistingpractice,
    if any, shall be phased out within a reasonable time not exceeding 3 years from the date of
    notification.

    6.6.2. EcoSensitivezones
    Due to rapid urbanisation and its impact on protected zone, there is a need to
    conserveprotectedareas.TheMoEFhasdevelopedguidelinesfordeclarationofeco
    sensitive zones around protected areas, national parks and wildlife sanctuaries.
    These guidelines provide the framework to states/UTs to develop specific buffer
    zonesaroundNationalParks,WildlifeSanctuaries,Sanctuaries,importantmigratory

    99

    EcofragilezonesareFragileEcosystemssuchasCoastalecosystem,Desertecosystem,Mountainecosystem,Aquaticeco
    system,Rainforestecosystem.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    213

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    corridors, etc. with a view of minimizing and preferably eliminating any negative
    impact on protected areas and sanctuaries. The recommended procedure to be
    adoptedbystatesismentionedbelow:

    Prepareaninventoryofthedifferentlandusepatternsandthedifferenttypesofactivities,types
    and number of industries operating around each of the Protected Area (National
    Parks/Sanctuaries)aswellasimportantCorridorsbemadewiththehelpofrangeofficers.
    A small committee comprising the concerned Wildlife Warden, Warden, an Ecologist and an
    officialoftheRevenueDepartmentoftheconcernedarea,couldbeformedwhosefunctionisto
    provide recommendation on requirement and extent of eco sensitive zone. Further, the
    committee can also suggest the methods of management of zone and thematic activities, which
    canbeincludedintheDevelopmentPlan/MasterPlanoftheregion.

    6.6.3. WaterbodiesinUrbanAreas
    WaterBodiesplaymultifunctionalroleinurbanarea.Itcanbethesourceofwater
    for supply, landscaping, irrigation, fishing and ecotourism, which add values to
    socialbenefits.Theycanalsobeusedtopreventheatislandeffectsandtoimprove
    the microclimate in cities. For conserving the same, it is necessary to analyse the
    hydrologicalsystemwithreferencetocatchmentbasinsforthewaterbodies.MoEF
    haspreparedAdvisoryReportforConservationandRestorationofWaterBodiesin
    Urban Areas which recommends State and ULBs to take initiatives in order to
    conserve water bodies. While formulating Development Plan at city levels, steps
    suggested by MoUD &MoEF in the above mentioned report could be adopted to
    conserve and restore the water bodies in cities. One of the finest examples of
    restorationoflakesinthefastgrowingurbanenvironmentistheKankariaLakein
    Ahmedabad.

    214

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    CaseStudy:KankariaLake,Ahmedabad

    RestorationoflakeinafastgrowingurbanenvironmentKankariaLakeinAhmedabad

    KeyHighlights:
    1. Sourceofwater:Surfaceandrechargeofgroundwater,fordrinkingandirrigation
    2. Supportslivelihoods
    3. Foodandnutrition
    4. Actasfloodcontrolmeasures
    5. RecreationSpot
    6. Lakeasanaturalinfrastructureforclimatechangeadaptation

    Source: MoUD presentation.

    MoEF has also suggested to integrate identified projects on water bodies with
    ProgrammessuchasNationalLakeConservationProgrammeandNationalWetland
    Conservation Programme, JnNURM/ UIDSSMT, Ministry of Water Resources
    programme for Repair, Renovation & Restoration (RRR) of Water Bodies with
    Domestic/ExternalAssistancewhichareundertakenbyGovernmentofIndia(GoI).

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    215

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    For conserving rivers, MoEF has taken up the initiativeand formed National River
    ConservationDirectorate(NRCD).InitiativeshavebeentakenthroughvariousRiver
    ActionPlanssuchasGangaActionPlanandYamunaActionPlan

    6.6.4. Desertareas100
    IndiaisapartytotheUNConventiontoCombatDesertification(UNCCD)andMoEF
    is the National Coordinating Agency for the implementation of the UNCCD in the
    country101, under the National Action Programme to Combat Desertification with
    objectives:
    Communitybasedapproachtodevelopment,
    Activitiestoimprovethequalityoflifeofthelocalcommunities,
    Awarenessraising,
    Droughtmanagementpreparednessandmitigation,
    R&Dinitiativesandinterventionswhicharelocallysuited,
    Strengtheningselfgovernanceleadingtoempowermentoflocalcommunities.

    DesertecosystemsensitiveplanningiscrucialatRegionalplanningstageincluding
    mappingoflanddegradation,droughtmonitoringandindicatingcomponentsforthe
    StateandDistrictDisasterManagementPlanfordroughtpreparednessandwarning
    systemgroups.
    AtDevelopmentPlanandlocalareaplanninglevelthekeyactionssuggestedinNEP,
    2006asgivenbelowtobeconsidered:

    Intensive water and moisture conservation through practices based on traditional and
    sciencebasedknowledge,andrelyingontraditionalinfrastructure.
    Enhancingandexpandinggreencoverbasedonlocalspecies.
    Reviewing the agronomic practices in these areas, and promoting agricultural practices
    andvarieties,whicharewelladaptedtothedesertecosystem.

    6.6.5. Wetlands102
    Wetlands, natural and manmade, freshwater or brackish, provide numerous
    ecological services. They provide habitat to aquatic flora and fauna, as well as
    numerous species of birds, including migratory species. Several wetlands have
    sufficiently unique ecological character as to merit international recognition as
    RamsarSites103.
    Wetlands also provide freshwater for agriculture, animal husbandry, and domestic
    use, drainage services, and provide livelihoods to fisher folk. Larger wetlands may
    alsocompriseanimportantresourceforsustainabletourismandrecreation.

    100

    NationalEnvironmentalPolicy2006,MOEF.

    101

    Source:http://moef.nic.in/sites/default/files/Document1_0.pdf.

    102

    NationalEnvironmentalPolicy2006,MOEF.

    103

    The Ramsar Convention defines wetlands as, 'areas of marsh, fen, peat land or water, whether natural or artificial,
    permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the
    depthofwhichatlowtidedoesnotexceedsixmetres',therebygivingawidescopetotheterm.

    216

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    Wetlandsareunderthreatfromdrainageandconversionforagricultureandhuman
    settlements, besides pollution. This happens because public authorities or
    individualshavingjurisdictionoverwetlandsderivelittlerevenuesfromthem,while
    thealternativeusemayresultintofinancialgainstothem.
    A holistic view of wetlands is necessary, which looks at each identified wetland in
    terms of its causal linkages with other natural entities, human needs, and its own
    attributes.
    KeyactionssuggestedinNEP2006atstateorlocallevelareasfollows:

    Integratewetlandconservation, includingconservationofvillagepondsandtanks,intosectoral
    development plans for poverty alleviation and livelihood improvement, and link efforts for
    conservationandsustainableuseofwetlandswiththeongoingruralinfrastructuredevelopment
    andemploymentgenerationprogrammes.
    Formulateconservationandprudentusestrategiesforeachsignificantcataloguedwetland,with
    participationoflocalcommunities,andotherrelevantstakeholders.
    Formulate and implement ecotourism strategies for identified wetlands through multi
    stakeholderpartnershipsinvolvingpublicagencies,localcommunities,andinvestors.
    Take explicit account of impacts on wetlands of significant development projects during the
    environmental appraisal of such projects; in particular, the reduction in economic value of
    wetlandenvironmentalservicesshouldbeexplicitlyfactoredintocostbenefitanalyses.
    Consider particular unique wetlands as entities with Incomparable Values, in developing
    strategiesfortheirprotection.
    Promotetraditionaltechniquesandpracticesforconservingvillageponds.

    6.6.6. Hillyareas(furthertosection5.5.1)
    Hilly areas have one of the most fragile ecosystems, which need to be conserved.
    Therefore planning and development strategies for hilly areas shall be designed
    with added sensitivity and stress on integrated development. The development
    approachshallcomprisejudiciouslanduseplanningandsettlementplanning.Inhill
    areas,thespacestandardsareaffectedbythefollowingandthereforethesefactors
    shouldbeconsideredwhilesettingnormsinsuchareas:

    Exposuretosunlight,degreeofslopesandaccessibilityintheformofdistancetravelled.
    Minimumneedsofthepeopleandtheconservationprinciple.
    Flexibilityinnormsandstandardstoaccommodateconditionsguidedbydifficulthillterrainand
    itsgeology.
    Workplaceandresidencerelationship.
    Energyneeds.
    Alternativemodeoftransportationcommunicationnetwork.
    Communicationnetwork.
    Mobileandemergencyfacilities.

    On the same line, TCPD of Government of Himachal Pradesh has formulated the
    NormsandStandardsfortheirstate,whichcanbeadoptedbyotherstatesforhilly
    areas.SomeoftheinfrastructurenormsandstandardsaredetailedinInfrastructure
    planningchapter.ForvisiondevelopmentofHimalayancities,NationalMissionfor

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    217

    SustainabilityG
    Guidelines
    Sustain
    ningHimalaayanEcosy
    ystemshou
    uldberefeerredfrom theNation
    nalActionP
    Plan
    onClim
    mateChangge,Governm
    mentofIndia.

    6.7.

    DisastterManaagementt

    Disasteer means a
    a catastrophe, mishap
    p, calamity
    y or grave occurrencee affecting any
    areafro
    omnaturallandmanm
    madecausees,orbyacccidentorn
    negligence,,whichressults
    in subsstantial losss of life or
    o human suffering or damagee to, and destruction
    n of
    property,ordamageto,ord
    degradationofenviro
    onmentandisofsuch
    hanature and
    magnittudeastob
    bebeyond copingcap
    pacityofth
    hecommun
    nityofthe affectedarreas.
    As it iss clear from
    m the defiinition disaaster may impact hu
    uman habittat in a sev
    vere
    manner. Hence itt is evidentt to managge these dissasters at appropriat
    a
    te level so that
    nimised.
    impactcanbemin
    AsperSection2((e)ofDisassterManagementAct,2005,disaastermanaagementmeeans
    a contiinuous and integrated process of plann
    ning, organ
    nising, coo
    ordinating and
    implem
    menting meeasures wh
    hich are neecessary or expedien
    nt for (i) prevention of
    dangerrorthreato
    ofanydisasster;(ii)mitigationorrreduction
    nofriskofaanydisasteeror
    itsseveerityorcon
    nsequences;(iii)capaacitybuilding;(iv)prreparednessstodealw
    with
    anydissaster;(v)p
    promptressponsetoaanythreateeningdisasstersituationordisasster;
    (vi)asssessingtheeseverity ormagnitu
    o
    udeofeffecctsofanyd
    disaster;(vvii)evacuattion,
    rescueandrelief;(viii)rehab
    bilitationaandreconsttruction"assshowninFigure6.3
    3.
    Figure6.3: DisasterrManageme
    entCycle

    Source:NaationalDisasterM
    ManagementHaandBookforTraainingandCapaccityBuildingofC
    CivilDefenceand
    dSisterOrganisaations.

    218

    URDP
    PFIGuideline
    es,2014.MinistryofUrba
    anDevelopm
    ment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    6.7.1. Institutionalsetup
    Theinstitutionalizedapproachfordisastermanagementinitiatedwhen4thFinance
    Commission (FC) proposed the concept of Margin Money. Subsequently, 9th FC
    suggested Calamity Relief Fund(CRF) now termed as State Disaster Relief Force
    (SDRF). Further, 11th FC recommended establishment of National Calamity
    Contingency Fund(NCCF) now termed as National Disaster Relief Force(NDRF).
    The institutional and policy mechanisms for disaster to carry out response, relief
    and rehabilitation have been well established since independence. NDMA has
    prepared various Guidelines for the Management of different types of disasters
    including,naturalandmanmade,toassisttheGoIMinistriesandDepartments,State
    GovernmentsandotheragenciestoprepareDisasterManagement(DM)Plans.The
    Central Relief Commissioner (CRC) in the Ministry of Home Affairs is the nodal
    officer to coordinate the relief operations for natural disasters. The CRC in the
    Ministry of Home Affairs is the Chairman of the Crisis Management Group (CMG)
    whose primary function is to review the contingency plans formulated by various
    Ministries / Departments / Organizations in their respective sectors; provide
    measuresandcoordinateamongcentralandstateministries.
    PostDisasterManagement:TheNationalCrisisManagementCommittee(NCMC)set
    upbyMinistryofHomeAffairs,GovernmentofIndiathatgivesdirectiontotheCMG.
    NCMC can give directions to any Ministry/Department/Organization for specific
    actionneededformeetingthecrisissituation.Thesemechanismsarebasedonpost
    disaster relief and rehabilitation and have proved to be robust and effective
    mechanismsinaddressingitsrequirements.
    However,inordertofurtherinstitutionalizethenewapproach,theGovernmentof
    IndiahavedecidedtoenunciateaNationalPolicyonDisasterManagement(2009),
    whose broad objectives are to minimize the loss of lives and social, private and
    community assets because of natural or manmade disasters and contribute to
    sustainabledevelopmentandbetterstandardsoflivingforall,morespecificallyfor
    the poor and vulnerable sections by ensuring that the development gains are not
    lostthroughnaturalcalamities/disasters.
    Disaster Prevention, Preparedness & Mitigation: Apart from above, the Disaster
    Management Act, 2005 (DM Act, 53 of 2005) lays down institutional and
    coordination mechanisms for effective disaster management (DM) at the national,
    state, and district levels. As mandated by this Act, the Government of India (GoI)
    createdamultitieredinstitutionalsystemconsistingof:

    NationalDisasterManagementAuthority(NDMA),headedbythePrimeMinister,

    StateDisasterManagementAuthorities(SDMAs)bytheChiefMinistersand

    District Disaster Management Authorities (DDMAs) bythe DistrictCollectorsandcochaired by


    electedrepresentativesofthelocalauthoritiesoftherespectivedistricts.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    219

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    Othersorganisations:TheActfurtherprovidesforconstitutionofNationalExecutive
    Committee (NEC), National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM) and National
    DisasterResponseForce(NDRF).

    6.7.2. NationalDisasterManagementGuidelines
    ThesalientfeaturesoftheNDMAguidelineswithrespecttotheformulationofDM
    plans have been briefed, along with integration of the recommended planning
    systemfortheurbanandregionalplanninginTable6.8andTable6.9.Thedetailed
    NDMA guidelines for following disasters can be referred separately while
    formulatingthePlans104.
    Table6.8:SalientFeaturesofNDMAGuidelinesforManagementofNaturalHazards
    Sr.No.
    1

    TypesofNatural
    Hazards

    SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
    respectiveDisasters

    FloodManagement

    PreventionandPreparedness

    SetupRiverBasinOrganisationstodealwiththemanagement
    ofwaterresourcesatriverbasinlevel.

    Preparation of Flood Management Plan by joint effort of States


    and concerned department of Central. This plan should be
    integratedwithplansatcityregionordistrictlevel.

    Mitigation

    Earthquake
    Management

    Identification and marking of flood prone areas on maps,


    preparation of close contour and flood vulnerability maps,
    formulatingplansforexpansionandmodernisationoffloodcan
    alsobeincludedinDevelopmentPlans.

    Implementation of the schemes for expansion and


    modernisation of the flood forecasting and warning network,
    execution of flood protection and drainage improvement
    schemeandidentificationofreservoirs.

    Implementation of activities, which include construction of


    dams and catchment area treatment (CAT) works in India as
    wellasneighbouringcountriesforfloodmitigation.

    PreventionandPreparedness

    Facilitate selective strengthening and seismic retrofitting of


    existing priority and lifeline structures in earthquakeprone
    areas

    Prioritise the enforcement of earthquake resistant design


    featuresandstrengthentheexistingstructures.

    Improvethecomplianceregimethroughappropriateregulation
    andenforcement.

    Mitigation

    Incorporation of earthquake resistant design features for the


    constructionofnewstructures.Thesameshouldbereflectedin
    buildingbyelawsindevelopmentplanning.

    Sensitive earthquake seismic zones should be identified at city

    104

    For details NDMA guidelines are available at www.ndma.gov.in website.

    220

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    or region or district level. Priority to be given in Earthquake


    SeismicZones3,4and5.
    3

    DroughtManagement

    PreventionandPreparedness

    Preparation of Drought Management Plan at district and State


    level in integration with Disaster management Plan and
    developmentplans.Plantobepreparedinadvancebasedonthe
    longseasonforecastissuedbyIndiaMeteorologicalDepartment
    (IMD)inAprilandalsothepreviousseasonrainfall.

    Mitigation

    CyclonesManagement

    Measures for integration of soil, water and forest management


    andformpartofsoilconservation,watersheddevelopmentand
    forestryprogrammes.

    Droughtproofingmeasuresaretakenbeforethecropisplanted
    anddroughtmanagementmeasuresare takenduring the crop
    growingperiod.

    PreventionandPreparedness

    Coastal bioshields spread, preservation and restoration/


    regeneration plans to be prepared by the Coastal Area
    Development, and Irrigation and Command Area Development
    Authorities

    Developing Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM)


    frameworks for addressing the sustainability and optimal
    utilisationofcoastalresources,whichshallalsoserveascyclone
    impactminimisationplans.

    Evolving ecosystem restoration plans for degraded ecological


    zones.

    Mitigation

    TsunamiManagement

    Mapping and delineation (coastal wetlands, patches of


    mangroves and shelterbelts), identification of potential zones
    forexpandingbioshieldspreadbasedonremotesensingtools,
    which can be integrated with DM Plan and Development Plan
    formulation.

    Regulating infrastructure and development activities in coastal


    zones. Ensuring cyclone resistant design standards are
    incorporated in the rural/ urban housing schemes in coastal
    areas.

    Implementing coastal flood zoning,


    managementandregulatoryplans.

    Groundwater development (recharge) and augmentation of


    freshwaterrequirementincoastalurbancentres.

    Development of Aquaculture Parks in the identified potential


    zones.

    flood

    inundation

    PreventionandPreparedness

    Preparation of State and District Disaster Management Plans


    (also at city and village level), with specific reference to the
    managementoftsunami.

    Integration of coastal and tsunami risk into community


    planning.

    Mitigation

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    221

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    Landslides/
    Avalanches
    Management

    Revision of town planning byelaws and adoption of model


    byelaws, wide dissemination of earthquake and tsunamisafe
    building codes, the National Building Code 2005, and other
    safetycodes.

    Development of tsunami safety standards and guidelines for


    existingcriticallifelinestructuresincoastalareas.

    EmphasisonEarlyWarningSystem.

    Mapping contour levels up to which Tsunami impacted on the


    lastincidentofdisaster.

    Snow PreventionandPreparedness
    Integrating landslide concerns in the development of disaster
    managementplansatalllevels(especiallyforhillyareasandthe
    MasterplansoftheseareastointegratetheDMPprovisions).

    Landslidehazardzonationmappinginmacroandmesoscales.

    Settingupofinstitutionalmechanismsforgeneratingawareness
    and preparedness about landslide hazard among various
    stakeholders.

    Strengthening Post disaster management by respective DMAs


    and it should be considered as an integral component of
    mitigationeffort.

    Mitigation

    Taking up pilot projects to carry out detailed studies and


    monitoringofselectedlandslidestoassesstheirstabilitystatus
    andestimateriskandtheoutputofthesestudiescanbeutilised
    inplanningprocessatalllevels.

    Development of model landuse / town planning byelaws and


    revisionofexistingones.

    Strengthening of building / heritage structures and safety of


    critical facilities against landslides and snow avalanches in
    hazardproneareas.

    Enforcingandmonitoringthecomplianceoflanduseandtown
    planningbyelaws,andothersafetyregulationsinhillyareas.

    Urban
    Flooding PreventionandPreparedness
    Management
    Contour Mapping will be prepared at 0.2 0.5 m contour
    interval.

    Inventory of the existing storm water drainage system will be


    preparedonaGISplatform.

    Catchmentwillbethebasisforplanninganddesigningthe
    stormwaterdrainagesystemsinallULBs.

    Stormwaterdrainagesystemsforcoastalcitieshavetobe
    designedtakingintoaccountthetidalvariations.

    Riskassessmentwillbecarriedoutwithamultihazardconcept
    leadingtofoolprooflanduseplanning.

    Involvement of the Residents' Welfare Associations &


    Community Based Organisations in monitoring this and in all
    UrbanFloodDisasterManagementactions.

    Mitigation

    Future Storm water drainage systems will be designed with a

    222

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    RunoffCoefficientofupto0.95inusingRationalMethodtaking
    intoaccounttheapprovedLandusePlan.

    RainwaterHarvestingasanintegralcomponentofthebuilding.

    EncroachmentsonDrainsandinFloodplainswillberemovedby
    providingalternativeaccommodationtothepoorpeople.

    Lowlyingareasshouldbereservedforparksandotherlow
    impacthumanactivities.

    Stormwaterdrainageconcernswillbemadeapartofall
    EnvironmentalImpactAssessmentnorms.

    Table6.9:SalientFeaturesofNDMAguidelinesforManmadeHazards
    S.No.
    1

    TypesofMan SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
    madeHazards respectiveDisasters
    Chemical
    Terrorism
    Disasters(CTD)
    Management

    PreventionandPreparedness
    Preparedness for an emergency response at the incident site requires
    protection, detection, and decontamination. The Chief Medical Officer
    willbethemaincoordinatorforthemanagementofCTD.Preparedness
    for emergency medical response includes prompt establishment of
    medicalpostsaspartoftheICS.

    The nodal ministry for CTD and for chemical accidents will organise
    necessary activities to develop a common information platform for a
    sufficiently robust networking system, as part of the DM plans. Nodal
    and line ministries at the central level and departments of health,
    SDMAsandDDMAsatthestateordistrictlevelwillidentifythevarious
    requirements of critical infrastructure to be developed with PPP
    modelstomitigatetheimpactofCTD.

    Mitigation

    Chemical
    (industrial)
    Disaster
    Management

    Counterterrorismstrategies,riskandvulnerabilityassessment,chemo
    surveillance, and environmental monitoring are required for the
    mitigationofCTDbyauthoritiesrecommendedbyNDMA.

    Abufferzonetobedefinedtosuchindustries,whicharevulnerablefor
    CTD.Developmentinsuchzonesshouldberestricted,whichshouldbe
    coveredindevelopmentplanning.

    PreventionandPreparedness

    Strengtheningofthepresentregulatoryframeworktomeetthedefined
    national policies and aspirations; augmentation of technical support
    functions,asupportiveandtechnologyneutralregulationframework.

    Specific roles and responsibilities of MAH units, transporters, drivers,


    authorities and aspects related to emergency communication systems
    andtrainingofvariousstakeholders.

    Preparation of Crisis Management Plan by the hospitals, concept of


    mobile hospital and mobile teams, planning for and regular testing of
    emergencyplan,establishingpostdisasterdocumentationprocedures,
    epidemiological surveys and minimum criteria for relief and
    rehabilitation.

    Mitigation

    Legislationonlandusepolicy(bufferzonearoundchemicalindustry),
    Standardisationofnationalcodesandpractises,PreparationofOnSite

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    223

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    S.No.

    TypesofMan SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
    madeHazards respectiveDisasters
    andOffSite,PreparationofahighwayDMplanforthetransportationof
    hazardous chemical, Establishing a risk management framework
    criterionforchemicalassessment.

    Hazardidentification,riskassessment,incorporationofGIStechnology,
    riskmapping,anddevelopmentandimprovementofdatabase.

    Nuclear
    & PreventionandPreparedness
    Radiological
    TheplansforDMofnuclear/radiologicalemergencies/disastersfrom
    Disaster
    all levels of administration must be mainstreamed, allocation of funds
    Management
    fromthePlanningCommissionaswellastheconcernedministry.

    Offsiteemergencypreparednessandresponseplanstobepreparedby
    thecollectors/magistratesofthedistricts.

    The SDMAs are required to identify and enlist officers with total
    responsibility of issues related to nuclear/radiological disaster
    management,thecollector/magistrateofthedistrictaffectedbynuclear
    emergency from nuclear power plant/facility will be incharge of the
    offsiteemergencyprogrammeandforradiologicalemergenciesinthe
    metropolitans/largecities,whereinmorethanonedistrictisinvolved.
    The state authorities will nominate an incident commander; NDRF
    personnelmustalwaysbemadeavailableonemergencybasisbyNDMA
    attheaffectedsite.

    Mitigation

    Source:

    Engineeringsafetyfeaturesandaccidentmanagementproceduresthat
    shouldbeinplaceinanuclearplantasaccidentmitigationmeasuresfor
    minimising the impact of a nuclear emergency by keeping the
    radioactivityreleaseintheenvironmenttolevelsaslowaspossible.

    Controlling the power, cooling the fuel and confining the radioactive
    materialshouldbeusedasthreebasicsafetyfunctionsinNuclearPlant.

    Theinbuiltsafetymeasures,includingbiologicalshields,safetysystems
    and interlocks, safety audits, operations strictly following safety
    procedures, etc., mitigate the consequences of accidents should be
    adopted.

    Fire Services PreventionandPreparedness


    Management
    PreparationofFireHazardResponseMitigationPlan(FHRMP)

    The plan should incorporate activities for mass awareness and


    inspectionoffirefightingfacilitiesandequipmentespeciallyinschools,
    busyshoppingmalls,highrisebuildingsandresidentialclusters.

    IntegrationofFHRMPwith13thFinanceCommissionreportandstate
    fiveyearplansformobilisationoffunds.

    NDMAguidelinesforeachoftheManmadeHazards.

    Moreover, in addition to above points, there is a need to identify infrastructural


    needs for preparing mitigation plans, Implementing a financial strategy for the
    allocationoffundsfordifferentnationalandstate/districtlevelmitigationprojects.
    Capacity Building: In addition to abovementioned salient features, the capacity
    development for managing the disaster is an important criterion, which should be
    considered as a part of preparedness. There should be availability of skilled and

    224

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    adequately trained manpower like rescue and relief teams, Civil Defence, Home
    Guards,andotheremergencyserviceprovidershavingbasicknowledgeofrelevant
    disasters. In Disaster Management Plan, the role of NGOs, other voluntary
    organisations,andthecommunityisrequiredtobedefined.Capacitydevelopment
    shouldbeundertakenatthedistrict,state,andnationallevelsbytheMinistriesand
    departmentsconcernedasapartoftheirrespectiveDMplans.
    Response Mechanisms: A mechanism for coordinated approach and efforts is
    required for effective response after the incident. Role of communities, NGO and
    NationalDisasterResponseForce(NDRF)105shouldbeconsideredwhileformulating
    incidentresponsestrategy.
    Response&Relief:ToprovidePsychoSocialSupportaftertheincidentasapartof
    relief is an important aspect. NDMA has also issued detailed guidelines which
    describesthefollowingfeatures:
    Implementation of PsychoSocial Support and Mental Health Services (PSSMHS) in National
    MentalHealthProgramme(NMHP)andinDistrictMentalHealthProgramme(DMHP);
    Integration of the PSSMHS in DMHP and General Health Programme as a part of hospital and
    Districthealthplan;
    FormationofaNationalSubCommitteeonPSSMHS;
    TrainingofNationalDisasterResponseForce(NDRF),QuickReactionTeams(QRTs)
    DisasterManagementTeams(DMTs)inallbasicpsychosocialsupportskills;
    IntegrationofPSSMHSandNMHPwithDisasterManagement(DM)PlanandHealth/HospitalDM
    Plans.
    In terms of medical preparedness106, the prevention measure and the preparedness measure is
    separatelyhighlightedbyNDMA.
    Preventivemeasure:IntegratedDiseaseSurveillanceProgramme(IDSP)
    Preparedness for the management of mass causalities: Emergency Medical Response (EMR) at
    theincidentsiteandtheirquickandsafeevacuationbyambulance,aretwoimportantsteps.

    6.7.3. StateDisasterManagementPlan
    TheSection23ofDisasterManagement(DM)Act2005statesthatthereshallbea
    DM plan for every state. The NDMA has also issued guidelines on preparation of
    StateDisasterManagementPlan(SDMP),whichoutlinesthebroadcoverageofthe
    planaswellastherequirementsofconsultationinitspreparation.Italsoprovides
    provisionforannualreviewandupdatingoftheStateDMPlan,andenjoinsuponthe
    stategovernmentstomakeprovisionsforfinancingtheactivitiestobecarriedout
    under the state plans. The SDMP shall be prepared in consultation with the State
    PerspectivePlansand/orStateUrbanisationPolicies.
    The Act provides for the departments of the State Governments to draw up their
    ownplansinaccordancewiththestateDMplan.TheSDMPshouldbepreparedby
    theStateExecutiveCommittee(SEC)inconformitywiththeguidelinestobeissued

    105

    AseparateguidelinehasbeenissuedbyNDMAonIncidentResponseSystemandNationalDisasterManagement
    InformationandCommunicationSystem,whichisavailableatwww.ndma.gov.in.

    106

    TheNDMAguidelineonMedicalPreparednessavailableatwww.ndma.gov.incanbereferred.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    225

    SustainabilityGuidelines
    onrelatedmattersbytheSDMAhavingregardtotheNDMAguidelines.TheSDMP
    preparedbySECshouldbeapprovedbytheSDMA.Theapproachtothepreparation
    oftheSDMPshouldbeholisticandaddressallthehazardsthestateisvulnerableto.
    The SDMP may also adopt the generic categorisation of disasters with respect to
    specificplansatthestatelevelbyvariousdepartmentstohandledifferentdisasters.
    ThesecategoriescouldbeL0,L1,L2,andL3.

    L0denotesnormaltimes,whichareexpectedtobeutilisedforclosemonitoring,documentation,
    prevention, mitigation and preparatory activities. This is the planning stage where plans at all
    levels from community to the State should be put in place. Training on search and rescue,
    rehearsals, evaluation and inventory updating for response activities should be carried out
    duringthistime.
    L1specifiesdisastersthatcanbemanagedatthedistrictlevel,however,thestateandcentrewill
    remaininreadinesstoprovideassistanceifneeded.
    L2specifiesdisastersituationsthatmayrequireassistanceandactiveparticipationofthestate,
    andthemobilisationofresourcesatthestatelevel.
    L3disastersituationsarisefromlargescaledisasterswheredistrictsandthestatemaynothave
    the capacity to respond adequately and require assistance from the central government for
    reinstatingthestateanddistrictmachinery.

    ThefollowingfeaturesshouldbeconsideredwhilepreparingtheSDMP

    HazardRiskandVulnerabilityAtlas(HRVA)assessmentofdifferentpartsofthestatetodifferent
    kindsofdisasters.
    Thevulnerabilityofdifferentpartsofthestatetodifferentkindsofdisasters.
    TheSDMPshouldbedevelopedinlinewithDDMPs.
    Themeasurestobeadoptedforpreventionandmitigationofdisasters.
    The manner in which mitigation measures shall be integrated with development plans and
    projects.
    Thecapacitybuildingandpreparednessmeasurestobetaken.
    Therolesandresponsibilitiesofeachdepartmentofthegovernmentofthestateinrelationtothe
    measuresspecifiedabove.
    The roles and responsibilities of different Departments of the government of the state in
    respondingtoanythreateningdisastersituationordisaster.
    Thestateplanwillbereviewedandupdatedannually.

    ThesuggestedframeworkfordevelopingSDMP&DDMPisshownintheFigure6.4.

    226

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Sustaina
    abilityGuid
    delines

    Figu
    ure6.4: Sugg
    gestedBroaadFramewo
    orkfordevellopingSDMP
    PandDDMP
    P

    Sourcce:

    NationalD
    DisasterManagem
    mentGuidelines,PreparationofStateDisasterM
    ManagementPlan
    ns.

    6.7
    7.4. DistrictDissasterMaanagemeentPlan(DDMP))107
    Secttion 31 of
    f the DM Act,
    A 2005 makes
    m
    man
    ndatory to
    o formulatee District Disaster
    D
    Man
    nagement Plan (DD
    DMP) by District Authority
    A
    i consulttation with local
    in
    auth
    horities. DDMP
    D
    shalll include Hazard
    H
    Rissk and Vullnerability Analysis (HRVA),
    (
    prevention, mitigation,
    m
    p
    preparedne
    ess measurres, respon
    nse plan an
    nd procedu
    ures. An
    indiicativelistwithpossib
    bleplanob
    bjectivesisgivenbelow
    w:

    Toidentifyth
    T
    heareasvuln
    nerabletomajortypesoftthehazardsin
    nthedistrict..
    T adopt pro
    To
    oactive meassures at distrrict level by all the Goveernment departments to prevent/
    k
    knowdisaste
    erandmitigateitseffects.
    T define an
    To
    nd assign thee different taasks and ressponsibilitiess to stakehollders during the pre
    disasterandpostdisasterrphases.
    T
    Toadopt
    dissasterresilien
    ntconstructionmechanissm in the disttrict by way of using Info
    ormation,
    Educationan
    ndCommuniccationformaakingthecom
    mmunityawaareoftheneeedofdisasterrresilient
    f
    futuredevelo
    opment.
    T
    Toenhanced
    disasterresiliienceofthep
    peopleinthedistrictbywaayofcapacityybuilding.
    Reduce the loss
    l
    of public and privatte property, especially
    e
    crritical facilitiees and infrasstructure,
    t
    throughprop
    perdisasterm
    managementplanning
    Managefuturredevelopmeenttomitigattetheeffecto
    ofnaturalhazzardsinthed
    district.
    T
    Tosetupthe
    eearlywarningsystemso
    oastopreparrethecommu
    unitytodeal withthedisaasterand
    r
    responsiveco
    ommunicatio
    onsystembasseduponfailproofproven
    ntechnologyy.
    T
    Todevelopt
    thestandardiizedmechaniismtorespon
    ndtodisasteersituationto
    omanagetheedisaster
    efficiently.


    107

    So
    ource:ExplanatoryNotesforPreeparationofDistrictDisasterManagementPlan((DDMP),NDMA

    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    227

    SustainabilityGuidelines

    TosetupanEmergencyOperationsCentreattheDistrictlevel tofunctioneffectivelyinsearch,
    rescue,response.
    TopreparetheresponseplanbasedupontheguidelinesissuedintheStateDisasterManagement
    Plansoastoprovidepromptrelief,rescueandsearchsupportinthedisasteraffectedareas.
    Tomaketheuseofmediaindisastermanagement.
    Rehabilitationplanoftheaffectedpeopleandreconstructionmeasurestobetakenbydifferent
    govt.departmentsatdistrictlevelandlocalauthority.
    IntegrationofDMinitiativesintodevelopmentplanandprojects.
    TocoordinatewithCentre&StateagenciesconcernedforeffectiveandefficientDM.

    The District Disaster Management Plan (DDMP) is the guide for achieving the
    objective mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery. It should be noted that
    Development Plan for the District/City should also integrate with DDMPs and city
    planning or town planning should be in compliance with the DDMPs and SDMP of
    theconcernedDistrict.

    228

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    Townplannersusevarietyoftechniquesatdifferentstagesoftheplanningprocess.
    Thesetechniquesmayrelatetosurveysforcollectionofdata,assessmentofexisting
    conditionsinasettlement,aswellasanalysisandprojectionsoffuturerequirements
    inrespectofvariousactivities.
    Substantial proportions of these techniques are highly elaborate and demand
    intensive data inputs. Considerable time is lost in collecting the required data
    causing delays occur in the plan preparation process. Further, with rapid
    urbanisation,plannersneedsimplifiedtechniquesforanalysisandplanpreparation.
    The chapter describes some of the useful and simplified techniques for data
    collection,survey,analysis,projectionsandmapping.Mostoftheseexercisescanbe
    takeupasaseparateresearch/surveybeforeplanpreparationtoprovideprocessed
    datainputs.

    7.1.

    IdentifyingDataNeedsandDataCollectionList

    The basic presumption of simplified information gathering methodologies is that


    thereisalwaysacertainamountofuncertaintyattachedtoanysetofdata,andthat
    theavailabledatamayormaynotbecompleteascomparedtowhatisrequiredfor
    ensuring perfectness in decision making. This presumption implies that decision
    makingmostofteninvolvesanelementofimperfectdataandgooddecisionmaker
    makes good use of extrapolation of the collected data though the application of
    simplifiedsurveytechniques.
    Themethodsofrapidinformationcollectioninstitutionaliseexistinggoodpractices
    andevencommonsense.Theyrelymostlyondirectobservation,seekseveralviews
    of any one fact (cross checking) and make use of checklists and semistructured
    dialogues instead of lengthy and often costly questionnairebased surveys. Due to
    difficultiesofmeasuringmuchofsocioeconomicinformationdirectly,rapidsurvey
    techniquesmakeliberaluseofproxyindicatorstotraceranking,trendsandshifts.
    These rapid methods must not be considered as substitutes to specialist
    investigationsandshouldbeusedforquickaccesstoinformationforrapiddecision
    making.

    7.1.1. DataChecklist
    Thedatacollectionchecklistisapreciseandexhaustivelistingoftopics/issuesand
    subtopics/issues related to the information need. The process begins with the
    preparationofaninitialchecklist.Thenextstageistodefinethemethodofacquiring
    informationabouteachsubtopicinthelist.Thechecklistisflexibleandallowsthe
    surveyortoadaptandimproviseinthefield.Thestepsinvolvedinthepreparation
    ofthechecklistareasfollow:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    229

    SimpliifiedPlann
    ningTechn
    niques
    Listm
    majortopicswithitspriorrity.
    Listofmajorinfo
    ormationneed
    dsandhoweeachwillbeusedforanaly
    ysis.
    Breaakdowneach
    htopicintosu
    ubtopics.
    Indiccatethelikely
    yinformation
    nsourcessucchas
    DocumentfromGoveernmentdepaartments,orgganisations,p
    privateagenciies,publicatio
    onsetc.
    Observationinthestu
    udyareaand
    dinspection
    Dialoguee,interviews
    Selfcom
    mpletionsurveeysetc.

    7.2.

    DataC
    Collectio
    onTechn
    niques

    Informationordaatacanbe dividedinttotwotypes,i.e.Prim
    marydataaandSecond
    dary
    data. Primary
    P
    daata is colleected first hand by investigatorr, thus thrrough Prim
    mary
    survey.. Secondarry data is second hand data, initially collected
    c
    b
    by some other
    investiggatorforo
    otherpurpo
    osebutlateeronused byaninveestigatorfo
    orhis/hero
    own
    purposse.

    7.2.1.. PrimaaryDataCollectio
    ontechn
    niques
    Primarrydataarethose,whiccharecolleectedforth
    hefirsttimeandareaalwaysgiveenin
    the forrm of raw material and
    a originaal in characcter. Before beginnin
    ng the prim
    mary
    data co
    ollection prrocess, the techniquee of data co
    ollection, th
    he questionnaire theereof
    andtheesurveysaampleselecctiontechniiqueistob
    befinalised.Toprocesss,analysisand
    interprretprimary
    ydata,suitaablestatistiicalmethod
    dsareneed
    ded.
    Figure7.1: StagesoffconductingPrimarySurv
    vey

    Source:ReeadingMaterialo
    onPlanningTech
    hniquesbyJHAn
    nsariandShriM
    Mahavir.

    230

    URDP
    PFIGuideline
    es,2014.MinistryofUrba
    anDevelopm
    ment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    Thissectiondiscussesfourtypesofprimarysurveys,whicharelistedintheorderof
    passive to active respondents. Following are the broad categories of primary
    surveys:

    Visual survey / Reconnaissance survey: This survey does not require direct contact with
    populationofthestudyarea.Itisquickoverviewofthearea.
    Inspection:Itinvolvesdirectinspectionofareabysurveyorforextractinginformation.
    PersonalInterview/Dialogue:Thissurveyismorepersonalandcouldbeeitherfacetofaceor
    telephonic.Insuchtypeofsurveyssomeinitialtopicsareinvestigatedtogaininsightinthearea
    ofinterest.
    Selfsurvey: In this type of survey indirect contact is made with the respondent by sending
    questionnairethroughmailorhandedoutbuttheresponseisnotcollectedonthespot.

    7.2.1.1. Visualsurveys/Reconnaissancesurvey
    Visualsurveysaredirectinspectionsurveys,whichareperformedbysurveyteams
    movinginavehicleorwalking.Thistypeofsurveycanbeusedintheinitialstagesof
    the investigation, often after preparing initial checklist. It performs variety of
    functions,suchas:

    Familiarisewithstudyarea.
    Giveinitialimpressionsofthephysicalandsocialstateofanarea.
    Identifyselectedareasforfurtherinvestigation.
    Generateideasfordevelopmentofchecklist.

    7.2.1.2. Inspection
    DirectInspection: The direct inspection of conditions or activities is employed in
    many kinds of surveys where human communication is not required to elicit the
    information (Source:ReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandShri
    Mahavir). It can be used for observing traffic counts, recreation area use surveys,
    housingqualitystudiesandproxyobservationswhererequired.
    IndirectInspection:Thefindingsoftheinitialsurveycanbesubstantiatedwiththe
    help of Key Indicator Survey, which are specific to the objectives of the analysis.
    Often, instead of getting direct information on the variable, surveyors rely on
    observing approximations known as proxies. A proxy is used to inform about a
    variable without direct investigation, instead investigating its key indicators. Such
    as: instead of enquiring about the income range, the surveyor can observe the
    housing condition, number of vehicles and other consumer goods. Table 7.1 lists
    proxyindicatorstobegeneratedthroughchecklist,relatingtothesubtopics,which
    areidentifiedasimportant.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    231

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    Table7.1: PossibleProxyIndicators
    Topic

    PossibleProxy

    Addyourownproxies

    Economicgrowth

    Housingconstruction&condition

    Dwellingextensions
    Electricityconsumption
    Saleofnewvehicles
    Prosperity

    NumberofPetrolpumps
    SaleofFurnishingstypes
    Typesofcommercialstores

    Servicelevels

    Numberofstandpipes
    Privatewatercarriers
    Electricitysupply
    Useofpublicurinals
    Onstreetgarbage

    Wealthdistribution

    Differingnewhousesconstruction
    Privatecarownership

    Importedgoodsconsumption
    Womensparticipation

    Handportageofwater
    Ratioofgirlsinhighereducation

    Municipalefficiency

    Frequencyofgarbageremoval

    Conditionofroad
    Streetlights
    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996

    Suchmethodsaretobeadoptedifthedocumentarystatisticsisaggregativeorout
    dated or both. Good proxies are those which can be easily investigated, however,
    proxiescanoftenbemisleadingandmustbeusedwithcare.Thereforegenerating
    proxies require knowledge about the relationship between the proxy and the
    variableitistryingtoassesanditsrelationshipinthestudyarea.

    7.2.1.3. PersonalInterview/Dialogue
    A number of types of surveys are undertaken face to face or by telephonic
    conversation. In case of quantitative survey, the structured dialogue is oneway
    where precise questioning takes place. Semistructured dialogue is a flexible two
    way process where only some initial topics are investigated. These topics can be
    revisedasthepractitionergainsinsightintheareaasinformationflowsinfromthe
    respondents.Thesemistructureddialogueisthusaninformalprocessbutitneeds
    tobemanagedexpertly,particularlyintheaspectslistedbelow:

    Behaviouralfactorsofthesurveyorsandrespondents
    Questionsnottobeambiguousorlong
    Managingtheconversation&carefulprobingtoseekanswers
    Judgingresponseswithoutbiases
    Crosscheckingwithotherrespondents
    Recordingtheinterview(audio/video)
    Avoidingerrors

    232

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.2.1.4. FocussedGroupDiscussion(FGD)
    Focussed group discussion is a qualitative data collection and research technique.
    Questionsaboutopinions,perceptions,beliefs,attitudeofpeopletowardsplanning
    aims, services are probed in these discussions.FGD can be used for learning about
    stakeholders, their interrelationship and to know about a range of issues on the
    topic. This method costs fairly low compared to surveys, as one can get results
    relativelyquicklyandincreasethesamplesize.FGDscaneitherbeusedtoexplore
    meaning of survey findings that cannot be explained statically as well as before
    designingquestionnaires.
    HomogenousgroupofpeopleareselectedforFGDsothattheyarecomfortableand
    havefreeflowofdiscussion.Mainobjectiveandkeyquestionsofthemeetingshould
    be predecided. Group of 10 to 12 people and questions should be selected for a
    singleFGD108.Morethanone,mostlythreetofourFGDstobedonebeforelegitimate
    resultscanbereachedonanissue.FGDinruralsettingscanmakeuseofinteractive
    diagrammaticdatacollectiontechniquessuchasmapping,Venndiagrametc.

    7.2.1.5. ParticipatoryRapidAppraisal
    PRAisanintensive,systematicbutsemistructuredlearningexperiencecarriedout
    in a community by a multidisciplinary team, which includes community
    members109usingvarioustoolsgivenbelow.Participatoryappraisalmethodsand
    toolscanbeusedacrossallagegroupsandculturesanddonotrelyonliteracyskills.
    Methods of PRA are highly visual and comprise a myriad of activities to elicit and
    triangulatethesameinformation110.Toolsusedinparticipatoryinterviewsorgroup
    meetings include brainstorming, mapping, ranking and diagramming and can be
    broadlyputinfourcategories111:

    Groupdynamics,e.g.learningcontracts,rolereversals,feedbacksessions
    Sampling,e.g.transectwalks,wealthranking,socialmapping
    Interviewing,e.g.focusgroupdiscussions,semistructuredinterviews,triangulation
    Visualizatione.g.Venndiagrams,matrixscoring,timelines

    Participationusuallytakesplaceinfamiliarsurroundingsinthestreet,publicplaces
    orthroughcommunitybasedactivities112.

    7.2.1.6. SelfSurvey
    These are often in the questionnaires sent to respondents through mail or survey
    forms handed out or inserted in the newspapers and the filled questionnaires are

    108

    Source:OverseasDevelopmentInstitute,UK;Wikipedia.

    109

    http://www.slideshare.net/ronelcana/participatoryrapidappraisal.

    110

    http://shortwork.org.uk/?page_id=210.

    111

    Source:Wikipedia.

    112

    http://shortwork.org.uk/?page_id=210

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    233

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    mailed back to the surveyor. It has various limitations, like; responses can be low
    andunsatisfactory.
    Primary data collection techniques can be costly and very time consuming thus
    methodsofrapidinformationcollection,whichrelymostlyondirectobservation,is
    analternative.Thismethodseeksseveralviewsofanyonefact(crosschecking),
    makesuseofchecklistsandsemistructureddialogue.However,rapidmethodsmust
    notbeconsideredassubstitutestospecialistinvestigationsandshouldbeusedfor
    quickaccesstoinformationforrapiddecisionmakingonly.

    7.2.2. SecondaryDataCollectiontechniques
    Secondarydataarethose,whichhavealreadybeencollectedbysomeoneotherthan
    theinvestigatorhimself.Theseareusuallycompiledandprocessedinformationbut
    may be relatively less accurate than the primary data. However, the problems
    associated with the primary data collection such as time consumption, skilled
    manpower requirement do not arise here. Secondary data can be collected from a
    numberofsources,whichcanbebroadlyclassified,intotwocategories.

    7.2.2.1. PublishedSources
    Mostlysecondarydataiscollectedfrompublishedsources,whichmakesitreliable.
    Someimportantsourcesofpublishedsourcesandstatisticaldataareasfollow:

    PublishedreportsofCentralandStateGovernmentsandlocalbodies.
    Statistical abstracts, census reports and other reports published by different Ministries of the
    Government.
    OfficialpublicationsoftheforeignGovernments.
    ReportsandPublicationsoftradeassociations,chambersofcommerce,financialinstitutionsetc.
    Journals,Magazinesandperiodicals.
    Periodic Publications of Government organizations like Central Statistical Organization (CSO),
    NationalSampleSurveyOrganization(NSSO).
    ReportssubmittedbyEconomists,ResearchScholars,Bureaus,
    PublishedworksofresearchinstitutionsandUniversities

    7.2.2.2. UnpublishedSources
    Statistical and nonstatistical data can also be collected from various unpublished
    sources.Someoftheimportantunpublishedsourcesfromwhichsecondarydatacan
    becollectedare:

    Theresearchworkscarriedoutbyscholars,researchassociatesandprofessionals.
    The records maintained by private firms and business enterprises, which may not have been
    publishedduetobusinessdiscretion.
    Records and statistics maintained by various departments and offices of the Central and State
    Governments,Corporations,Undertakingsamongothers.

    For assisting planning and development efforts of local bodies, CentralStatistical


    Organisation (CSO) of Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation
    (MoSPI)haspublishedadocumentBasicStatisticsforLocalLevelDevelopmentfor

    234

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    Ruralvillage schedule, Urban ward schedule and Metropolitan city/ city/ town
    schedule. At village level, the gramPanchayat will consolidate, maintain and own
    villageleveldata.ItissuggestedthatDistrictStatisticalOffice(DSO)willcoordinate
    with respective local body and different departments for getting the information
    compiledatrespectiveschedule.

    7.3.

    TypesofSurveys

    Whileplanningregionalorurbanarea,diversestudiesaredonewhichusevarious
    setsofinformationtoanalyseexistingsituationandmakefutureprojections.Thus,
    keepinginmindtherangeofdatarequiredinplanning,followingsurveytypeshave
    beenundertaken.

    7.3.1. SocioEconomicSurvey
    Demographicsurveyisconcernedwithcollectionofsocioeconomicdataregarding
    characteristicsofhumanpopulations,suchassize,growth,density,distribution,and
    vital statistics. This survey forms base for not only understanding current socio
    demographic characteristics of specific area but also projections of future
    population and related infrastructure. However this survey is to be done in rare
    casesonlyasCensusofIndiaprovidesdetailedinformationofdemography.

    7.3.2. Landuse/utilisationSurveys
    Land use survey is commonly undertaken with the purpose to identify developed
    andundevelopedareasforanalysisofphysicaldistributionandconditionofexisting
    development for future projections. In case of ground verification of the land use
    map prepared by remote access or by various secondary sources, land use of a
    definedlandparcelcanbeobservedbyundertakingawellplannedexercise.
    The developed and undeveloped area can then be further classified into major
    categoriesdependingupontheusetowhichmajorportionsoflandareputto.The
    categoriesaretobeinlinewithUrbanorRegionalPlan(s)(asgiveninTable4.4and
    Table9.1).Incaseofmultipleuseofalandparcel,thedominatinglanduseshouldbe
    marked,ifmixedlanduseisnotconsideredintheplan.

    7.3.3. DensitySurveys
    Densitysurveysaredonetounderstandtherelationshipbetweenbuiltupareaand
    populationdensity.Itistakenupforassessmentofinfrastructurerequirements,to
    reducecongestion,appropriateavailabilityoflandforspecificactivitiesandservices
    requiredbyresidentsforgoodqualityoflife.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    235

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.3.3.1. ResidentialDensity113
    Residential density surveys are undertaken with the objective to understand the
    accommodationdensity,builtupareadensity(builtupareaperlandarea)andthe
    residingpopulationdensity.Basedontheanalysisfromthissurvey,thedecisionson
    thecontrolandpromotionalmeasurescanbetaken.
    There are two separate aspects of this objective, first is less congestion within
    dwellingunitandsecondislowhighdensityinaneighbourhoodorthestudyarea.
    Anotherreasonforsuchsurveysistocontrolnumberofpeople residinginanarea
    so as to provide appropriate/sustainable or decentralised services and utilities for
    thearea.
    Residentialdensityisnormallyexpressedintermsof:
    Housesperunitland(dwellingunits/hectare),
    Habitableroomsperunitland(rooms/hectare)(Accommodationdensity)and
    Personsperunitland(persons/hectare)(PopulationDensity).

    Forcomparisonatlaterstagesandanalysisoftheresidential areas,thestudyarea
    canbefurtherdividedintozones/subdivisionsofsimilarhousingtypes/conditions
    and tentative observation of density or based on similar pattern for survey within
    thestudyarea.
    As accommodation density and population density are calculated for same unit of
    area, these can be compared to reach at number of persons (occupancy rate) per
    habitable room. Thus it is used to determine whether particular area is under
    utilizedoroverutilised.Thisinformationcanbeusedinfutureplanningtodecide
    whichareasaretobedecongestedandinwhichareasdensitycanbeincreased.The
    followingformulasareusedforthecalculation:

    Numberofhabitableroomsinthestudyarea/subdivision
    Accommodationdensity=

    Netareaofthestudyarea/subdivision

    Totalpopulationofthestudyarea
    Populationdensity=

    Totalareaofthestudyarea

    Populationdensity
    Occupancyrates=

    Accommodationdensity

    7.3.3.2. NonResidentialDensity
    Density in nonresidential areas is carried out for assessment and provision of
    appropriatequantityandqualityofservicestotheusersofstudyarea.Measurement
    of density in nonresidential area in terms of room or occupant per acre does not

    113

    Source: Reading Material on Planning Techniques by Sh.JH Ansari and Sh. Mahavir; and Keeble Lewis, Principles and
    PracticesofTown&CountryPlanning,1968.

    236

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    provideusefulinformation,thusamethodbaseduponthefloorspaceindex(FSI)is
    usedtocalculatenonresidentialdensity.
    Thissurveyseekstoobtaintwofoldinformationaboutstudyarea;first,astatement
    ofthetotalareadevotedtodifferentclassesoflandusewithinthenonresidential
    area,distinguishingonlybetweenquitedistinctkindsofuse, e.g.shop,office,place
    ofassembly.Second,theintensityofuseofeachstreetblocksinthenonresidential
    areaintermsofitsoverallFSI.TheFSIsurveygivessomeideawhethertheamount
    oflandrequiresbeincreasingorreducingfordifferentlanduses.
    Table7.2: Fieldsheetfornonresidentialsurvey
    Subdivision
    No.

    Shop

    Floorareainsquaremeters

    Totalfloorarea

    TotalSize

    F.S.I.

    Residence

    Office

    Industry

    Source:

    ReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandShriMahavir.

    7.3.4. InfrastructureSurveys
    Infrastructure survey includes the survey of existing infrastructure within and
    surrounding the study area in terms of its population. The result of infrastructure
    survey is compared to benchmarks and parameters provided by
    National/Government authorities. Such survey includes physical as well social
    infrastructure. This survey is commonly integrated with the land use survey to
    cohesivelyunderstandtheuseoflandandtosaveontimeandmanpower.

    Physicalinfrastructureindicators:transportation,watersupply,wastewater,sewerage,andsolid
    wastemanagementinfrastructure.
    Social infrastructure indicators: educational, civic and utilities, health care, recreation
    infrastructureetcetera.

    Key parameters to be assessed in the survey are capacity, utilisation, gap


    assessment, issues associated as well as technology. The following table indicates
    thevariousinfrastructureindicatorsthatcanbeusedandthebenchmarkproviding
    agenciesforthesame.
    Table7.3: Infrastructureindicatorsandbenchmarkprovidingagencies
    Indicators

    BenchmarksprovidingAuthority

    Transportation

    UrbanRoadCodeofPractice

    Watersupply

    CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMinistryofUrbanDevelopment(MoUD)

    Wastewatermanagement

    CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMoUD

    Solidwastemanagement

    CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMoUD

    StormwaterDrainage

    CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMoUD

    Sewerage

    CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMoUD

    IndustrialEffluent

    AsperCPCB/SPCBnorms

    Sources:Asgiven.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    237

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    Transportation infrastructure survey is undertaken to comprehend the transport
    networkandthemovementofcommutersinthecity.Itcomprisessurveyoftraffic
    volume, commuter load of different forms of commutation, parking survey and
    others.Table7.4coversthisindetail.

    238

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.3.5. TransportationSurveys
    Typesofsurveys,theirobjectivesandmethods,samplingsizeandexpectedoutputaregiveninthetablebelow:
    Table7.4: ComprehensiveTableofTransportationSurveys(TransportSurveyformsReferAppendixFofVolumeIIB)
    S.No.

    SurveyName
    Inventoryofroadnetworksystem

    1.

    Reviewofexistingtransport
    infrastructureandfacilities,including:

    Flyovers/underpasses,

    Majorintersections,

    Parkingfacilities,

    Trafficcontrolfacilities

    Pedestrianfacilities

    NMVfacilities,

    LevelRailwayCrossings

    PublicTransportandParatransit
    Facilities

    Speedanddelaystudies

    2.

    Objectives

    Classifiedtrafficvolumecounts

    3.

    SurveyMethods

    To appreciate the physical characteristics of


    the identified road network in terms of right
    ofway,carriageway,numberofaccesspoints,
    surfacetype,abuttinglanduse,etc.
    To identify physical constraints and
    bottleneck points along the identified road
    network.
    To assess the capacity potential of the
    identifiedroadnetwork
    To appreciate traffic management measures
    presently adopted along the identified road
    network
    Tounderstandtheexistingtransportsituation
    in order to develop a rational land use and
    transport plan and mobility improvement
    measuresinaCMP

    Toelicitthejourneyandrunningspeedalong
    theroadnetwork
    Toidentifythebottleneckpoint
    ToobtainthetraveltimematrixforalltheOD
    pairs
    Toquantitydelaysandidentifyfactorscausing
    delay
    To appreciate traffic characteristics in terms
    ofsizecompositionandvariationdirectional
    andtemporal.
    Toappreciatethespatialdistributionoftraffic
    To establish the level of service on the road
    networksystem

    SamplingSize

    Manual

    Moving
    Observer
    method
    FloatingCarMethod
    Registration Number
    Method
    Elevated
    observer
    Method
    ManualMethod
    Usingautomatic
    deviceslikeSensors
    VideoPhotography

    Two sections for a


    road section with
    similarlanduses
    Two samples for a
    road section with
    similarlanduse
    Samples
    to
    be
    collected where ever
    sectionhasvariation

    ExpectedOutput
    Physical characteristics and
    physical constraints of road
    network and transport
    infrastructure

    The average of around six


    runs114

    Journey and running speed,


    travel time, delay causing
    factors

    As even day count will


    then give the Average
    DailyTraffic(ADT)115

    TrafficCharacteristicof
    thestudyarea
    Trafficvolume
    Spatial distribution of
    traffic
    Circulationoftraffic

    114

    IRC:SP:19-2001.

    115

    Ibid.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    239

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.
    4.

    5.

    SurveyName

    Objectives

    RoadSideOriginanddestination
    surveysat

    Cordonand

    Screenlines

    Mobilitysurvey(HouseholdSurvey)

    ParkingDemandCharacteristics

    6.

    SurveyMethods

    Toappreciatethetrafficcharacteristics
    Toappreciatethedesiredpatternsof
    passengerandgoodstraffic
    Toassesstheintensityofthroughand
    destinedtraffic
    Touseinmodelvalidation

    RoadSideInterview
    Method
    RegistrationNumber
    Platesurvey
    Tagsonvehicles

    Toelicitsocioeconomiccharacteristicsofthe
    household
    Toelicittravelcharacteristicsofthe
    household(totaltrips,purposeoftrips,mode
    used,triplength,triporiginanddestination
    etc.)
    Toappreciatedesiredpatternoftraffic
    Toelicitopinion(oftheresidentsofthestudy
    area)regardinggeneraltransportproblemsof
    thecityandtheprobableareasof
    improvement.
    Toassesstheparkingcharacteristicsinterms
    ofparkingdurationandaccumulationby
    mode
    Toassessfuturelevelsofdemand

    Householdinterviews

    SamplingSize

    ExpectedOutput

    The
    survey
    should
    normally be conducted for
    three consecutive days, on
    sample basis, if possible
    during a representative
    weekintheyearandmust
    encompass the weekly
    market day and one
    workingday116

    Population
    <50,000
    50,000
    1,50,000
    1,50,000
    3,00,000
    3,00,000
    5,00,000
    >10,00,000

    Sampling
    rate
    1in5
    1in8
    1in15

    Travelpattern
    OD matrix to calibrate
    a transport demand
    model

    Socioeconomic profile of
    the study area, number of
    trips,purposeoftrips,mode
    used, trip length, trip origin
    and destination, vehicle
    ownership

    1in20
    1in25

    ParkingSpace
    Inventory
    ParkingusageSurvey
    bypatrol

    Each typology to be
    covered / representative
    sampletobecollected

    Parking duration, load,


    volume,index,turnover

    116

    Ibid.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    240

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    S.No.

    SurveyName

    Objectives

    SurveyMethods

    Todevelopaparkingpolicy

    Cordoncount
    Questionnairetype
    parkingsurvey
    ParkingSpace
    Inventory

    SamplingSize

    ExpectedOutput

    Determine availability of
    existingparking

    7.

    ParkingSupply

    ToassesstheParkingSupply

    8.

    Activityplacestudy

    Toappreciatetheactivitypatternintermsof
    typeandintensity
    Toappreciatetheemploymentlevelsbytype
    ofactivity
    Todeveloprelationshipbetweenfloorspace
    andemployment
    Toappreciatethetripandother
    characteristicsofemployees
    Todeveloptripproductionandattraction
    ratesbytypeandintensityofactivities.
    Toappreciatesystemandoperational
    characteristics
    Toappreciatetheperformanceandeconomic
    characteristics
    ToappreciateroleandfunctionofParatransit
    Toappreciatethesystemcharacteristicsof
    Paratransit
    ToappreciatecharacteristicsParatransit
    users
    Toappreciatephysicalcharacteristicsofthe
    terminalregardingsize,spaceusageetc.
    Toappreciatetheoperationalcharacteristics
    intermsofflowofvehicles/good/peopleto
    andfromtheterminal
    Toappreciatetheusercharacteristics(incase
    ofpassengerterminal)regardingtheirorigin,
    destination,modeused,triplengthetc.
    Toappreciatetheparkingcharacteristicsin
    theterminal
    Toappreciatetheproblems,constraintsand
    potentialsforexpansionoftheterminal
    activity

    Primarysurvey

    Each typology to be
    covered / representative
    sampletobecollected
    100 % of land use survey
    andSamplesizeoftriprate
    tobedecidedbasedonthe
    sizeofstudyarea.

    Inventory
    Usersurveys
    OperatorSurveys

    Samplesizetobedecided
    basedonthesizeand
    characteristicofstudyarea

    Systemandoperational
    characteristics

    Inventory
    Usersurveys
    OperatorSurveys

    Sample size to be decided


    based on the size and
    characteristicofstudyarea

    System and operational


    characteristics

    Inventory
    Usersurveys
    OperatorSurveys

    Sample size to be decided


    based on the size and
    characteristics of study
    area and availability of
    users

    Physical characteristics of
    the terminal, operational
    characteristics in terms of
    flow
    of
    vehicles/good/people,
    parking characteristics in
    theterminal

    9.

    Publictransportsystemstudy

    10.

    Paratransitstudy

    11.

    Terminalstudies

    Identify
    rates

    trip

    generation

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    241

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.
    12.

    SurveyName
    Safetystudies(accidentstudies,
    includingcollision&trafficincidences)

    Objectives

    13.

    PedestrianSurvey

    VolumeCounts
    Along
    Across

    14.

    Source:

    IntersectionSurvey
    a. IntersectionTurningMovement
    Survey
    b. QueuelengthSurvey

    SurveyMethods

    Toappreciatethetrendsofaccidentsinthe
    studyarea
    Toappreciatethetemporalandspatial
    variationofaccidents
    Toidentifytheaccidentproneareas
    Toidentifyplanningandmanagement
    measuresforimprovementoftrafficsafety
    To appreciate pedestrian characteristics in
    terms of size composition and variation
    directionalandtemporal.
    Toappreciatethespatialdistribution
    Toestablishthelevelofserviceontheroad
    networksystem
    Safety:Continuityofstreetlightingfor
    carriagewayandpavements
    Comfort:Continuityofshade,provisionof
    accessramps
    Convenience:Presenceofpedestrianpath
    findingsignage,streetfurnituresuchas
    garbagebins,seating,drinkingwater
    Measuresturningmovementsatkey
    intersectionsduringthemorningandevening
    peakhours.
    Aqueuelengthsurveyatmajorbottlenecks
    canshowtheseverityoftrafficcongestion
    quantitatively.

    SamplingSize

    ExpectedOutput

    Secondarydata
    collectionfrompolice
    stations

    Accident record for last 2


    years

    Identification of accident
    proneareas

    ManualCounts
    Video
    Attitude

    As even day count will


    then give the Average
    DailyTraffic(ADT)117

    Level of service of the


    pedestrian system and need
    for additional pedestrian
    facilities

    Manualcounts

    Directional movement of
    trafficinthepeakhour
    Countsfor2hourseachin
    the morning and evening
    peakperiodsunlessthere
    exist extended peak
    hours.

    Performance characteristics
    ofanIntersection

    Asgiven

    Notes:
    1)InInventoryofRoadNetworkSysteminclusionofCity,wardandneighbourhoodlevelNMTroutes&NMTpriorityzones,publicbicyclesharingschemes,
    NMVparkingfacilitiesmaybeconsidered.
    2)Specialemphasismustbepaidtounderstandthedifferencesintravelbetweenmenandwomen(especiallyinMobilitysurveyPublicTransportSystem
    Study,ParatransitStudyandTerminalStudy;assesstheirmetandunmetrequirementsforincorporatingtheresultstoimprovetransportsystemtowards
    providinggendersensitivetransportsystem.

    117

    Ibid.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    242

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.4.

    AnalyticalTechniques

    Analysis breaks down complex phenomena into simple elements by organising,


    correlating, classifying, displaying and resolving. Based on the understanding of
    existing conditions, analysis and trends of change, the planners propose shortterm
    and longterm scenarios of future and design schedules of inter connected
    interventionstosteerdevelopmenttowardsadesiredfuturestate.
    These analysis techniques shall be carefully chosen keepingin view the objective of
    the study and the extent of data collected. The techniques with following
    characterisedshallbepreferred:

    Considerationofmultipleparameters
    Handlingmassdatabase
    Analysisoutputinvisualform

    Simplified Reporting: A report can be a summarized or detailed description of


    studied phenomenon. It helps in performing the tasks of putting information in an
    ordered format, identifying patterns, classifying, observing trends, correlating and
    inferring with a view to arrive at insights, conclusions, policy guidelines or design
    directionsrelatedtoissuesunderinvestigation.
    Thereportshouldintroducethecontentsattheverybeginning,statingtheobjectives,
    scope and limitation of the study, describing the methodology used in collecting
    information and conducting analyses for arriving at alternatives, evaluating
    alternativesandderivingconclusionsandrecommendations.
    Trend Analysis: This is a simple technique to study changes in a system over a
    period of time. Availability of time series data at least for three points of time is a
    basic requirement for its application. The analysis can be displayed in the form of
    tables, graphs, maps or diagrams. This technique is popularly used in study and
    analysis of change in urban economy, demographic pattern and physical form.
    Analytical tools for Trend Analysis may be used to predict the result of specific
    measuresinthecontextofTrafficandTransportationstrategiesasdecisionsupport
    tools.
    DataCompilation&AnalysisTechniques:Withadvancement,dataanalysiscanbe
    executed more exhaustively and extensively through various software platforms.
    Complexanalysisinvolvingmultiplevariablesandscenariobuildingforvariouscases
    require advanced analytical software. These are carefully chosen to meet the
    requirementofthedatacompilationandanalysis.
    Software like Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), Statistical Analysis
    System (SAS), STATA, Microsoft Excel files and others assist in data analysis for
    multiplevariables,theoutputofwhichcouldbepresentedvisuallywithgraphs,trend
    charts and diagrams. Various other software, which aid in decision making like Pan
    Plus, which supports in preparation of participatory plans by enabling recording of

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    243

    SimpliffiedPlanniingTechniiques

    preferen
    ncesandprrioritiesof peopleand
    dslottingth
    hemintoscchemesandprogram
    mmes
    that form
    m part of the budgeet envelop
    pe of plann
    ning unit is useful aas an anallysis
    techniqu
    ue.
    Innovattivedataana
    alysistechniiques
    Develop
    pment radarss are pictoriaal depictions of performaance of plann
    ning unit witth coordinatees
    plotted around at 360 degreess, with each
    h axis depiccting one paarameter of developmen
    nt.
    Develop
    pmentradarsscanalsobe areportcard
    d,becauseit canberedrrawnovera timesequencce
    andthe differencein
    nattainment measured.T
    Thesecanbe usedinresp
    pectofvariou
    ussectorssucch
    ashealth
    h,education,povertyallev
    viation,drink
    kingwater,an
    ndhousing.
    Figure7
    7.2: Techniq
    quesofDataR
    Representatio
    on:Developm
    mentRadar

    Source:

    IntegratedDisttrictPlanning,PlanningCommisssion

    Figure7.3
    3: Tabularpresentationo
    ofSmileyfacee

    Source:

    In
    ntegratedDistricctPlanning,PlanningCommissio
    on.

    Data rep
    presentation can add vallue to stock taking and visioning
    v
    exeercises throu
    ugh interfacin
    ng
    numericcaldatawithspatialinform
    mationandm
    makingitmorrecommuniccativeoneo
    ofsuchmetho
    od
    issmiley
    yfacewhich describestheedeviationfrromnorm/av
    veragethrougghsmileys,greaterthegaap,
    sadderttheface.

    MapAna
    alysisTech
    hniques:M
    Maprelated
    dsoftwarecontainsm
    mapsfromo
    officialsources
    suchas NRSC;NIC havingloccationsofiinfrastructu
    ureandservicesand boundarieesof
    urban/ru
    ural centrees plotted on them through GIS
    G overlay
    ys. They allso contain
    n an
    interfaceebetweenn
    numericaldataanddisplayofdaataonmap
    p.Someinittiativesofssuch
    softwaree applicatio
    ons are by
    y Gram +++
    + (which converts nu
    umerical data into viisual

    244

    URDP
    PFIGuidelines,2014.MiniistryofUrba
    anDevelopm
    ment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    outputs) and Ridhisofts Whizmap (GIS platform for local planning)118. These and
    otherplatformsofGIScanbeusedforthepreparationofdifferentplans.Themethod
    of planning through GIS platform has been elaborated later in this chapter in the
    section:GISapplicationinplanformulation.
    The above mentioned data collection, analytical and mapping techniques are
    comprehensiveinnatureandcanbeappropriatelyadoptedduringthecourseofthe
    project. Land availability for development is declining with accompanying
    competitionamidvariousactivities.Withthisscenariolandsuitabilityanalysisplays
    importantrolewhereinlandforparticularuseisselectedafterconsideringrangeof
    factors.Landselectedthereuponismostsuitableandtendtoreducewastageofthis
    limitedresource.
    With the expanding city areas, threshold analysis for limiting its boundaries is
    evaluated on the basis of viability. These techniques have significant impact on
    decisionmaking.

    7.4.1. CarryingCapacity
    Carrying capacity of an area can be defined as the maximum number of population
    thatcanbesupportedbytheenvironmentofthatareathroughoptimumutilizationof
    the available resources. The pattern and extent of resource usage serves to be the
    primaryfactorthataffectsthecarryingcapacity.Thisindeeddependshighlyonthe:

    Socioeconomicstatusofthepeople
    Useoftechnology

    Iftechnologyisusedinapositivemannerthenthecarryingcapacityismeasuredto
    increasemanifold.
    Planners usually define carrying capacity as the ability of the natural or artificial
    system that can absorb the population growth or physical development without
    considerabledegradationordamage(Schneideretal.,1978).
    (Source:Schneider,D.M.,D.R.Godschalk,andN.Axler.1978.TheCarryingCapacityConceptasaPlanning
    Tool.Chicago,IL:AmericanPlanningAssociation,PlanningAdvisoryServiceReport338).

    Thetechniquescanbetranslatedintopolicies,strategiesandactionplansatthelocal
    leveltowardsaugmentationandsustenanceofurbanenvironmentresourcesinterms
    of their supportive and assimilative capacities on one hand and size, nature and
    distribution of urbaneconomic activities and their concomitant demands on
    environment,onanother.
    (Source: Carrying Capacity based Regional Planning by National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi;
    IHS,Rotterdam)

    The evaluation of urban carrying capacity is a complex process as it is determined


    from basic needs such as food requirements, various kinds of resources consumed

    118

    Source:IntegratedDistrictPlanningManualbyPlanningCommission

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    245

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    and the many kinds of wastes generated, different kinds of landuse conversions
    leading to ecological imbalance and the great variability in technology, institutions
    andlifestylescreated.Thereare6typesofcarryingcapacitiesthatcanbeevaluated

    Infrastructurecapacitylevel,
    Institutionalcapacitylevel,
    Perceptualcarryingcapacity,
    Environmentalcapacitylevel,
    Sustainablecapacityleveland
    Biocentriccapacitylevel.

    Among these six types, the profound ones are infrastructure capacity level,
    environmentalcapacitylevel,andsustainablecapacitylevel,whicharemorerelevant
    tourbanplanning.
    Table7.5: Levelsofevaluatingcarryingcapacityfortheurbanareas
    Levelof
    InfrastructureCapacityLevel
    Evaluation

    EnvironmentalCapacityLevel

    Definition The degree of human activity


    thatfacilitiesandserviceswithin
    an area can support without
    causing serious degradation of
    ordamagetothemaintenanceof
    qualityoflife.

    SustainableCapacity
    Level

    The degree of human activity


    that environment and ecosystems
    within an area can support
    without
    causing
    serious
    degradationordamagetoquality
    oflife.

    Sustainable
    carrying
    capacity is the number of a
    species that can be
    supported in a particular
    area indefinitely, given that
    areasendowmentofwater,
    food,andothernecessities.

    Concept

    Atthiscapacitylevel,themajor This level basically reflects the


    factor of evaluation is the present
    state
    of
    the
    infrastructuredevelopment.
    environment with respect to
    productivity.

    The basic resource flow


    through the urban area
    to its ultimate sink is
    evaluated. These are long
    termbasedfactors.

    Indicator

    Heretheintensityandpattern
    ofresourceusage is estimated
    for the development of
    infrastructure
    like,
    water
    supply system, sewage system,
    transportation system, waste
    disposalsystem,etc.

    Indicators of particular
    resource: how long it will
    be available. If a resource
    is getting scarce then
    efficient steps could be
    taken to sustain it for long
    term.

    Thestateofproductivityofthe
    environment, e.g. agricultural
    productivity by evaluating the
    past data or the availability of
    cleanair&water,lowpollution.

    Source: Urban Carrying Capacity: Concept and calculation; IIT Guwahati; 201112, Determining Sustainable Development
    Density using the Urban Carrying Capacity Assessment System Kyushik Oh, YeunwooJeong, Dongkun Lee, Wangkey
    Lee;UCL,WorkingPaperSeries,2004&Thesustainablecarrying capacityofNewZealand;TheroyalsocietyofNew
    Zealand.

    7.4.2. Applying Carrying Capacity for Urban and Regional


    planning:
    Carrying capacity based approach to planning is a concept as well as tool towards
    sustainable development of cities and region. It is still in nascent stages in India.
    Planningbasedoncarryingcapacitydealswiththemanagementofhumanactivities,
    supportiveresourcesandassimilativecapacitiesoftheenvironment(Figure7.4)and
    generalprocessofcarryingcapacitybasedplanningisdepicted(Figure7.5).
    Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of FAR including
    increaseingivenFAR.Twomajordeterminingfactorsshouldbeconsidered:
    1. V/C(V=volume,C=capacity)

    246

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Simp
    plifiedPlan
    nningTech
    hniques
    V/C: optimum
    V
    m level is 0.8; it can be relaxed upto
    o 0.9. Above 0.9 is dysfu
    unctional and
    d 1.0 is not
    desirable.

    2 LPCDofp
    2.
    pipedwatersupply
    Litrespercapitaperday (LPCD):the plannedLPCDshouldbe asperthem
    minimumofnormis135
    LPCD set. Ho
    owever, the density is to
    o be capped
    d by the Dev
    velopment/ M
    Master Plan as per the
    t
    threshold.

    Figu
    ure7.4: Com
    mponentsofC
    CarryingCapaacityofUrban
    n&RegionalAreas119

    Sourcce:

    Projectpap
    peronCarryingCapacitybasedRegionalPlannin
    ngbyNIUA.

    Figu
    ure7.5: Plan
    nningofUrbaanandRegion
    nalareasbaseedoncarryin
    ngcapacity

    Sourcce:

    Modifiedb
    basedonProjectpaperonCarryiingCapacitybassedRegionalPlan
    nningbyNIUA.


    119

    Sup
    pportive capacitty means the caapacity of the environment
    e
    to support the lives of the peoplee and other liviing organism.
    Assimilativecapaccityisthecapacityoftheenviro
    onmenttoabsorrb/recyclemattter,energyand//orothercompo
    onents,which
    com
    meintotheenviironmenteitherb
    bythemselvesofthroughhuman
    nintervention,fforsustenanceoffenvironmentallquality.

    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    247

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    CaseStudy1:UrbanCarryingCapacity,Guwahati
    Anewmethodofcalculatingcarryingcapacitywasdevelopedby IIT,GuwahaticalledSustainable
    AccommodationthroughFeedbackEvaluation(SAFE).Thismethodwasdevelopedforhillyurban
    areatoensurehazardfreesustainableurbandevelopment.TheStepsisasfollow:
    Step1:Delineationoftheurbanwatershed.
    Step2:Demarcationofthedevelopable&non
    developablearea.
    Step3:Determinationofarearequiredfor
    differentinfrastructureandfacilities.
    Step4:Calculationoftheavailableresidential
    area.
    Step5:Socioeconomicsurveyoftheurbanregion
    andcalculationofthefloorarea
    requirementofthepeople.
    Step6:DeterminationoftheFloorAreaRatio.
    Step7:Calculationofpopulationcarrying
    capacity.
    Step8:Checkadequacyofotherindicatorsnot
    analysedearlier.

    CaseStudy2:TourismCarryingCapacityinEuropeanTourismDestinations
    Thestudywasundertakentoelaboratecomprehensivemethodologicalframeworktounderstandthe
    concept of Tourism Carrying Capacity (TCC) and applying this methodology for sustainable tourism
    activitiesintheEuropeantouristdestinations.
    Thebasicelementsoftheconceptofcarryingcapacityfromtourismpointofview,i.e.theneedfora
    limit/athresholdinthetouristactivities,werecharted.FormeasuringTCCdifferentcomponentsand
    subsequent indicator swere weighted based on the (a) characteristics of the locality, (b) the type of
    tourism and environment interface and (c) the type of tourism. Sample of different type of tourism
    destinationswerestudiedforcalculatingTCC.Suchascoastalareas,islands,protectedareas,mountain
    resortsetcetera.ThemethodologyofmeasuringTCChasbeenshowninFigure7.6.

    248

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Simp
    plifiedPlan
    nningTech
    hniques

    Figu
    ure7.6: Meth
    hodologyformeasuringT
    TourismCarry
    yingCapacity
    y

    Sourcce:

    Defining,M
    Meaning&Evalu
    uatingCarryingC
    CapacityinEuropeanTourismD
    DestinationsbyU
    UniversityofAeg
    gean,Greece.

    7.4
    4.3. ThrresholdA
    Analysiss
    Thee threshold
    d theory is based on the
    t observ
    vation that any urban
    n centre en
    ncounters
    limiitations to their expaansion duee to physio
    ographic feeatures, exiisting land
    d use and
    tech
    hnology off infrastruccture. An important inference from
    f
    this observatio
    on is that
    phy
    ysicalgrow
    wthoftownisnotsmo
    oothlycontiinuousbutproceedsiinstagesm
    markedby
    successive lim
    mitations which haave been called dev
    velopmentt threshold
    d. These

    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    249

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    thresholdsarenotinsurmountableandcanbeovercomebutonlyatadditional(often
    veryhigh)developmentinvestmentsknownasthresholdcosts.
    This technique is used to determine influence zones, urban extents and regions,
    attempts to rationalize and control the process of urban growth and provides a
    quantitative tool to help decisionmaking. Thresholds based on physical limitations
    are comparatively easy to determine using mapping techniques. Thresholds can be
    tangibleorintangible.
    Tangible thresholds are those, which can be measured, quantified and represented.
    Thesearephysical,technologicalandstructurallimitationssuchaslandavailablefor
    development, current technology of water treatment or electricity production.
    Physical limitations or threshold are restrictions imposed by physiography and
    topographyandgetphysicallyidentifiedintheformofnaturalfeaturessuchasrivers
    to be crossed, hilly areas and steep slopes etc. Technological thresholds are
    limitations imposed on physical growth of city, by constraints in expansion of
    infrastructuresystem.Someofthesethresholdscanbeidentifiedspatiallyandsome
    numerically for instance, watershed line is generally the limit of extension of
    seweragesystem,whereas,thecapacityofasewagetreatmentplantcanbeexpressed
    in terms of number of inhabitants that can be served (numerically) identified
    threshold. Intangible thresholds can only be understood and indirectly measured
    suchas,socioeconomiclimitations.

    7.4.3.1. TheProcessofThresholdAnalysis
    PartOne:Analysis

    StageI:Delineationofareatobesurveyedbydrawingtheboundariesofareaascloselyaspossible
    toahomogenouspatternofsettlement.
    StageII:Analysisoffactorsaffectingtown/urbandevelopmentsuchasphysiographicsuitabilityof
    landandpossibleextensionofpublicutilities.
    Stage III: Tracing the threshold lines, delimiting areas suitable for urban development and new
    developmentareasfromfundamentallanddevelopment.
    Stage IV: Synthesis The information can now be correlated to form a synthesis of all factors
    consideredonbasisofwhich,thelinesofurbandevelopmentthresholdscanbedefined.Physical
    thresholdsareshownspatiallyonbasemapandquantitativethresholdssuchaspopulationfigures,
    investment,powerorwatersupplyrequirementcanbeexpressed.
    Stage V: Land is subdivided for main functions of city within the successive physical threshold
    areas.Thisisdonegenerallyfortwomainfunctions,suitableareaforindustryandsuitableareafor
    otherurbanuses,prioritybeinggivenbasedonvisionofdevelopment.
    StageVI:Thecalculationofcapacityof residentialareaswithinthefirstandsuccessivethreshold
    lines in relation to quantitative threshold figures in order to define the approximate number of
    inhabitants,whichmaybeaccommodated.
    StageVII:Thecalculationofaveragesofindustrialareaswithinthefirstandsuccessivethreshold
    lines to define their potential for industrial location after considering the quantitative threshold
    figures.

    250

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    PartTwo:OutlineofEconomicAssessment

    Stage VIII: Calculating the approximate capital investment costs necessary to overcome each
    thresholdwithintheexaminedarea.
    StageIX:Calculatingthefollowingefficiencyindicesforeachsuccessivethresholdarea:
    Costofeachnewinhabitant
    Costperacreoflandsuitablefordevelopment

    Inregionalplanningindirectuseofquantifiedresultscanbeusedindecisionmaking
    amongalternativelocationsforsomesignificantinvestmentwithintheregion,while
    preparingacomprehensiveregionalpolicyforthedistributionoftheexpectedinflux
    ofpopulation.

    7.4.3.2. LandSuitabilityAnalysis
    Landsuitabilityreferstotheabilityofaparticulartypeof landtosupportaspecific
    use.Theprocessoflandsuitabilityclassificationinvolves;evaluationandgroupingof
    particular land areas based on their suitability for a defined use120. Land use
    suitabilityanalysisaimsatidentifyingthemostappropriatespatialpatternforfuture
    land uses according to specific requirements, preferences, or predictors of some
    activity121.
    Applicationsofsuitabilityanalysiscanbefoundinmanyfields,suchassiteselection
    for cropland, agriculture suitability, graze suitability, forestry suitability (natural
    resourcemanagementfield),floodingcontrol,sustainabledevelopment(environment
    field), suitability for urban expansion, site selection for specific land use etcetera.
    Landsuitabilitycanbeusedinplanningprocesstofinalisemostappropriatelandfor
    particularlanduseoractivitybyfollowingtheprocesspresentedinFigure7.7.

    120

    Landsuitabilityanalysisforagriculturecrops:afuzzymulticriteriadecisionmakingapproach;2003;PrakashTN.

    121

    Hopkins,L.,1977.Methods forgeneratinglandsuitabilitymaps:acomparativeevaluation.Journal for AmericanInstituteof


    Planners 34 (1), 1929.) (Collins, M.G., Steiner, F.R., Rushman, M.J., 2001. Landuse suitability analysis in the United States:
    historicaldevelopmentandpromisingtechnologicalachievements.EnvironmentalManagement28(5),611621.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    251

    SimpliffiedPlanniingTechniiques

    Figure7.7: LandsuittabilityproccessinPlann
    ning

    Source:

    Vaarioussourceon
    nlandsuitability
    yanalysis.

    Factorsttakenintocconsiderationtobringoutmosttsuitablelaandwillvarryaccordin
    ngto
    thedesirredlandusseforwhich
    hthistechn
    niqueisundertaken.A
    Afewexam
    mplesoffacctors
    are giveen in the Figure7.8. However, list of th
    he factors can be brroadly gau
    uged
    accordin
    ngtothesco
    opeofprojectandavaailabilityoffdata.

    252

    URDP
    PFIGuidelines,2014.MiniistryofUrba
    anDevelopm
    ment

    Simp
    plifiedPlan
    nningTech
    hniques

    Figu
    ure7.8: Facttorstakeninttoconsiderationtoassessthemostsuitablelandusse

    Sourcce:LandsuitabilityAnalysis,Roh
    htak,Landsuitab
    bilityAnalysisfo
    orurbanplannin
    ngenvironmentaalassessmentinan
    ecologicallysensitivecostaalareaofeastern
    nchinabasedup
    ponmulticriteriiamechanism;X
    XiangS,DongZX
    X,FanLY,LiZ,
    YanZ;2008.

    7.4.3.3. Meethod
    Suittability anaalysis is th
    he processs to assign
    n weightagge and oveerlay the faactors to
    iden
    ntify the land
    l
    parceels on the predefineed scales. There aree various advanced
    a
    map
    pping and statistical techniquess that can be used fo
    or calculatiing land su
    uitability.
    Gre
    ey tone method,
    m
    alsso known as map overlay me
    ethod, mak
    kes use off gradual
    colo
    ourstorep
    presentthesuitability
    ylevelsintthesamesccale,andovverlayalltthefactor
    map
    psinacerttainorder.GIStechniquesareu
    usedtotraansferthessuitabilityllevelinto
    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    253

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    numerical value, and assign weightage to each factor according to their relative
    importance.Threesimplifiedstepsforsuitabilityanalysismodelinclude:
    SelectingSuitabilityFactor:EachfactorisrepresentedbyathematicmapinGIS,
    SingleFactorAnalysis:Accordingtosinglefactorevaluationstandard,scoreisgiventothemap
    unitofeachfactorandthenthesinglefactorsuitabilityisgenerated,
    MultipleFactorsOverlay: Weights are accorded to suitability factors according to their relative
    importance. The weights are determined by statistic integration and hierarchic analysis in this
    researchfromwhichthecompositescoreiscalculated.

    Computer methods were developed to solve the inherent shortcomings of the


    traditionallandsuitabilitymethods.
    Incase,specificdataisnotavailableorindicativestudyistobeundertakenorincase
    of cross checking, sieve mapping can be used. In this method, a series of sieves
    (factors)areoverlaidtoexcludetheareas,whicharenotsuitableforthespecificland
    use, thereof, the left over area is considered as suitable for some specific uses122.
    WeightedoverlaymethodoflandsuitabilityispresentedinFigure7.9.

    122

    Mnalun Y, Suitability Analysis of Urban Green Space System Based on GIS, 2003.

    254

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Simp
    plifiedPlan
    nningTech
    hniques

    Figu
    ure7.9: WeigghtedOverlaayofLandSuiitability

    Sourcce:

    http://ww
    ww.urban.uiuc.ed
    du/courses/up503/Lectures/3__UP503SuitabilittyAnalysis11.pdff.

    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    255

    SimpliffiedPlanniingTechniiques

    y:Hyderabad
    dMetropolitaanDevelopmeentRegion
    CaseStudy
    ForcalculaatinglandsuitabilityofHy
    yderabadreggiontwobroaadcategoriesofindicatorssweremade:
    Enviro
    onmentsuitability(tenfeeatures)
    Landp
    potentialanalysis(twelvefeatures)
    Totaltwen
    ntytwofeatu
    ureswerestu
    udiedandland
    dwasdivided
    dinto5classesaftercond
    ductingland
    suitability
    y/potentialaanalysis.Baseedonlandsuiitabilitystudyalternativeconceptsforrfuture
    developmentofcityweereproposed
    d.
    FeaturessstudiedforEn
    nvironmentssuitability:
    River,Waterbodiees
    Forestt
    Drainaage
    Slope,Soil
    Vegetaation
    Agricu
    ulture
    Govt.O
    Order(GO)
    Groun
    ndwater
    Features studied
    s
    for Land
    L
    potential analysis
    a
    Airporrtandrailway
    ystations
    Workp
    placeandind
    dustrial
    locatio
    ons
    Urban
    narea
    Urban
    nvillage1,2&
    &3
    Nation
    nalHighway
    StateH
    Highway
    Ringrroad
    Districctroad
    Proposedroad
    HyderrabadCityboundary
    Fiveclasseesdecidedup
    pon,throughlandsuitabiliity
    study:
    Conservationarea(asenvironm
    mentally
    sensitiiveareas)
    Leastssuitableareaa
    Moderratesuitablearea
    Highly
    ysuitableareea
    Mostssuitablearea

    7.5.

    ProjecttionTech
    hniques

    In the process
    p
    of plan
    p
    formu
    ulation, pro
    ojection teechniques are
    a used fo
    or anticipaating
    future,w
    whichisan
    necessarysstep.Here, twotypes ofprojectio
    ontechniques,Simplee(1,
    2and3))andAnaly
    ytical(4,5 and6)areeavailable toplannerrsformakin
    ngprojectiions,
    havebeeendiscusseed.
    The disttinction bettween simp
    ple projecttions and analytical
    a
    p
    projections
    is that sim
    mple
    projectio
    ons operatte on limitted data directly
    d
    an
    nd usually extrapolate a series of

    256

    URDP
    PFIGuidelines,2014.MiniistryofUrba
    anDevelopm
    ment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    observations in a direct manner. Analytical projections depend on more detailed


    informationinwhichtheprojectedvalueisoftenthedependentvariablederivedfrom
    projectionsofindependentvariables.Generallyspeaking,analyticalmethodsaretobe
    preferred over simple ones since it allows accounting for or assuming differing
    patterns of change in the components of a situation; this usually leads to more
    accurateresultsthanisthecasewithsimpleprojections.

    7.5.1. PopulationProjection
    Plannersareconcernedwithpopulationprojectionswhichformthebasicframework
    forsettingtargetsexpectedtobeachievedwithinaspecifiedtimeframe,beitforland
    use,servicesorfacilities.Mostoftheimportantdecisionsaboutlandusesandservices
    are derived from population estimates: the demand for water, power and waste
    disposal facilities; housing, open spaces and schools; the supply of labour; spending
    power available for the retail trade, the numbers of private cars to be expected,
    possiblerecreationaldemandsallcanbeestimatedfromtheprojectedpopulation.
    Thesectiondescribessixmethodsofpopulationprojectionsviz.
    1. MathematicalandDirectMethods:Thesearesimpleordirectmethodsofestimationsbased
    on the past population records. Arithmetic progression is involved when, past data suggests
    that, population is changing by a constant rate. The figures are plotted on plain paper
    (conventionallywithy=populationandx=time),whichresultsinastraightline.Thisstraight
    lineisextrapolatedforprojectingthefuturepopulation.
    However, mostly population changes according to geometric progression, in such a case semi
    logarithmicpaperistobeusedtoyieldastraightlineforextrapolation.Ifthepastdatadoesnot
    follow a definite progression, then a best fit equation can be derived by method of least square
    andthismaybeextendedtoprovideprojection.
    Graphical methods are most useful for shortterm projections, particularly when demographic
    changesshowstabletrends.Hence,thesemethodsshouldbeusedforprojectingupto10yearsin
    stablesituationsand5yearswherepopulationchangeismorevolatile.

    2. Employment Method: This method assumes that there is a very strong interrelationship
    between population and employment and indicators such as workers population can be
    correlatedwithtotalpopulationtoyieldextrapolatedinformation.
    Thismethodsreliabilityislowandshouldnotbeusedforlongrangepopulationforecasting.

    3. RatioMethods:Thesemethodsrestsontheassumptionthatchangesinanygeographicalarea
    isafunctionofthoseexperiencedinwiderarea.Thuspopulationofacityisheldtobeafunction
    oftheregionandregionitselfisaresultofthefunctionofthatnation.
    Inratiomethodsthepopulationofthesecondlargestarea(e.g.theregion)isplottedagainstthatof
    the parent area (the nation). A curve is obtained by fitting it on the two points. Thereafter it is
    extrapolated, by least square/ graphical/other method, to estimate the projected value for the
    parentareaforthetargetyear.

    4. Therequirementsofsuchprojectionsaretimeseriesofpopulationsfortheareastobeusedin
    theanalysisandaforecastorsetsofforecastforthelargerarea.Thesemethodsareweakerfor
    longer periods and smaller areas, but are useful for quick and cheap forecasting for middle
    range(1015years)forareasnotlessthanawholemetropolitanareaoracityregion.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    257

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    MigrationandNaturalincreaseMethod:Asthenameimplies,thismethodenablesnaturaland
    migratorychangestobehandledseparately.Byexaminingpastdataonnetmigrationratesandby
    attemptingtorelatethesetoeconomicconditions,particularlytothedemandforemploymentin
    thestudyarea,itispossibletoadoptvaryingassumptionsaboutthepatternoffuturemigration.
    Next, a set of programmes of future natural change would be developed either by subjective
    projection of past maximum and minimum migration rates or by using migration data from
    projections produced nationally or regionally. The essence of the method is to begin with the
    startingdatepopulation,addtheestimatedmigratorypopulationfiguretoproducethenextfigure
    (A).Natural change in population is then added to the projected figure (A), thus completing one
    cycle of the projection giving a figure (B). The process is then repeated until the end of the
    projection period giving a figure (C). Cycle of projection could be any convenient period e.g. 5
    years,10yearsormore.
    This projection method uses total population, but age & sex structure is not considered. Thus
    changes in death and birth rates, which might result from changing age/sex structure cannot be
    seenandactedupon.Neitherfutureestimatesofschoolagepopulationandnumbersofwomenof
    working age can be made. Still migration and natural increase method does reveal the possible
    sequenceandthemainelementsofchange.

    5. The CohortSurvival Methods: The CohortSurvival projection is a method for forecasting


    whatthefuturepopulationwillbe,baseduponthesurvivalof theexistingpopulationandthe
    births that will occur123. This method can be applied for any period of time but typically it
    involvesfiveyearsteps.
    Cohortcomponentmodelsaresocalledbecausetheydividethepopulationintocohortsandmodel
    on the demographic components of change such as fertility, mortality and migration affecting
    eachofthecohorts.Cohortindicatesthegenerationalgroupe.g.09,1019andsoforth124.
    Thecohortcomponentmethodisusedwhenpopulationprojectionsbyageandsexareneededfor
    5 years, 10 years or longer periods of time. This projection tool allows planners to examine the
    future needs of different segments of the population including the needs of children, women in
    their reproductive years, persons in the labour force and the elderly. It also allows planners to
    projectthetotalsizeofthepopulation.Theresultscanbeusedinallaspectsoflocalandregional
    developmentplans125.

    6. MatrixMethods:These methods follow the logic of the cohortsurvival technique. The initial
    ageandsexdistributionissimilarlyrepresentedasacolumnsectorbuttheincidenceofbirths
    and deaths is handled by means of a survivorship matrix which operates on the original
    population to age the population through successive time periods, simultaneously performing
    thecalculationsofbirthsanddeaths.

    7.5.2. EconomicProjection
    Thelikelydemandsoflanddevelopmentrestonvarioustypesofeconomicactivities,
    its scale, its possible location within a city or a city region and broad relationships
    between these activities. The key concerns are addressed by economic projections,
    which are ultimately relevant for calculating demand for housing, hospitals, schools
    andothersocialfacilities.Sevenmethodsofeconomicprojectionsaredescribed,viz.

    123

    http://www.sjsu.edu/faculty/watkins/cohort.htm.

    124

    TomWilson,AReviewofSubRegionalPopulationProjectionMethods,2011.

    125

    https://training.measureevaluation.org/noncertficatecourses/pap/lesson8.

    258

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    Simple Extrapolation: Measures of economic activity such as employment, volume or value of
    production,valueaddedbymanufactureretc.maybearrangedintimeseriesandextrapolatedina
    varietyofways.
    Thesemethodshaveadvantageofsimplicity,relyingonreadily availabledataanddonotrequire
    highlevelofskills.Butsincethesedonotattempttoexaminethefactorsofthephenomenon(e.g.
    employment)torevealthepossiblereasonsofitsoccurrenceorinfluencesuponit,thesearelikely
    to be unreliable and are only referred as a general guide. Also, simple extrapolation method is
    suitableforsmallplanningareasonly.

    ProductivityMethod:Thevariablesofproductionoroutputononehandandemploymenton
    theotherarelinkedbythevariableproductivity.Thisissimplymeasuredasoutputperworker.
    Thissimpleformissuitableforplannersforwhomemploymentisthemostusefulmeasure.The
    projectionisaccomplishedbyobtainingestimateoffutureproductionoroutputandproductivity
    fromsomereliablesource.Hence,
    Output
    Output/=Workers

    Workers
    Or,inotherwords,outputdividedbyproductivityyieldsanestimateofworkers.
    This method has advantages over the simple manipulations of employment data since it enables
    usertoexaminetheprojectedemploymentwiththetrendsofproduction,separatelyandtherefore
    moreclearly.

    ProjectionsbySectorsofEconomy:Itismorevaluabletohaveestimatesofthefuturelevelsof
    outputoremploymentinthevarioussectorsoftheeconomyseparately.Forexample,toestimate
    the possible amount of secondary activity, the land requirement for different kinds of
    manufacturingisestimated(suchasthefloorspaceneededbywholesalingandretailingandoffice
    typeemployment).
    In the simplest case, the forecaster simply extrapolates the past trend in each sector of the
    economye.g.throughproductivitymethod.Theestimatesfromdifferentsectorforecaststhenhave
    to be summed. Such figure arrived should be crosschecked with a forecast of total employment
    derivedfromsomeothersourceorcalculation.

    EconomicBaseMethod:Thismethodisbasedonthepostulatethatgrowthinanareaseconomy
    comesfromtheexpansionofeconomicbasewhichisdefinedasallthosebasicactivitieswhichare
    producedforexportbeyondboundariesoflocalareaandwhichincreasesitswealthandabilityto
    pay for imports. The remaining activities, which do not produce for 'export' but which exist to
    satisfylocalneedsarereferredtoasthe'service'or'nonbasic'activities.
    Theprojectionofbasicactivities(produceforexportonly)oftheeconomyismadebyusingratio
    method of comparing local to national trends (for each sector of economy separately). Once the
    projection of basic activities of each sector of economy has been made in the basic/nonbasic
    ratios, the forecasts of basic employment are projected in comparison to total employment
    estimate.
    Theproblemsassociatedwiththemethodare,definitionofthe'localarea'andidentificationofthe
    basicsectoroftheeconomyitself.Theshortcomingsoftheeconomicbasemethodare:relianceon
    employment as the measure ignores the possible effects of changes in productivity; and the
    basic/nonbasicratioisasuspectmeasureatanygivenpointoftime.
    Ratio Method: The method makes use of a similar rational as described in the population
    projection studies i.e. local levels of economic activity (either in total or sector wise) bear
    proportionalrelationshipstolevelsofeconomicactivityinsuccessivelylargergeographicalareas.
    The ratio method also implies that these relationships may be studied as they change over time
    andareextrapolatedsothat,estimatesforthelocalareamaybederivedbasedonthegivensetof
    forecastsforthelargergeographicalunit(e.g.thenation).

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    259

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    InputOutput Methods: This method is based on the assumption that if the total output of
    particular industry is distributed among all other sectors of economy (including consumers and
    export) in a known proportion, it should be possible to calculate a table of coefficiency which
    wouldshoweffectsofagivenincreaseofoutputofoneindustryonthepurchaseofallothers.This
    kind of definable relationship spelled out in inputoutput grid can be helpful for economic
    projectionsforaparticularregion/city.
    The results are valid for shortterm projections only, as it cannot be assumed that relationships
    betweensectorswillbestablethroughtime.Buttousethismethod,first,therelationshipbetween
    differentsectorsofeconomyforagivendatehastobeobtainedbysomereliablesource.
    Social or Regional Accounts Method: These methods employ the same logic as inputoutput
    methodbutbyusingmoney(ratherthanproductionoremployment)asthemeasure.Itcanbefully
    comprehensive in its analysis of the interrelations within an economic system by inclusion of
    capitalformation,investmentandtradeaswellasindustrialproduction.Inthiswaythematrixisa
    record of the incomeandexpenditure relationships between all sectors of the economy. This
    matrixmaybeusedtoobtainprojectionsoftheexpectedincomeofeachsectorforthefuture.To
    doso,itisnecessarythatthecoefficientsexpressingtheintersectorrelationships(eachcellinthe
    matrix) isset. Then, the level of employment and income per worker of different sectors of
    economyisestimated126.

    7.5.2.1. EstimationofCitylevelGDP
    National product is a measure in monetary terms of the volume of all goods and
    services produced by an economy during a given period of time, accounted without
    duplication.Itismeasuredbythreeapproaches,namelytheproduction,income,and
    expenditure.InIndiaGrossDomesticProduct(GDP)iscalculatedthroughproduction
    andexpenditureapproach127.
    Productionapproach(ofGDPcalculation)=thesumofvalueaddedofalleconomicactivitieswithin
    thecountrysterritory(sumofoutputminusintermediateconsumption)+indirecttaxessubsidieson
    products128.
    Expenditureapproach(GDPatmarketprice) = Household final consumption expenditure + Non
    profit Institutions final consumption expenditure + Government final consumption expenditure +
    Gross fixed capital formation + Acquisition less disposals of valuables + Changes in inventories +
    ExportsImports.
    GDPDepreciation=NetDomesticProduct(NDP)ofthecountry.
    Thestateaccountsstatisticsareanextensionofthesystemofnationalaccountsattheregionallevel.
    The most important aggregate of the state & district accounts is the StateDomesticProduct(SDP)
    and District Domestic Product (District DP) respectively, compiled by State Directorates of
    Economics and Statistics. For estimating the Domestic Product, the economy is divided into various
    economic activities like agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, manufacturing, construction, electricity,
    transport,communication,tradeetc.
    The Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) estimates Rural and Urban share of the GDP at
    National level for few years129. From the National Urban GDP, the following method could be
    consideredforestimatingurbanshareofDistrictGDP130:

    126

    Urban&RegionalPlanningAsystemsApproachbyJ.BrrianMcLoughlin.

    127

    QuarterlyEstimatesofGrossDomesticProductfortheThirdQuarter(OctoberDecember)of201314.

    128

    NationalAccountsStatistics:ManualonEstimationofStateandDistrictIncome,2008.

    260

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    FundamentalequationestimatedatallIndialevelforurbanGDPcalculatedbyCSO.
    SimplifythefundamentalequationbymakingurbanshareofGDP afunctionofurbanizationrate
    andnonagricultureshareofGDPtoestimateStatesShareofUrbanGDP.
    Apply the estimated coefficients on district level urbanization rate and nonagriculture GDP to
    estimateDistrictshareofUrbanGDP.

    Once the urban share of District GDP is derived, City GDP could be calculated by
    followingsteps:

    The approach and methodology for estimating the Rural and Urban income sector
    wise,isdiscussedintheNationalAccountsStatisticsSourcesandMethods,2007.
    ForcalculatingcitylevelGDP,CSOmaydevelopacitylevelinventory.Thefollowing
    table provides sector wise tentative items, the monetary value of which can be
    consideredintheinventory,tocalculatecityGDP.
    Table7.6: ItemsforconsiderationintheinventoryforCityGDPcalculation
    S.No.Sector

    Items

    Manufacturing

    IndexofIndustrialProduction(Manufacturing)
    Manufacturingregistered(unorganisedsector)
    Productionandincome

    Financing,
    Banking
    Insurance,Real Insurance
    estateand
    Realestate
    businessservices
    Ownershipofdwellings
    Legalservices
    Accounting
    Computerrelatedservices
    Rentingofmachinery
    Researchanddevelopment

    Electricity,Gas
    andWater
    supply

    Electricity:IndexofIndustrialProduction(Electricity)

    Railways

    Goods(NettonneKms.)andPassenger(NetpassengerKms.)

    Transportby
    othermeans

    Gas
    WaterSupply:publicandprivate
    Thetwoindicatorsarecombinedusingtheweightsofrespectiveearnings
    Public:road,watertransport,airtransport,
    Private:roadtransport,watertransport,airtransport
    Serviceincidentaltotransport
    Warehousing
    StorageColdstorage

    Communication

    Publicservicesandinfrastructurecost
    Privatecourierservices,cableoperators,othercommunication

    129

    http://planningcommission.nic.in/hackathon/Urban_Development.pdf.

    130

    McKinsey & Companys note to MoUD, 17 April 2014.

    th

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    261

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.Sector

    Items

    Construction

    Puccaconstruction:Householdsector,Publicsector,Privatecorporatesector

    Trade,Hotels
    Trade:publicsectordealinginwholesaleandretailtrade;privateorganisedtrade,private
    andRestaurants unorganisedtrade,

    Kutchaconstruction

    Hotelandrestaurants:public,private
    9
    10

    Public
    administration

    Publicadministration

    Miningand
    Quarrying

    Coalandcrudepetroleum

    Quasigovernmentbodies
    Othermajorminerals
    Otherminorminerals

    11

    Agriculture

    MajorandMinorcrops
    Commercialcrops
    Miscellaneouscrops
    Byproducts

    12

    Livestock

    Milk&milkproducts
    Egg,Meat
    Otherproducts(wool)

    13

    Forestry

    Fuelwood
    Industrialwood
    Minorforestproducts,ifany

    14

    Fishing

    Inlandandmarinefish,prawns
    Subsistencefish

    15

    Otherservices

    Public:education,medical,coachingcentresetc.
    Private:coachingcentres,medicalandhealth,sewageandrefusedisposal,recreational
    activities,washingandcleaning,hairdressing,funeralrelatedservices,tailoringservicesetc.

    Sources:NationalAccountsStatisticsSourcesandMethods,2007.Respectivesourceofdatacollectionoftheabovementioned
    itemscouldbereferredfromNationalAccountsStatistics:ManualonEstimationofStateandDistrictincome,2008.

    7.5.3. AssessmentofRequirementofHousing
    Basedontheprojectionofpopulationandeconomicactivities,townplannersmajor
    preoccupationistodeterminethedemandforhousingandotherfacilitiesinatown.
    While dealing with housing, it is necessary to clearly distinguish between housing
    need and its demand. Need refers to inadequacy of existing provisions when
    compared with socially acceptable norms, while demand is an economic concept
    wherein standard and amount of housing demand is related to households income
    and ability to pay. Both housing need and demand are affected by factors such as
    housing shortage and rate of obsolescence, whereas demand would be additionally
    affectedbyaffordabilityandfuturehousingneeds.
    Present housing need: By subtracting the number of unsuitable dwellings from the
    existinghousingstockthepresenthousingneedcanbeestimated.
    Future housing need: Further, the future housing need can be estimated from the
    projectednumberofadditionalhouseholdsinthecity.Asimplewayofdoingthisisto
    estimatethefuturepopulationofthecityanddivideitbytheexpectedhouseholdsize.
    ThehouseholdsizeistobereferredfromNationalaveragefamilysize.
    Demand estimation requires careful analysis of the affordability criterion. For this
    initial capital cost of the housing units, total annual household income and annual

    262

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    economic rent131have to be looked into simultaneously. The annual economic rent


    can be further analysed based on the information on amortisation rates, interest
    rates,andcostofmaintenance,repairandmanagement.

    7.6.

    Mapping

    Amapcanbedefinedasrepresentationofearthspatternasawholeorpartofitona
    plane surface with conventional signs, drawn to a scale and projection so that each
    andeverypointonitcorrespondstotheactualterrestrialposition.
    No matter how large or small a community is; a planner has to deal with spatial
    information required for planning such as land parcels, zoning, land use,
    transportation networks, housing stock among others. As well, to monitor multiple
    urban and regional indicators, forecast community needs, and plan accordingly to
    improve quality of life of the community; mapping activities are valuable in
    understandingandcommunicatingplanningissues.

    7.6.1. ScaleofMap
    Thescaleofmapuseddependsuponthesizeoftheplanningareaandthecoverage
    and extent of the information to be shown. The scale of maps for different types of
    planningexercisesatvariouslevelsmaybeselectedoutoftherangeindicatedinthe
    followingtable.
    Table7.7: ScaleofMapsforPlanning
    Sr.No.

    Typeofmap/PlanningExercise

    SizeofPlanningArea

    PerspectivePlan

    1:2,50,0001:1,00,000(forlargerregions)
    1:1,00,0001:50,000(forsmallerregions)

    RegionalPlan

    1:50,0001:25,000(DistrictDevelopmentPlan)
    1:25,0001:10,000(MetropolitanRegionPlan)

    DevelopmentPlan

    1:10,0001:8,000(asperStateProvision)

    LocalAreaPlan/SpecialPurposePlan

    1:5,0001:1,000(aspertherequirementoftheproject)

    Source: BasedonscaleofSoIToposheet,BhuvandataavailabilityandUDPFIGuidelines,1996,NUIS2006,Scaleofvarious
    PlansasperStateprovisions.

    7.6.2. MapInformationChecklist
    Maps contain lots of spatial data for the planning of urban and regional areas.
    Depending upon the requirement of study and availability of data, features can be
    selectedandpresentedthroughmap.
    This data is collected from various sources and in diverse fields to make a
    comprehensive and working plan. A map information checklist with sources of
    information is given below to save time and expedite planning process. This data is
    broadly divided into 17 categories and these categories are further divided into
    detaileddatalist.

    131

    Consideringthefastrisinglandpricesinalmostalltownsandcities,itisnecessarytopromoterentalhousing.Thisrequires
    augmenting access to reasonable housing by the low income and fresher in the employment. Requiring higher residential
    densityoverandabovetheownedhousingstock.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    263

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    Table7.8: MapDataChecklist
    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories

    Physical

    Physiography

    Sources
    Undulatingplainwithmounds

    SoIToposheets,
    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (Resolution30m
    Heightaccuracy8m),
    AerialPhotographs

    Plains

    Floodplain,

    SoIToposheets,

    Alluvialplain,

    Coastalplain,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (1:50,000),

    Lacustrineplain,

    AerialPhotographs

    Valleys

    Ushape,
    Vshape,
    Hillvalley,
    Rivervalley,
    Plateauvalley

    SoIToposheets,
    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan(joint
    projectofNRSC/ISROandGSI),
    AerialPhotographs

    Waterbodies/Drainage

    River,
    Canal,
    Lakes/Ponds,
    Reservoirs,
    Tanks,
    Coolingponds/coolingreservoir,
    Abandonedquarrieswithwater,
    Hotsprings

    SoIToposheets,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (1:50,000;for2005,2012),

    AerialPhotographs

    Aquifers,
    Depthofwatertable,
    Fluctuationofwatertable

    SoIToposheets,

    BhuvanGroundwaterprospectsmaps(1:50,000),

    Unconsolidatedsediments,
    ResidualCapping,
    VolcanicFlowsandIntertrapeans,
    SemiConsolidatedSediments,
    Consolidatedsediments,
    IntrusiveRocks,
    Crystalline/Metamorphicrocks,
    Faultandsheerzones,

    GeologicalSurveyofIndia,

    BhuvanUnderRajivGandhiDrinkingWaterMission
    (RGDW)

    Groundwater

    Lithology

    CentreGroundWaterCommission

    JointprojectofNRSC/ISROandMinistryofRural
    development(1:50,000),

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    264

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories
    GeologicalStructure

    Soil

    Sources
    Lineament,
    Fracture/Faultlinevalley,
    Folds,
    Geomorphology,
    Faultlines,
    Fractures,
    Folds

    SoIToposheets,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (1:50,000),

    TypesofSoils

    RedSoil,
    BlackSoil,
    MixedRedandBlackSoil,
    LateriteandLateriticSoils,
    AlluvialSoil
    (river/deltaic/costal),
    PeatyandMarshySoils,
    DesertSoils,
    SalineandAlkalineSoil,
    ForestandHillSoil

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,

    GeologicalSurveyofIndia

    Districtcensushandbook

    Soildepth

    Verydeep(>150cms),

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,

    Deep(100150cms),

    PhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,

    Deeptomoderatelydeep(50100
    cms),

    Shallow(2550cms),
    Veryshallow(<25cms)
    2

    Planningand
    Administrative

    Administrative
    Boundaries

    StateBoundary*,
    DistrictBoundary*,
    Taluka/TehsilBoundary*,
    Mandal/blockBoundaries*,
    VillageBoundary*
    UDABoundary,
    MunicipalBoundary,
    CantonmentBoundary,
    ZoneBoundary,
    BlockBoundary,
    LocalityBoundary,
    Municipal/Censuswards,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SoIToposheets,
    CensusAtlasMaps,
    Maps/DrawingsfromULB,
    Revenuerecords,
    Municipalmaps,
    StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC),
    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan*
    (1:50,000),

    265

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    S.No.

    Features

    Locationaland
    regionalsettings

    Subcategories

    Sources

    Surveyno.Boundary,
    Citysurveyno.Boundary

    Locationoftownin
    regionalsetting,

    SoIToposheets,
    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan(Cities
    andTownslocations),

    Urban/ruralsettlements

    CensusAtlasmaps,
    NationalAtlasandThematicMappingOrganisation
    (NATMO),
    StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC)
    4

    Historyof
    development

    Settlementmorphology

    Climate

    Temperature,

    Municipalmaps
    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs
    Departmentalmaps

    Bhuvan(Pointinformation

    Rainfall,

    Canberegisteredanddatacanbedownloaded,
    SAC/ISROwebsiteprovidestheseparametersbyAWF
    station

    Humidity,
    Winddirection
    6

    Landuse
    assessment

    Existinglanduse/cover,
    Proposedlanduse/cover

    Residential,
    Industrial,
    Mixedlanduse,
    Recreational,
    Publicandsemipublic,
    Communications,
    Publicutilitiesandfacility,
    Commercial,
    Transportation,
    Reclaimedland
    Vacantland,
    Vegetatedarea

    SoIToposheets

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&
    Bhuvan(1:50,000;200506,201112),

    Agriculturalland

    Cropland,

    SoIToposheets

    Fallowland,

    Departmentalmaps

    Plantation,

    Revenuerecords

    Doublecroppedarea,

    SatelliteImageries

    Irrigatedland:

    AerialPhotographs,SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfrom
    NRSC&Bhuvan(1:50,000;200506,201112),

    AerialPhotographs

    StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC),

    NUISmaps

    Canalirrigated,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    266

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories

    Sources
    Wellirrigated,
    Tankirrigated
    Wasteland

    Saltaffected

    SoIToposheets

    Gullied/ravenous

    Landwith/withoutscrub,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (1:50,000;200506,201112),

    Barren/rocky/
    unculturableland,

    AerialPhotographs

    Revenuemaps

    Culturablewasteland,
    Sandyarea

    Grazingland

    Permanentpastures,

    SoIToposheets

    Othergrazingland,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (1:50,000;200506,201112),

    Miscellaneoustreecrops
    andgroves

    Revenuemaps
    AerialPhotographs

    Environmentally
    andecologically
    sensitivearea

    Air,waterandnoise
    pollution,

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs

    Locationofpollution
    generatingindustries,

    AerialPhotographs
    CPCB(ZoningAtlasofIndustries)

    Mapdepictingthelocation
    ofslums,squattersand
    otherblightedarea
    8

    Conservationof
    environment

    Hazardszone

    NationalDisasterManagementAuthority(NDMA),

    GeologicalSurveyofIndia

    Pollutingactivities

    CentralPollutionControlBoard(CPCB),StatePollution
    ControlBoard(SPCB),MajorprojectEIAreports

    Environmentallysensitive
    /Conservationarea

    Forestboundary

    Notified/Reserved/
    ProtectedForestBoundary,

    SoIToposheets,

    NationalParkBoundary,

    MinistryofEnvironmentandForest,StatePCCF
    (PrincipalChiefConservatorofForests)

    SanctuaryBoundary

    Worldheritagesites

    CulturalandNatural
    heritage

    UNESCO

    RAMSARsites

    OtherWetlands

    Saltpans,

    SoIToposheets

    Marshy/swampy

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    DepartmentalMaps

    267

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories

    Sources

    Mudflats,

    Waterlogged
    9

    Heritagesite,
    buildingand
    areas

    ASIsites,
    Locationofheritagesite,
    buildingandareas

    SoIToposheets,
    ArchaeologicalSurveyofIndia

    10

    Tourism

    Tourismdevelopment
    Map

    MinistryofTourism,
    StateTourismDepartments

    11

    Hazardprone

    Earthquakeprone,
    FloodProne,
    CycloneProne,
    DeforestationProne,
    DesertificationProne

    BuildingMaterialandTechnologyPromotionCouncil,

    Distributionofexisting
    andproposedpopulation,
    Migrationtrends,
    Populationgrowth,
    PopulationDensity,
    Sexratio,
    Childsexratio,
    GendergapinLiteracy,
    Workforce

    Slumpopulation

    Mainworkers,
    Marginalworkers,
    Nonworkers,
    Cultivation,
    Agriculturallabourers,
    Householdindustryworkers,
    Otherworkers

    Cityward/districtmap,
    Locationofinformal
    sectorsarea
    Typeofstreetvendors

    Natureofstreetvendors

    Stationary,
    Mobile,
    Perishable,Nonperishablegoods.

    12

    13

    Demography

    Economicand
    social
    development

    CWC(FloodAtlasofIndia),
    Bhuvan(1:50,000;onlyBiharandAssam)

    CensusAtlasmaps,
    NationalAtlasandThematicMappingOrganisation
    (NATMO)

    DepartmentalMaps,
    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs,
    CensusMaps
    Groundsurvey

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    268

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.
    14

    Features

    Subcategories

    Housingand
    shelter

    Builtuparea

    Sources

    Revenuedepartmentofthelocalauthority

    Distributionofresidential
    landuse,

    DepartmentalMaps,

    Basemapcontaining
    building/property
    boundaries,

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs

    Buildingmaterialmap,
    Buildingagemap,
    Landvaluemap
    15

    Transportation

    Roadnetwork,

    Nationalhighway,

    SoIToposheets,

    ExistingandProposed
    roadnetworkmap

    Statehighway,

    NHAI,

    Districtroads,

    DepartmentalMaps,

    Villageroads,

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs,

    Cityroads,

    DetailedProjectReports,

    Wardandneighbourhoodlevelnon
    motorizedroutesExisting,

    RoadandBuildingDepartment,

    Proposednonmotorizedtransport
    priorityzones,

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
    (110,000;existingroadnetwork),

    PublicWorkDepartment,

    BusTransportChowkiesorResting
    areas,

    Groundsurvey

    Existingstreetlighting,
    Ringroad,
    Byepass,
    Expressway,
    Busterminus,
    Truckterminal
    Railwaynetwork,

    Broadgauge,

    ExistingandProposedrail
    networkmap

    Narrowgauge,

    SoIToposheets,
    MinisterofRailways

    Railwaystations,
    Railwayterminals,

    Airports

    Internationalairports,

    Locationofairportsand
    airdromes,

    Domesticairports,

    AirportAuthorityofIndia,

    Airfunnelmaps

    Customsairports

    SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SoIToposheets,

    269

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories

    Sources

    Waterways,

    Majorports,

    SeaPorts,

    Minorports

    SoIToposheets,
    DepartmentalMaps

    Landusemapsofjetties
    andports
    16

    Infrastructure

    Watersupplynetwork,

    Watertreatmentplants,

    Waterpumpingstations,

    DepartmentalMaps,

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs,

    DrainageNetwork,

    CityGuideMaps,

    AerialPhotographs,

    Sewerageandsolidwaste
    management,

    Publictoiletsformenandwomen.
    Seweragetreatmentplants,

    DetailedProjectReports,

    Seweragepumpingstations,

    Outletsinwaterbodies/lowlying
    areas,

    Groundsurvey.

    SoIToposheets,

    PublicWorkDepartment

    Communitygarbagebins,
    Wastetreatmentsite,
    Wastedumpingsite,

    Powersupplyline
    network,

    Electricityline,
    Electricitysubstations,

    Powerstations,

    Telecommunication
    network,

    MobileTowers,

    Healthcentres,

    Includingdaycarecentres,health
    posts,deaddictioncentres,

    Educationalinstitutes,

    Includingstreetschoolsandbalwadis,

    Firestation,

    Postoffice,

    Policestations,

    Policefieldoffices.

    Banks/ATMs,

    Communitycentres,

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    270

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    S.No.

    Features

    Subcategories

    Sources

    Socioculturaland
    religiouscentres
    Allsocialinfrastructures
    withininformal
    settlements.
    17

    Review,Revise

    Updatedbasemap,

    Existinglandusemap,

    MapsandDrawingsfromULBs

    Proposedplanofvarious
    sectors
    Source:Asgiven.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    271

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.6.3. ProcedureofCollectingData
    Proceduretoretrievedatabypermissions,whichisnotavailableinthepublicforum
    aregivenbelow:

    7.6.3.1. Toposheets
    Unrestricted topographical/ city guide maps published by Survey of India are
    availableforsale.Thestandardtopographicalmapsonscale1:25000,1:50000and1:
    250,000andcityguidemapspublishedforselectedtowns/citiesareusefulforurban
    developmentplanpurpose.
    All the topographical maps along the external boundary/coastline of India, as
    indicatedintheTopoIndexmapofSurveyofIndiaarecategorisedasrestrictedmaps.
    The restricted category maps can be procured by State and Central Governments /
    Private Individuals / Organisations/commercial firms by filling a separate form.
    Private individuals and organizations / commercial firms can also obtain restricted
    mapswithpriorapprovalfromMinistryofDefencethroughtheStateGovernmentto
    whomtheyshouldapply.

    7.6.3.2. Aerialphotography
    Informationregardingareaofinterestforaerialphotography,itsscaleandcostrates
    can be obtained from Surveyor Generals Office, Dehradun or the Directorate of
    Survey (Air), New Delhi. Survey of India (SoI) has a dedicated web portal for
    presenting the metadata information available with SoI from various aerial
    photography tasks commenced. Web Aerial Photography Transaction Registry
    (APTR) provides transparent indenting process based on instructions issued by
    MinistryofDefence.
    Indentor can obtain the existing photography by marking the area of interest on
    1:250,000 scale topographical map, indicating purpose, identifying the type (B&W,
    colour,colourinfrared),scaleandthephotographicproductrequired(contactprints,
    enlargements, mosaic, etc.).If the existing photography does not cater to the
    requirementsofindentor,processforfreshaerialphotography canbeinitiated.The
    NationalGovernmentagencies,whichprovidefreshaerialphotography,are:

    IndianAirForce(throughSurveyofIndia)
    NationalRemoteSensingCentre,Hyderabad
    AirSurveyCompany,Calcutta.

    For indenting freshaerial photography theindentor may approach any oftheflying


    agencieswithspecificinformation.Theindentormaymarkthelimitoftheareatobe
    photographed on 1:250,000 scale top sheet if photography is required on scale
    smaller than 1:20,000 and 1:50,000 scale top sheet if photography is required on

    272

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    scale1:20,000andlargerandapplywiththespecificrequirementsmentionedforthe
    procurementoftheexistingaerialphotography.

    7.6.3.3. SatelliteImages
    National Remote Sensing Centre(NRSC) is the important segment ofIndian Space
    ResearchOrganization(ISRO)withthemandateofprovidingEarthObservation(EO)
    data from space and aerial platforms to users, develop technologies for the
    managementofnaturalresources,supportdisastermonitoringandmanagementand
    capacitybuildingforutilizationofEOdata.Itisvestedwiththeauthoritytoacquire
    and disseminate all satellite remote sensing data in India, both from Indian and
    foreignsatellites.
    Table7.9: IRSSatelliteDataProductsrelevantforUrbanApplications
    S.No

    Satellite/
    Sensor

    Spatial
    Resolution

    Spectral
    Resolution

    ScaleofBase&
    Thematicmapping Remarks
    (Possible)

    Cartosat2

    1m

    PAN

    1:5,000

    MergingPAN+LISSIV
    Imagescangenerate1m
    multispectralimages.

    Cartosat1

    2.5mStereo

    PAN

    1:10,000

    2.5mmultispectralimage
    cangeneratedbymerging
    PAN+LISSIVImages

    LISSIV(5.8m)

    Multispectral

    1:25,000

    Resourcesat1/2 LISSIII(23.5m)

    Multispectral

    5
    6

    RISAT

    1:50,000

    Awifs(56m)

    Multispectral 1:25,000

    Capableofimaging
    50mto3min
    differentmodes

    Capableofimagingincloud
    conditions,henceUsefulin
    especiallyduringmonsoon

    Microwavesensor

    NearFuture
    Satellite

    Proposedsensors

    25cmPAN

    1:2,000orbetter

    Cartosat3

    1MMultispectral

    24cmmultispectralimage
    canbegeneratedby
    mergingPAN+LISSIV
    Images.

    Source:NationalRemoteSensingCentre132

    In addition to the IRS satellite data products, very High Resolution foreign satellite
    datamayprocurethroughNRSC,aspertheRemoteSensingDataPolicy2011.
    1. Alldataofresolutionsupto1mshallbedistributedonanondiscriminatorybasisandonas
    requestedbasis
    2. Withaviewtoprotectnationalsecurityinterests,alldataofbetterthan1mresolutionshallbe
    screenedandclearedbytheappropriateagencypriortodistribution.

    Apart from the responsibilities stated above, NRSC proactively disseminates the
    information derived from its various national level projects through its Bhuvan
    Geoportal. The free satellite data download facility is also available for registered
    userstofacilitateresearch,formulateprojectsandplandevelopmentactivities.

    132

    Detailsondataproducts,priceandnecessarydataorderformsareavailablewww.nrsc.gov.in.Apartfromtheresponsibilities
    stated above, NRSC proactively disseminates the information derived from its various national level projects through its
    Bhuvan Geoportal. The free satellite data download facility is also available for registered users to facilitate research,
    formulateprojectsandplandevelopmentactivities.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    273

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.6.3.4. GeologicalSurveyofIndia
    ToassessthemetadatabaseofGeoenvironmentalstudiesforvariouscitiesinIndia,
    with interpretation of geomorphology, hydrology, geological structures and tectonic
    datafromGeologicalSurveyofIndia,UrbanLocalBodiesanditsrepresentativescan
    approachMinistryofMinesandGSIwiththeirspecificrequirements.

    7.7.

    BaseMap&DevelopmentPlanPreparation

    7.7.1. Basemapfeatures
    Before taking up any urban development plan exercise the first task, both from
    planningpointofviewandasstatutoryrequirement,istoprepareorobtainreliable,
    accurateanduptodatebasemapfortherespectivetownorcityforwhichtheplanis
    beingprepared.Theamountofinformationtoberepresentedonthemapvariesfrom
    maptomapbecauseinformationdepictiondependson:

    Purposeofmap
    Scale
    Projection
    Methodofmapmaking
    Draughtingskill

    Uniformity of base map with regard to presentation of features, scale, size and
    notations, facilitates the readability of these maps and comparison of one map with
    another.MappingsoftwareofRemoteSensingandGeographicalInformationSystem
    are capable of generating maps with uniformity as well as processing data from
    differentplatform.ThestandardlayoutofmapisgiveninAppendixGofVolumeIIB.

    7.7.2. PlanformulationthroughRemoteSensing&Geographic
    InformationSystem
    Geographical Information System (GIS) in planning is increasingly being applied for
    plan formulation, analysis as well as for proposal. As a powerful tool, GIS helps the
    plannerstoviewdifferentscenariosandtheiroutcomesothatanoptimalstrategycan
    be chosen for planning and development. Besides this Plan formulation using
    RemoteSensingandinGISplatformhavethefollowingadvantages:

    BenefitsofAnalyticaltechniquesinGISplatform
    Groundpointsandgeoreferenceddatabaseforproposalspreparation
    DynamicfeaturescanbeincorporatedfromRSdata
    RegularDatabaseupdatingandPlanRevisionwithouthassle
    Providedecisionmakingsupport
    Promotecollaborationamongpublicagencies.
    Automatedtasksreducehumanerrors
    LongTermInvestment
    Inaddition,forBhuvanEnhancepublicparticipation
    Inaddition,forBhuvanIncreaseaccesstogovernment&efficientapprovalprocedures

    274

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    OncethespatialandattributedataaregeneratedinGISframe,theirapplicationsare
    wide and varied. These include resource inventory and management, planning and
    monitoring, land records fortaxation and ownership controls, facilities and services
    management, environment impact assessment. GIS is being used for planning of
    variouscitiesinIndialately.DevelopmentPlanisalevelofplanforwhichGIScould
    be used very successfully. Preparation of Development Plan using RS & GIS can be
    classifiedunderfollowingpartsforeasierunderstandingandimplementation.

    Basemappreparationprocess
    Preparationofexistinglandusemap
    Analysisofthestudyarea
    Proposedlanduseplan
    Revisionoftheplan

    7.7.2.1. BaseMappreparationprocess
    Preparation of Master Plan starts with base map preparation before which relevant
    data of all the necessary information, which is to be presented via base, map is
    collected. For base map preparation, National Urban Information System (NUIS)
    Scheme has prepared maps on 1:10,000 scale and made available on NRSC/ISRO
    GeoportalBhuvan(www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in)forUrbanLocalBodiesfor152towns.
    Bhuvan NUIS GIS database comprises Baselayers: Road, Rail, Canal, Transportation
    nodes,Drainage,SurfacewaterBodiesandThematiclayers:UrbanLanduse/Cover,
    Geomorphology*, Lithology, Geological structures*, Physiography* and
    Administrative Layers: State, District, Village, City/Town boundaries and Ward
    Boundaries (*outside core area also). Attribute data has spatial layers as,
    administrativeboundaries,forestboundary,settlementandvillagelocations/names
    andcity/townboundariesandnonspatialdata.Othersourcesoflicenced/authentic
    versions of interpreted satellite imageries can also be used for preparation of base
    map.
    Alternatively,fordetailedbasemappreparationhighspatialresolutionpanchromatic
    imageandmediumresolutionmultispectralimagecanbemergedtoprovideahigh
    resolution multispectral image at appropriate largescale urban information. For
    preparing thematic maps, under NUIS, Cartosat1 (panchromatic) with 2.5m spatial
    resolution and Resourcesat1 (LISSIV/ multispectral data) 5.8m spatial resolution
    satelliteimagerieswerefused,toproducecolourimagesat2.5mspatialresolutionfor
    analysis,mappingandproductgeneration.
    At this stage, scale of the map should be decided. The Thematic GIS databases
    availableonBhuvanrangefrom1:10,000,to1:250,000.TheimportantSatellitedata
    and thematic GIS data resources available for utilization for various planning and
    developmentarelistedbelow.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    275

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    Table7.10: BhuvanSatellitedataandthematicGISdataresourcesavailable
    S.No

    Description

    Scaleofdata

    Coverage

    SatelliteDataResources
    1

    HighResolutionsatelliteimage

    2.5mspatialresolutionNatural
    ColourComposite(NCC)

    EntireIndia

    VeryHighResolutionsatellite
    Image

    1mspatialresolutionNatural
    ColourComposite(NCC)

    MajorCities/Towns

    BaseandThematicGISdataservices
    1

    NUISSchemeBaseandUrban
    ThematicGISdatabase

    1:10,000

    152Towns

    SISDPBaseandLandUse/Cover
    GISdata

    1:10,000

    EntireIndiaStatewise

    Landuse/CoverGISdata

    1:50,000

    EntireIndian
    20052006
    20112012

    GeomorphologyGISdata

    1:50,000

    EntireIndia(Collaborationwith
    GSI)

    GeologicalstructuresGISdata

    1:50,000

    EntireIndia(Collaborationwith
    GSI)

    WastelandGISdata

    1:50,000

    EntireIndia

    GroundWaterProspectsGISdata

    1:50,000

    EntireIndia

    Landuse/CoverRasterdata

    1:250,000

    EntireIndia
    9Cyclesofdatafrom2004to2013

    Source:NationalRemoteSensingCentre.ThislistofsatellitedataandThematicGISdataavailabilitygetsupdated,regularlyas
    pertheISRO/DOSpolicies.

    Once the base and thematic layers from the Satellite Imagery are prepared, other
    city/townspecificinformationsuchas,cadastralmaps,revenuerecords,andplansof
    government agencies and attribute information from Industrial Development
    Corporations,PublicWorkDepartment,Railways,NationalHighwayAuthoritycould
    be integrated for preparation comprehensive GIS database as required for
    DevelopmentPlan/MasterPlanpreparation.
    TheprocesstooverlaySatelliteimagesovercadastralmapsforpreparingbasemapis
    explained in the Manual: Space based Information System for Decentralised
    Planning,ISRO133.Thesatelliteimageries,ResourcesatLISS4andCartosatPAN,can
    beoverlaidoncadastralmapstopreparebasemap.Thesesatelliteimagesdepictfield
    bunds, cart tracks, small nullahs, settlements, tanks and other cultural features like
    roads, railway network and canals. These features facilitate identification ofGround
    ControlPoints(GCP)fortiedownsatelliteimageandcadastralmap.
    Foroverlayingcadastralmapwithsatelliteimageitisrequiredthatcadastralmapbe
    generatedinvectormode.Inthisprocessthemaintasksareacquisitionofcadastral
    maps,scanninganddigitisationofcadastralmapsandgenerationofvectordata.Once
    the cadastral maps in vector mode are available, the georeferencing of these maps

    133

    AppendixGofVolumeIIBandManualalsoavailableat:http://www.bhuvanpanchayat.nrsc.gov.in/assets/ManualPart2.pdf

    276

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlan
    nningTechniques
    can be done. The georeferencingg of digitaal cadastraal maps an
    nd overlay
    ying with
    sateelliteimageeconsistso
    ofthefollow
    wingsteps:

    Acquisitiono
    A
    ofGCPs
    ionmodeldeevelopmentandassessment
    T
    Transformat
    Georeferenccingofcadasttralmaps
    V
    Validationof
    fGeoreferencedmap,inIsolation
    V
    Validationof
    fGeoreferencedmap,witthneighbourh
    hood
    Mosaicgenerrationatreveenueinspecto
    or(RI),taluka
    aanddistricttlevel

    TheesestepsarredetailedinAppendixHofVolu
    umeIIB.
    Furrther,theprrocessofpreparation
    nofExistingglandusep
    plancanbeeinitiatedaasthe
    logiicalstepofdataprepaaration.

    7.7.2.2. Preeparation
    nofExistin
    ngLandU
    UseMap
    Theedraftofth
    heexistingglandusem
    map,incorrporatingth
    helandusefeatures fromthe
    sateelliteinterp
    pretationaandrevenuerecordsaaretakenu
    upforgroundverificaation.The
    amo
    ount of infformation or area veerified und
    der this staage varies from settleement to
    setttlement.In ruralareas1520%o
    ofgroundv
    verification
    nshouldbeeappropriaate,given
    thepredominaanceofagrriculture,w
    wastelando
    orforestlan
    ndcover.W
    While,inurb
    banareas
    groundverificcationcould
    dbe2050%
    %orevenupto100%
    %,ifsettlem
    mentisvery
    ydense.
    Onccegroundv
    verification
    nisoveran
    ndincorporatedinth
    heexisting draftland usemap,
    finaallanduse mapispro
    oduced.In thefinaleexistinglan
    ndusemap
    p,thedateo
    onwhich
    map
    pwasapprrovedshouldbementtioned.
    Figu
    ure7.10:ProccessofDevelo
    opmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(A)

    Sourcce:

    Consultatio
    onswithNRSC,N
    NUIS,HMDAand
    dvarioussourcees.

    URD
    DPFIGuidelin
    nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
    banDevelopment

    277

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    7.7.2.3. AnalysisofExistingLandUseMap
    Base data, such as population, transportation, infrastructure, area under
    conservation/preservation, ecologically sensitive area, developable area etc., can be
    taken.ThematiclayersfromBhuvanseriesprovidingdataofgeomorphology,geology,
    lineaments, DEM, land transformation Atlas etc., can be selected. After giving
    weightage to the chosen indicators, these layers can be superimposed to generate
    mapsshowinglandsuitabilityoritspotentialfordevelopmentorconservation.Here
    the parameters for selection are to be carefully chosen to suit the planning
    requirements of the region. Through the weightage given for analysis, the resulted
    mapcanbecategorisedintosuitabilitylayers,suchas:
    Landmostsuitablefordevelopment
    Landsuitablefordevelopment
    Landmoderatelysuitablefordevelopment
    Landnonsuitablefordevelopment

    Figure7.11:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(B)

    Source:

    ConsultationswithNRSC,NUIS,HMDAandvarioussources.

    7.7.2.4. ProposedLandusePlan
    Developement strategy can be prepared from the analysis of the situation after
    superimposing it on the existing land use map. Development strategy could be

    278

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    focussed on urban nodes, key infrastructure, transport links or industrial
    development.Thedevelopmentstrategyandlandsuitabilityanalysisistosuggestthe
    landusezoningandtheproposedplan.However,thesezonesandspecificationsofthe
    existing land use map are overlaid and refined for bringing out details on the
    proposedplan.AnalysisonGISalsoallowsplannerstointegrateinputsfromDisaster
    ManagementPlanintotheProposedDraftLandUsePlan.
    Through efforts of the State and Local Government, Master Plan formulation using
    webbasedGISsoftwareapplicationonBhuvancanbeutilisedforpublicpartispation
    onGeospatialplatform.Theapprovedproposedlanduseplancouldbeuploadedon
    BhuvanGeoportal.Feedbackcanbegivenonsuchplanson BhuvanGeoportalbythe
    publicorbyStateofficials.Basedontheobjectionsandsuggestionsreceivedinearlier
    stage,theproposedlanduseplancanbemodifiedanduploadedonBhuvanGeoportal
    again as a new version. The process of objections & suggestions and approvals and
    uploading of the Plan can be repeated for a number of times as per the States
    statutoryprovisionsuntiltheFinalPlanversionisnotapproved.
    Figure7.12:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(C)

    Source:

    ConsultationswithNRSC,NUIS,HMDAandvarioussources.

    7.7.2.5. UseofGISinPlanRevision
    For monitoring and revision of the Development Plan, deviation from the proposed
    landusecanbedeterminedinGIS.TheULBandtheStategovernmentshavingutilised

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    279

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
    the Bhuvan portal can create new data layers for the nonconforming land uses to
    assessthedeviationbetweenthepreviousapprovedProposedLanduseplanandthe
    existing situation. And since the mapping has been done on GIS, temporal variation
    fromthelatestremotesensingimagerycanalsobeearmarked.Thisdeviationcanbe
    addressedintherevisionoftheplan.

    7.7.3. BhuvanGeoPortalforPlanning
    Bhuvan is a geoportal of Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO), which is for
    IndianEarthObservationdataproductsandservices. Bhuvanprovidesinterpretated
    satelliteimageries,thematicdataandotherservicestoall,apartfrombaseforurban
    and regional planning for the authorised Government agencies. Some of its salient
    featuresare:
    ProvideaccesstoallBhuvanGISdatabasesaswellasanyotherrelevantdatafromotherwebsites
    like Survey of India (SOI), Forest Survey of India, National Highways Authority of India, Indian
    Railways etc., Can used through the WMS service for effective utilization of available data. This
    helpsinavoidingtheduplicationandredundancy.
    RespectiveULBcanuploadthetownspecificspatialdatalikecadastralmapsandattributedatato
    Bhuvan and comprehensive database required can be organised and used for formulation of
    MasterPlan.
    OpensourcefreelyavailableWebGISsoftwarepackageforexampleQGIS
    UseBhuvanWMSservicefordatacreation.

    7.7.3.1. BhuvanGeoPortalUserAccess
    Bhuvan provides access to ULBs 134 , development authorities for government
    administrationforurbanandregionalplanning,toworkontheavailableinformation,
    create new databaseas layers; prepare,approve and upload plan. At ULB, the three
    tiersystemofBhuvandatamangementprovideslogintodraughtman,TownPlanning
    OfficerandCommissionerlevelofficers.
    EachlevelhasdifferentpowerstoaccessBhuvandatabase,whichisdescribedbelow
    (andcanbecustomizedasperULBsprocedures/methodsbeingfollowed):
    DraughtsmancanworkonTowndatabaseandhaverightstoreadandcontrolwriteintheportal
    database. Draughtsman have access control for all database for ready, edit, process and write to
    temporaryfolder.Atthislevel personnelcancreatenewspatialfilesoredittheexistingfilesand
    uploaddataforapproval.
    Townplanningofficer(TPO)canworkonTowndatabaseandhave rightstoreadandwrite.TPO
    havefullcontrolonthedatabase.Themaps,analysisonexistingdata,uploadeddataandreportsby
    draughtsmenarepostedintemporaryfolderandrequiresTPOapprovaltomovethesefilestothe
    database.
    CommissionerlevelofficercanworkonTowndatabaseandhaverightstoselfcontrolledreadand
    writeaccess.
    Statelevelauthorities(DirectorsofficeofStatetown&CountryPlanningDepartment)haverights
    foraccessingrespectivesatealltowns.

    134

    ULBscanaccessBhuvanthroughMoUDandStateTown&CountryPlanningDepartmentforauthorisationandfacilitationof
    Bhuvanusernameandpassword.

    280

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    National level authorities (Ministry of Urban Development, TCPO, Delhi) have the rights of all
    accessingstatewisealltownsstatusofIndia.

    7.7.3.2. PortalUserInterface
    AfterPlanningactivityisover,suchdatacanbeuploadedonBhuvanportalforpublic
    viewing.Bhuvanportalhasuserinterfaceinthreelevelssuchas:

    Viewing: Citizens and governemnt departments can view the spatial plan that is uploaded on
    Bhuvanportal
    Datacreation:BhuvanaccessedtownlevelUrbanPlanningauthoritiescancreateanduploaddata
    onthePortal.
    Feedback on the uploaded Plans: Citizens, Government departments and Bhuvan accessed Town
    levelUrbanPlanningauthoritiescangivefeedbackonuploadeddata/plans.

    7.7.3.3. BhuvanMobileapplications
    Bhuvan provides varieties of solutions on Mobile and Smartphone platform in
    additiontofielddatacollectionandupload,whichcanbeusedforurbanandregional
    planning exercise. BhuvanApp can be downloaded on compatible mobile software.
    Bothattributedataandpictorialdatacanbecollectionfromthefieldthroughtheapp,
    and uploaded on Bhuvan to develop a centralized database and thereafter can be
    viewedbyallfordecisionmaking.
    Other applications are also available as a part of Bhuvan mobile app, such as
    emergencyservices/responsesattheeventofhazard.Suchapplicationscanbeused
    for Smart city concepts and can be modified or customized for the need to the
    ULBs/DA. For the State of Uttarakhand, a post distaer initiative was taken using
    Bhuvan. Bhuvan has developed customized applications called, Mapping the
    NeighbourhoodinUttarakhand(MANU),forcollectinginformationfromthefieldon
    mobilebyassignedteamandupdatingitontheBhuvanforenablingreconstructsand
    rehabilitationexercisethatcouldbeusedbylocalGovt.effectively.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    281

    SimplifiedPlanningTechniques

    282

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Millennium Development Goals (MDG), directly or indirectly, are linked to status


    physicalinfrastructure.MDGswereadoptedbyUNin2000keepinginmindtoraise
    the quality of life of vulnerable population of the world. India is falling behind the
    goals and time frame to achieve goal will get over in 2015. In this scenario it is
    prudentthatlocalbodiesfocusonimprovingphysicalinfrastructure.Manypolicies
    andschemesofCentralgovernmentarealsoprovidingforimprovementofphysical
    infrastructureinIndia.
    The planning of infrastructure shall be based on the hierarchy of urban
    development.ThischapterofURDPFIguidelinessuggesttheinfrastructureplanning
    normsforanUrban/Regionalspace;thenormsaresuggestedunderfivecategories,
    namely:
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    5.

    8.1.

    TransportationPlanning
    PhysicalInfrastructure
    SocialInfrastructure
    CommercialInfrastructure
    MiscellaneousInfrastructure

    HierarchyofUrbanDevelopment

    A planned city for an environment of convenience should have a hierarchical


    structure; with each unit planned for basic selfsufficiency. The smallest planning
    unitisconceivedasHousingAreafor5000populationwithconvenienceshopping,
    open area, Anganwadi and milk booth as minimum infrastructure provision. The
    higherlevelofadditionalfacilitiesistobeprovidedatNeighbourhood,Community,
    District, Zonal, Subcity and Regional levels. The hierarchy of development on the
    basisofpopulationisgiveninTable8.1.
    Table8.1: HierarchyofInfrastructureDevelopment
    Sr.No.

    PlanningUnit

    Population

    HousingCluster/Neighbourhood

    5000

    Neighbourhood

    500015,000

    Community

    Upto100,000

    District*

    5Lakh

    Zonal

    10lakh

    Subcitycentre

    25Lakh50Lakh

    City

    50Lakh+

    Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996;MPD,2021,JaipurMasterPlan.*Wardat3lakhpopulation.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    283

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.

    TransportationPlanning

    Besides the National Urban Transport Policy (2006), the National Transport
    Development Policy Committee (NTDPC)135was constituted by the Government of
    Indiain2010toformulatealongtermtransportpolicyhavinganaimtosetupthe
    conditions for a coherent transport strategy for India in the long term for the
    horizon year 2032, with a vision to arrive welldeveloped and competent
    institutionalsystemforplanning,managementandexecutionof transportprojects.
    Indian cities are expanding and therefore urban transport has gained regional
    importance. The public transport needs to improve by an integrated road and rail
    base transport, expansion of BRTS/MRTS, etc through formulation of
    Master/Development/Mobility Plan which may help to integrate transport and
    urbandevelopment.Similarly,buspriorityways,connectivityofMRTSwithCBDand
    residential areas, improvement of intermediate public transport and priority in
    planning for NMT, etc should be developed along with other facilities such as
    parking,streetfurniture,etc.
    ThereportrecommendsthatStateGovernmentsshouldalsoenactComprehensive
    UrbanTransportLawtodefinetherolesandresponsibilitiesofthecityauthorities
    and State level entities related to public transport, landuse and transport
    integration, multimodal integration, transport infrastructure for pedestrians,
    bicycle,cyclerickshaws,etc.Further,priorityinplanningforvariousmodesshould
    focus on improving mobility through NMT, Public Transport, ParaTransit and
    Personalvehiclesinorder.ThereisaneedtosetupMetropolitanUrbanTransport
    Authoritiesasholisticandintegrateddecisionmakingandcoordinatingbodies.The
    dedicatednonlapsableandnonfungibleurbantransportfundsshouldbesetupat
    theNational,StateandCitylevels.
    Each Municipality and Development Authority could have a Transportation and
    Trafficcell/divisiontocomprehensivelyprepareCMPinlineswiththeDevelopment
    Plan,implementthetransportationplanandcoordinatewithTrafficPolice.Therole
    ofsuchacell/divisionisalsotoincludeapplicationofsmarttechnologiestoimprove
    transportation in the city. It is necessary for Transportation and Traffic cell/
    divisiontoemploytransportplannersandurbanplannersfortechnicalinputs.

    8.2.1. ClassificationofUrbanroad
    1. Urban Expressway: Expressways are divided highways for through traffic

    with full or partial control of access and generally with grade separations at
    majorcrossroads.136
    2. Arterialroad137:Theyaretheprimaryroadsforensuringmobilityfunction.
    They carry the largest volumes of traffic and longest trips in a city. These

    135

    NTDPCIndiaTransportReportMovingIndianto2032,Jan2014.

    136

    HighwayDesignManual,DepartmentofTransportation,NewYorkState(USA).

    284

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    3.

    4.

    5.

    6.

    roadsarecharacterizedbymobilityandcatertothroughtrafficwithrestricted
    access from carriageway to the side. In such cases, special provisions should
    beintroducedtoreduceconflictwiththethroughtraffic.
    Sub Arterial Road: This category of road follows all the functions of an
    Arterial Urban road and is characterized by mobility, and caters to through
    traffic with restricted access from carriageway to the side. It carries same
    trafficvolumesasthearterialroads.Duetoitsoverlappingnature,Subarterial
    roadscanactasarterials.Thisiscontextspecificandisbasedonthefunction
    andthelandusedevelopmentitpassesthrough.
    Distributor/Collector Roads: As the name suggests, these are connector
    roads, which distribute the traffic from access streets to arterial and sub
    arterialroads.Theyarecharacterizedbymobilityandaccessequally.Itcarries
    moderate traffic volumes compared to the arterial roads. Due to its
    overlapping nature, distributor roads can act as sub arterial and as access
    streets,dependinguponthefunctionandthelanduseofthesurroundings.
    LocalStreet138:Theseareintendedforneighbourhood(orlocal)useonwhich
    through traffic is to be discouraged. These roads should be made pedestrian
    and bicycle friendly by using modern traffic calming designs to keep the
    speedswithinlimitsasperdesign.
    AccessStreet:Theseareusedforaccessfunctionstoadjoiningpropertiesand
    areas. A majority of trips in urban areas usually originate or terminate on
    thesestreets.

    8.2.2. DesignConsiderationofUrbanRoads
    8.2.2.1. DesignSpeedandSpaceStandard
    Thedesignspeedandcarriagewaywidthfordifferenttypesofroad,as
    recommendedrecentlybyMoUDmaybeseeninTable8.2&8.3:
    Table8.2: Designconsiderationofurbanroads
    S.No.

    RoadTypes

    DesignSpeed(kmph)

    SpaceStandards(m)

    UrbanExpressway139

    80

    5060

    ArterialRoad

    50

    5080

    SubArterialRoad

    50

    3050

    Distributor/CollectorRoads

    30

    1230

    LocalStreet140

    1020

    1220

    AccessStreet

    15

    615

    Source:UrbanRoad,CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD.

    137

    UrbanRoadCodeofPractice,MoUD.

    UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
    TheUrbanexpresswaydesignstandardshavenotbeendevelopedinIndia,Howeverforurbancontext,itisassumedasMain
    ArterialroadandIRC:861983recommendsdesignspeedofsuchroadis80KPHandSpacestandardof5060mwidth.
    140UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
    138
    139

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    285

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.2.2. CarriagewayWidth
    Table8.3: CarriagewayWidthforeachtypeofroad
    S.No.

    TypesofRoads

    Characteristics

    Widthofeachcar
    lane(m)

    WidthofeachBus
    lane(m)

    UrbanExpressway141

    Minimum6lanesdivided(usinga
    median)

    3.0to3.5mwidth
    each

    3.5m(segregated)

    ArterialRoad

    Minimum6lanesdivided(usinga
    median)

    3.0to3.5mwidth
    each

    3.5m(segregated)

    SubArterialRoad

    Minimum4lanesdivided(usinga
    median)

    3.0to3.5mwidth
    each

    3.5m(segregated)
    orPaintedlane

    Distributor/Collector
    Roads

    Maximum4lanesof3.0mwidth
    each(excludingmarking)or2lanes
    of3.0to3.3mwidtheach(excluding
    marking)withorwithoutan
    intermittentmedian

    2lanesof3.0to
    3.5mwidtheach

    Mixedtraffic

    LocalStreet142

    1to2lanes,(undivided);traffic
    calmingisrequired

    2.75to3.0mwidth
    each

    Notrequired

    AccessStreet

    1to2lanes,(undivided);of2.75to
    3.0mwidtheach,

    2.75to3.0mwidth
    each

    Notrequired

    Source:CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD,(referAppendixIofVolumeIIBfortheCrossSections).

    Notes:
    1. Footpath,NMTprovisionsandRightofUse(RoU)ofthevariousinfrastructureshallalsobe
    assignedintheRoWatthestageoffinalisationofroadnetworkandhierarchy.
    2. RoWshallalsoincludeawellplannedutilitycorridor.
    3. RoadlevelstobedefinedattheLocalAreaPlanleveltoensureintegratedroadlevelswith
    drainagesystemandslope.
    4. Noroadstohavetwodifferentroadlevelswithoutapropermedianoraseparator.

    8.2.3. Footpath
    Footpath should be normally designed for a pedestrian Level of Service (LOS) B,
    thereby providing wide pedestrian facilities for pleasant and comfortable walking.
    UnderresourceconstraintLOSCcanbeadoptedfordecidingthewidthoffootpath
    mentioned in Table 8.4. The width of footpaths depends upon the expected
    pedestriantrafficandmaybefixedwiththehelpofthefollowingnormssubjectto
    notbeinglessthan1.8m

    The Urban expressway design standards have not been developed in India, However for urban context, it is assumed as
    MainArterialroad,andhencethelaneofwidthisassumedtobethesameasarterialroadwhichisreferredfromCodeof
    PracticePart1,MoUD.
    142UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
    141

    286

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.4: CapacityofFootpath&Design
    DesignFlowinNumberofPersonsperhour
    Widthofsidewalk
    (m)

    InBothDirections

    Allinonedirection

    LOSB

    LOSC

    LOSB

    LOSC

    1.8

    1350

    1890

    2025

    2835

    1800

    2520

    2700

    3780

    2.5

    2250

    3150

    3375

    4725

    2700

    3780

    4050

    5670

    3.5

    3150

    4410

    4725

    6615

    3600

    5040

    5400

    7560

    Source:IRC1032012.

    Thelanduseadjacenttoroadsignificantlyinfluencesgenerationofpedestriantraffic
    RecommendedwidthoffootpathalongvariouslandusesaregiveninTable8.5
    Table8.5: Requiredwidthoffootpathasperadjacentlanduse
    S.No.

    Description

    Width

    Minimumfreewalkwaywidthandresidential/mixeduseareas

    1.8

    Commercial/MixedUseAreas

    2.5

    ShoppingFrontages

    3.5to4.5

    BusStops

    HighIntensityCommercialAreas

    Source:IRC1032012.

    8.2.4. CycleTracks
    Cycle infrastructure width requirements are based on vehicle dimensions, volume
    and clearance requirements of moving vehicles (cycle rickshaw, freight rickshaw).
    Theserequirementsvaryforstraightridingcyclistsandthose manoeuvringabend
    atacruisingspeed.
    Exclusive lanes for slow moving vehiclesbicycles and rickshaws and pedestrians
    along with spaces for street vendors are also essential. Hawkers and roadside
    vendors provide services to bus commuters and pedestrians therefore designed
    spaceswoulddiscouragethemfromoccupyingthecarriageway.Thisimprovesthe
    capacity of the lanes designed for motorized vehicles and increases safety of
    bicyclistsandpedestrians.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    287

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.6: Cycle/NMTtrack
    SlNo.

    ArterialRoads

    SubArterialRoads

    DistributaryRoads

    AccessRoads

    Non
    Motorised
    Vehicle

    SegregatedCycleTrack

    SegregatedCycleTrack

    CycleLane

    Mixed\traffic

    Location

    BetweenCarriagewayor
    streetparkingandfootpath
    oneitheredgeofthe
    carriageway

    BetweenCarriagewayor
    streetparkingandfootpath
    oneitheredgeofthe
    carriageway

    Ontheedgeofthe
    NotApplicable
    carriageway,adjacent
    tothefootpathor
    parking.

    Gradient

    1:121:20

    1:121:20

    1:121:20

    1:121:20

    Lanewidth 2.2to5.0m

    2.2to5.0m

    1.5to2.5m

    Mixedwith
    motorized
    vehiculartraffic

    Minimum
    Width

    2.0foratwolanecycletrack
    and1.7mforacommoncycle
    trackandfootpath

    1.5m

    1m(painted)

    2.5foratwolanecycletrack
    and1.9mforacommoncycle
    trackandfootpath

    Source:CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD,2012.

    8.2.5. ForHillyAreas
    Width of roads in hilly areas is given below which can be adopted as per
    requirementandadjoininglanduses.
    Table8.7: CarriagewaywidthinHillyareas
    S.No.

    Description

    Width(metre)

    1.

    Singlelanewithoutkerbs

    05.00

    2.

    2lanewithoutkerbs

    08.80

    3.

    2lanewithkerbs

    10.00

    4.

    3lanewith/withoutkerbs

    13.00/11.80

    Source:TCPO,GovernmentofHimachalPradesh.

    8.2.6. PassengerCarUnits(PCU)
    ThePCUstandardsasperthevehicletypeforplanningthearearequirementaregiveninTable8.8
    below:
    Table8.8: PCUstandards
    S.No.

    VehicleType

    Equivalencyfactor

    Passengercar,tempo,auto,jeep,vans,oragriculturaltractor

    1.0

    Truck,bus,agriculturaltractortrailer

    3.0

    Motorcycle,scooterandcycle

    0.5

    Cyclerickshaw

    1.5

    Horsedrawnvehicle

    4.0

    Bullockcart

    5.0

    Handcart

    6.0

    Source:JnNURMRapidTrainingProgramme,PreparationofDPRs,UDPFIguidelinesandinIRC1061990.

    288

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.7. DesignServiceVolume
    The Design Service Volume standards as given in IRC Code 1061990, which
    recommendsLOSCwhiledesigningroadcapacity,aregiveninTable8.9below:
    Table8.9: DesignServiceVolumeStandards
    TotalDesignServiceVolumefordifferentroadcategory

    S.No.

    TypeofCarriageway

    1.

    2Lane(oneway)

    2400

    1900

    1400

    2.

    2lane(twoway)

    1500

    1200

    900

    3.

    3lane(oneway)

    3600

    2900

    2200

    4.

    4laneundivided(twoway)

    3000

    2400

    1800

    5.

    4lanedivided(twoway)

    3600

    2900

    6.

    6laneundivided(twoway)

    4800

    3800

    7.

    6lanedivided(twoway)

    5400

    4300

    8.

    8lanedivided(twoway)

    7200

    Arterial

    SubArterial

    Collector

    Source:IRCCode1061990.

    8.2.8. Parking
    8.2.8.1. EquivalentCarSpace(ECS)fordifferentvehicles
    TherecommendedECSrequiredfordifferenttypeofvehiclesaregiveninTable8.10
    Table8.10: RecommendedECSforvarioustypesofvehicles
    S.No.

    VehicleType

    ECS

    Car/taxi

    1.00

    TwoWheeler

    0.25

    AutoRickshaw

    0.50

    Bicycle

    0.10

    Trucks/Buses*

    2.5

    EmergencyVehicles*

    2.5

    Rickshaw*

    0.8

    *Source:VolumeVD1:DPRforMultilevelParkingFacilityatGhaziabadMainReport,NCRPBandADB,2010.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    289

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.8.2. RecommendedECSbasedonlandusetype
    TherecommendedECSrequiredfordifferenttypeoflanduse,asrecommendedby
    theNBC,aregiveninTable8.11.
    Table8.11: ParkingStandards
    S.No. Landuse

    ParkingStandards

    Remark

    Residential

    ResidentialPlotPlottedHousing

    2EquivalentCarSpace(ECS)in
    plotsofsize250300sqmand
    1ECSforevery100sqm.builtup
    area,inplotsexceeding300sqm.

    ResidentialPlotGroupHousing

    2.0ECS/100sqmbuiltuparea

    ClusterCourtHousing

    2.0ECS/100sqmbuiltuparea

    GuestHouse/Lodging&BoardingHouse/
    Dharamshala

    2ECSper100sqm.ofbuiltup
    area

    CommercialCentres

    ConvenienceShoppingCentre/LocalShopping
    Centre/LocalLevelCommercialareas

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    ServiceMarket

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    CommunityCentre/Nonhierarchical
    CommercialCentre

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    DistrictCentre/SubCentralBusiness
    District/SubCityLevelCommercialareas

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    CommercialPlot:Retail&Commerce
    MetropolitanCityCentre

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    Hotel

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    ForPopulation
    between210lakh1
    carparkingspacefor
    every4guestroom.

    ForPopulation
    between1050lakh
    1carparkingspacefor
    every3guestroom.
    ForPopulationmore
    than50lakh1car
    parkingspacefor
    every2guestroom143.

    ServiceApartments

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    Anyothercommercialcentreincluding
    commercialcomponentalongwithRailway/MRTS
    andISBT

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    IntegratedFreightComplex/WholesaleMarket

    3ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    Incaseofplotsupto
    300sqm.common
    parkingistobe
    provided

    143

    NationalBuildingCode,2005.

    290

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    S.No. Landuse

    ParkingStandards

    Remark

    SocioCulturalFacilities

    CommunityHall

    Parkingstandard@3.0ECS/100
    sqm

    RecreationalClub

    Parkingstandard@2ECS/100
    sqmoffloorarea

    Socioculturalactivitiessuchasauditorium,
    music,dance&drama,centre/meditation,
    spiritualcentreetc.

    Parkingstandard@2ECS/100
    sqmoffloorarea

    ScienceCentre

    Parkingstandard@2ECS

    InternationalConventioncentre

    Parkingstandard@2ECS

    OldAgeHome/CareCentreforPhysically/
    Mentallychallenged/Workingwomen/men
    hostel/AdultEducationCentre/Orphanage/
    Children'sCentre/NightShelter

    Parkingstandard@1.8ECSof
    floorarea.

    Sportfacilityforinternationalsportsevent

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea.

    PublicSemiPublic

    IntegratedOfficeComplex

    1.8ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    ThenormsforLocal
    Governmentoffices/
    PublicSector
    Undertakingsunder
    GovernmentLanduse
    shallbeasper
    Integratedoffice
    complex

    DistrictCourt

    1.8ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    HeadPostOfficewithAdministrativeoffice&with
    /withoutdeliveryoffice

    1.33ECSper100sqm.offloor
    area

    AmusementPark

    3ECS/100sqm.offloorarea

    ISBT/Metro

    2ECSper100sqm.offloorarea

    Hospitals

    2ECSper100sqm.offloorarea

    VeterinaryHospital
    VeterinaryDispensary

    NursingandParamedicinstitute

    1.33ECSper100sqm.offloor
    area

    1.33ECSper100sqm.offloor
    area

    2ECSper100sqm.offloorarea

    MedicalCollege

    AspernormsofMedicalCouncil
    ofIndia/RegulatoryBody

    Industry

    IndustrialPlotupto50sqmarea

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    IndustrialPlot51sqm400sqmarea

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    IndustrialPlot401sqmandabove

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    FlattedgroupIndustry(MinPlotsize400sqm)

    2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    291

    InfrastructurePlanning
    S.No. Landuse

    ParkingStandards

    Remark

    Parking@2.0ECSper100sqm
    builtupareashallbeprovided
    withinthepremises.

    Wherethisisnot
    available,costof
    developmentof
    parking,shallbe
    payablebytheplot
    allottee/ownertothe
    localbodyconcerned
    orMultilevelparking
    tobeprovidedasan
    option.Thiscondition
    shallapplyevenif
    residentialpremises
    areusedonlyfor
    professionalactivity.

    MixedLanduse

    Source:MasterPlanofDelhi(MPD)2021.

    Parking standards are prescribed in above table, however, where it is not


    prescribed;itcouldbefollowedasgiveninTable8.12.
    Table8.12: PermissibleECSfordifferentlanduses
    PermissibleEquivalentCarSpaces(ECS)Per100
    sqm.offloorarea

    S.No.

    UsePremises

    Residential

    2.0

    Commercial

    3.0

    Manufacturing

    2.0

    Government

    1.8

    PublicandSemiPublicFacilities

    2.0

    Source:MPD2021.

    8.2.8.3. SpaceStandardsforParking
    Fortheprovisionofcarparkingspace,thespacestandardsshallbegivenasperthe
    Table8.13.
    Table8.13: SpacestandardsforParking
    S.No.

    TypeofParking

    AreainsqmperECS

    Open

    23

    GroundFloorcovered

    28

    Basement

    32

    MultiLevelwithRamps

    30

    AutomatedMultilevelwithlifts

    16

    Source:MPD2021.

    8.2.8.4. ParkingforHillyAreas144
    Apartfromtheabovegivenparkingnorms,onecarparkingspace/garageforeach
    dwellingunitshouldbeprovidedinresidentialbuildings.Forinstitutionalbuildings,
    onefloorexclusivelyforparkingofvehiclesshouldbecompulsory.

    144

    TCPD,GovernmentofHimachalPradesh.

    292

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.9. BusTerminals
    8.2.9.1. Functions
    Thefunctionsofbusterminalprimarilyincludesprocessingof vehicles,passengers
    etc.withprovisionofnecessaryfacilitiesfortheirsmoothflow.Theterminalserves
    as a point and unit where necessary information to user is made available for
    processing.Tocreateseamlessmultimodalconnectivity,thebusterminalshouldbe
    integratedwithothermodesoftransport(train,metro,bicycle,pedestrian,private
    car)
    A bus terminal also functions as the centre of a neighbourhood with high density
    mixeduseactivitiesinitsvicinity.Toprovideasafeandattractiveplaceatalltimes,
    the presence of residential housing, shopping complexes, offices and other
    commercialactivitiesaretobeencouragedaroundtheterminal.
    A passenger bus terminal broadly needs to perform the functions to meet
    requirementsofthefollowing:
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.
    e.

    PassengersandVehicles
    Passengersonly
    Vehiclesonly
    Crew
    Management

    Thefunctionsrelatedtobothpassengersandvehiclesinclude:

    Concentration
    Loading
    Dispersal
    Unloading

    Passengeronlyorientedfunctionsoftheterminalincludeprovisionof:

    Passengerplatformstoboardandalight(withrampsfordisabled&elderly)
    Ticketingfacilities
    Waitinglounges
    Resthouses/rooms
    BaggageStorageFacilities
    Commercial:BasicShoppingandretailfacilities
    Utilities,ServicesandAmenities(includingpublictoilets,ATM,drinkingwateretc.)
    InformationSystem
    Shelterfromweather
    Communicationandpostalfacilities
    Eatingplaces

    8.2.9.2. Components
    Thecomponentsrelatedtovehicles(bus)onlyincludeprovisionof:

    Baysforloadingandunloading
    Idlebusparkingspaces
    Facilitiesrelatedtomaintenance

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    293

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Informationsystemformovementwithterminal

    Theterminalcomponentstomeettheneedsofcreware:
    Restrooms
    Informationsystem
    Communicationfacilities
    Eatingplaces

    Theterminalfacilitiesforthemanagementintermsof:
    Demandmanagementonaccountofconcentration
    Incurringminimumexpenditure
    Developmentofcentralisedinformation
    Ensuringbettercontrol

    8.2.9.3. DesignCriteria
    Thedesigncriteriaofterminalstudiesdeterminingthesizeofterminalandfactors
    to be taken into consideration in planning the facilities and activities is primarily
    governedbythefollowingfactors:
    TrafficDemand
    TrafficCharacteristics
    FunctionofTerminal
    TypeandSophisticationofFacilities

    The other factors to be considered in terminal design by appreciating activity and


    facilityinterrelationshipare:
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.
    e.
    f.

    Segregationofterminalandnonterminaltraffic
    Segregationofvehicularandpedestrianstrafficandmovement
    Segregationoftrafficbytype,functionanddirection
    Coordinationofdifferentactivitiesintermsoffunctionalandspatialinterrelationship
    Provisionofgooduserandvehicularinformation
    Provisionofnecessaryandidentifiedfacilitiestomeetrequirementofallusergroupsachieving
    minimumpassengerandvehicularprocessingtime
    g. Achievingoverallfunctionalandspatialefficiency
    h. Achievingsmoothflowofalltypesoftraffictoandfromterminal.

    8.2.9.4. PlanningNormsandSpaceStandards
    Norms
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.
    e.
    f.
    g.

    Capacityofanintracitybusterminal

    Onebusbayfor5000passengersperday
    Onebusbayfor10,000passengersperday
    Peakhourload

    Occupancy/bus:

    Timetakenforloading

    Timetakenforunloading

    :1.5lakhpassengers/day
    :Loading
    :Unloading
    :10%ofdailypassengerload
    :50ideal
    :6min;12min
    :3min;6min

    SpacestandardsforParkingFacilities

    Theparkingstandardsforbusbays,asmootedbyUDPFIGuidelines1996,continue
    toremainvalidandaregiveninTable8.14below:

    294

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.14: BusBaysParkingStandards
    Typeofparking

    Area/vehicle

    IdleParking

    145sqm

    Angular

    76sqm

    Parallel

    104sqm

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    8.2.10. TruckTerminal
    A truck terminal is highly specialised facility, designed for a specific function and
    operatingplanintermsofservicestandardsitmustmeet,theareaitservesandthe
    volumes to be handled. It provides interface between intercity and local
    transportation facilities and which handle the distribution and collection of goods
    withinthecity.
    Themajorobjectivesofatruckterminalare:
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.
    e.
    f.

    Toreorganiseofficeandgodownspaceoftransportcompanies
    Toprovideforexpansionofcompanies
    Toreduceparking,loading/unloadinginstancesinCBD(CentralBusinessDistrict)
    Tolocatethefacilitiesforvehiclerepairs,servicing,restplaces,shopsetc.
    Tocatertointercitymovementsdestinedtooperatorsgodownandprovideforidleparkingfor
    truckswaitingforreturnload.
    Tofunctionasarestandhaltingplaceforthroughtraffic.

    8.2.10.1. FacilitiesinTransportNagar
    ThemainfacilitiesforwhichareaallocationneedstobemadeinTransportNagar
    are:
    i.
    ii.
    iii.
    iv.
    v.
    vi.
    vii.
    viii.
    ix.
    x.
    xi.
    xii.
    xiii.
    xiv.
    xv.
    xvi.
    xvii.
    xviii.
    xix.
    xx.

    TransportAgencies
    Circulation
    Parking
    OpenSpace
    PetrolPump
    ServiceCentre
    Toilets
    PoliceStation
    Restaurant
    Shops
    Godowns
    WeighBridge
    Stalls/Dhabas
    AdministrativeOffice
    FireStation,PostOffice,Dispensary
    Bank,BusStation,ElectricSubstation
    ColdStorage
    SparePartsShops
    BodyBuildingShops
    Cinema

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    295

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.10.2. LocationalFactors
    The following factors are generally considered while locating a truck terminal/
    TransportNagar:
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.

    Theyshouldbelocatedonmaincorridorofgoodsmovement.
    Multimodalconnectivitywithtraincorridorsandwaterways
    Theyaregenerallylocatedonfringeofdevelopedlands
    Theyshouldhaveproperlinkagewithotherfreightgeneratingactivitiesaswellasdeveloped
    areas.
    Considerationforintracitygoodsmovementpatternintermsofdesireofmovement,modes
    usedanddistancesoverwhichmovementismadeshouldalsobekeptinview.

    e.

    8.2.10.3. BroadLandUseBreakUp
    Thebroadlandusebreakupinatruckterminal(TransportNagar)isasfollows:
    Table8.15: BroadLandUsebreakup
    S.No.

    Use

    PercentageArea

    TransportoperatorsOffice,Godown,Loading/Unloading

    30.0

    ServiceIndustryPetrolPump,ServiceArea,WeighBridge,etc.

    6.0

    Public/SemiPublicPolicePost,Postoffice,Telephone,FirstAidetc.

    3.0

    Commercial

    3.0

    ParkingIdle,Transit,OtherVehicles

    18.0

    Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    8.2.11. IntegratedFreightComplex145
    8.2.11.1. Functions
    Thebasicfunctionsofanintegratedfreightcomplexare:
    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.

    Toprovidefacilitiesforregionalandintraurbanfreightmovement.
    Toprovidefacilitiesforfreightintransitaswellasinterchangeofmode.
    To provide warehousing and storage facilities and linklink these sites with specialised
    markets.
    To provide servicing, loading and boarding, idle parking, restaurants and other related
    functionsinthecomplex.

    8.2.11.2. Objectives
    Thefunctionalobjectivesofwholesalecomplexcumtruckterminalshouldbe:
    a.

    Toprovideadequatefacilitiesforwholesaletradeactivities,theseinclude:
    i. Auctionareas
    ii. Wholesaleshopsandsubsidiarystoragecapacity
    iii. Parkingfacilities
    iv. Wholesalesgodowns,coldstorage,etc.togetherwithhandlingfacilitiesandequipment,etc.

    145

    ThesenormsmaybemodifiedtobeusedforDryPorts,ContainerFreightStation(CFS),LogisticsHub.

    296

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    b.

    c.

    To provide adequate parking space and facilities for trucks expected to utilise the terminal.
    Thesefacilitiesinclude:
    i. Service/repairfacilities
    ii. Rest/recreationfordrivers
    iii. Weighingoftrucksetc.
    Toprovideadequatefacilitiesforoffice/storageactivitiesoftrucksoperatingatterminal.These
    include:
    i. Godownspace
    ii. Officespace
    iii. Loading/unloadingfacilities
    iv. Weighingofgoodsvehicleetc.

    Apartfromtheabovementionedobjectives,thecomplexmustprovideforanumber
    ofassociated/ancillaryfacilitiesandservices,someofwhichare:
    d.
    e.

    Provision for goods movement within the complex in terms of truck movement and loading
    unloading/stackingofgoods.
    Buildingandamenitiesforadministrationandsecuritymeasuresnecessaryforcomplex.
    i. Facilitieslikebanking,postaltruckers,etc.requiredforbusinesstransactions
    ii. Amenitiesforwholesales,truckersandtheiremployees
    iii. Areasforshops,eatinghousesandotherserviceestablishment
    iv. Provisionoflighting,watersupplyandgarbage,seweragedisposal.

    8.2.11.3. SpaceNorms
    The Spacenorms in terms of quantum handled (kilograms) per square meter area
    for selected commodities as per Central Warehousing Corporation (CWC) is given
    below:
    Table8.16: SpaceNorms
    Commodity

    Wt./Area(Kg./sq.m.)

    Foodgrains

    1054

    FruitsandVegetables

    721

    HardwareandBuildingMaterial

    1054

    IronandSteel

    904

    Timber

    968

    Machinery

    968

    AutoParts

    968

    Textile

    968

    Chemicalsandfertilisers

    968

    Source:CentralWarehousingCorporation.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    297

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.11.4. BroadLandUseBreakup
    Thebroadlandusebreakupofanintegratedfreightcomplexrecommendedin
    UDPFIGuidelines1996continuetoberelevantandareasfollows:
    Table8.17: BroadLandUseBreakUp

    UseType

    PercentageofArea

    1.

    WholesaleMarket

    35.0

    2.

    Warehousing

    8.0

    3.

    BookingAgencies

    2.0

    4.

    Commercial&Public/SemiPublic

    5.0

    5.

    UtilitiesandServices

    3.0

    6.

    ServiceIndustry

    4.0

    7.

    Parking

    12.0

    8.

    Circulation

    25.0

    9.

    Others

    6.0

    Total

    100.0

    Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    8.2.11.5. AreaRequirements
    As a general guideline, the area required for a truck terminal (Transport Nagar)
    shouldbereservedattherateofonehectareper300tonnesofdailygoodsinflow
    intothecomplex.Incaseofintegratedfreightcomplex,theareanecessarywouldbe
    onehectareper400tonnesofdailygoodsinflowintothecomplex.

    8.2.12. TravelDemandModellingProcess146
    Atravelmodelisasimplifiedrepresentationoftravelbehaviourthroughtheuseof
    mathematical equations and dataanalysis. Models are based onthe theory that an
    individual'stravelchoicesareafunctionofhisorhersocioeconomiccharacteristics
    (household size, income, and vehicle ownership), geographic location (distance to
    work, shops, etc.) and modal choices (road, rail, bus, NMT) available to them.
    Modelling is an attempt to replicate this behaviour using statistical analysis. The
    processiscomplexandrequireslargeamountofdata.
    Theaccuracyofatravelmodeldependsonmanyfactors:landuseanddemographic
    data, quality of travel survey data, technical expertise of the developer, and
    assumptionsused.Therefore,amodelshouldbeevaluatedasawholeandneverasa
    functionoftheforecastsproduced.Amodelshouldalwaysbecalibratedwellsothat
    it can replicate current year conditions within reason before using it to produce
    forecasts. Model calibration and validation should be done at every step of the
    processtoensurequalityofforecasts.

    146

    Development of Training Material under Sustainable Urban Transport Project, Reference Guide Volume 2 Demand
    Assessment,MoUD.

    298

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Models are a simplified simulation of travel behaviour producing rational travel
    choicesbasedonthecontrolledvariableswithinamodel.Intherealworld,variables
    are constantly changing and individuals don't always make the most rational
    decisions. Therefore model forecasts should only be used as one element in
    transportplanning.
    The most commonly used method of forecasting is 4 step Aggregate Model; this
    modelincludestripgeneration,distribution,modalsplit,andassignment.
    Anindividualdecideswhethertomakeatrip,whereandwhentogo,whichmodeto
    select, and which route to take based on his needs, income, occupation, vehicle
    ownership, etc. and the choices available to them. The choices could be different
    modes of transportation (car, 2 wheeler, public transport, bicycle etc.), different
    times of day travel (peak, offpeak) or competing destinations (shopping mall,
    downtown).Asmentionedabove,thismethodinvolves4majorcomponents,which
    aredetailedinAppendixJofVolumeIIB.

    8.2.12.1. RecommendedModalSplitbyPublicTransportModes
    The recommended share of public transport modes based on city size, which is
    mentionedinTable8.18.
    Table8.18: RecommendedderivedModalSplit
    CitySize

    RecommendedModalSpilt

    Below1Million

    30%

    Around1Million

    35%

    1.5Million

    40%plus

    3.0Million

    50%plus

    6.0Million

    70%plus

    9.0Million

    75%plus(85%withamasstransitsystem)

    Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    8.2.13. MRToptionsfortheCity
    Everycityisdifferentandrequiresitsownstudyofthepotentiallyrealisticoptions.
    TheguidelinesshowninTable8.19andTable8.20aretoassistdecisionmakersin
    narrowing down the applicable options. As can be seen in the table, population
    densityisanimportantcriterion.Cityshape/form(linearorcircular)alsoinfluences
    the concentration of demand; therefore, this factor may be incorporated when
    selectingappropriateMRToptions.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    299

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.19: MRToptionsfortheCity
    MRTS
    S.No. Options

    CityRequirements

    Whenmorethanabout100busesperhourperdirection(bphpd)usethebusway147

    Citieswithamediumtohighdensityurbanarea

    BRTshouldbeoneofthefirstconsiderationsinMRTsystemdevelopmentinanycity.

    BRTsystemcanbedevelopedastrunksystemsaswellasfeederstoanexisting(orplanned)
    MRTsystem

    SuitableforcitieswhereanMRTsystemneedstobedevelopedquicklyandincrementallyas
    conditionsandfundingallow

    Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable(thismaybe
    broughtininitially)

    Existingbusandparatransitoperationscanberegulated/restructured
    RoadspaceisavailableforBRTdevelopment(24lanesfromexistingroads)

    BusOnlyLane(BOL)canberecommendedinthefollowingtwocases:

    Onelanebusway(4metersforasinglelane)isavailableandthepassengerdemandisbelow
    6,000bphpd;and

    Multiplelanebusways(7metersfortwolanes,or10.5metersforthreelanes)areavailable
    andthepassengerdemandexceeds6,000,butisbelow12,500bphpd

    BusRapid
    Transit
    (BRT)

    LightRail
    Transport
    (LRT)
    including
    monorail,
    tramways

    MetroRail

    Citieswithamediumtohighdensityurbanarea

    Citieswhereenvironmentalissuesarecriticalandthereisaneedtoattractcaruserstouse
    publictransportsystems;however,ifthecorerequirementsareoperationaleffectiveness,

    LRTsystemshouldbedevelopedthatismoreflexibleandcostsless

    Appropriateforcitieswithanexistingtramoperation,whichmaybecosteffectively
    enhanced.

    Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable

    Existingbusandparatransitoperationscanberegulated/restructured

    RoadspaceisavailableforLRTdevelopment(23lanesfromexistingroad)orexistingtram
    trackcanbeconvertedtoanLRTroute

    Existingpublictransportflowsonthemaincorridoroftheorderof10,00015,000passengers
    perhourperdirectionwithmorethan15kmtriplength

    Cityincomesthatarenotlow(typicallyatleastUS$1,800perperson)

    Prospectsforsustainedeconomicgrowthandanexpandingcentre(incaseofmetropolitan
    regions)

    Existenceofalowcostmetroalignment

    Farespolicyafarespolicyonmetroandbussystemstoencourageridershipyetlimitthe
    needforfinancialsupport

    Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable

    Existingbusandparatransitoperationscanberegulated/restructured

    Strongandlargelyautonomousmanagementofmetropolitanregion,withclearobjectives

    Source:GuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopmentModule1ComprehensiveMobilityPlan.

    Personal rapid transit system is also emerging as an alternative mode of


    transportation in many Nations. This system is capital intensive and has long
    payback period, besides, the system is feasible where passenger flow in the main
    corridor is higher than the demand for the metro rail and the paying capacity is
    higher.

    147

    Guidelines and Toolkits for Urban Transport Development in Medium Sized Cities in India Module 2: Bus Rapid Transit
    (BRT): Toolkit for Feasibility Studies, MoUD.

    300

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Table8.20: TechnicalParametersofPublicTransportOptions

    MetroRail

    LRT

    Tramways

    HCBRT

    BRT

    BusPriorityLanes

    CityBus

    LineCapacity

    40,00075,000

    15,00045,000

    5,00015,000

    20,00035,000

    7,50015,000

    5,0007,500

    Below1,000

    Veryhigh

    High

    Medium/high

    Medium/high

    Medium

    Low

    VeryLow,onlybus
    stopsand
    maintenancestop
    required

    Alignment

    Doubletrackrailway

    Doubletrackrailway,
    elevated,atgradeor
    intunnels

    Doubletrack
    tramway,atgrade

    4BusLanes(2per
    direction)

    2to3BusLanes

    2BusLanes

    Usepublicroads

    Segregation

    100%segregatedin
    tunnels,elevatedor
    atgrade

    Highdegreeof
    segregationpreferred,
    butsectionswith
    sharedrightofway
    possible

    Usespublicroads,but
    mayhavereserved
    rightofwayon
    sectionswithhigher
    demand

    AllBusLanesmustbe
    segregatedtoachieve
    highcapacity

    BusLanesmustbein
    generalsegregated,
    exceptionspossible,
    reducecapacityand
    speed

    BusPriorityLanes
    mustbeexclusively
    forbuses

    None

    Roadspacerequired

    None

    Noneincaseof
    elevatedandtunnel
    alignment,2lanesat
    grade,additional
    spacerequiredfor
    stationsandterminals

    2Lanes,additional
    spacemaybe
    requiredforstations
    andterminals,tracks
    canbesharedwith
    publicroadsor
    pedestrianroads

    4Lanes;morelinear
    spacefor
    Interchangesand
    Terminals

    2Lanes,possibly3or4
    atStationsand
    Interchanges,spacefor
    majorInterchanges
    andTerminals

    2to3Lanes(3to4
    LanesatBusStops)

    Sharedwithcarsand
    pedestrian

    Vehicles

    HighcapacityEMU

    Mediumtohigh
    capacityEMUs
    (upgradedtramsas
    anoption)

    Trams,articulated
    and/orwithwagons
    asanoption

    Specialarticulated
    buswithatfloor
    boardingandwide
    doors

    Articulatedbuses;pre
    paidboardingrequired

    StandardCityBus,
    articulatedasoption

    StandardCityBus

    Passengersper
    Vehicle/Train

    1,2002,500

    2501,500

    Dependsonlength

    180240

    150180

    75100

    75

    Traction

    Electric

    Electric

    Electric

    Diesel

    Diesel(Electricasan
    option)

    Diesel

    Diesel

    FeederSystem

    Necessary

    Necessary

    Notnecessary

    Necessary

    Desired

    Notnecessary

    Notnecessary

    Flexibilityofroute
    changes

    Verylow

    Low

    Low

    Verylow

    Medium

    Medium

    Veryhigh

    TicketingSystem

    Closed

    Closed

    Open

    Closed

    Closedoropen

    Open

    Open

    (PAX/hr/dir.)
    Costperkm
    (Infrastructure,vehicles,
    OCC,Maintenance)

    Source:GuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopmentModule1ComprehensiveMobilityPlan.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    301

    InfrastructurePlanning

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    302

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.14. UrbanBusesandcharacteristics
    MoUD148has established different types of buses for urban services. The following
    tabledefinesthecharacteristicsandfloorheightofdifferenturbanbuses.
    Table8.21: Typesofurbanbusesandtheircharacteristics
    S.No.

    BusTypes

    BusCharacteristics

    Lowfloordefinition

    Standardsizeurbanbus
    (AC/NonAC)

    Maximumfloorheight:
    400/650/900mm

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    MiniandMidiurbanbuses
    (AC/NonAC)

    Maximumfloorheight900mm
    withinclusionofvariantsof
    havingfloorheightof400mm
    and650mm

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    StandardBRTSbus
    (AC/NonAC)

    Maximumfloor
    height:400/650/900mm

    Floorheightof400,650or900mmshall
    beuniforminsidethevehicle.

    MiniBRTBus

    Floorheightof400,650or900
    mmshallbeuniforminsidethe
    vehicle

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    MidiBRTBus

    Floorheightof400,650and
    900mmshallbeuniforminside
    thevehicle

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    StandardBusofPremium
    Segment(Airconditioned)

    Maximumfloorheight:900mm

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    MidiBusofPremium
    Segment(Airconditioned)

    Maximumfloorheight:900mm

    Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
    of the total saloon area (excluding front
    wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
    notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.

    ArticulatedBRTSBus(AC
    /NonAC)

    Maximumfloorheight:900mm

    Floor height shall be uniform inside the


    vehicle

    BiarticulatedBRTSBus
    (AC/NonAC)

    Maximumfloorheight:900mm

    Floor height shall be uniform inside the


    vehicle

    8.2.15. TODNorms
    Transit Oriented Development is a development, macro or micro that is focused
    around a transit node,and facilitates complete ease ofaccess to thetransitfacility
    thereby inducing people to prefer to walk and use public transportation over
    personalmodesoftransport149.

    148

    RecommendatoryUrbanBusSpecifications,MoUD2013.

    149

    AsperDraftUTTIPECGuidelinesofDDA.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    303

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Figure8.1: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject

    Source:

    http://uttipec.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/6080492270.pdf

    RegionandTransitOrientedDevelopmentarisesfrominvestment ininfrastructure
    thatguidestheurbangrowthofthecityandissuggestedasoneoftheapproachesin
    the regional &urban planning approach Chapter 4 and 5 respectively of the
    guidelines. Typically, TOD involves implementing or strengthening a mass transit
    systemwithdevelopmentfocusedonmajortransportnodes(whichcanbeplanned
    at regional level or city level). This strategy supports the objective of achieving a
    desirablemodalsplitof5070%asadvised150.
    Masstransitcanbestrengthenedby:
    Enhancing the public transport network by careful and robust selection of an optimum mass
    transit system, including bus service improvements, bus rapid transit (BRT), and/or railbased
    solutions;and
    Developing an integrated public transport system that combines modes and services through
    interchanges and feeder services, rationalises existing services, and improves passenger
    dispersalatterminals

    Cities with strong Central Business Districts (CBDs) are generally good candidates
    fortransitorienteddevelopment.Tripscantakeplacealongradialaxesbetweenthe
    CBDandsuburbancommunities,withconcentratedmixedusedevelopmentaround
    the suburban nodes. TOD can be facilitated by identifying major corridors and
    investing in them as primary mass transit corridors. This can be undertaken with
    referencetoanalysisoftraveldemandanddesirelinepatternsfromthemodelling
    exercise.

    150

    TrafficandTransportationPoliciesandStrategiesinUrbanAreasinIndia,1998,MoUD,GoI.

    304

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.15.1. DemarcationoftheTODInfluenceZone151
    TODisanewconceptintroducedinIndia.CurrentlyUTTIPEC(asubdivisionofDelhi
    Development Authority DDA) has developed draft policy norms and guidelines for
    TOD.SomeofthekeyaspectsrelatedtodemarcateTODzoneisgivenbelow:
    1. A maximum up to 2000 m. wide belt on both sides of centre line of the MRTS Corridor is
    designatedasTODInfluenceZone,whichshouldalsobeidentifiedinDevelopmentPlanofa
    city.
    2. The entire influence zone shall be considered as white zone. Application of Development
    Control Norms in the White Zone shall be compliant with TOD norms as stated in TOD
    guidelines (approved by competent Authority). Final boundaries of Influence Zones shall be
    demarcatedaspertheInfluenceZonePlans.
    3. The overall Influence Zone further consists of three sub zones Zone 1: Intense TOD Zone,
    Zone2:StandardTODZone,andZone3:TODTransitionZone.
    4. DevelopmentControlNormsasperUTTIPECTODnormsapplytoallthreeTODzones.
    5. Development Control Norms of High Density Mixed Income Development shall not be
    applicabletotheTODTransitionZone.
    6. All properties public or private shall be able to avail the norms and benefits of TOD while
    complyingtoanapprovedInfluenceZonePlan,Howeverexceptioncanbeidentifiedwhere:
    Heightrestrictionhasalreadymade.
    FlightfunnelzonesshallfollowtheheightrestrictionsasperregulationsofAirportAuthorityofIndia.
    Environmentallysensitivezonesforprotection(EnvironmentProtectionZones)
    SeismicZonessuchasfaultlines.
    Table8.22: TODInfluenceZones
    Zone1:IntenseTODZone

    Zone2:StandardTODZone

    Zone3:TODTransitionZone

    300minfluencezoneofall

    800m*(10min
    walking)influencezoneofall
    MRTSStations.

    2000m**(10minutecyclingdistance)
    influencezoneofallMRTSStations.

    MRTSStations
    800m*(10minwalking)influence
    zoneofRegionalInterchange
    Station(i.e.RailMRTS,ortwo
    MRTSlines.)
    Source:

    300minfluencezoneofBRTcorridors.
    ZoneswithinIntense(zone1)orStandard
    TODZoneswhicharenotpermittedfor
    redevelopmentbutneedenhancementsin
    publicrealmandnetworkconnectivity.

    DraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelines,UTTIPEC

    8.2.15.2. DevelopmentTypeswithinInfluenceZones152
    Broadlythetypesofplannedandunplanneddevelopmentwhichmayfallwithinthe
    Zone1:IntenseTODinfluencezonesandZone2:StandardTODmaybecategorized
    intothreebroadcategories:
    Redevelopment/Infill Sites withinthe Intense/ Standard TODZones arethose within Existing
    UrbanAreaandsuitablefordevelopment/redevelopment.
    7. Infill Sites are empty sites within Existing Urban Area, which may have opened up for
    development.
    8. Redevelopmentsitescouldbeanyofthefollowing:
    i.
    Lowdensityareas
    ii.
    Shopping/Commercialcentres
    iii.
    Industrialareas/clusters

    151

    DraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelines,UTTIPEC.

    152

    Ibid.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    305

    InfrastructurePlanning
    iv.
    v.
    vi.
    vii.

    ResettlementColonies
    Unauthorizedcolonies
    UrbanVillages
    JJclusters

    GreenfieldSiteswithintheIntense/StandardTODZoneswhichareintheUrbanExtensionArea
    whereprovisionofroadnetworks,servicesandsocialfacilitieshasnotyettakenplace.
    Retrofit In addition to TOD Transition Zones, sites within Intense/ Standard Zones which have
    existinggrossdensityhigherthan250du/hamaynotbesuitableforredevelopment,butmayneed
    retrofittingtomeetTODZonerequirements.Thefollowingcriteriamaybeusedasbenchmarksfor
    selectingsuchdensesitesforneedforretrofitting:
    1. Lackofstreetnetworkandconnectivity
    2. Lackoffireaccesstobuildings.
    3. Lackofadequatephysicalandsocialinfrastructurefacilities.

    Hence, depending upon the requirement of the area, to which TOD is applied, the
    influencezoneplanistobeprepared.

    8.2.15.3. InfluenceZonePlan
    ADetailedInfluenceZonePlanisadocumentthatprovidesaframeworkandvision
    for future TOD development for MRTS. Any public or private development within
    theInfluenceZonePlanAreasmustadheretotheoverallstrategies,frameworkand
    benchmarksprovidedbythePlan.ThePlanshallbepreparedorbeapprovedbythe
    competent Planning Authority for each influence zone area in a phased manner,
    customizedtositecharacteristicsandcontext.Theplanshall includethefollowing
    components:
    1. UrbanDesignFrameworkThiswouldinclude:
    StreetNetworkPlanindicatingstreethierarchyandcharacter
    LandscapeandOpenSpaceStructureindicatingtypeofopenspacesanddistributionofplayareas.To
    includeplantingstrategyforallstreettrees.
    NetFARandresidentialdensitiesforeachblockwithintheInfluenceZone
    Vertical mix of uses for each TOD parcel indicating location of civic amenities within mixed use
    blocks (refer Chapter 9 for mixed zone use). To include location of unbundled parking sites for
    shareduse.
    Threedimensional site briefs for each block within the Influence Zone indicating recommended
    massingandorganisationofuses.
    Locationandnumbersofshortandlongtermparkingspaces
    2. TransportImpactAssessment&MitigationStrategiesThiswouldincludestrategiesfor:
    Achievingthedesiredmodalshift,inparticularmodeshiftforshorttrips
    Streetnetworkimprovementthroughassessmentofexistingcapacityandaugmentationofnetwork
    asrequiredthroughnewlinkages,alternateroutes,junctiondesignsetc.forallmodeswithpriority
    forintermediatepublictransport,pedestrians,cyclists/NMT.
    IntegratedstrategyforPublictransport,PedestrianandCycleaccess
    Determining the optimum mix of uses to mitigate negative impact on surrounding land uses and
    transportnetworks
    ParkingStrategyasaDemandManagementTool
    Mitigationstrategiesfortrafficnoiseandvibration

    306

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    The Draft TOD Guidelines and Norms of UTTIPEC are under finalization. In the
    contextofMPD2021provisionswhichspelloutthata500mwidebeltfromthe
    centreline of MRTS corridors/major transport axis shall be designated as the
    influencezone.TheGuidelinesandNormshavebeenincludedundertheChapter
    onTransportation,whichisunderrevisionaspartofMPD2021reviewexercise.
    ItisimportanttoappreciatethatTODisavalueadditionoverandabovemixed
    use streets and the LandPooling policy in the sense that provides for multiple
    useswithinthesamebuildingalongwithhigherFARprovisionssoastopromote
    intensive development along MRTS corridors/major transport axis which will
    inducepeopletousePublicTransportanddoawaywithpersonalizedvehicular
    modes. However, TOD has to be designed casetocase basis and cannot be a
    defaultfunction.
    Figure8.2: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject

    Source:

    http://uttipec.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/6080492270.pdf

    3. DecentralizedInfrastructureandSustainabilityPlanThiswouldinclude:
    Water and Waste Water management strategy including recycling and reuse of waste water. To
    includestrategyforbothpotableandnonpotablewater.
    Rainwaterstrategy,tobeintegratedwiththeLandscapeandPublicOpenSpaceStrategy
    SolidWasteManagementStrategy
    EnergyStrategymaximisinguseofrenewablesources
    Integrated Infrastructure and Services Systems Plan indicating space requirements for all
    infrastructure
    4. EconomicViabilityandImplementationModelThiswouldinclude:
    Determining a financially profitable mix of uses based on the current demand and supply, coupled
    with the projected land values for the TOD zone. To include cost delivering of Social and Physical
    infrastructure

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    307

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Determiningafinancialmodelanddeliverymechanismforaffordablehousing,publicinfrastructure
    and public transport facilities through mechanisms of cross subsidy, FAR benefits or any other
    possiblebenefitthattheTODauthoritycangive.
    StrategyforrevenuecollectionfromtheTODzonebasedonthe benefitsenjoyedbyapieceofland
    lying within the TOD zone. To determine total profit generated from the TOD Zone in a phased
    mannerforindividualowners,consortiumsandTODadministration.
    Determiningappropriatemechanismsforlandpoolingbyindividualplotholderstoavailthebenefits
    ofTODbasedonthespecificcharacteristicsofthesite.
    DeterminingthestructureoftheadministrativebodyoftheTODzoneandthecostofoperationofthe
    body.
    Strategy for implementing the TOD policy in the TOD zone through the principle of award and
    penalty.

    Note:AfterpreparationofInfluenceZonePlansforUrbanExtensionareas,theTOD
    Zonesshallaccommodatesubstantiallygreaterproportionofthepopulation
    of planned areas of Zonal Plans, which may therefore require subsequent
    modification.

    8.2.15.4. RedevelopmentCriteriaandMinimumProjectSizeCriteria153
    Policy:

    Redevelopment within developed areas of the city would be permitted only when an overall
    Influence Zone Plan has been prepared for the Station. This is to ensure that local street
    networks,physicalandsocialinfrastructureandsharedparkingfacilitieshavebeenplannedfor
    thearea,beforedensificationcommences.

    For achieving higher FAR it would be desirable to incentivize amalgamation of plots as well as
    make appropriate amendments in the bye laws, as per TOD norms. However, though
    amalgamationisdesirablebutitmaynotbeaprerequisite.Densificationshouldbeallowedinall
    plot sizes subject to the project complying with the approved Influence Zone Plan, so that
    incrementaldevelopmentanddensificationcanstarttakingplace.

    ItishighlyinappropriatetoallowlandbankinginTODzones.Penaltiessuchasvacantlandtax,
    etc. on underutilized land and/or underutilized FAR could be levied, in order to ensure time
    bounddensificationalongwithMRTScorridor.Suchpenaltiesshouldapplytoalldevelopersas
    wellasGovt.bodies,toeveninefficientuseofvaluableland.

    Norms:
    1. IfInfluenceZonelayoutplanforthestationareadoesnotexist,noindividualdevelopments
    withTODnormsshallbepermitted.
    2. IfInfluenceZonePlanforthestationareaexists:
    i.
    Anyprojectssizeofequalormorethan50Hamaybetakenupfordevelopment/infillor
    redevelopment, if in adherence to the influence zone plan prepared by the Planning
    Authority.
    ii.
    Individual buildings shall be given sanction by the concerned authority within the
    frameworkoftheoverallinfluencezoneplan.
    iii.
    For projects accommodating more than 5000 residential population, the residents/
    cooperativesocieties/privatedevelopersshouldgetthedetailedlayoutandservicesplan
    preparedinconsultationwiththeconcernedauthorityforfinalapproval.

    153

    Draft Transit Orient Development Policy, Norms & Guidelines, UTTIPEC.

    308

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.15.5. TODDevelopmentControlNorms154
    TheTODmainlyhas6componentsforwhichtheDCRistobedevelopedbydevelopmentauthorities.
    Thesecomponentsareasfollowing:
    1. Pedestrian&Cycle/CycleRickshawFriendlyEnvironment
    2. Connectivity:Createdensenetworksofstreetsandpathsforallmodes.
    3. Multimodal Interchange: Mass transportation modes servicing the area should be well
    integratedtoaffordrapidandcomfortablemodaltransfers.
    4. Modal Shift Measures: Shift to Sustainable Modes by using Design, Technology, Road Use
    Regulation,MixedUse,ParkingPolicyandFiscalMeasures
    5. Placemaking and Safety: Urban places should be designed for enjoyment, relaxation and
    equity.
    6. High Density, MixedIncome Development: Compact Neighbourhoods for Shorter Commutes
    andequityforallsectionsofsociety.

    Policy details and development norms for each of the above components are
    providedinDraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelinesissuedby
    UTTIPEC155, which is the only guideline available in India at present and can be
    referred for TOD projects. In addition, ITDP mentions principal and objectives of
    TODinitsversion2.0ofTODStandardsandprovidesprojecteligibilitycriteriaand
    itsscoring.However,anylatestandmorecomprehensivedocumentandcasestudies
    canalsobereferredforthisexercise.

    8.2.16. NonMotorisedVehicles(NMV)
    AsperGuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopment inMediumSized
    Cities in India prepared by MoUD and ADB, NonMotorised Transport (NMT)
    measuresproposedbyanIndiancityshouldconformtoexisting policyatNational,
    State and City level. National Urban Transport Policy has also encouraged using
    NMVs by offering Central financial assistance for this purpose. As per MoUD
    guidelines,NMVscanbepromotedthroughthefollowinginitiatives:

    ProvidingbetterfacilitiestoaccommodateexistingNMVuseandencouragemoreNMVsthrough
    visibleinfrastructure;
    DevelopingastrategicNMVplanincludinganetworkofroutesavailabletoNMVsthroughoutthe
    city;
    SegregatingNMVs/MVstoimprovesafetyandsmoothpassageofNMVs;
    PromotingfreightNMVsforthetransportanddeliveryofsmall goodstomarketsandshopping
    areas;
    Identifyingsubprojectswhichmakepositive,proactiveprovisionforNMVsaspartofabalanced
    approachtotrafficplanning;
    GivingNMVspriorityoverMVsonselectedroutesandinselectedareas;
    StrengtheningRoadUserEducation(RUE)programmesforNMVuserstoimprovebehaviourand
    roadsafety;
    RationalisingandimprovingNMVregistration,licensingforuseasaPublicTransportorfreight
    vehicle,regulationandenforcement
    EncourageNMVbyimprovingwomensaccess.

    154

    Ibid.

    155

    Thedocumentisavailableatwww.uttipec.nic.in.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    309

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Various initiates and programmes takenup by Ministry of Road Transport and


    Highwaysinthisdirection.
    IthasalsobeensuggestedbyMoUDthatNMVmeasurescanbeimplementedeither
    as mandatory or advisory. Mandatory measures are formal and require to be
    backedupbyappropriatetrafficregulations.Forexample,partofthehighwaymay
    bedesignatedforNMVsonly.Advisorymeasuresareusuallydesignedtoencourage
    NMV use, or where mandatory measures are difficult to implement due to the
    requirementoftrafficregulationsorthepracticalitiesofaccommodatingmotorized
    vehicles within limited road space. For example, part of the highway may be
    allocatedforNMVs,butMVswouldbeallowedtoencroachforsideaccessesorwhen
    trafficvolumeishigh.Evenadvisorymeasurescanincurcosts suchimprovedroad
    surfacingorremovalofphysicalobstructionstoensurethatNMVpassageissmooth
    andcomfortable.
    MoUDhasalsorecommendedthatsegregationofNMVsandMotorVehicles(MVs)is
    well suited for Indian scenario. Segregated NMV measures can take the form of
    dedicated lanes within the highway (with physical dividers or simple line
    demarcation) either withflow or contraflow, and streets that prohibit motor
    vehicles. Mixed flow measures allow all types of traffic to mix within the highway
    and are typically a donothing or minimum case, though some treatments can be
    implemented to improve the comfort level of NMVs or provide priority, e.g. at
    intersections.ItalsoofferssafeandefficientnetworkforNMVs.

    8.2.17. RoadSafety
    Road safety is to include design strategies for elements that make up the urban
    environment at various scales must be clearly articulated, and must be integrated
    withrelevantdevelopmentregulations(DevelopmentPlan,LocalAreaPlans,Urban
    Design Guidelines, etc.)156. A checklist of road safety indicators is provided in
    Appendix K of Volume II B for ready reference. The principle of road safety to be
    includedatRegionalplanninglevel(Mobility1),DevelopmentPlanPreparationlevel
    withCMP(Mobility2)andlocalareaplanleveltocreatesafeinfrastructure.

    8.2.18. Special Requirements for Barrier Free Built


    Environment for Differently abled and Elderly
    Persons157
    Barrier free environment is one, which enables people with disabilities to move
    about safely and freely and to use the facilities within the built environment. The
    goalofbarrierfreedesignistoprovideanenvironmentthatsupportsindependent
    functioningofindividualssothattheycangettoandparticipatewithoutassistance

    156

    Working Paper on Urban Development and Road Safety, Embarq, India.

    157

    Guidelines, NBC, pg 47-48.

    310

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    ineverydayactivitiessuchasprocurementofgoodsandservices,communityliving,
    employmentandleisure.

    Publicwalksshouldbeminimum1.2mwidewithamaximumgradientof1in20
    Parkingspacesforindividualswithphysicaldisabilitieswhen placedbetweentwoconventional
    diagonal or head on parking spaces should be 3.6 m to 3.8 m wide and the length of the aisle
    should7.3m,6.3mand6.5mforheadon,90and60parkingrespectively.
    BuildingsRampswithgradients:Arampshouldhaveamaximumslopeof1in20ormaximumof
    1in12forshortdistanceupto9m.OtherdetailsoframpshallbereferredfromNBC2005.
    UseofTactilepavingandensuringcontinuouspavement

    For designing elements within the building premises, the norms as given in the
    GuidelinesforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironmentshallbeapplicable.

    8.2.19. InlandWaterTransportation
    Water based transport is effective as operating costs of fuel are lower and
    environmental pollution is lower thanfor corresponding volumes of movement by
    road,railorair.Amajoradvantageisthatthemaininfrastructure,i.e.thewaterway
    isoftennaturallyavailable158.
    InIndia,anumberof centralandstateagenciesplaycrucialroleinthe regulation,
    operation and sustenance of Inland Water Transport (IWT). Their smooth
    functioning is required for IWT to be viable. Some of the actors in this sector are
    givenbelow.

    InlandWaterwaysAuthorityofIndia(IWAI)
    CentralInlandWaterTransportCorporation(CIWTC)
    Stategovernments
    Portauthorities
    Transportdevelopmentagencies
    Customers

    As per constitutional provisions, only those waterways, which are declared as


    NationalWaterways,comeunderthepurviewofCentralGovernmentwhilerestof
    waterwaysremaininthepurviewofrespectiveStateGovernment.Sinceformation
    ofIWAI,waterwaysnamely:
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    5.
    6.

    Ganga
    Brahmaputra
    WestCoastCanalwithUdyogmandalandChampakaraCanals
    KakinadaPuducherryCanalssystemalongwithGodavariandKrishnarivers
    EastCoastCanalwithBrahmaniRiverandMahanadidelta
    Barakriver

    The National Transport Policy Committee (1980) recommended the following


    principlesfordeclarationofaNationalWaterway.

    Itshouldpossesscapabilityofnavigationbymechanicallypropelledvesselsofareasonablesize.

    158

    RangarajNandRaghuramG,ViabilityofInlandWaterTransportinIndia,
    http://www.ieor.iitb.ac.in/files/faculty/narayan/transport/iwttecrepoct05.pdf.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    311

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Itshouldhaveabout45mwidechannelandminimum1.5mdepth.
    Itshouldbeacontinuousstretchof50km.Theonlyexceptiontobemadetowaterwaylengthis
    forurbanconglomerationsandintraporttraffic.
    ItshouldpassthroughandservetheinterestofmorethanoneState(or).
    ItshouldconnectavastandprosperoushinterlandandMajorPorts(or).
    It should pass through a strategic region where development of navigation is considered
    necessarytoprovidelogisticsupportfornationalsecurity(or).
    Itshouldconnectplacesnotservedbyanyothermodesoftransport.

    As per IWAI, the waterways shall be classified in the following categories for safe
    plying of selfpropelled vessels up to 2000 Tonnes dead weight tonnage and tug
    bargeformationinpushtypeunitsofcarryingcapacityupto8000tonnes.
    Table8.23: WaterwaysClassification
    S.No.

    Class

    River

    Canal

    ClassI

    Minimum1.2metredepth,

    Minimumof1.5metredepth,

    30metrebottomwidth,

    20metrebottomwidth,

    300metrebendradius,

    300metrebendradius,

    4metreverticalclearanceand

    4metreverticalclearanceand

    30metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    20metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    Minimum1.4metredepth,

    Minimumof1.8metredepth,

    40metrebottomwidth,

    30metrebottomwidth,

    500metrebendradius,

    500metrebendradius,

    5metreverticalclearanceand

    5metreverticalclearanceand

    40metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    30metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    Minimum1.7metredepth,

    Minimumof2.2metredepth,

    50metrebottomwidth,

    40metrebottomwidth,

    700metrebendradius,

    700metrebendradius,

    7metreverticalclearanceand

    7metreverticalclearanceand

    30metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    40metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    Minimum2.0metredepth,

    Minimumof2.5metredepth,

    50metrebottomwidth,

    50metrebottomwidth,

    800metrebendradius,

    800metrebendradius,

    10metreverticalclearanceand

    10metreverticalclearanceand

    50metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    50metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    Minimum2.0metredepth,

    NA

    ClassII

    ClassIII

    ClassIV

    ClassV

    50metrebottomwidth,
    800metrebendradius,
    10metreverticalclearanceand
    80metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers
    incaseofriversonly.
    6

    ClassVI

    ClassVII

    Minimum2.75metredepth,

    Minimumof3.5metredepth,

    80metrebottomwidth,

    60metrebottomwidth,

    900metrebendradius,

    900metrebendradius,

    10metreverticalclearanceand

    10metreverticalclearanceand

    80metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    60metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers

    Minimum2.75metreandabovedepth,100
    metreandabovebottomwidth,

    NA

    900metrebendradius,
    10metreverticalclearanceand
    100metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers
    incaseofriversonly
    Source:TheInlandWaterwaysAuthorityofIndiaAct,1985.

    312

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    There are only few states, which have undertaken the initiatives to develop
    waterways as transport medium. Such states are Assam, Goa, Kerala, Maharashtra
    (Mumbai), West Bengal, and some other coastal areas (where it has natural
    advantageandnodevelopmentalinterventionisneeded).

    8.2.20. AirportPlanning
    Airportplanningisasystematicprocessusedtoestablishguidelinesfortheefficient
    developmentofairportsthatisconsistentwithlocal,stateandnationalgoals.Akey
    objective of airport planning is to assure the effective use of airport resources in
    order to satisfy aviation demand in a financially feasible manner. An airport has
    different elements, which required space; however it may vary (depending on the
    passengertrafficwhichistheessentialparametertodeterminethesizeofairport).
    Suchoverallrequiredspaceshouldbeintegratedwithdevelopmentplaninorderto
    minimisetheeffectatlaterstagesofplanning.Airportconsistofdifferentelements,
    suchelementsare:
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    5.
    6.
    7.
    8.
    9.

    Runway
    Taxiway
    TerminalBuilding
    AncillarybuildingswhichincludeCargoTerminal,FirefightingStation,Fuelfarm
    Aprons
    Hanger
    AirTrafficControlToweretc.
    RoadinfrastructurewhichincludesAirsideroadandlandsideroad,and
    OtherInfrastructuralfacilitiessuchSTPs,WTPs.

    8.2.20.1. AirportLandRequirement
    ThefollowingtableassembledbyInternationalAirTransportAssociation(IATA)159
    providestheapproximatelandrequirementbasedonpassengermovement,number
    of runways, cargo movement etc. in order for airport planners and airport
    authorities (could be used for development planning as well) to understand the
    scale of the site required for airport infrastructure development. These cover the
    abovementionedelementsandshouldbeusedforroughestimationpurposesonly.
    However these figures may vary depending upon the local topography, type of
    aircraftforwhichairfieldistobedesignedetc.
    Table8.24: ApproximateLandRequirementforAirportinfrastructure
    No.of
    Runways

    TotalAnnual
    Mvts.

    TotalAnnual
    Passengers
    (mppa)

    TotalAnnual
    Cargo.

    LandArea
    (ha)

    Sydney(SYD)

    307,058

    25.7

    573,880

    887

    Hong Kong(HKG)

    193,895

    32.7

    2,240,585

    1,255

    Singapore Changi Airport (SIN)

    184,533

    28.6

    1,680,000

    1,300

    Narita International Airport (NRT)

    133,396

    27.3

    1,932,694

    1,084

    Kansai International Airport (KIX)

    122,916

    19.4

    999,692

    510

    Airport
    (Asia&Pacific)

    Source:AirportDevelopmentReferenceManual,9 thedition,IATA.

    159

    Airport Development Reference Manual, IATA.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    313

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.2.20.2. UnitareanormsforAirportTerminal160
    Overallspace/areanormshouldbesuchastoprovideareasonablelevelofservice
    for all components required in a Terminal Building. Commercial or Retail area
    providing amenities like food & beverages, book shops, counters for car rental,
    vending machines, public rest rooms etc., normally require 812 per cent of the
    overall area, and should be planned and provided accordingly. This shall be
    considered as the builtup area by the planners while providing indoor
    infrastructurefacilitiesandtrunkinfrastructurecapacity.
    In bigger airports, i.e., with annual passenger traffic exceeding 10 million,
    commercialareacouldbeupto20percentofoverallarea.
    Table8.25: NormsforAirportTerminals
    Sl.No.

    NatureofTerminal

    AreaNormSqm/
    peakhour
    passenger(php)

    DomesticTerminals

    Trafficupto100php

    12

    Trafficbetween100150php

    15

    Trafficbetween1501000php

    18

    Trafficabove1000php

    20

    Integratedterminalforhandlingbothdomesticandinternational

    InternationalTerminals

    8.3.

    PhysicalInfrastructure

    25
    27.5

    8.3.1. WaterSupply
    Theobjectiveofapublicprotectedwatersupplysystemistosupplysafeandclean
    water in adequate quantity, conveniently and as economically as possible. Rising
    demand of water due to rapid urbanisation is putting enormous stress. While
    planning the water supply system for an area, it is evident to consider water
    conservationaspects,whichmaybepossiblethroughoptimaluseofavailablewater
    resources, prevention and control of wastage of water and effective demand
    management.

    160

    Norms & Standards for Capacity of Airport Terminals, Planning Commission, Government of India.

    314

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.1.1. WaterSupplyStandards
    ThewatersupplystandardsasindicatedbytheCPHEEOaredetailedinTable8.26.
    Table8.26: WaterSupplyStandards
    Recommendedmaximum
    watersupplylevels(lpcd)

    S.No.

    Classificationoftown/cities

    Townsprovidedwithpipedwatersupplybutwithoutseweragesystem

    70

    Citiesprovidedwithpipedwatersupplywhereseweragesystemis
    existing/contemplated

    135

    MetropolitanandMegacitiesprovidedwithpipedwatersupplywhere
    seweragesystemisexisting/contemplated

    150

    Source:CPHEEOManual,1999.

    Notes:
    i.
    ii.

    iii.
    iv.
    v.

    vi.

    vii.

    viii.

    ix.

    x.

    In urban areas, where water is providedthrough public stand posts, 40 lpcd should be
    considered
    UnaccountedforWater(UFW)isthedifferencebetweenthequantityofwatersupplied
    toacity'snetworkandthemeteredquantityofwaterusedbythecustomers.UFWhas
    two components: (a) physical losses due to leakage from pipes, and (b) administrative
    losses due to illegal connections and under registration of water meters. The above
    figuresexcludeUFW,whichshouldbelimitedto15%fornewproposedsystems.
    Water requirement for the town/city will be 135 to 150 lpcd. However, water
    requirementforinstitutionalbuildingsshouldbeasspecifiedinTable8.27.
    ThewaterneedsofthetownwillbepartiallymetbymakingprovisionofRainHarvesting
    Structuresinallthebuildings.
    Figures include requirements of water for commercial, institutional and minor
    industries.Howeverthebulksupplytoeachestablishmentshouldbeassessedseparately
    withproperjustification.
    Piped water supplies should be designed on continuous 24 hours basis to distribute
    water to consumers at adequate pressure at all points (using grid supply system of a
    Smartcity).
    For towns where one storeyed building is common and for supply to the ground level
    storage tanks in multistoreyed buildings, the minimum residual pressure at ferrule
    pointshouldbe7mfordirectsupply.Wheretwostoreyedbuildingsarecommon,itmay
    be12mandwherethreestoreyedbuildingsareprevalent17mor asstipulatedbylocal
    byelaws.
    The consumption of water when supply is metred is less compared to that when the
    watercharges onflat rate basis.Hence in order toachieve optimal utilisationof water,
    meteringisrecommended.
    CPHEEO manual specifies design period for various components, broadly 30 years for
    civil works and 15 years for electromechanical works. In fixing a design period, the
    useful life of structures and equipment employed, taking into account obsolescence as
    well as wear and tear, design constraints, rate of population growth etc. should be
    incorporatedandintegratedwithoverallplanningofthecity.
    PPP should be encouraged and could be introduced in phases, either on Build, Operate
    and Own (BOO) or Build, Operate, Own and Transfer (BOOT) basis. Primarily, it is
    possibleintwowaysi.e.privatizationoftheexistingwatersupplysystemsandsecondly,
    privatization of systems in newly developed townships, housing colonies, business and
    commercialcomplexes,etc.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    315

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.1.2. Firefighting
    The CPHEEO Manual recommends firefighting water demand as a function of
    population,i.e.waterdemandforfirefightingpurpose=100P,wherePstandsfor
    forecasted population may be adopted for communities larger than 50,000. It is
    desirable that onethird of firefighting requirements from part of the service
    storage. The balance requirement may be distributed in several static tanks at
    strategic points. These static tanks may be filled from nearby ponds, streams or
    canals by water tankers wherever feasible. The pressure required for firefighting
    wouldhavetobeboostedbyfireengines.

    8.3.1.3. InstitutionalBuildings
    Table8.27: WaterrequirementsforInstitutionalBuildingsCPHEEO,1999
    S.No. Institutions

    Litresperheadperday

    Hospital(includinglaundry)
    a.noofbedsexceeding100
    b.no.ofbedsnotexceeding100

    a.450(perbed)
    b.340(perbed)

    Hotels

    180(perbed)

    Hostels

    135

    Nurseshomesandmedicalquarters

    135

    Boardingschools/colleges

    135

    Restaurants

    Airportandseaports

    70

    Junctionstationsandintermediatestationwheremailor
    expressstoppage(bothrailwayandbusstations)isprovided

    70

    Terminalstations

    45

    10

    Intermediatestations(excludingmailandexpressstops)

    11

    DaySchools/colleges

    45

    12

    Offices

    45

    13

    Factories

    14

    Cinema,concerthallsandtheatres

    70(perseat)

    45(couldbereducedto25wherebathing
    facilitiesarenotprovided)

    45(couldbereducedto30wherenobathing
    roomsarerequiredtobeprovided)
    15

    Source:CPHEEOManual,1999.

    8.3.1.4. IndustrialUnits
    Table8.28: WaterrequirementforIndustrialUnits
    Industry

    UnitofProduction

    WaterRequirementinKilolitresperunit

    Automobile

    Vehicle

    Distillery

    Kilolitre(proofalcohol)

    122170

    Fertilisers

    Tonne

    80200

    Leather

    100kg(tanned)

    Paper

    Tonne

    200400

    SpecialQualitypaper

    Tonne

    4001000

    Strawboard

    Tonne

    75100

    40

    316

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Industry

    UnitofProduction

    WaterRequirementinKilolitresperunit

    Petroleumrefinery

    Tonne(crude)

    Steel

    Tonne

    200250

    Sugar

    Tonne

    12

    Textile

    100kg(goods)

    814

    12

    Source:CPHEEOManual,1999.

    8.3.1.5. Stationwaterrequirements
    WaterrequirementfortheStationforvarioususes(perday):

    15litresperpassengers(MetcalfEddy)
    455litresperemployee(ref:CPHEEOManuals)
    Apronwashing10litrespersqmetersasperIndianRailwaysWorkManual(IRWM)
    Cleaning/moppingofplatformandfloor5litrespersqm.
    Metersandgreeters5litrespervisitor
    Catering45litresperpassengers
    Gardening/Horticulture22500litresperhectares(IRWM)
    Cleaningoftrainsonplatform500litrespercoach(IRWM)
    Cleaningoftrainsinwashinglanes3600litrespercoach(IRWM)
    Wateringoftrains1800litres/coach(IRWM)
    Firefighting(CPHEEONorms)
    Commercial45000litresperhectaresperday(IRWM)
    UFW15%oftotaldemandfornewsystem(CPHEEO)
    75%oftotalcapacityshallbefilledatthestationforlonghaultrains(passingtrains)

    Waterrequirementformetrostationcouldbecalculatedbasedonthetypeofstation
    (underground or elevated). In absence of any specific norms to calculate water
    demand for metro station, the waterestimations can becalculated from the above
    mentioned information for stations. Parameters such as staff requirement, HVAC
    requirement if station is underground, toilet requirement and passenger
    requirementtobeconsideredbasedonthefacilitiesprovidedatmetrostations.

    8.3.1.6. DistrictMeterAreaPlanning(Bulkmetering)
    Thetermdistrictmeteringisusedtodescribethemethodwherebyflowmetersare
    installed on all major supply lines and strategic points within the distribution
    system.Themetersshouldbeusedtomonitortheoverallperformanceofthesystem
    establishing average daily flows into various districts. District meter areas ideally
    consistof2000to5000properties.
    Size of the district meter should be such that it is capable of recording night flow
    without loss of accuracy and also must be capable of supplying peak flow without
    introducingseriousheadloss.
    The District Meters should be read at weekly intervals at the same time of day as
    previousreadingsofthemeter.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    317

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.1.7. BillingandCollection
    RevenuemanagementsystemisanimportantaspectofanyWatersupplySystemas
    itgovernsthefinancialaspect.Besidesfixingatariffstructure,billingandcollection
    ofrevenueplayanimportantpart.
    Thewaterchargestobefixedtakingintoaccounttheabilityofthesystemtomeet
    theexpenditureonthefollowingheads.

    OperatingCost(excludingestablishmentcost),
    EstablishmentCost,
    Depreciation,
    DebtServices&DoubtfulCharges,
    Assetreplacementfund.

    Tariffstructureshouldbefixedandrevisedperiodically.Automaticincreaseoftariff
    periodically on index basis can also be adopted. Where the same authority also
    provides sewerage system, charges for this can also supply through Public stand
    post,maybechargedandalsobeincludedasapercentageofthewatercharges.
    TherearevariousmethodsbywhichWaterBillingcanbedone.Theuserisadvised
    to refer Manual on Operation and Maintenance of Water Supply Systems of
    CPHEEOwhilefixingthetariff,billingprocessandcollectionsystem.

    8.3.1.8. LeakageControl
    Theoverallobjectiveofleakagecontrolistodiagnosehowwaterlossiscausedand
    to formulate and implement action to reduce it, to technically and economically
    acceptableminimal.
    The water losses can be termed into two categories i.e. Physical losses and Non
    Physical Losses. The Physical Losses is mainly due to leakage of water in the
    networkandcomprisesofphysicallossesfrompipes,joints&fittings,reservoirs&
    overflowsofreservoirs&sumps.TheNonPhysicalLossesisduetotheftofwater
    through illegal, already disconnected connections, underbilling either deliberately
    orthroughdefectivemeters,waterwastedbyconsumerthroughopenorleakytaps,
    errorsinestimatingflatrateconsumption,publicstandpostsandhydrants.
    Themajoractivitieswhichshouldbetakenupforefficientmonitoringandleakage
    controlare:

    PreliminarydatacollectionandplanningThewaterdistributiondrawingsaretobestudied
    and updated. The number of service connections is to be obtained and in the drawings of the
    roadstheexactlocationsofserviceconnectionsmarked.Thedistrictandsubdistrictboundaries
    aresuitablyfixedtakingintoconsiderationthenumberofserviceconnections,lengthofmains,
    andpressurepointsinthemain.Theexactlocationsofvalves,hydrantswiththeirsizesshouldbe
    notedonthedrawings.
    Pipe location and survey Electronic pipe locators can be used during survey. These
    instrumentsworkontheprincipleofElectromagneticsignalpropagation.Itconsistsofabattery

    318

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    operated transmitter and a cordless receiver unit to pick up the signals of preset frequency.
    Therearevariousmodelstochoosefrom.
    AssessmentofpressureandflowsDataloggersareusedtorecordthepressureandflows.It
    is an instrument which stores the raw data electronically so as to be able to transfer it to the
    computerwithadatacablelink.Twotypesofportabledataloggersareusedeitherwithasingle
    channelordualchannel.Intheabsenceofelectronicequipment,thepressurescanbeascertained
    bytappingandprovidingapressuregauge.Flowscanbeassessedbyusingmetersonabypass
    line.
    Locatingtheleaks Walking and sounding are thetwo general methods or their combination
    canbeusedtodetectpossiblelocationofleakages.Leakagecanbedetectedbywalkingoverthe
    main looking for telltale signs of presence of water. Whereas sounding is the cheapest and an
    effectivemethodofdetectingleaksinamediumsizedwatersupplysystem.Theequipmentused
    fordetectingleakagesisdescribedininManualonOperationandMaintenanceofWaterSupply
    SystemsofCPHEEO.
    Assessmentofleakage To conduct tests for assessment of leak the following equipment are
    needed:
    Roadmeasurer
    Pipelocator
    Valvelocator
    Listeningsticksorsoundingrods
    Electronicsoundingrods

    Each method mentioned above is described in Manual on Operation and


    Maintenance of Water Supply Systems of CPHEEO and can be referred during
    formulationofthestrategy.

    8.3.1.9. WaterQualityStandards
    ThewaterqualitystandardsasprescribedbytheIndianStandardOrganisationare
    tabulatedbelow:
    Table8.29: OrganolepticandPhysicalParametersofDrinkingWater
    Requirement
    (Acceptablelimit)

    Permissiblelimit
    intheabsenceof
    alternatesource

    Methodof
    Test,ref.to
    Remarks
    partofIS3025

    Colour,Hazen
    units,Max

    15

    Part4

    Extended to 15 only, if toxic


    substancesarenotsuspected
    in absence of alternate
    sources

    Odour

    Agreeable

    Agreeable

    Part5

    Testcoldandwhenheated

    S.No.

    Characteristics

    Testatseveraldilutions
    3

    pHValue

    6.58.5

    Norelaxation

    PartII

    Taste

    Agreeable

    Agreeable

    Parts7and8

    Test to be conducted only


    after safety has been
    established

    Turbidity,NTU,
    Max

    Part10

    Totaldissolved
    solids,mg/l,
    Max

    500

    2000

    Part16

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    319

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Note:

    It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under
    `acceptablerenderthewaternotsuitable,butstillmaybetoleratedintheabsenceofanalternativesourcebutupto
    thelimitsindicatedunder`permissiblelimitintheabsenceofalternatesourceincol.4,abovewhichthesourceswill
    havetoberejected.

    Table8.30: Generalparametersconcerningsubstancesundesirableinexcessiveamountsindrinking
    water
    Requirement Permissiblelimit
    Methodoftest,
    (Acceptable intheabsenceof
    Ref.No.
    limit)
    alternatesource

    SNo.

    Characteristics

    Remarks

    Aluminium(asA1),
    mg/l,Max

    0.03

    0.2

    IS3025(Part55)

    Ammonia(astotal
    ammoniaN),mg/l,
    Max.

    0.5

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part34)

    Anionic,detergents
    (asMBAS)mg/l,
    Max.

    0.2

    1.0

    AnnexKofIS
    13428

    Barium(asBa),
    mg/l,Max.

    0.7

    Norelaxation

    AnnexFofIS
    13428orIS
    15302

    Boron(asB),mg/l,
    Max

    0.5

    1.0

    IS3025(Part57)

    Calcium(asCa),
    mg/l,Max.

    75

    200

    IS3025(Part40)

    Chloramines(as
    Cl2),mg/l,Max.

    4.0

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part26)
    orAPHA4500
    Cl.G

    Chlorideas
    (Cl)/mg/1,Max.

    250

    1000

    IS3025(Part32)

    Copper(AsCu),
    mg/l,Max

    0.05

    1.5

    IS3025(Part42)

    10

    Fluoride(asF)mg/l, 1.0
    Max

    1.5

    IS3025(Part60)

    11

    Freeresidual
    chlorine,mg/l,Min

    0.2

    IS3025(Part26) Tobeapplicableonlywhenwater
    ischlorinated.Testedat
    consumerend.Whenprotection
    againstviralinfectionisrequired,
    itshouldbeminimum0.5mg/l.

    12

    Iron(asFe),mg/l,
    Max

    0.3

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part53) Totalconcentrationof
    manganese(asMn)andiron(as
    Fe)shallnotexceed0.3mg/l)

    13

    Magnesium(asMg.), 30
    mg/l,Max

    100

    IS3025(Part46)

    14

    Manganese(asMs),
    mg/l,Max

    0.1

    0.3

    IS3025(Part59) TotalconcentrationofManganese
    (asMn)andiron(asFe)shallnot
    exceed0.3mg/l

    15

    MineralOil,Mg/l,
    Max

    0.5

    Norelaxation

    Clause6ofIS

    3025(Part39)
    Inframed
    partitionmethod

    16

    Nitrate(asNO2),
    mg/l,Max

    45

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part34)

    320

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Requirement Permissiblelimit
    Methodoftest,
    (Acceptable intheabsenceof
    Ref.No.
    limit)
    alternatesource

    SNo.

    Characteristics

    Remarks

    17

    Phenoliccompounds 0.001
    (asC6H3OH)

    0.002

    IS3025(Part43)

    18

    Selenium(asSe),
    mg/l,Max

    0.01

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part56)
    orIS15303

    19

    Silver(asAg),mg/l,
    Max.

    0.1

    Norelaxation

    AnnexJofIS
    13428

    20

    Sulphate(asSO4),
    mg/l,Max

    200

    400

    IS3025(Part24) Maybeextendedto400provided
    thatMagnesiumdosnotexceed
    30

    21

    Sulphide(asH2S),
    mg/l,Max

    0.05

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part29)

    22

    Totalalkalinityas
    Calcium,Carbonate,
    mg/l,Max.

    200

    600

    IS3025(Part21)

    23

    Totalhardness(as
    CaCO3),mg/l,Max

    200

    600

    IS3025(Part21)

    24

    Zinc(asZn),mg/lr,
    Max

    15

    IS3025(Part49)

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    Table8.31: PermissiblelimitsofToxicSubstances

    SNo. Characteristics

    Requirement
    (Acceptable
    limit)

    Permissible
    limitinthe
    absenceof
    alternate
    source

    Methodoftest,Ref.
    No.

    Remarks

    Calcium(asCa)mg/l,
    Max

    0.003

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part41)

    Cyanide(asCN),mg/l,
    Max.

    0.05

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part27)

    Lead(asPb),mg/l,Max

    0.01

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part47)

    Mercury(asHg),mg/l,
    Max.

    0.001

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part47)

    Molybdenum(asMo),
    mg/l,Max

    0.02

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part2)

    Nickel(asNi),mg/l,Max 0.07

    Norelaxation

    IS3025(Part54)

    Pesticides,mg/l,Max.

    Asgivenabove

    Norelaxation

    Asgivenabove

    Polychlorinated
    biphenyls,mg/l,Max

    0.0005

    Norelaxation

    ASTM5175

    Polynucleararomatic
    0.0001
    hydrocarbons(asPAH),
    mg/l,Max

    Norelaxation

    APHA6440

    10

    Totalarsenic(asAs),
    mg/l,Max.

    0.01

    0.05

    IS3025(Part37)

    11

    Tribalomethane:

    (a)

    Bromoform,mg/lMax

    0.1

    Norelaxation

    ASTMD3973.85or
    APHA6232

    Mercuryanalyser

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    321

    InfrastructurePlanning

    SNo. Characteristics

    Requirement
    (Acceptable
    limit)

    Permissible
    limitinthe
    absenceof
    alternate
    source

    Methodoftest,Ref.
    No.

    Remarks

    (b)

    Dibromochloromethane,
    mg/lMax

    (c)

    Bromodichloronethane, 0.06
    mg/l,Max

    Norelaxation

    ASTMD397385or
    APHA6232

    (d)

    Chloroform,mg/l,Max.

    Norelaxation

    ASTMD397385or
    APHA6232

    0.2

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    Table8.32: PermissibleLimitsofRadioactiveSubstances

    S.
    No.

    Characteristics

    Requirement
    (Acceptable
    limit)

    Permissible
    limitinthe
    absenceof
    alternate
    source

    Methodoftest,Ref.
    No.

    Remarks

    AlphaemittersBq/l,
    Max

    0.1

    Norelaxation

    Part2

    BetaemittersBq/l,
    Max

    1.0

    Norelaxation

    Part1

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    Table8.33: PesticideResiduesLimitsofDrinkingWater
    S.No.

    Pesticide

    Limitug/l

    USEPA

    AOAC/ISO

    Alachlor

    20

    525.2.507

    Atrazine

    525.1.8141A

    Aldrin/Dieldrin

    0.03

    508

    AlphaHCH

    0.01

    508

    BetaHCH

    0.04

    508

    Butachlor

    125

    525.1.8141A

    Chlorpyriphos

    30

    525.2.8141A

    DeltaHCH

    0.04

    508

    24Dichlorophenoxyaceticacid

    30

    515.1

    10

    DDT(o,pandppIsomersofDDT,DDEand
    DDD)

    508

    AOAC990.06

    11

    Endosulfan(alpha,betaandsulphate)

    0.4

    508

    AOAC990.06

    12

    Ethion

    1657A

    13

    GammaHCH(Lindane)

    508

    AOAC900.06

    14

    Isoproturon

    508

    15

    Malathion

    190

    532

    16

    Methylparathion

    0.3

    8141A

    17

    Monocrotophos

    8141A

    18

    Phorate

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    322

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.34: BacteriologicalQualityofDrinkingWater
    S.No.

    Organisms

    Requirements

    Allwaterintendedfordrinking:

    (a)

    E.Coliorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria

    Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample

    Treatedwaterenteringthedistributionsystem

    (a)

    EColiorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria

    Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample

    (b)

    Totalcoliformbacteria

    Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample

    Treatedwaterinthedistributionsystem

    (a)

    EColiorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria

    Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample

    (b)

    TotalColiformbacteria

    Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample

    Source:IS10500:2012.

    8.3.1.10. LandrequirementforWaterSupplySystem
    Identification of land for water infrastructure is an essential parameter. It is
    necessarytoearmarklandforWaterTreatmentPlant(WTP)inDevelopmentPlans.
    Alsolandforoverheadreservoirs,pumpingstationsshouldbemarkedatthezonal
    level or local area plan level. However land requirement may vary based on the
    capacity of WTPs and upgradation of technology. Below is the table, which
    recommendslandrequirementbasedondifferentcapacity.
    Table8.35: RecommendedlandRequirementbasedoncapacities
    S.No.

    IdentifiedCapacities

    LandRequirement(Hectares)

    5MLD

    0.10

    10MLD

    0.19

    50MLD

    0.93

    100MLD

    1.87

    200MLD

    3.73

    500MLD

    9.34

    Source:

    CPHEEO.

    Note:Additional0.63haoflandcanalsobeconsideredforstaffquarters

    8.3.1.11. DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents
    Table8.36: DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents
    S.No.

    Components

    StoragebyDams

    50

    Infiltrationworks

    30

    Pumping

    Pumphouse(civilworks)

    30

    ii

    Electricmotorsandpumps

    15

    Watertreatmentunits

    15

    Pipeconnectiontoseveraltreatmentunitsandothersmallappurtenances

    30

    Rawwaterandclearwaterconveyingmains

    30

    Clearwaterreservoirsattheheadworks,balancingtanksandservice
    reservoirs(overheadorgroundlevel)

    15

    Distributionsystem

    30

    Source:

    ManualsonWaterSupplyandTreatment,1999,CPHEEO.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Designperiod(inyears)

    323

    InfrastructurePlanning
    National Water Policy, 2012 by Ministry of Water Resources was formulated to
    govern the water resources planning and development along with its optimum
    utilisation. The Policy provides following recommendations regarding urban
    settlements:
    Urbanwatersupplyandsewagetreatmentmustbeintegratedalongwithitsbilling,
    Least water intensive sanitation and sewerage systems with decentralized sewage treatment
    plantsshouldbeincentivized.
    Waterreusemustbeencouragedinurbansettlements,
    Urban domestic water systems need to collect and publish water accounts and water audit
    reportsindicatingleakagesandpilferages,whichshouldbereduced.
    In urban and industrial areas, rain water harvesting and desalinisation where techno
    economicallyfeasible,shouldbeencouragedtoincreaseavailabilityofutilizablewater.

    State Governments shall draft State Water Policy for decentralised or micro level
    watermanagementtoyieldbetterresults.

    8.3.2. Sewerage&Sanitation
    8.3.2.1. NationalUrbanSanitationPolicy
    TheaimoftheNationalUrbanSanitationPolicy(NUSP),2008istotransformUrban
    India into communitydriven, totally sanitized, healthy, and liveable cities and
    towns.
    BasicfeatureslaiddowninNUSPgivenbelowshouldbeadheredforplanningofthe
    cities
    Citiesmustbeopendefecationfree
    Must eliminate the practice of manual scavenging and provide adequate personnel protection
    equipmentthataddressesthesafetyofsanitationworkers
    Municipalsewageandstormwaterdrainagemustbesafelymanaged
    Recycle and reuse of treated sewage for nonpotable applications should be implemented
    whereverpossible
    Solidwastecollectedanddisposedofffullyandsafely
    Servicestothepoorandsystemsforsustainingresults
    Improvedpublichealthoutcomesandenvironmentalstandards.

    Theobjectiveofpublicwastewatercollectionanddisposalsystemistoensurethat
    sewage or excreta and sullage discharged from community is properly discharged,
    collected,transported,treatedtotherequiredlevelofdegreeandfinallydisposed
    offwithoutcausinganyhealthorenvironmentalproblems161.
    AsperCPHEEOmanual,80%ofwatersupplymaybeexpectedtoreachthesewers
    howeveritrecommendsdesigningthesystembyconsideringminimumwastewater
    flowof100litrespercapitaperday.

    161

    FurtherdetailsareaalsoavailableinNationalMissiononsustainableHabitat,Adaptation&MitigationMeasuresinthefelid
    ofWatersupply&Sanitation,CPHEEO,MoUD

    324

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Table8.37: RecommendedDesignPeriodforSewerageSystemsComponents
    S.No

    Component

    Recommended
    DesignPeriod
    (Years)

    Clarification

    Collectionsystemi.e.
    SewerNetwork

    30

    The system should be designed for the prospective population


    of30years,asitsreplacementisnotpossibleduringitsuse.

    PumpingStations
    (CivilWorks)

    30

    Duplicating machinery within pumping station would be


    easier/cost of civil works will be economical for full design
    period.

    PumpingMachinery

    15

    Lifeofpumpingmachinerygenerally15years

    SewerageTreatment
    Plant

    30

    The construction may be in a phased manner as initially the


    flows may not reach the designed levels and it will be
    uneconomicaltobuildthefullcapacityplantinitially.

    EffluentDisposaland
    Utilisation

    30

    Provision of design capacities in the initial stages itself is


    economical.

    Source:ManualonSewerageandSewageTreatment,CPHEEO.

    8.3.2.2. DecentralisedWastewaterManagementSystem(DWMS)
    DWWMhasemergedovertheperiodoftime,whichreducestheloadofcentralised
    wastewatertreatmentunit.AsperMoUD162,Decentralizedwastewatermanagement
    maybedefinedasthecollection,treatment,anddisposal/reuseofwastewaterfrom
    individual homes, clusters of homes, isolated communities, industries, or
    institutionalfacilities,aswellasfromportionsofexistingcommunitiesatornearthe
    point of waste generation. In case of decentralized systems, both solid and liquid
    fractionsofthewastewaterareutilizednearthepointofits origin,exceptinsome
    cases when a portion of liquid and residual solids may be transported to a
    centralizedpointforfurthertreatmentandreuse.
    MoUD (Guidelines for Decentralised Waste Water Management, MoUD 2012) in
    association with Indian Institution of Technology (IIT)Madras has developed
    guidelinesonDWWM,whichrecommends15yearsofdesignperiod forDWWM,if
    possible. Another way to design a DWWM is to estimate the present day capacity
    andplanthesystemforanadditional20%capacity.Further,thedetailedguidelines
    as mentioned in Draft Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment of CPHEEO
    (December 2013) can be referred while developing DWWM units in a city which
    elaborates siting criteria, components and other design consideration including
    wastewatercharacteristicsandwastewatertreatment.

    8.3.2.3. CentralizedvisavisDecentralizedSewageTreatmentSystems
    While the conventional sewerage may be a comprehensive system for sewage
    collection and transport, it also remains as a highly resourceintensive technology.
    Consequently,highcapitalcost,andsignificantO&Mcostofthissysteminhibitsits

    162

    GuidelinesforDecentralizedWastewaterManagement.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    325

    InfrastructurePlanning
    widespreadadoptioninallsizesofurbanareas.TheimplementationofCentralized
    Wastewater Management System (CWMS) should not be considered as the only
    option available for collection, transportation and treatment of sewage. There are
    certainfactors,whichgoverntheselectionofoptionsbetweenCWMSandDWMS.
    Recognizing the many applications and benefits of sewage reuse, some important
    pointsmaybekeptinviewsuchas;
    (i)
    (ii)
    (iii)
    (iv)
    (v)

    Reviewoftheimpactofthepopulationgrowthrate
    Reviewofpotentialwaterreuseapplicationsandwaterqualityrequirements
    Reviewofappropriatetechnologiesforsewagetreatmentandreuse
    Consideringthetypeofmanagementstructurethatwillberequiredinthefutureand
    Identification of issues that must be solved to bring about water reuse for sustainable
    developmentonabroadscale.

    It has been emphasized that if sewage from the urban and semi urban areas
    werereusedforavarietyofnonpotableuses,thedemandonthepotablewater
    supplywouldbereduced.
    The choice of appropriate technology also depends on several factors such as
    compositionofsewage,availabilityofland,fundsandexpertise.Differentoperation
    and maintenance options have to be considered with respect to sustainable plant
    operation, the use of local resources, knowledge and manpower. A flow diagram
    showingthedecisionmakingstepsisgiveninfigure8.3.

    326

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Figure8.3: DecisionTree:Selectingthewastewatermanagementsystem(Onsite,Decentralizedor
    Conventional)

    Source:GuidelinesforDecentralizedWastewaterManagement,MoUD.

    8.3.2.4. EffluentStandards
    As per MoEF, the general effluent standards for discharging the waste water are
    givenintablebelow:
    Table8.38: GeneralEffluentStandardsforDischarge
    Standards
    SNo.

    Parameter

    ColourandOdour

    Inland
    surface
    water

    Public
    Sewers

    Landfor
    Irrigation

    MarineCoastalareas

    Alleffortsshouldbemadetoremovecolourandunpleasantodourasfaras
    practicable

    SuspendedSolids
    mg/g,Max.

    100

    600

    200

    Forprocesswastewater100

    Forcoolingwatereffluent10per
    centabovetotalsuspendedmatter
    ofinfluent.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    327

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Standards
    Inland
    surface
    water

    SNo.

    Parameter

    Particulatesizeof
    suspendedsolids

    Shallpass850
    micronIS
    Sieve

    (a)Floatablesolids,max.3mm

    (b)Settleablesolids,max.850
    microns

    pHValue

    5.5to9.0

    5.5to9.0

    5.5to9.0

    5.5to9.0

    Temperature

    Shallnot
    exceed50C
    abovethe
    receiving
    water
    temperature

    Shallnotexceed50Cabovethe
    receivingwatertemperature.

    Oilandgreasemg/l,
    Max.

    10

    20

    10

    20

    Totalresidual
    chlorinemg/m,Max

    1.0

    1.0

    Ammonicalnitrogen
    (asN),mg/l,Max.

    50

    50

    50

    TotalKjeldahl
    Nitrogen(asNH3),
    mg/l,Max

    100

    100

    10

    FreeAmmonia(as
    NH3),mg/l,Max.

    5.0

    5.0

    11

    BiochemicalOxygen
    demand(3daysat
    270C),mg/l,Max.

    30

    350

    100

    100

    12

    ChemicalOxygen
    Demand,mg/l,Max.

    250

    250

    13

    Arsenic(asAs),
    mg/l,Max.

    0.2

    0.2

    0.2

    0.2

    14

    Mercury(asHg),
    mg/l,Max.

    0.01

    0.01

    0.01

    15

    Lead(asPb),mg/l,
    Max

    0.1

    1.0

    2.0

    16

    Cadmium(asCd),
    mg/l,Max

    2.0

    10

    2.0

    17

    Hexavalent
    Chromium(asCr+6),
    mg/l,Max.

    0.1

    2.0

    1.0

    18

    TotalChromium(as
    Cr.),mg/l,Max.

    2.0

    2.0

    2.0

    19

    Copper(asCu),mg/l,
    Max.

    3.0

    3.0

    3.0

    20

    Zinc(asZn.),mg/l,
    Max

    5.0

    15

    15

    21

    Selenium(asSe)
    mg/l,Max

    0.05

    0.05

    0.05

    Public
    Sewers

    Landfor
    Irrigation

    MarineCoastalareas

    328

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Standards
    Inland
    surface
    water

    SNo.

    Parameter

    22

    Nickel(asNi),mg/l,
    Max

    3.0

    3.0

    5.0

    23

    Cyanide(asCN),
    mg/l,Max

    0/2

    2.0

    0.2

    0.2

    24

    Fluoride(asF),mg/l,
    Max

    2.0

    15

    15

    25

    Dissolved
    Phosphates(asP),
    mg/l,Max

    5.0

    26

    Sulphide(asS),
    mg/l,Max

    2.0

    5.0

    27

    Phenoliccompounds
    (asCSHSOH,mg/l,
    Max

    1.0

    5.0

    5.0

    28

    Radioactive
    materials:

    Alphaemittermicro
    curie/ml

    107

    107

    108

    107

    Public
    Sewers

    Landfor
    Irrigation

    MarineCoastalareas

    Betaemittermicro
    curie/ml

    106

    106

    107

    106

    29

    Bioassaytest

    90%survival
    offishafter
    96hoursin
    100%effluent

    90%
    survivalof
    fishafter
    96hoursin
    100%
    effluent

    90%
    survivalof
    fishafter
    96hoursin
    100%
    effluent

    90%survivaloffishafter96hours
    in100%effluent

    30

    Manganese(asMn)

    2mg/l

    2mg/l

    2mg/l

    31

    Iron(asFe)

    3mg/l

    3mg/l

    3mg/l

    32

    Vanadium(asV)

    0.2mg/l

    0.2mg/l

    0.2mg/l

    33

    NitrateNitrogen

    10mg/l

    20mg/l

    Source:

    EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    329

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.2.5. RecommendednormsforSewageanditsuses
    Therecommendedtreatedsewagequalityisproposedtobeachievedforthestated
    reuseasgiveninthetablebelow:
    Table8.39:RecommendedupperlimitsoftreatedSewagequalityforspecifiedactivitiesatpointof
    use

    S.No. Parameter

    Toilet
    flushing

    Fire
    Protection

    Vehicle
    Exterior
    washing

    Non
    contact
    impound
    ments

    Landscaping,Horticulture&Agriculture

    Cropswhichareeaten

    Horticulture, Nonedible
    GolfCourse crops

    Raw

    Cooked

    Turbidity
    (NTU)

    <2

    <2

    <2

    <2

    <2

    AA

    <2

    AA

    SS

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    30

    TDS

    2100

    pH

    6.5to8.3

    Temperature
    0C

    Ambient

    Oil&Grease

    10

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    10

    10

    Nil

    Nil

    Minimum
    Residual
    Chlorine

    0.5

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    TotalKjeldahl 10
    NitrogenasN

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    BOD

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    20

    10

    20

    10

    COD

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    30

    11

    Dissolved
    Phosphorous
    asP

    12

    Nitrate
    10
    NitrogenasN

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    10

    13

    Faecal
    Coliformin
    100ml

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    Nil

    230

    Nil

    230

    14

    Helminthic
    Eggs/litre

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    AA

    <1

    <1

    <1

    15

    Colour

    Colourle
    ss

    Colourless

    Colourless

    Colourless

    Colourless

    AA

    Colour
    less

    Colour
    less

    16

    Odour

    Asepticwhichmeansnotsepticandnofoulodour

    Source:

    DraftManualonSewerageandSewageTreatmentSystems,CPHEEO2013.

    In order to achieve desired water quality, excess chlorination, granular activated


    carbon adsorption / Ozonation and/ or various kind of filtration including
    membrane are recommended. For recreational impoundments for nonhuman
    contact,residualchlorineisnotrequiredsoastoprotectaquaticspeciesoffloraand
    fauna.
    AspertheManualofSewerageandSewageTreatment,thefollowingprovisionsare
    tobefollowedforusageoftreatedsewage,sludgeandbiogasutilization:

    330

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    a.

    b.
    c.
    d.
    e.

    Reuse of treated sewage should be taken up after discussions between ULB, water boards,
    PHEDs/JalNigamsandthepublic,asthecasemaybe.Variouspossiblereusemethodssuchas
    farmforestry,greenbeltdevelopmentandlawnsinroadmedians.
    Utilizationofsludgeinpublicareasisnotpossibleduetoissuesofpublicacceptanceandhence
    itisbesttofocusonfarmforestry.
    Utilizationofalternativeenergy,likeinplantenergytobeharnessedfrombiomethanationand
    toevaluatetheambienttemperaturesuitabilityorhearingofsludgevseconomics.
    Reuseoftreatedsewagetoaminimumextentof20%byvolumeshallbemandatorilyexplored
    andtheproposeduseforachievingthis20%targetshallmandatorilyformpartoftheCSP.
    Utilizationofsludgeasaconstructionmaterial(asporouspavement,bricksetc.)

    8.3.2.6. RecyclingofWasteWater
    Various sewage treatment technologies, given below, are adopted in sewerage
    system to treat wastewater up to secondary level, as per the effluent standards in
    Indiaaswellasinotherpartsoftheworld.Thesetechnologiesare:
    1. ActivatedSludgeProcess(ASP)
    2. WasteStabilisationPondSystems(WSPS)
    3. UpflowAnaerobicSludgeBlanketProcess(UASB)
    4. DuckweedPondSystem(DPS)
    5. FacultativeAerateLagoon(FAL)
    6. TricklingFilter(TF)
    7. BiologicalFiltrationandOxygenatedreactor(BIOFOR)Technology
    8. HighrateActivatedSludgeBioforFTechnology
    9. FluidizedAeratedBed(FAB)
    10. SubmergedAerationFixedFilm(SAFF)Technology
    11. CyclicActivatedSludgeProcess(CASP)

    The salient features and comparison of these technologies in terms of their


    applicability,landrequirement,capitalcostandoperationandmaintenance(O&M)
    costaregivenintablebelow.
    Table8.40: FactSheetforVariousTreatmentProcess
    S.No. RecyclingTechnique

    Applicability

    Themostwidelyusedoption
    fortreatmentofdomestic
    wastewaterformediumto
    largetownswherelandis
    scarce.
    Inwarmconditions
    WasteStabilisation
    Easylandavailability
    PondSystems(WSPS)
    Wherepowersupplyis
    expensive,loworunreliable.
    Wheresocialpreferencefor
    aquaculture
    Thesuitabilityofthis
    UpflowAnaerobic
    technologymaybedoubtfulas
    SludgeBlanketProcess
    astandalonesecondary
    (UASB)
    treatmentoption
    DuckweedPondSystem Lowstrengthdomestic
    wastewaterafter
    (DPS)
    sedimentationwithinfluent
    BOD<80mg/L
    ActivatedSludge
    Process(ASP)

    Land
    Requirement
    (PerMLDin
    Hectares)
    0.150.25

    24

    0.30.5

    0.82.3

    1.54.5

    0.060.1

    0.20.3

    2.53.6

    0.080.17

    26

    1.54.5

    0.18

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    CapitalCost
    O&MCost
    (perMLDin
    (Million/Year/MLD)
    INR)

    331

    InfrastructurePlanning

    S.No. RecyclingTechnique

    Land
    Requirement
    (PerMLDin
    Hectares)

    Applicability

    Incombinationwithexisting
    WSP
    Easylandavailability
    Asapolishingpondforan
    existingactivatedsludgeplant
    orothertechnologybased
    STPs.
    Standalonesystem
    FacultativeAerate
    Asapretreatmentunitfor
    Lagoon(FAL)
    WSP
    Asanupgradationoptionfor
    overloadedWSPs.
    Standalonesystemifoperated
    TricklingFilter(TF)
    atslowrates
    Asahighrateroughingfilter
    forhighBODwastewater
    IncombinationwithASP
    BiologicalFiltrationand
    Oxygenatedreactor
    (BIOFOR)Technology
    HighrateActivated
    SludgeBioforF
    Technology

    CapitalCost
    O&MCost
    (perMLDin
    (Million/Year/MLD)
    INR)

    0.270.4

    2.22.9

    0.150.2

    0.250.65

    Notavailable,
    butslightly
    lowerthan
    ASP

    0.04

    6.58.1

    0.86

    0.08

    5.2

    0.18

    Smalltomediumflowsin
    0.06
    35
    0.60.75
    congestedlocations
    Sensitivelocations
    Decentralisedapproach
    Relivingexistingoverloaded
    STPs.

    Smalltomediumflowsin
    10
    SubmergedAeration
    0.05
    7
    1.14
    congestedlocations
    FixedFilm(SAFF)
    Sensitivelocations
    Technology
    Decentralisedapproach
    Relivingexistingoverloaded
    tricklingfilters
    11
    CyclicActivatedSludge Smalltomediumflowsin
    0.10.15
    NotAvailable Expectedtobehigher
    congestedlocations
    Process(CASP)
    thanASP
    Sensitivelocations
    Decentralisedapproach
    Relivingexistingoverloaded
    tricklingfilters
    Source:CompendiumofSewageTreatmentTechnologies,NationalRiverConservationDirectorate,MOEF,2009.
    9

    FluidizedAeratedBed
    (FAB)

    Land availability plays an important role in providing such facilities. Land


    requirement may vary based on the technology adopted for sewage treatment.
    However, it is evident to mark the required land on development plan. It is
    recommended to decide the most suitable technology in advance based on the
    variousparametersasgiveninAppendixLofVolumeIIB.

    8.3.2.7. SeptageManagementPlanningandImplementation163
    Foreffectiveseptagemanagementplan,robustdataonseptagearrangements,their
    quantityand locationsof its generationetc. are required. The ULBswould need to
    make arrangements to collect baseline data, like type of latrine disposal, effluent
    disposal arrangement, size, age, when it was last cleaned, access to the onsite

    163

    AdvisoryNoteSeptageManagementinUrbanIndia,2013,MoUD.

    332

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    system,arrangementfordisposalofeffluent,ifanyofexistinginstallations,toplan
    for workable desludging schedules. It is advisable to divide the city into different
    sanitaryzones(ifnotalreadydone)andcarryoutthebaselinesurveyinoneorafew
    ofthesezones,pilotdesludgingareawiseschedulestolearnoperationalissuesand
    devisesolutions,beforeupscalingtotheentireULBcanbetakenup.Theselection
    ofzonecouldbebasedonavailabilityofseptagedisposalsitesexistingSTPscould
    bepotentialseptagedisposal/applicationsitesortrenchesprovidedinsolidwaste
    landfillsitesorsuitableurbanforestrysiteswheretheseptagetrencheswouldserve
    to fertilize the plants. In order to be economical and financially competitive, it is
    suggested that households in demarcated septage management zone should be
    within20to30kmtraveldistancefromtheidentifiedtreatmentanddisposalsites.
    Furtheratwostepprocessistobefollowedforselectionofthetreatmentsystem:
    1. Todeterminetheappropriatetreatmentoptiononthebasisofsizeoftown,landavailability,
    proximity/availabilityofsewagetreatmentplantsandproximitytoresidentialareas;and
    2. To conduct a technoeconomic feasibility to choose the most appropriate technology on the
    basisofcapital,operationsandmaintenancecosts.

    Thestepsinplanningandimplementingseptagemanagementaregivenbelow:
    3. Collectdataonthehouseholdsandotherpropertieswithonsitearrangementsinthecity.
    4. Listoutthemunicipal,privateandotherseptictank/pitcleaningservicesactiveinthecity
    5. Identify catchmentwise land for septage treatment facility such as use existing STP where
    available;oracquirelandifnotavailableforconstructionofseptagetreatmentfacility
    6. Formulatedraftregulationsforseptagemanagement
    7. Choosetechnologyforseptagetreatment:preparedesignofSeptageTreatmentandDisposal
    Facility(STDF)alongwithoperationsandmaintenancecosts
    8. ConducttechnoeconomicfeasibilityoftheSTDF
    9. Implementconstructionofseptagemanagementanddisposalfacility
    10. Purchasevehiclesandvacuumtrucksetc.
    11. Launchawarenesscampaign
    12. Initiatetrainingandcapacitybuilding
    13. Providecleaningservicesincrementallyinareascompletingsurveysoftanksandpits.

    Further, the guidelines for selection of Septage management disposal system are
    summarizedinTable8.41.

    Table8.41: GuidelinesfortheselectionofSeptagedisposalsystem
    Town/
    Category

    Conditions

    Recommended
    Technologies

    Capital
    Cost

    UnseweredClass
    III,IVandV
    townsandrural
    communities

    Remotelandarea
    availablewith
    suitablesiteand
    soilcondition

    Sludgedrying
    bedsandwaste
    stabilizationpond

    Landavailablebut
    closeto
    settlements

    Lime
    stabilization,
    sludgedrying
    bedsandwaste
    stabilizationpond

    O&MCost

    Management

    Low

    Low.User
    feesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract)

    Lowto
    medium

    Lowto
    medium.
    Userfeesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    333

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Town/
    Category

    Recommended
    Technologies

    Capital
    Cost

    Inadequateland
    areawith
    unsuitablesiteand
    soilcondition,but
    availableSTP
    capacitywithin20
    30kmdistance

    DisposalatSTP

    Landareaavailable
    withsuitablesite
    andsoilcondition
    butcloseto
    settlements

    O&MCost

    Management

    Lowto
    medium

    Lowto
    medium.
    Userfeesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipality

    Lime,
    stabilization,
    sludgedrying
    bedsandwaste
    stabilizationpond

    Lowto
    medium

    Lowto
    medium.
    Userfeesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract)

    Inadequateland
    area,butavailable
    STPcapacity

    DisposalatSTP

    Medium

    Medium.
    Userfeesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrough
    contract)

    Inadequateland
    area;noavailable
    STPcapacity

    Disposalat
    independent
    mechanical
    treatmentfacility

    High

    High.User
    feesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract)

    ClassIandmetro
    cities

    AvailableSTP
    capacity

    DisposalatSTP

    Medium

    Medium.
    Userfeesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract).

    NoavailableSTP
    capacity

    Disposalat
    independent
    mechanical
    treatmentfacility

    High

    High.User
    feesto
    recover
    O&Mcosts

    Municipalityorprivate
    (ifimplementedby
    privatesectorthrougha
    managementcontract).

    Partiallysewered
    mediumsize
    (ClassIITowns)

    Conditions

    Source:AdvisoryNoteSeptageManagementinUrbanIndia,MoUD2013.

    8.3.2.8. RecommendedNormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea
    Thegeneralstandard/guidelinesforpublictoiletsinpublicareaandmodifiednorms
    for public toilets in public places and roads recommended in the draft CPHEEO
    manualaregivenbelow.
    Table8.42: NormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea
    TYPE

    NormsforToilets

    PublicToilet

    On roads and for open areas: @ every 1 Km, including in parks, plaza, open air theatre,
    swimming area, car parks, and fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabledfriendly and in 5050
    ratio(M/F).ProvisionmaybemadeasforPublicRooms.

    Signage

    Signboardsonmainstreetsshallgivedirectionsandmentionthedistancetoreachthenearest
    public convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for
    complaints/queries.

    Modes

    Payanduseorfree.Inpayandusetoiletsentryisallowedonpaymenttotheattendantorby
    insertingcoinandusergets1520minutes.

    Maintenance/Cleaning

    Thetoiletshouldhavebothmenandwomenattendants.Alternativelyautomaticcleaningcycle
    covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of floor and complete drying
    aftereachusecanbeadopted,whichtakes40seconds.Publictoiletsshallbeopen24hours.

    Source:DraftManualonSewerageandSewageTreatmentSystems,CPHEEO2013.

    334

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.3. Drainage
    As per CPHEEO manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment System, sanitary
    sewersarenotexpectedtoreceivestormwater.Strictinspection,vigilance,proper
    designandconstructionofsewersandmanholesshouldeliminatethisfloworbring
    it down to a very insignificant quantity. Therefore, it is evident to plan a separate
    systemtocarrystormwater.

    8.3.3.1. EstimationofStormwaterrunoff
    Duringrainfallperiodstherecanbeaconsiderableamountofstormwaterthatdoes
    notinfiltrateintothegroundsurfaceandmostofthisbecomestheexcessoverland
    flowordirectsurfacerunoff.Therearemanycontributingfactorsforanalysingthe
    quantity and temporal variations of this flow; these include geology of the land,
    topography,geography,rainfallintensityandpatternandthelandusetype.
    Estimationofsuchrunoffreachingthestormsewers,isdependentontheintensity
    and duration of precipitation, characteristics of the tributary area and the time
    required for such flow to reach the sewer. There are various methods available to
    calculate the runoff, the two of the below mentioned methods can be adopted to
    calculaterunoff:
    1.
    2.

    RationalMethod
    KirpichEquationMethod

    RationalMethod

    Itisbasedontheassumptionthattheentireprecipitationoverthedrainagedistrict
    does not reach the sewer. The characteristics of the drainage district, such as,
    imperviousness,topographyincludingdepressionsandwaterpockets,shapeofthe
    drainagebasinanddurationoftheprecipitationdeterminethe fractionofthetotal
    precipitation which will reach the sewer. This fraction known as the coefficientof
    runoffneedstobedeterminedforeachdrainagedistrict.
    The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) guidelines on urban flood
    managementhasprescribedthatallfuturestormwaterdrainagesystemsforpeak
    flow for any city should be designed after taking into consideration a runoff
    Coefficientofupto0.95164usingtherationalmethod.Therunoffreachingthesewer
    isgivenbytheexpression,
    Q=10CiA

    Where Q is the runoff in m3/hr;


    C is the coefficient of runoff
    i is the intensity of in mm/hr and
    A is the area drainage district in hectares.

    164

    Source:NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesUrbanFloodmanagement,2010.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    335

    InfrastructurePlanning
    It may be reiterated that Q represents only the maximum discharge caused by a
    particularstorm.
    The portion of rainfall, which finds its way to the sewer is dependent on the
    imperviousnessandtheshapeofthedrainageareaapartfromthedurationofstorm.
    The percentage of imperviousness of the drainage area can be obtained from the
    records of a particular district. In the absence of such data, the table below may
    serveasaguide.
    Table8.43: Runoffcoefficientsforstatedsurfaces
    S.No.

    TypeofArea

    CommercialandIndustrialArea

    ResidentialArea

    3
    Source:

    PercentageofImperviousness
    7090

    HighDensity

    6175

    LowDensity

    3560

    Parksandundevelopedareas

    1020

    NDMA.

    Whenseveraldifferentsurfacetypesorlandusewhichcomprisethedrainagearea,acompositeor
    weightedaveragevalueoftheimperviousnessrunoffcoefficientcanbecomputed,suchas:
    I=1/Ax(A1xI1+A2xI2+A3xI3++AnxIn)
    Where,thesubscriptsrefertorespectivesubdrainageareatypes,andAisthetotaldrainagearea.
    KirpichEquationMethod165
    Thetimeofconcentrationisdefinedasthetimeittakesforadropofwaterintheremotestpointina
    drainage basin totravel tothe outlet. As calculationmethods go, the Kirpich formula is one of the
    mostwidelyusedmethods.
    Tc= 0.01947 X L0.77 S-0.385
    Where:
    Tc=Timeofconcentration(hours)
    L=Maximumlengthofwatertravel(m)
    S=surfaceslope,givenbyH/L(m/m)
    H=differenceinelevationbetweentheremotestpointinthedrainagebasinandtheoutlet(m)
    The Kirpich equation is normally used for natural basins with welldefined channels. If there are
    many undefined channels that are grassed or vegetated throughout, the Kirpich formula will likely
    underestimatethetimeofconcentration,andsoafactorof1.31.5shouldbeadded.Ifmostofthe
    drainagebasinsarenonnatural(inurbansystem)withconcreteorothersmoothchannels,theresult
    shouldbedecreasedabout4060%.

    8.3.4. RainWaterHarvesting
    Rain water harvesting and conservation is the activity of direct collection of rain
    water.Theconservationofrainwatersocollectedcanbestoredfordirectuseorcan
    berechargedintothegroundwater.Themaingoalistominimiseflowofrainwater

    165

    KSubramanyapg247,45.

    336

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    throughdrains/nallahstotherivers.Itisaknownfactthatthegroundwaterlevel
    isdepletingandhasgonedowninthelastdecades.Thustherainwaterharvesting
    and conservation aims at optimum utilisation of the natural resource i.e. rain
    water166. Many states such as Tamil Nadu167, Kerala168, and Delhi169etc. have made
    mandatorytheadoptionofrainwaterharvestinginnewconstructions.Itissuggested
    toalltheotherStatestomandaterainwaterharvestinginalltheirnewconstruction
    works. Also, continuous monitoring of the performance of the rainwater harvesting
    structuresisalsorecommended.

    8.3.4.1. Basicrequirementofartificialrecharge 170


    A. Availabilityofnoncommittedrunoffinspaceandtime;
    B. Identification of suitable hydrogeological environment and sites for augmenting
    subsurfacereservoirthroughcosteffectiveartificialrechargetechniques.

    If the above mentioned criteria are satisfied, the following criteria need to be
    evaluatedforplanningtheartificialrechargescheme:
    C. IdentificationofArea
    Areaswheregroundwaterlevelsaredecliningonregularbasis.
    Areaswheresubstantialamountofaquiferhasalreadybeendesaturated.
    Areaswhereavailabilityofgroundwaterisinadequateinleanmonths.
    Areaswheresalinityingressistakingplace.
    UrbanAreawheredeclineinwaterlevelisobserved.
    D. Hydrometerologicalstudies
    Rainfallpatterninthearea.
    Evaporationlossesfromthearea.
    Climatologicalfeaturesthateffecttheplanningofartificialrecharge.
    E. Hydrologicalstudies
    Insituprecipitationonthewatershed.
    Surface(canal)suppliesfromlargereservoirslocatedwithinbasin.
    Surfacesuppliesthroughtransbasinwatertransfer.
    Treatedmunicipalandindustrialwastewaters.
    HydrologicalinvestigationsaretobecarriedoutintheWatershed/Subbasin/basin
    fordeterminingthesourcewateravailability.
    F. Soilinfiltrationstudies
    Controltherateofinfiltration.
    Prerequisitestudyincasesofartificialrechargethroughwaterspreadingmethods.
    InfiltrationratescanbeestimatedbysoilsinfiltrationtestsusingCylinderorflood
    infiltrometersinstruments.
    G. Hydrogeologicalstudies
    Firstly,tosynthesizealltheavailabledataonhydrogeologyfromdifferentagencies.
    Studyofsatelliteimageryforidentificationofgeomorphicunits.
    Regional Hydrogeological maps indicating hydrogeological units, both at shallow
    anddeeperlevels.
    Water table contours to determine the form of the water table and the hydraulic
    connectionofgroundwaterwithrivers,canalsetc.

    166

    ManualonRainWaterharvestingandConservation,CPWD.

    167

    TamilNaduMunicipalLawsOrdinance,2003.

    168

    TheKeralaMunicipalityBuildingRules,1999.

    169

    CentralGroundWaterBoard.

    170

    GuideonArtificialRechargetoGroundWater,CGWB.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    337

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Depths to the water table (DTW) for the periods of the maximum, minimum and
    meanannualpositionofwatertable.
    Ground water potential of different hydrogeological units and the level of ground
    waterdevelopment.
    H. AquiferGeometry
    Data on the subsurface hydrogeological units, their thickness and depth of
    occurrence
    Disposition and hydraulic properties of unconfined, semiconfined and confined
    aquifersinthearea
    I. ChemicalQualityofSourceWater
    Qualityofrawwatersavailableforrechargeisdetermine
    Treatmentbeforebeingusedforrecharge
    Relation to the changes in the soil structure and the biological phenomena which
    takeplacewheninfiltrationbegins
    Changesexpectedtotheenvironmentalconditions.

    8.3.4.2. ArtificialRechargeTechniques171
    A variety of methods have been developed to recharge ground water. Most of the
    artificialrechargetechniquesarebrieflydescribedbelow:
    1.

    2.

    3.
    4.

    Directsurfacetechniques,by
    Flooding
    Basinsorpercolationtanks
    Streamaugmentation
    Ditchandfurrowsystem
    Overirrigation
    Directsubsurfacetechniques,by
    Injectionwellsorrechargewells
    Rechargepitsandshafts
    Dugwellrecharge
    Boreholeflooding
    Naturalopenings,cavityfillings.
    Combinationsurfacesubsurfacetechniques,by
    Basinorpercolationtankswithpitshaftorwells.
    IndirectTechniques,by
    Inducedrechargefromsurfacewatersource.
    Aquifermodification

    Althoughnotwoprojectsareidentical,mostusevariationorcombinationofdirect
    method, direct subsurface, or indirect techniques. A schematic diagram of the
    artificialrechargemethodsusedisgivenasflowchartbelow.

    171

    SelectCaseStudiesRainWaterHarvestingandArtificialRecharge,CentralGroundWaterBoard

    338

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Figure8.4: FlowchartshowingthevariousArtificialRechargePractices

    Source:

    ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundwater,MinistryofWaterResources,CGWB.

    Thebriefonartificialrechargemethodshasbeengivenbelow. Thesemethodsand
    detailed methodology has been explained in Manual on Artificial Recharge of
    Groundwater172, prepared by Ministry of Water Resources, Central Ground Water
    Board(CGWB).
    1. DitchandFurrowMethod
    2. LateralDitchPattern
    3. DendriticPattern
    4. ContourPattern
    5. SpreadingBasinorPercolationTanks
    6. GullyPlug/CheckDam/NalaBund/GabbionStructures
    7. DugWellRecharge
    8. RechargeShafts/Pits/Trenches
    9. ArtificialRechargethroughInjectionWell
    10. InducedRechargefromSurfaceWaterSources
    11. SubsurfaceDykes/UndergroundBandharas

    172

    www.cgwb.gov.in

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    339

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Figure8.5: DitchandFurrowMethod

    Figure8.6: RechargePit:

    Source: ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater

    Source: ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater

    Figure8.7: ContourPattern

    Figure8.8: Injectionwell:

    Source:

    Source:

    ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater

    ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater

    8.3.5. Electricity
    BasedontheestimatedrequirementsofpowersupplyaspertheNationalElectricity
    Policy published in 2005, the recommended consumption is 1000 units per Capita
    per year or 2.74 kWh per capita per day demand which included domestic,
    commercial,industrialandotherrequirements.
    The actual estimation of power can be made based on the industrial development
    (typeandextent),commercialdevelopment,domesticandotherrequirements.The
    provision of one electric substation of 11KV for a population of 15,000 can be
    consideredasgeneralstandardforelectricitydistribution.
    Ministry of New and Renewable Energy has come out with strategic plan for new
    and renewable energy sector for the period 201117. Ministry has identified local
    bodies as one of the main users who can be encouraged to utilise energy from
    biomassandurbanwasteetc.ANationalRatingSystemGRIHAhasbeendeveloped,
    to promote green buildings, which is suitable for all types of buildings in different
    climatic zones of the country. A green building designed through solar passive
    concepts and including active renewable energy systems can save substantial

    340

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning
    conventional energy apart from generating energy for meeting various
    requirementsindifferentseasons.

    8.3.6. SolidWasteManagement
    MunicipalSolidWaste(MSW)isthetrashorgarbagethatisdiscardeddaytodayin
    ahumansettlement.AccordingtoMSWRules2000MSWincludescommercialand
    residentialwastesgeneratedinamunicipalornotifiedareasineithersolidorsemi
    solidformexcludingindustrialhazardouswastesbutincluding treatedbiomedical
    wastes.Wastegenerationencompassesactivitiesinwhichmaterialsareidentifiedas
    nolongerbeingofvalue(beinginthepresentform)andareeitherthrownawayor
    gathered together for disposal. The following table indicates the waste generation
    per capita per day for estimation and forecast of waste generation for future for
    planningpurposes:
    Table8.44: WasteGenerationPerCapitaperDay
    S.No.

    Landusetype

    Estimatedwastegeneration

    Residentialrefuse

    0.3to0.6kg/cap/day

    Commercialrefuse

    0.1to0.2kg/cap/day

    Streetsweepings

    0.05to0.2kg/cap/day

    Institutionalrefuse

    0.05to0.2kg/cap/day

    Source:ManualonSolidWasteManagement,CPHEEO2000

    8.3.6.1. Systematicprocess
    Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) refers to a systematic process that
    comprisesofwastesegregationandstorageatsource,primarycollection,secondary
    storage, transportation, secondary segregation, resource recovery, processing,
    treatment, and final disposal of solid waste. For effective MSWM following steps
    should be followed, hence appropriate considerations should be made at planning
    stage.Tomeetzerowaste/landfillsite,thecompleteSWMsystematicprocesscould
    befollowedtoreducewastedisposalatlandfillsiteornodisposalatall.Someofthe
    bestpracticesofsolidwastemanagementaregiveninAppendixMofVolumeIIBfor
    reference.GIS/GPS/ICTtechniquesforSolidWasteManagementneedtobeusedfor
    Landfill site selection, site assessment of illegal dumpsites, routing efficiency for
    solidwastecollectionandmonitoringwastecollectionperformance.

    8.3.6.2. Storageofwaste
    Storage of waste at source is the first essential step of Solid Waste Management.
    Everyhousehold,shopandestablishmentgeneratessolidwasteondaytodaybasis.
    Thewasteshouldnormallybestoredatthesourceofwastegenerationtillcollected
    foritsdisposal.
    Biodegradablewasteandnonbiodegradablewasteshouldbecollectedinseparate
    binsfromthesource.

    GreencolouredbinsWastebinsforbiodegradablewaste

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    341

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Whitecolouredbinsstorageofrecyclablewastes
    Blackcolouredbinsstorageofotherwastes

    8.3.6.3. Primarycollectionofwaste
    PrimarycollectionofwasteisthesecondessentialstepofSolidWasteManagement
    activity.Primarycollectionsystemisnecessarytoensurethatwastestoredatsource
    is collected regularly and it is not disposed of on the streets, drains, water bodies,
    etc.
    Local bodies should arrange for the primary collection of waste stored at various
    sourcesofwastegenerationbyanyofthefollowingmethodsorcombinationofmore
    thanonemethod:

    Doorstep collection of waste through nonmotorised and motorised vehicles with active
    communityparticipation.
    Collectionthroughcommunitybins
    Doorsteporlanewisecollectionofwastefromauthorised/unauthorisedslumsorcollectionfrom
    thecommunitybinstobeprovidedintheslumsbylocalbodies

    8.3.6.4. WasteStorageDepots
    ThisisthethirdessentialstepforanappropriateSolidWasteManagementSystem.
    All the waste collected through Primary Collection System, from the households,
    shops and establishments has to be taken to the processing or disposal site either
    directly necessitating a large fleet of vehicles and manpower or through cost
    effectivesystemswhicharedesignedtoensurethatallthewastecollectedfromthe
    sourcesofwastegenerationistemporarilystoredatacommonplacecalled"Waste
    Storage Depots" and then transported in bulk to the processing or disposal sites.
    Such temporary arrangement for storage of waste is popularly known as dust bin,
    dhalavs,etc.Thisfacilityhastobesodesignedthatthesystemsynchronizeswiththe
    system of primary collection as well as transportation of waste. Locations for
    bins/depotsofappropriatesizeshouldbeidentifiedatplanningstage.

    8.3.6.5. Transportationofthewaste
    Transportation of the waste stored at waste storage depots at regular intervals is
    essential to ensure that no garbage bins/containers overflow and waste does not
    litter on the streets. Hygienic conditions can be maintained in cities/towns only if
    regularclearanceofwastefromtemporarywastestoragedepots (bins)isensured.
    Transportationsystemhastobesodesignedthatitisefficient,yetcosteffective.The
    system should synchronize with the system of waste storage depot and should be
    easilymaintainable.
    The schematic diagram of SWM process is shown in Figure 8.9. The detailed
    descriptionofabovementionedstagesaregiveninManualonMunicipalSolidWaste
    Management,CPHEEO.

    342

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Figure8.9: SchematicSolidWasteManagementProcess

    Source:

    ModifiedfromtheToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    343

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Thispageisintentionallyleftblank.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    344

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.6.6. SolidWasteTreatment173Technologies
    Therearevarioustechnologiesavailablefortreatmentandprocessingofwasteinan
    environmentally sound manner. However, a technology suitable for one may not be
    appropriateforothers.Thecomparisonofthesetechnologiesisshownintablebelow:
    Table8.45: ComparisonofDifferentSolidWasteTreatmentTechnologies
    Element

    Composting

    Refuse
    derivedfuel

    Technicallyand
    economically
    feasiblesizeof
    operationper
    dayfreshwaste

    50TPDand
    above

    100TPDand
    above

    1TPDatsmallscale
    andabove50TPDat
    largerscalesofpure
    organicwaste

    500TPDand
    above.Dueto
    highmoisture
    inourwaste,
    suitableonly
    for
    segregated
    drywaste.

    500TPDandabove
    duetohighmoisture
    inourwaste.Suitable
    onlyforsegregated
    waste.However,sizes
    assmallas1050TPD
    ofwasteareavailable
    forcommercialsale
    butnotadvisabledue
    tohighrunningcosts.

    Adopted
    Capacityfor
    study

    500TPD

    500TPD

    500TPD

    500TPD
    Plant

    500TPD

    Landrequired
    foradopted
    capacities

    6Ha

    3Ha

    4Ha

    10Ha

    4Ha

    Waste
    Characteristics

    Moisture
    Content>50%

    Moisture
    Content<45%

    MoistureContent
    >50%

    Moisture
    content<45%

    MoistureContent
    <45%

    OrganicMatter
    >40%

    VolatileMatter
    >40%

    OrganicMatter>40%

    NetCalorific
    Value>1200
    Kcal/Kg

    NetCalorificValue
    >1200Kcal/kg

    Biomethanation

    C/NRatiobetween
    2530

    C/NRatio
    between2530

    Gasification
    /Pyrolysis

    Incineration

    Waste
    Suitability

    Suitablefor
    MSW
    Characteristics
    ofIndia

    Notsuitablefor
    MSW
    characteristics
    inIndiabut
    workablewith
    useofAuxiliary
    Fuel

    SuitableforMSW
    characteristicsof
    organicwastein
    India

    Notsuitable
    forMSW
    characteristic
    inIndiabut
    workable
    withuseof
    AuxiliaryFuel

    Notsuitable,dueto
    highmoistureinour
    waste.

    Typical
    investmentfor
    assumed
    capacities
    (excludingcost
    ofland)

    INR1720Cr.
    Fora500TPD
    Plant

    INR1720Cr.
    Fora500TPD
    Plant

    ApproximatelyINR
    7580Crfora500
    TPDPlant

    INR8090Cr.
    For500TPD
    Plant

    NA

    Recurringcost

    INR300per
    tonofinput
    waste

    INR290per
    tonofinput
    waste

    INR100perton
    inputwaste

    NA

    Recoverable

    250Kgsof
    compostper
    tonofwaste

    200Kgspellets
    pertonof
    waste

    80cumofbiogas/
    tonofwasteplus200
    Kgsofmanure/ton

    NA

    173

    ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    345

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Element

    Composting

    Refuse
    derivedfuel

    Biomethanation

    Gasification
    /Pyrolysis

    Incineration

    Volume
    reduction

    4555%

    5565%

    5565%

    >80%

    >80%

    Environmental
    issue

    Impuritiesin
    composedue
    tomixed
    waste,tracesof
    heavymetals,
    leachaterunoff

    Problemsin
    burning
    exhaust

    Problemsifmixed
    feedstock

    Ashhandling
    andAir
    Pollution

    AshhandlingandAir
    Pollution(emissionof
    particularmatter,
    chlorinated
    compoundsdioxins/
    furans)

    Technology
    Reliability

    Running
    successfullyin
    India

    Running
    successfullyin
    integrated
    facilities

    Smallscaleorganic
    treatmentplant
    operationalbut
    mixedwastelarge
    scaleplantsfailedin
    India

    Insufficient
    operational
    experience
    forMSW

    OnlyPlantinIndia
    failedduetomismatch
    inwastequality.MSW
    2000has
    recommendedfor
    incinerationofwaste
    onlyafterdoinga
    wastesuitability
    analysisandproviding
    adequatefluegas
    managementmethods.

    Limitation

    LargeLand
    Requirement,
    Non
    acceptanceof
    compostassoil
    enrichenerin
    someareasof
    theCountry
    Process
    dependshighly
    onfactorssuch
    aswaste
    quality&
    climatic
    conditions

    Fluff/Pellets
    canbeuseda
    fuelinlarge
    industries,e.g.
    Incementkilns
    withnecessary
    permissions
    fromthePCBs
    andrequired
    pollution
    control
    measures.

    Thetechnology
    requirespre
    segregated
    homogenous
    biodegradablewaste
    asmixedwaste
    retardsefficiencyof
    theprocess.Hence
    applicabilityis
    limitedtohighly
    organicand
    homogenouswaste
    streamslikemarket
    wastes.

    Requires
    wastewith
    highcalorific
    value.
    Expensive
    fluegas
    remediation
    methodsto
    attain
    achievable
    outputs.

    Expensivetechnology,
    wastecriteriamust
    havelowmoisture
    contentandhigh
    calorificvalue,which
    isnotfoundinIndian
    Waste.Costlyfluegas
    remediationmethods
    toattainachievable
    outputs.

    Source:

    ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.

    8.3.6.7. DisposalofWaste174
    Wasteaftertreatmentmustbedisposedinamannerthatdoesnotcreateanyinstance
    of environmental pollution and public nuisance. The MSW Rule 2000 defines waste
    disposal as an activity, which involves final disposal of municipal solid wastes in
    terms of the specified measures to prevent contamination of groundwater, surface
    waterandambientairquality.
    Thelandfilldesignshallbeaimedtominimizethefollowing:
    Theingressofwaterintothelandfill,
    Theproductionofleachate,itssubsequentoutflowanduncontrolleddispersionsintosurrounding
    aquaticenvironment,
    Theaccumulation,migrationanduncontrolledreleaseoflandfillgasintotheatmosphere.

    174

    ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.

    346

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    The detailed description of disposal of waste can be referred from Toolkit for Solid
    WasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.

    8.3.6.8. LandfillGasExtraction(LFG)175,176
    The waste deposited in a landfill gets subjected, over a period of time, to anaerobic
    conditions177.Thisleadstolandfillgasproductioncontainingabout4555%methane.
    Thismethanecanberecoveredthroughanetworkofpipesandutilisedasasourceof
    energy. Landfill gas extraction systems adds to efforts to reduce Climate Change
    initiativesasithelpsreduceGreenHouseGasemissionsthroughavoidanceoflandfill
    gas(mainlycomprisingofmethane)intotheatmosphere.
    Waste composition is the most important factor in assessing the LFG generation
    potentialandtotalyieldatasite.Inorganicandinertwasteswillproducelittleorno
    LFG; more organic wastes will produce greater amounts of LFG on a per unit mass
    basis. Similarly moisture content in waste also impacts the LFG generation from
    waste.Fore.g.highlyorganicwastessuchasfoodwastesareabletoproduceLFG,but
    comprisesoflargewater,whichinherentlydoesnotproduceLFGbutwillaidtherate
    ofLFGevolution.
    While planning for LFG, pH and Nutrient content of the waste should also be
    considered. The generation of methane in landfills is greatest when neutral pH
    conditionsexist.Numeroustoxicmaterials,suchasheavymetals,canretardbacterial
    growthinportionsofasiteandconsequentlyslowgasgeneration.Anotherparameter
    that influences the LFG generation rate is the particle size and density, which may
    affectthetransportofnutrientsandmoisturethroughoutthelandfill.

    8.3.6.9. RegionalSolidWasteManagement178
    ARegionalMSWProjectmeansaprojecttoeither:
    1. Developand/orconstructand/oroperate,maintainand/ormanageanytypeofnewRegional
    MSWFacility;or
    2. Convert and/or redevelop an existing MSW facility or system from being a facility used by a
    single Authority into a Regional MSW Facility. A Regional MSW Project can cover, within its
    scope, any existing MSW management facilities or systems within the jurisdiction of an
    Authority.

    Thus,RegionalMSWFacilitiesorRegionalMSWProjectswouldhelptheAuthorities
    tosharetechnicalexpertise,costsofdevelopmentandmanagementofinfrastructure.
    For the implementation of the Regional MSW Projects, state governments may
    incorporate a public limited company or statelevel utility (whichmay be called the

    175

    ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD

    176

    LandfillGasManagementFacilitiesDesignGuidelines,MinistryofEnvironment,BritishColombia

    177

    OrganicCompoundsaretransformedintomethane(CH4),CO2,andWaterinanatmospheredevoidofoxygen.

    178

    GuidanceNoteonMunicipalSolidWasteManagementonaRegionalBasis,MoUD

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    347

    InfrastructurePlanning

    State MSW Management Company Limited/Utilitythe Company/Utility) for the


    purposes of identifying and enabling the development of Regional MSW Projects
    within the state. The Company/Utility may create a body of expertise in the
    development,implementationandfinancingofRegionalMSWProjectsforthebenefit
    ofthestate.Theutilitymaybebackedbyappropriatelegislation.
    The Company/Utility would have to be supported by the state government through
    issuance of adequate administrative instructions/ directions/policies. The state
    government may facilitate the process where Authorities are unable to provide for
    adequateservicesinaconsultativemanner.
    InordertoensureabalancedframeworkfortheimplementationofaRegionalMSW
    ProjectthroughsuchaCompany/Utility,aframeworkshouldbeestablishedwhereby
    a Project Coordination Committee for each project is constituted which comprises
    representatives of each participating Authority and the Company/ Utility; and
    important project decisions during the project development, implementation and
    operationalstagesaretakenthroughthiscommittee.
    IntheeventthattheRegionalMSWProjectisimplementedthroughthePPProute,the
    BoardoftheProjectCompany(SPV)soconstitutedwithaprivatesectorparticipant,
    willhavenomineesoftheparticipatingAuthorities,stategovernmentaswellasthe
    Company/Utility. The Project Coordination Committee, overseeing project
    implementation,wouldalsohaveanomineeoftheselectedprivatesectorparticipant.

    8.3.6.10. Specialprovisionsforhillyareas179
    Citiesandtownslocatedonhillsshallhavelocationspecificmethodsevolvedforfinal
    disposal of solid wastes by the municipal authority with the approval of the
    concernedStateBoardortheCommittee.
    The municipal authority shall set up processing facilities for utilization of biodegradable organic
    wastes.
    Theinertandnonbiodegradablewasteshallbeusedforbuildingroadsorfillingupofappropriate
    areasonhills.
    Becauseofconstraintsinfindingadequatelandinhillyareas,wastesnotsuitableforroadlayingor
    fillingupshallbedisposedofinspeciallydesignedlandfills.

    179

    ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD

    348

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Case study Solid Waste Management in Bruhat Bangalore Mahanagar Palike (BBMP)180
    TheBruhatBangaloreMahanagarPalikehasareaof800sq.km,whichaccommodatesthepopulation
    of78Lakh.EstimatedMSWgenerationprojectionfor2009,fromalltheBBMPzonesis3000tpd.BBMP
    aimstoadoptzerowastemanagementorreducingthequantityofinertsthatgoestolandfillsbyless
    than10%byrecyclingwhereverpossible.
    WasteCollectionSystem
    About 70% of the MSW (Municipal Solid Waste) activity starting from primary collection to disposal
    hasbeenoutsourced&30%ismanagedbyBBMP.Acombinationofalternativesisadopted,suchas:
    There are about 4300 Pourakarmikas (Sweepers) of BBMP & 10000 Pourakarmikas (Sweepers)
    fromcontractorwhoperformsDoortoDoorcollection&sweepingactivities.
    In some of the new zones the DoortoDoor collection activity is entrusted to Self Help Groups
    (SHGs),whicharebasicallybelowpovertywomensgroups.
    InsomeoftheresidentialareastheResidentialWelfareAssociations(RWAs)areinvolvedinDoor
    toDoorcollection&decentralizationofcompostingthewaste.
    DecentralizedProcessingPlants
    SomeoftheareaswhereRWAsareperformingDoortoDoorcollection,thewasteissegregatedat
    source&theorganicwasteiscompostedinthecommunityinasmallscale.
    BBMPhassetupa15toncapacitydecentralizedplanttoprocessorganicwasteaswellasrecycle
    theplastic,metaletc.
    BBMPhasestablishedadecentralisedonetoncapacityaerobiccompostingunitatMalleshwaram
    market(WestZone)usingorganicwasteconvertor.
    Dry waste collection centres has been set up for recycling the dry materials like plastic, paper,
    glass,metalsetc.

    180

    www.bbmp.gov.in

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    349

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Figure8.10:BBMPmodelofSWM

    Source:

    www.bbmp.gov.in.

    Processing&Disposalsites
    InordertocomplywithMSWrules,BBMPhassetupprocessing&disposalfacilitiesonPPPmodel.
    Followingaretheprocessing&disposingfacilities:
    Table8.46: DisposalandProcessingSite
    S.no.

    Nameoftheproject

    Capacityoftheplant

    Technologyadopted

    M/sRamky

    600MTPD

    AerobicComposting&scientificlandfill

    M/sS.G.R.R.L

    1000MTPD

    Wastetoenergy(Presentlycomposting&landfilling
    theinert&combustible.materialarestoredfor
    RDF)

    M/sTerrafirma

    1000MTPD

    Integratedsystemwhere
    composting,vermicomposting,biomethanizationis
    followed

    Source:

    M/sOrganicWasteIndia
    pvtltd(yettostart)

    1000MTPD

    Integratedsystem
    (yettocommission)

    BBMP.

    350

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    ConstructionWaste181
    As per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Indias construction industry generates around 14
    million tonnes of waste every year. A recycling unit makes imminent sense as it could solve two
    problems: dispose tons of debris dumped illegally every day and will make a sound replacement to
    riversand,whichcausesecologicaldegradation.
    TheKarnatakaStatePollutionControlBoard(KSPCB)hasdirectedtheBruhatBengaluruMahanagara
    Palike (BBMP) to set up a unit at a site in Mallasandra (on Hessarghatta road), which is already
    designated as a municipality dump yard for construction waste. A unit is developed to crush and
    process 50 lorryloads of debris every day. Some of the salient features of this effort are shown in
    picturebelow:
    Figure8.11:ProcessingofConstructionWasteatMallasandra,Bangalore

    Source:

    TheHindu,Bangaloreedition,Date:19Jan2014

    Approachadopted&actionstaken:
    ThecombinationoftechnologiesforprocessingofMSWattemptedforsustenance&viability.
    Generally around 30 to 40 per cent of inert rejects, which includes recyclables, are going to the
    scientificlandfill.
    Attemptisbeingmadetoutilizealltherecyclables.
    Small quantity of Waste Plastic are segregated and used in the construction of pavement roads.
    About8%ofPolyblendismixedintheasphalt
    There is an exposure of converting the plastics into diesel by following depolymerisation
    technology,whichisyettobeimplementedinlargescale.
    To bring in accountability for the distance travelled by the vehicles GPS/GPRS Based Tracking
    systemisimplemented.
    CCTVcamerashavebeeninstalledatalltheprocessingsitesattheentryandexitpointstoviewthe
    vehiclesreached.
    Also aticketingsystem usingHand Held Device, which collectthedataand send it to the central
    serverformonitoringandanalysisisinplace,
    TheentiretrucknumbersandoperationscheduleisautomaticallydownloadedtotheHandHeld
    devicethroughGPRS.

    181

    http://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/bangalore/debrisispreciousdontjustdumpit/article5590977.ece

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    351

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.6.11. Construction&Demolition(C&D)Waste
    Asperthe(draft)ConstructionandDemolitionWasteRules,largewastegeneratorsof
    500MTaretoprocess(recycleandreuse)constructionanddemolitionwasteatthe
    siteminimum20%ofprocesswasteatthesiteforreconstructionpurposesmeeting
    structural requirements. Recent initiatives of MoUD at the Redevelopment of East
    KidwaiNagar(Delhi)GovernmentResidentialComplexhaveshownthatitispossible
    to provide for 100 per cent recycling and reuse of C&D Waste at the construction/
    demolition site itself in a decentralised mode. Such models obviate the need for
    transportingtheC&Dwastetoacentralisedunitandalsofortransportingthereuse
    materialsuchasbricks,totheconstructionsites.Thiswouldbecosteffective,besides
    environmentfriendlyandwouldalsoavoidmovementofthewasterelatedtransport
    vehiclesthroughthecity.

    8.3.6.12. MunicipalSolidWaste(Household)
    Whileregionalandcentralisedwasteprocessinghasbeentriedoutovertheyears,the
    availabilityoflandfillsitesisbecomingagrowingproblem,asresidentsdonotlikea
    land fill site in their vicinity. Many cities had set up landfill sites and plants on the
    outskirts,butsuchoutskirtshavegraduallybecomepartofthecity,owingtonatural
    outgrowth, and the residents have started agitating for removal of the landfill. A
    viable solution has been tried out in the New Moti Bagh Government Residential
    ComplexinDelhi,whereinasmallplantof3to5tonnecapacitysetupinlessthana
    quarter of lad recycles the household and green waste into fuel cake and manure.
    Smallplantsmakesortingeasyandavoidtheneedforanycollectionpoint.Carefully
    planned,therecyclingprocesscandoawaywiththeneedforlandfillaltogether.The
    financial viability of any waste recycling system would depend on (a) reuse of the
    recycledmaterialand(b)levyofsomeuserfeeonthosewhogeneratethewaste.

    8.3.6.13. NuclearorRadioactiveWaste
    Nuclearorradioactivewastemeansanywastematerialcontainingradionuclidesin
    quantities or concentrations. The disposal of such waste include the release of
    radioactive material to the environment in a manner leading to loss of control over
    the future disposition of the radionuclides contained therein and includes
    emplacement of waste materials in a repository beings or animals or in research
    activitiesinthesefieldsorintheproductionortestingofbiologicalwaste.Suchwaste
    must be managed through Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes)
    Rules,1987.

    352

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.3.6.14. EWaste
    EwasteorelectronicwastemeanswasteElectricalandElectronicEquipment(EEE),
    whole or in part or rejects from their manufacturing and repair process, which are
    intended to be discarded. The Ewaste (Management and Handling) Rules 2011
    shouldbefollowedfordisposalofEWaste.

    8.3.6.15. BioMedicalWaste
    Hospital waste/Biomedical waste is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or
    immunizationofhumanbeingsoranimalsorinresearchactivitiesinthesefieldsorin
    the production or testing of biological waste. Hospital/Biomedical waste must be
    handledanddisposedoffasperguidelineslaidinBioMedicalWaste(Management
    andHandling)Rules,1998.

    8.3.7. DomesticGasSupplyPipelines
    8.3.7.1. CriteriaforTechnicallyFeasibleDomesticPNGConnection182
    A technically feasible area/locality/ society / building shall have provision to lay
    MediumDensity Polythylene (MDPE) pipelines and its lanes shall have free
    accessibility for fire tender in case of any emergency.The underdeveloped slum
    areas,waterloggingareas,placeswithsoakpits,narrowlanesthatdonothaveroom
    forexcavationand/orthenarrowand/orcrowdedlaneswhichpreventaccessingthe
    area in case of emergency and structurally unstable buildings shall be considered
    technicallynotfeasible.
    A technically feasible domestic PNG connection shall have provision for connecting
    the customers premises with the service MDPE pipeline with the riser for the
    customersbuilding.Theconnectivityservicepipelinetocustomersbuildingfromthe
    mainlineshouldbepossiblewithoutposinganyhindranceorsafetyhazard.

    8.3.7.2. Provisions
    TheprovisionofthedomesticandtranscountrypipelinesshallbeasperthePNGRB
    Technical & Quality Standards and specifications, which ensures overall safety,
    quality, and convenience. The last updated PNGRB rules and regulations shall be
    followedfor:

    Design,Layout,Construction,&MaintenanceofCityGasDistributionInfrastructure
    PressureStandards&Maintenance
    MaterialofConstruction
    SelectionofLocationforCityGateStations(CGS)

    Themunicipalitiesanddevelopmentauthoritiestomakeprovisionsfor:

    182

    IndraprasthaGasLimited(IGL)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    353

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Right of Usage (RoU) to be predefined in the Right of Way (RoW) of the city roads, as per the
    normsofPNGRBtobecompatiblewiththeotherutilities,
    ThesafetynormsprescribedbyPNGRBtobeincludedintheDevelopmentControlRegulationsby
    thedevelopmentauthorities,
    Land for City gas stations to be provisioned in the urban extensions, avoiding congested areas.
    LandrequirementfortheCGSofanareaofminimum2000sq.mtrs.

    8.3.8. TelecomServices
    Utilitycorridor:Thetelecomservicesincludingbroadbandaretobeintegratedwith
    theutilitycorridorandRightofWay(RoW)permissionshouldbemadeavailableto
    telecomservices,similartotowerinstallationwithbuffersanddistancesprescribed
    bytheStateGovernments(refertablenumber6.7).
    Buildingregulations:modificationsinthebuildingregulationofthedensecitiesmay
    beallowedforaccessingtelecomandbroadbandservicestotheendusers.
    Large facility installation: municipalities and local authorities to provide large
    facilityinstallationoftelecomandbroadbandservicesintheperiurbanareas.

    8.3.9. ServiceLevelBenchmarkingforInfrastructure
    In recent development, MoUD has initiated an exercise to define Service Level
    Benchmarking (SLBs). Measuring service levels of civic agencies implies measuring
    outcomes,andindirectlyreflectsoninstitutionalcapacity,financialperformanceand
    other parameters. The Handbook of Service level benchmarking prepared by MoUD
    can be referred while providing basic infrastructure facility such as water supply,
    sewerage,drainageandsolidwastemanagementforefficientfunctioning.
    ConsideringtheimportanceofSLBstomeasuretheperformanceofabovementioned
    infrastructure facilities it is suggested that SLB should be considered as benchmark
    for measuring, reporting and monitoring the performance and comparing inter and
    intracitylevelinfrastructure.TheMoUD(AdvisorynoteonImprovingUrbanWater
    SupplyandSanitationServices,MoUD,2012)hassuggestedSLBs fordifferentutility
    servicesinanurbanarea,whicharementionedintablebelow:

    354

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Table8.47: ServiceLevelBenchmarks
    Sr.No.

    Indicators

    BenchmarkLevels

    WaterSupply

    CoverageofWSconnections(Population)

    PercapitaavailabilityofWSatconsumerend

    ExtentofmeteringofWSconnections

    100%

    ExtentofNonRevenueWater

    20%

    ContinuityofWaterSupply

    24x7

    EfficiencyofredressofCustomerComplaints

    80%

    QualityofWaterSupplied

    100%

    CostrecoveryofinWaterSupplyService

    100%

    EfficiencyincollectionofWaterSupplyCharge

    90%

    Sewerage

    CoverageofWastewaternetworkservice

    100%

    CollectionefficiencyofWastewaternetwork

    100%

    AdequacyofWastewatertreatmentcapacity

    100%

    QualityofWastewatertreatment

    100%

    Extentofreuse&recyclingoftreatedWastewater

    20%

    ExtentofcostrecoveryinWastewatermanagement

    100%

    EfficiencyofredressofCustomerComplaints

    80%

    Efficiencyincollectionofseweragecharges

    90%

    Coverageoftoilets

    100%

    StormWaterDrainage

    CoverageofstormWaterDrainagenetwork

    Incidenceofwaterlogging/flooding

    SolidWasteManagement

    HouseholdlevelCoverageofSolidWasteManagementservice

    100%

    EfficiencyofCollectionofMunicipalSolidWaste

    100%

    ExtentofsegregationofMunicipalSolidWaste

    100%

    ExtentofMunicipalSolidWasterecovered/recycled

    80%

    ExtentofscientificdisposalofMunicipalSolidWaste

    100%

    ExtentofcostrecoveryinSolidWastemanagementservice

    100%

    EfficiencyofredressofCustomerComplaints

    80%

    Efficiencyincollectionofusercharges

    90%

    100%
    135Lpcd

    100%

    Source:AdvisorynoteonImprovingUrbanWaterSupplyandSanitationServices,MoUD,2012.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    355

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.

    SocialInfrastructure

    The quality of life in any urban centre depends upon the availability of and
    accessibility to quality social infrastructure. These include the following
    infrastructure:
    a)
    b)
    c)
    d)
    e)
    f)
    g)

    Educationfacilities
    Healthcarefacilities
    SocioCulturalfacilities
    Recreationalfacilities
    SportsFacilities
    DistributionServices
    PoliceSafety

    8.4.1. ProvisionofInfrastructure
    Hierarchy: The provision of social amenities in any urban area shall consider the
    regionalbearings;assmalltownscatertotherequirements(especiallyofhigherlevel
    facilities) of surrounding villages, medium size towns cater to small towns and
    villages and so on. However, in case of large and metro cities, certain apex level
    facilitiessignificantlycatertoregionalrequirementsinadditiontothecitydemand.In
    ordertoefficientlyplanforcities&regions,alternatives,whichcouldbeconsidered,
    maybetoprovide:
    a) Amenitiesfor25%additionalpopulationoverallasacushion,or
    b) Excludesuchapexlevelfacilitiesfromthetotalestimatedneedsprovision.

    In distribution of infrastructure, population plays the guiding role and therefore,


    indication of population served by a facility or service is given. In some cases
    dependingupontheregionalrequirements,ahigherorderfacilitybecomesnecessary
    in a lower order settlement. A comprehensive list of facilities at each hierarchy is
    giveninAppendixNofVolumeIIB.
    Location of social infrastructure should be decided by local authority taking into
    account walkable distances. Maintenance of such microlevel facilities should be, as
    far as possible, handed over to RWA / housing cooperative societies with the
    provisionsofdirectinvolvementofwomen.
    Proximity: The local community participation shall be encouraged, especially
    women,inmanagementofthelocallevelfacilityunitstopromoteefficientutilization
    and upkeep of the facilities. These local level facilities shall be provided at a
    preferable 300 m to 800 m walkable distance (located within 515 minutes) to
    promotepedestrianisationandreductioninvehicularuse.
    Itisobservedthatanumberoflowerlevelsocialamenitiesparticularlyinregardto
    education and health infrastructure operate in private residential premises due to
    their proximity to the area of demand. The potential of such practices shall be
    assessed to find out the actual needs, which shall be reliable input for arriving at
    realisticnormsaswellasforprovidingadequatenumberofsitesforsuchfacilities.

    356

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Multiple uses: The possibilities for multiple uses of social amenities may be
    considereddependinguponthecompatibilityoftheactivitiesandacceptanceofthe
    society, such as the school auditoriums can be utilised for public seminars in off
    working hours. The multiple uses can be for private and public owned
    land/properties. The possibility of multiple activities in public facilities may also be
    consideredsuchasincaseofbusterminal,theabovefloorscanbeprovidedforuseof
    staffresidential,postoffice,courierservices,ticketbookingoffices,retailmarketsetc.
    Utilisationthreshold: It is observed that the built up facilities for social amenities
    areoftenunderutilisedandlievacant.Aconsiderationof80% utilizationofexisting
    facilitiescanbemademandatorybeforeapprovingplanofnewfacilityforsimilaruse
    inaparticulararea.
    Incaseofvacatedproperties,forefficientutilisationofthebuiltupspaces;changein
    usepermissioncanbeconsidered.
    Selfsufficiency:InplanningofsocialinfrastructuretheprovisionsgiveninNational
    Mission onSustainable Habitat shall be considered such as utilisation of renewable
    sources of energy like solar roof top panels, rain water harvestingetc. The facilities
    can be designed for selfsufficiency and can also generate revenue by selling of
    surplusresources.
    The planning norms for social infrastructure as suggested below are based on the
    provisions given in National Building Code 2005 and the current guidelines from
    respectivedepartments.Itissuggestedthatthelatestguidelinesshallbereferredat
    the time of urban and regional plan preparation. The plot area requirement given
    herein is suggestive and may vary depending upon the size, geography and land
    availabilityofanurbancentre.

    8.4.2. EducationFacilities
    8.4.2.1. PreprimarytoSecondaryEducation
    Table8.48: NormsforPrePrimarytoSecondaryEducation
    Student
    Strength

    Population
    Servedper
    unit

    AreaRequirement

    OtherControls

    PrePrimary,
    NurserySchool

    2500

    0.08ha

    Tobelocatednearapark

    PrimarySchool
    (classItoV)

    500

    5000

    AreaperSchool=0.40Ha

    (NBC,2005)

    a) Schoolbuildingarea=0.20Ha

    Playfieldareawitha
    minimumof18mx36mto
    beensuredforeffective
    play

    Sr.No.

    Category

    1.
    2.

    b) PlayfieldArea=0.20Ha

    3.

    SeniorSecondary 1000
    School(VItoXII)

    7500

    AreaperSchool=1.80Ha(NBC,
    2005)
    a) Schoolbuildingarea=0.60Ha
    b) PlayfieldArea=1.00Ha
    c) ParkingArea=0.20Ha

    Playfieldareawitha
    minimumof68mx126m
    tobeensuredforeffective
    play

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    357

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Population
    Servedper
    unit

    Student
    Strength

    Sr.No.

    Category

    4.

    IntegratedSchool 1500
    withouthostel
    facility(ClassI
    XII)

    90,0001
    lakh

    IntegratedSchool 1500
    withhostelfacility (NBC,
    (ClassIXII)
    2005)

    90,0001
    lakh

    5.

    AreaRequirement

    OtherControls

    AreaperSchool=3.50Ha

    Tobelocatednearasport
    facility

    a) Schoolbuildingarea=0.70Ha
    b) PlayfieldArea=2.50Ha
    c) ParkingArea=0.30Ha
    AreaperSchool=3.90Ha
    a) Schoolbuildingarea=0.70Ha

    Tobelocatednearasport
    facility

    b) PlayfieldArea=2.50Ha
    c) ResidentialHostelArea=0.40
    Ha
    d) ParkingArea=0.30Ha

    6.

    Schoolfor
    Physically
    Challenged

    400

    45,000

    AreaperSchool=0.70Ha
    a) SchoolBuildingArea=0.20Ha

    Tobelocatednearaparkor
    sportfacilities

    b) PlayfieldArea=0.30Ha
    c) ParkingArea=0.20Ha(NBC,
    2005)

    7.

    Schoolfor
    Mentally
    Challenged

    10lakh

    0.20Ha

    Tobelocatednearapark
    andnonnoisepolluting
    zone

    (MPD,pg137)

    OtherControls:Theschoolsshouldpreferablyfaceserviceroadsandroadswithlesstrafficintensity.
    Source:

    NBC,2005Part3andMPD2021.

    8.4.2.2. HigherEducation
    Table8.49: NormsforHigherEducationFacilities
    Sr.No. Category

    General

    1.

    College

    StudentStrength

    Population
    Servedperunit

    10001500

    1.25lakh

    AreaRequirement

    Areapercollege=5.00Ha
    a) CollegeBuildingArea=1.80Ha
    b) PlayfieldArea=2.50Ha
    c) ResidentialincludingHostelArea=0.30Ha
    d) ParkingArea=0.30Ha

    2.

    UniversityCampus

    10.00to60.00Haarea
    a) Residential(ifincluded)=25%oftotalland
    area
    b) SportsandCulturalActivities=15%oftotal
    landarea
    c) Parksandlandscapeincludinggreenbelt=
    15%oftotallandarea.(MPD)

    3.

    4.

    TechnicalEducation
    TechnicalEducation
    Centre(A)To
    include1Industrial
    TrainingInstitute
    (ITI)and1
    Polytechnic

    ITI=400

    TechnicalEducation
    Centre(B)To
    include1ITI,1

    10lakh

    Polytechnic=500

    AreaperTechnicalEducationCentre=4.00Ha
    a) AreaforITI=1.60Ha
    b) AreaforPolytechnic=2.40Ha

    10lakh

    AreaperTechnicalEducationCentre=4.00Ha
    a) AreaforITI=1.40Ha
    b) AreaforTechnicalCentre=2.10Ha

    358

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Sr.No. Category

    Population
    Servedperunit

    StudentStrength

    TechnicalCentreand
    1CoachingCentre

    AreaRequirement
    c) AreaforCoachingCentre=0.30Ha

    ProfessionalEducation

    5.

    EngineeringCollege

    1500

    10lakh

    AreaperCollege=6.00Ha

    6.

    MedicalCollege

    10Lakh

    AreaperCollege=15.00Ha
    Areaofsiteincludingspaceforgeneral
    hospital

    7.

    OtherProfessional
    Colleges

    250to1500

    10Lakh

    a) Areaofsiteforstudentstrengthupto250
    students=2.00Ha
    b) Additionalareaofsiteforeveryadditional
    100studentsorpartthereofuptototal
    strengthof1000students=0.50Ha
    c) Areaofsiteforstrengthofcollegefrom
    1000to1500students=6.00Ha

    8.

    Nursingand
    ParamedicalInstitute
    (MPD,pg135)

    10lakh

    InstitutePlotarea=2000sqm(subjectto
    NursingCouncilofIndia/MinistryofHealth
    Norms)

    9.

    VeterinaryInstitute
    (MPD,pg135)

    AsperVeterinaryCouncilofIndia/Ministry
    Norms(subjecttoavailabilityofland)

    Source:

    NBC,2005MPD2021.

    Thresholdpopulationofeachofeducationfacilitiesshouldnotonlytodependonthe
    numberofpopulation,butalsoonthecharacteristicsofthepopulation.Considering
    thatthereisawidevariationinthelevelsofliteracyandincreasingrateofentryinto
    theschool,thevariationsbasedontheareasaretoberespected.Furthertothetable
    above,itisrecommendedthatthethresholdpopulationshallbedeterminedbasedon
    the characters of the population, along with the number of population in order to
    determinesocialinfrastructureprovisionatvaryingregions.

    8.4.3. HealthcareFacilities
    Thesizeofahospitaldependsuponthehospitalbedrequirement,whichinturnisa
    function of the size of the population it serves. As per the Indian Public Health
    Standards(IPHS),2012,thecalculationofnumberofbedsisbasedon

    annualrateofadmissionas1per50population
    averagelengthofstayinahospitalas5days

    Forexample:InIndiathepopulationsizeofadistrictvariesfrom50,000to15,00,000.
    Forthepurposeofconveniencetheaveragesizeofthedistrictistakenasonemillion
    population. Based on the assumptions the number of beds required for 10,00,000
    populationis:

    No.ofbeddaysperyear

    No.ofbedsrequiredwith100%occupancy
    No.ofbedsrequiredwith80%occupancy

    :(10,00,000x1/50)x5 =1,00,000
    :1,00,000/365=275
    :(1,00,000/365)x80%=220

    TheclassificationofhealthcarefacilitiesisgiveninTable8.50.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    359

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Table8.50: HealthCareFacilities
    Sr.No. Category

    Population
    servedperunit

    No.ofbeds

    1.

    Dispensary

    2.

    Nursinghome,childwelfare 25to30beds
    andmaternitycentre

    3.

    Polyclinic

    Someobservationbeds 1lakh

    0.20to0.30Ha

    4.

    IntermediateHospital
    (CategoryB)

    80beds

    TotalArea=1.00Ha

    5.

    6.

    7.

    IntermediateHospital
    (CategoryA)

    MultiSpecialityHospital
    (NBC)

    SpecialityHospital(NBC)

    Arearequirement

    15000

    0.08to0.12Ha

    45000to1lakh

    0.20to0.30Ha

    1lakh

    Initiallymaybefor50
    bedsincluding20
    maternitybeds
    200beds

    a) AreaforHospital=0.60Ha
    b) Areaforresidential
    Accommodation=0.40Ha
    1lakh

    Initiallytheprovision
    maybefor100beds
    200beds

    b) Areaforresidential
    Accommodation=1.00Ha
    1Lakh

    Initiallytheprovision
    maybefor100beds
    200beds

    GeneralHospital(NBC)

    b) Areaforresidential
    accommodation=3.00Ha
    1Lakh

    500

    TotalArea=9.00Ha
    a) Areaforhospital=6.00Ha

    Initiallytheprovision
    maybefor100beds
    8.

    TotalArea=3.70Ha
    a) Areaforhospital=2.70Ha

    TotalArea=3.70Ha
    a) Areaforhospital=2.70Ha
    b) Areaforresidential
    accommodation=1.00Ha

    2.5lakh

    Initiallytheprovision
    maybefor300beds

    TotalArea=6.00Ha
    a) Areaforhospital=4.00Ha
    b) Areaforresidential
    Accommodation=2.00Ha

    9.

    FamilyWelfareCentre
    (MPD,pg134)

    Asperrequirement

    50,000

    Totalarea=500sqm800sqm

    10.

    Diagnosticcentre

    50,000

    Totalarea=500sqmto800sqm

    (MPD,pg134)
    11.

    VeterinaryHospitalforpets
    andanimals(MPD,pg134)

    5lakh

    Totalarea=2000sqm

    12.

    Dispensaryforpetanimals
    andbirds(MPD,pg134)

    1lakh

    Totalarea=300sqm

    13

    Rehabilitationcentres

    Asperrequirement

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996,NBC,2005Part3andMPD,2021.

    The Department of Health and Family welfare suggests incorporation of Trauma


    Centresinthehighwayscuttingacrossurbanlocalauthorityjurisdiction.Thetrauma
    carecentresshouldbesuitablypositionedalongthehighwayswithdoctorstrainedin
    emergency medicine and trauma care, with adequate emergency management
    technicians,supportedbyefficientandefficientambulancesystem.

    360

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.4. Sociocultural
    The provision of socio cultural facilities shall correspond to the changing urban
    demographyandworklifestyle.
    Table8.51: NormsforSocioCulturalFacilities
    Sr.No.

    Category

    PopulationServedperunit

    LandAreaRequirement

    1.

    AnganwadiHousingarea/
    cluster

    5000

    200300sqm

    2.

    CommunityRoom

    5000

    750sqm(NBC)

    3.

    Communityhall,
    mangalkaryayala,baratghar/
    library

    15000

    2000sqm

    4.

    Music,danceanddramacentre

    1lakh

    1000sqm

    5.

    MeditationandspiritualCentre

    1lakh

    5000sqm

    6.

    RecreationalClub

    1lakh

    10,000sqm

    7.

    Oldagehome

    5lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    8.

    ReligiousFacilities(MPD,pg
    149)

    8a.

    Atneighbourhood/housing
    clusterlevel

    5000

    400sqm

    8b.

    Atsubcitylevelinurban
    extension

    10lakh

    4.00Ha

    9.

    OtherFacilities(MPD)

    9a.

    Orphanage/ChildrensCentre
    (Oneeach)

    10lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    9b.

    Carecentreforphysically
    /mentallychallenged

    10lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    9c.

    Workingwomenmenhostel

    10lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    9d.

    Adulteducationcentre

    10lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    9e.

    NightShelter

    10lakh

    Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
    land

    10.

    SocioCulturalcentre/
    Exhibitioncumfairground

    10lakh

    15Ha(NBC)

    11.

    ScienceCentre(MPD,pg148)

    10Lakh

    Asperrequirement

    12.

    InternationalConvention
    Centre(MPD,pg148)

    Citylevel

    Asperrequirement

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996andMPD2021.

    Notes:
    1. Forlowerincomegrouppopulation,themaintenanceandmanagementofformalcommunity
    buildings is a challenging task. Thus to ensure optimum utilisation and maintenance and
    management of formal community buildings, the use of such facilities shall be planned and
    designatedformultipurposeactivities.Activitiessuchasadulteducation,trainingprogrammes
    foreconomicgenerationactivities,childandfamilywelfareprogrammesetc.canbeorganised
    insuchspaces.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    361

    InfrastructurePlanning
    2.

    3.

    OrphanageandOldagehomescanbecodevelopedwithappropriategreenspacestopromote
    social relations between the two dependent age groups. The facility could include the
    followingapartfromlivingspace:
    a) Commonrecreationalfacilitiessuchassportsfacilities,walkingtracks,readingrooms
    etc.
    b) Opportunity for part time work for old people. This shall promote their active
    involvementwithothersocialgroups.
    c) Adequatebarriersinlivingspacesbetweenthetwogroupstoaddresssocialsecurity
    oforphanages.
    It hasgenerally been observedthat the religious buildings come upon encroachedsites and
    especially those meant for open spaces. Effort should be made by the development agencies
    with the assistance of NGOs in the area to ensure that the places of worship come up as
    planned with the participation and preferences of the community itself. As a general basis,
    separatereligioussites(2for15,000populations)maybeprovidedsothatplacesofworship
    donotgetestablishedonencroachedsites.

    8.4.5. OpenSpaces
    Theopenspacescanincludethefollowingthreecategories,namely:
    a) Recreationalspace
    b) Organisedgreen
    c) Othercommonopenspaces(suchasvacantlands/openspacesincludingfloodplains,forest
    coveretc.inplainareas.

    Consideringopenspaces,includingalltheabovementionedcategories,provisionbe
    1012sqmperpersonmaybedesirable.However,inhillyareas theprotectedzones
    andecologicalconservationareasshallbeconsideredtobeoverandabovethisopen
    space requirement. In the built up area (excluding recreational space, vacant land,
    floodplain,forest)theNBCsuggests3sqm/personasminimumnorm.
    The hierarchy for organised green such as parks, play fields and other open spaces
    like specified park, amusement park, maidan, a multipurpose open space, botanical
    gardenandzoologicalparks,trafficparksetc.areasunder:
    Table8.52: HierarchyofOrganisedGreen
    S.No.

    PlanningUnit

    NumberofOrganisedgreenspaces

    HousingCluster

    34localparksandplaygrounds

    Neighbourhood

    34localparksandplaygrounds

    Community

    23communitylevelparkandopenspace

    District/Zone

    1districtlevelparkandsportscentre,maidan

    Subcitycentre

    1citylevelpark,sportscomplex,botanical/zoologicalgarden,maidan

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    362

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.5.1. OrganisedGreenforPlainAreas
    Table8.53: NormsforOrganisedGreenforPlainAreas
    S.No.

    Category

    Populationservedperunit

    AreaRequirement(Ha)

    1.

    HousingAreaPark

    5000

    0.50

    2.

    Neighbourhoodpark

    15000

    1.00

    3.

    Communitypark

    1lakh

    5.00

    4.

    Districtpark

    5lakh

    25.00

    5.

    Subcitypark

    10lakh

    100.00

    Source:

    MPD,2021.

    8.4.5.2. OtherControls(NBC):
    1) Open spaces/ maidans should be spatially distributed and multiple function in time to be
    promoted
    2) Inanylayoutorsubdivisionoflandmeasuring0.3Haormoreinresidentialandcommercial
    zones, the community open space shallbe reserved for recreational purposes which shall as
    faraspossiblebeprovidedinoneplace.
    a) Theminimumrecreationalspaceprovidedshallbe450sqm.
    b) Theminimumaveragedimensionoftherecreationalspaceshallnotbelessthan7.5mand
    thelengthshallnotexceed2.5timestheaveragewidth.
    3) Eachrecreationalareaandthestructureonitshallhaveanindependentmeansofaccess.
    4) Anybuildinglinetobeatleast3mawayfromtheboundaryofrecreationalopenspace.
    5) ZoologicalgardentobeasperCentralZooAuthorityprovisions
    Notes:
    Green areas and other associated noneconomic activities to be preferably proposed on Government
    reservedland.Incasetheopen/greenspaceswhichdonotgenerateincomeareproposedonprivately
    ownedland,thelocalauthoritypreparingtheplanshallpartwithafaircompensationasperTheRight
    toFairCompensationandTransparencyinLARRAct,2013tothelandowner.

    8.4.5.3. OrganisedGreenforHillyAreas
    Table8.54: NormsforOrganisedGreenforHillyAreas
    S.No.

    Category

    Populationservedperunit

    AreaRequirement(Ha)

    1.

    HousingAreaPark

    5000

    0.50to1.00

    2.

    Neighbourhoodpark

    10000

    1.20to2.00

    3.

    CityParks/playgrounds/maidan/
    exhibitiongrounds/culturalgathering
    grounds

    Forentiretownatoneormore
    sites,dependingupondesign
    andspaceavailability

    4.

    BotanicalGarden

    1foreverytown

    10.00to20.00

    5.

    Recreationalcomplexincludingzoo

    1foreverysettlementwith
    touristpotential

    10.00to12.00

    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    363

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.5.4. NormsforMultipurposeGrounds
    Table8.55: NormsforMultipurposegrounds
    S.No

    Category

    Populationservedperunit

    AreaRequirement(Ha)

    Subcitylevelmultipurposeground

    10lakh

    Districtlevelmultipurposeground

    5lakh

    CommunitylevelMultipurpose
    ground

    1lakh

    Source:

    MPD,2021.

    Variationbysizeofsettlement
    A. SmallTowns
    1) Inlightofthestandardsrecommendedbyvariousbodies,itissuggestedtoprovide1.0to1.2
    ha per 1000 persons for town level open spaces (excluding the open spaces in residential
    pockets),whichcanbedistributedfordifferentresidentialpocketsuniformlyforapopulation
    of8000to10,000.(Calculationbasedonthe1012mts/personfortheentireplannedareas).
    2) As already mentioned, the open spaces are to be developed with other socio cultural and
    commercialfacilitiessothattheycanservemultiplepurposes.

    B. MediumTowns
    1) The open spaces shall be provided at the rate of 1.4 to 1.6 ha per 1000 persons. The lower
    income areas shall be provided with more open spaces and the area under facilities like
    communityhallsetc.canbemergedwiththeopenspacestosuittheirsocialrequirements.

    C. LargeCity,MetropolitanandMegapolis

    1) Thesuggestedstandardsforopenspacesinlargeandmetropolitancitiesare1.2to1.4haper
    1000persons,dependinguponthelandavailability.
    2) Theolderpartsofthelargecitieshavenormallybeenfoundhighlydeficientwithrespecttothe
    availability of open spaces, thus additional provisions in the new development may also take
    care of the existing deficiencies. For large and metro cities, provisions shall also be made for
    city level special parks such as botanical and zoological parks, picnic huts, children parks,
    amusementparks,etc.

    8.4.6. SportsFacilities
    Table8.56: NormsforSportsFacilities
    Sr.No.

    Category

    PopulationServedperunit

    LandAreaRequirement

    1.

    Residentialunitplayarea

    5,000

    5000sqm

    2.

    NeighbourhoodPlayarea

    15,000

    1.50ha

    3.

    DistrictSportsCentre

    1lakh

    8.00ha

    4.

    DivisionalSportsCentre

    10lakh

    20.00ha

    Source:

    NBC,2005,part3.

    364

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.7. Distributionservices
    Table8.57: NormsforDistributionServices
    Sr.
    No.

    Category

    Populati
    on
    served
    perunit

    1.

    Petrol/Dieselfillingand
    ServiceCentre
    Permittedin:

    LandAreaRequirement

    c) DistrictCentres
    d) CommunityCentres(Only
    FillingStation)

    Onlyfilingstation

    30mx17m

    ii.

    Fillingcum
    servicestation

    iii.

    Fillingcum
    servicestation
    cumworkshop

    iv.

    e) Residential&Industrial
    UseZoneinUrbanAreas
    f) AlongNationalandState
    Highways

    Fillingstation
    onlyfortwoand
    threewheelers

    45mx36m

    j)

    Police/securityforce
    services(forcaptiveuse
    only)(MPD,pg125)

    Shallnotbe
    locatedonroad
    havingRightof
    Waylessthan
    30m.

    Specialcasesinold
    cityareasmaybe
    consideredbased
    ontheapprovalby
    statutory
    authorities.

    Shallbeapproved
    bytheexplosive/
    firedepartment.

    Shallnotbe
    locatedonroad
    havingRightof
    Waylessthan
    30m.

    Shallbeapproved
    bytheexplosive/
    firedepartment.

    18mx15m

    h) FreightComplex
    Proposedmajorroads

    36mx30m

    g) Villagesidentifiedas
    growthcentres
    i)

    i.

    a) CentralDistrict
    b) SubcentralDistrict

    Area
    requirement

    TypeofFacility

    OtherControls

    2.

    CompressedNaturalGas
    (CNG)/fillingcentre

    Permittedin:

    CNGmotherstation

    1080sqm

    (36mx30m)
    (Includingbuilding
    componentcontrol
    room/office/
    dispensingroom/
    store,pantryandW.C.)

    a) Allusezones(exceptin
    RegionalParksand
    DevelopedDistrictParks)
    b) AlongNationalandState
    Highways
    c) Villagesidentifiedas
    growthcentres

    d) FreightComplex
    e) Proposedmajorroads
    3.

    LPGGodown/Gasgodown

    40,000
    to
    50,000

    Capacity=500
    cylindersor8000kgof
    LPG

    520sqm
    (26mx20m)

    Area(inclusiveofguard
    room)

    4.

    Source:

    MilkDistribution

    5000

    Areainclusiveofservice
    area

    150sqm

    Themajorconcernforits
    storageanddistribution
    isthelocation,which
    shallbeawayfromthe
    residentialareasand
    shallhaveopenspaces
    allaroundasperthe
    ExplosiveRules.

    NBC,2005.

    Notes:
    1) SuperKeroseneOil/LightDieselOilforindustrialactivityshallbegivenseparately.
    2) Largepetrol/dieselstoragecentrestobelocatedoutsidecityjurisdiction.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    365

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.8. Police,CivilDefenceandHomeGuards
    Table8.58: NormsforPoliceFacilities
    Sr.No.

    Category

    PopulationServedperunit

    LandAreaRequirement

    1.

    PolicePost

    40,00050,000

    0.16Ha(Areainclusiveofresidential
    accommodation)

    (AreanotservedbyPolice
    Station)
    2.

    PoliceStation

    90,000

    1.50Ha(Areainclusiveofessential
    residentialaccommodation)
    0.05Haadditionaltobeprovidedforcivil
    defenceandhomeguards.

    3.

    TrafficandPoliceControlRoom
    (MPD,pg143)

    Asperrequirement

    4.

    Districtofficeandbattalion

    10lakh

    Totalarea=4.80Ha
    a) Areafordistrictoffice=0.80Ha
    b) Areaforbattalion=4.00Ha

    5.

    Policeline

    20lakh

    4.00to6.00Ha

    6.

    DistrictJail

    10lakh

    10.00Ha

    7.

    Civildefenceandhomeguards

    10lakh

    2.00Ha

    8.

    PoliceTrainingInstitute/
    College(MPD,pg143)

    Citylevel(tobelocatedin
    fringeareas)

    5Ha

    9.

    PoliceFiringRange(MPD,pg
    143)

    Citylevel(tobelocatedin
    fringeareas)

    Upto10Ha

    10.

    PolicecampincludingCentral
    PoliceOrganisation/Security
    Forces(IncludingCentral
    SecurityForces)(MPD,pg143)

    Upto10Ha

    11.

    PoliceBooth(atmajorroad
    intersections)

    1012sqm(tobeprovidedbytransport
    planners)

    Source:

    NBC2005andMPD2021.

    8.4.9. SafetyManagement
    Table8.59: NormsforSafetyFacilities
    Sr.No.

    Category

    DistributionorPopulation
    Servedperunit

    1.

    Subfirestation/FirePost

    Within34kmradius

    0.6Ha(withessentialresidential
    accommodation)

    2.

    FireStation

    2lakhpopulationor

    1Hawithresidential
    accommodation

    57kmradius
    3.

    DisasterManagementCentre

    Oneineachadministrativezone

    AreaRequirement

    1Haalongwithsuitableopen
    area
    2Haifsoftparking,temporary
    shelter,paradegroundetc.
    included

    4.

    Source:

    FireTrainingInstitute/College

    Citylevel(onesiteinUrban
    extension)

    3Ha

    MPD2021.

    366

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Guidelinesforlocatingfirestationsandotherfirefightingfacilities(AsperMPD)
    Fire stations should be located so that the fire tenders are able to reach any
    disastersitewithin35minutes
    Fire stations should be located on corner plots as far as possible and on main
    roadswithminimumtwoentries.
    In the new layouts, concept of underground pipelines for fire hydrants on the
    peripheryexclusivelyforfirefightingservicesshouldbeconsidered.
    Necessaryprovisionsforlayingunderground/overgroundfirefightingmeasures,
    water lines, hydrants etc. may be kept wherever provision of fire station is not
    possible.
    TheconcernedagenciesshalltakeapprovalfromFireDepartmentforfirefighting
    measureswhilelayingtheservicesforanarea.

    8.4.10. SpecialRequirementsforGenderSensitivePlanning183
    Womenstravelischaracterizedbytripchainingi.e.combiningmultipledestinations
    withinonetrip.Givenwomenshigherdomesticandcaretakingresponsibilities,they
    tendtoseekemploymentopportunitiesclosertohomewithmoreflexiblehoursthan
    theirmalecounterparts.Thistranslatesintoahighersensitivitytodistance.184
    At the regional and city levels, decentralized economic opportunities should be considered to
    reducetraveldistances.
    At the neighbourhood or planning sector levels, single land use zones should be discouraged, as
    theytendtobedeadorinactiveaswithbusinessdistrictsinthenightorresidentialareas.Mixed
    landuses(suchasmixedresidentialandmixedcommercialuses)shouldbeencouragedwhichwill
    generatestreetactivitythroughoutthedayandalsoreducewalkingdistances.
    Women are disproportionately affected by poor quality pedestrian infrastructure and increased
    walking distances. Walkable blocks should be promoted by limiting block sizes, providing direct,
    shortestnonmotorizedtransportroutesorpedestrianpublicrightofways.
    The height of compound walls can restrict street visibility. Therefore porous or semiporous
    compoundwallsarerecommendedtoallowstreetvisibility.
    Figure8.12:CompoundwallsRestrictingStreetVisibility

    Source:

    Working Paper on Incorporating a Gender Perspective in Urban Planning and Regulations, Embarq, India.

    183

    WorkingPaperonIncorporatingaGenderPerspectiveinUrbanPlanningandRegulations,Embarq,India.

    184Camstra,1996.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    367

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.10.1. Housing
    Anyproject,whichinvolvesrelocationofhouseholds,economiclinksornetworks,
    shouldbepreservedbyconsideringrelocationwithinthesamewardorlocalarea.
    The design of housing schemes for poor women should consider their lower
    incomes, work in the informal sector185and that the house and the open space
    adjoiningitisalsousedforeconomicactivity.186

    8.4.10.2. Amenities
    Wherelandisnotreservedforamenitieslikepolicestations,publictoilets,reading
    areas,communitybins,theyareconstructedonpavementsorinformallyprovided
    therebyobstructingpedestrianmovement.
    Duetowomenshigherdomesticandcaretakingfacilities,amenitieslikedaycare
    centres,preprimaryandprimaryschools,primaryhealthfacilities,localmarkets
    are recommended to be provided within 515 minutes walking distance (300
    800m).
    Similarlyadequatespaceandaccessshouldbeprovidedforwomeninthesepublic
    amenities, considering their needs. For example, it is recommended that public
    toilets should be provided within 15 minutes walking distance with special
    emphasisonareaswithhighvolumesofpeoplei.e.railwaystations,markets,bus
    terminals, public buildings, public open spaces etc. Public toilets should ensure
    sufficient seats for women, space for childcare and include toilet seats for
    dependents.

    8.4.10.3. StreetDesign
    There needs to be an effort to increase cycling modal shares of women by
    improvingwomenandgirlsaccesstocycles,especiallyloadcarryingcycles.
    Crowded streets, station entrances or exits are perceived as unsafe for women.
    Therefore a level of service approach should be used to plan pedestrian
    infrastructure. As per IRC Guidelines 1032012: Guidelines for Pedestrian
    Facilities, a level of service B or C is recommended. All footpaths should include
    and specify a dead zone, an uninterrupted walking zone and a multiutility zone
    forstreetfurnitureetc.
    Streets, including carriageway and pavements should be consistently and
    continuouslylit.
    Theroleofstreetvendorsincreatingstreeteyesisacknowledged187andtherefore
    must be planned for in neighbourhood layout or local area plans and in street
    design.

    185

    Khosla,Renu.AddressingGenderConcernsinIndiasUrbanRenewalMission.UNDP.

    186

    SPARC and KRVIA. 2010. ReDharavi. http://www.sdinet.org/media/upload/documents/ReDharavi.pdf (Accessed on 25th


    February2014).

    187

    Cross,JohnandMorales,Alfonso(Ed).2007.StreetEntrepreneurs:People,PlaceandPoliticsinLocalandGlobalPerspective,
    Routledge.

    368

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.4.10.4. PublicTransport
    Such provision include Prioritizing safe access to transit, rethinking transit fare
    structurestominimizecostformultistopjourneysandinoffpeakhours,introducing
    flexible services such as halting buses inbetween stops to drop women closer to
    theirdestinationinthenight,womenonlybuses/trains/coachesorreservedseatsfor
    womeninbuses,ensuringsufficienttoiletseatsforwomenatstationsandterminals,
    ensuring bus shelters and train stations have safety and comfort features (lighting,
    benches,emergencycalloptions)etc.

    8.5.

    CommercialActivities

    8.5.1. HierarchyofCommercialCentres
    Hierarchyofcommercialcentresisafunctionofthehierarchyofplanningunitsinan
    urban centre. Normally an urban centre shall have some or all of the following,
    dependinguponitssize:
    Table8.60: HierarchyofCommercialCentres(NBC)
    Sr.No.

    PlanningUnit

    Population
    served

    ClassofSettlement
    L

    HierarchyofCommercialCentre

    HousingCluster

    5000

    ConvenienceShopping

    Neighbourhood

    15000

    Localshoppingcentre

    Community

    100000

    CommunityCentre

    District

    500000

    DistrictCentre

    Subcity

    25lakh50lakh

    SubcityCentre

    City

    50lakh+

    CityCentre

    S:SmallTown
    M:MediumTown
    L:LargeCity,MetropolitanCityandMegapolis

    8.5.2. NormsforCommercialCentres
    Thenormsforplanningofcommercialcentresareasgivenintablebelow:
    Table8.61: NormsforCommercialCentres
    Sr.No.

    Category

    PopulationServedperunit

    LandAreaRequirement

    1.

    ConvenienceShopping

    5,000

    1,500sqm

    2.

    Localshoppingincludingservicecentre

    15,000

    4,600sqm

    3.

    CommunityCentrewithservicecentre

    1,00,000

    5Ha

    4.

    DistrictCentre

    1 at District level / 5,00,000


    population

    40Ha

    5.

    SubcityCentre(UDPFI)

    25lakhto50lakh

    Asperrequirement

    6.

    CityCentre(UDPFI)

    50lakh+

    Asperrequirement

    7.

    LocalWholesaleMarket/Mandi

    10lakh

    10.00Ha

    8.

    WeeklyMarkets

    1to2locationsforevery1lakh

    Areaperlocation=0.40Ha

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    369

    InfrastructurePlanning
    Sr.No.

    Category

    PopulationServedperunit

    1) Parkingandotheropenspaceswithin

    populationwith300to400
    unitsperlocation

    thecommercialcentrescouldbeso
    designedthatweeklymarketscan
    operateintheseareasduringnon
    workinghours.
    2) Theareaofinformalsectorshouldhave
    suitablepublicconveniencesandsolid
    wastedisposalarrangements.
    10.
    Source:

    OrganisedInformaleatingspaces

    LandAreaRequirement

    1lakh

    2000sqm

    NBC,2005.

    Note:
    Smallandmediumtownstogiveemphasisontheweeklymarketsfrompromotinglocaleconomic
    activities,
    Mandisandwholesalemarketstobegivenemphasisinregionalplanning.Integrationoftherural
    andsmallandmediumtownstobedevelopedthroughtheprovisionofMandis.
    Theareaofcommercialcentresandthenumberofshopsisgivenbelow:
    Table8.62: AreaofCommercialCentres
    Sr.No.

    Category

    Areaper1000persons(sqm)

    Numberofshops

    1.

    ConvenienceShopping

    220

    1for110persons

    2.

    Localshoppingincludingservicecentre

    300

    1for200persons

    3.

    CommunityCentrewithservicecentre

    500

    1for200persons

    4.

    DistrictCentre

    880

    1for300persons

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996updated.

    8.5.3. DistributionofActivities
    ThefollowingactivitiesallowedinthehierarchyofCommercialCentres.
    Table8.63: DistributiononActivities

    Sr.No. Activities

    HierarchyofCommercialCentres
    CityanSub
    citycentre

    District
    centre

    Community
    centre

    Shopping(retail
    services,repair)

    2.

    Limitedwholesale
    &Mandi

    3.

    Informalshopping

    4.

    CommercialOffices

    5.

    Cinema

    6.

    Hotel

    7.

    GuestHouse

    8.

    Bank/ATM

    9.

    NursingHome

    10.

    ServiceIndustries

    11.

    Auditorium

    12.

    Museum

    ClusterCentre

    1.

    Neighbourhood
    Centre

    370

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Sr.No. Activities

    HierarchyofCommercialCentres
    CityanSub
    citycentre

    District
    centre

    Community
    centre

    13.

    Library

    14.

    Readingroom

    15.

    ScienceCentres,Art/
    Craft/Music/Dance
    School

    16.

    Weeklymarkets

    Neighbourhood
    Centre

    ClusterCentre

    (onclosedays)
    17.

    LocalGovernment
    Offices

    18.

    BusTerminal

    19.

    FireStation

    20.

    Policepost/station

    21.

    TelephoneExchange

    22.

    Electricsubstation

    23.

    Postoffice

    24.

    Petrolpump

    25.

    Conveniences
    shoppingcentre

    26.

    EssentialResidential

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996updated.

    8.5.4. UrbanStreetVendors
    Street vendors188form a very important segment of the unorganised sector in the
    countryanditisestimatedthatinseveralcitiesstreetvendorsaccountforabout2%
    ofthepopulation.Theplanningoftheurbanstreetvendingzonesshallbesodoneso
    astoprovideforandpromoteasupportiveenvironmentforthe vastmassofurban
    streetvendorstocarryouttheirvocationwhileatthesametimeensuringthattheir
    vending activities do not lead to overcrowding and unsanitary conditions in public
    spacesandstreets.
    TheStreetVendors(ProtectionofLivelihoodandRegulationof StreetVending)Act,
    2014 has come into force since March 2014. The Act provides for Town Vending
    Committee (TVC), which shall conduct a survey of all existing street vendors every
    fiveyears.AccordingtotheActeverylocalauthorityshallprepareaplantopromote
    thevocationofstreetvendorsinconsultationwiththeplanningauthorityandonthe

    188

    TheNationalPolicyonUrbanStreetVendors,2009definesStreetVendorsasapersonwhooffersgoodsorservicesforsaleto
    the public in a street without having a permanent built up structure. The three basic categories of street vendors are a)
    Stationary,b)Peripateticandc)Mobile.

    Street Vending Act, 2014: Street Vendor means a person engaged in vending of articles, goods, wares, food items or
    merchandiseofeverydayuseorofferingservicestothegeneralpublic,inastreet,lane,sidewalk,footpath,pavement,public
    park or any other public place or private area, from a temporary built up structure or by moving from place to lace and
    includeshawker,peddler,squatterandallothersynonymstermswhichmaybelocalorregionspecific;andthewordsstreet
    vendingwiththeirgrammaticalvariationsandcognateexpressions,shallbeconstruedaccordingly.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    371

    InfrastructurePlanning

    recommendations of the Town Vending Committee once in every five years. Local
    authoritycanalsomakebyelaws,undertheAct,toprovidevendingzones,regulation
    ofcivicservicesinthevendingzonesandothermatters.

    8.5.4.1. PlanningnormsforUrbanStreetVendors
    Master/ Zonal/ Local/ Layout development plans to be inclusive and address the
    requirements of space for street vending through reservation of space. With the
    growthofcities/townsinresponsetourbanisation,thestatutoryplansofeverynew
    area should have adequate provision for Vending189/ Hawking zones and Vendor
    Markets.
    The provision for number of informal units for urban street vendors for different
    types of land use categories is given below. It is observed that the informal eating
    places mushroom at a faster rate. It is suggested to make provision for 1 informal
    eatingplace per 1 lakh population with a space allocation of 2000 sqm (NBC, 2005
    part3)
    Table8.64: NormsforInformalUnitsforUrbanStreetVendors
    Sr.No.

    Category

    No.ofInformalUnits

    1.

    RetailTrade

    3to4unitsper10formalshopsasspecifiedinthenorms

    1a

    CentralBusinessDistrict

    1b

    SubcentralBusinessDistrict

    1c

    DistrictCentre

    1d

    CommunityCentre

    1e

    ConvenienceShoppingCentre

    2.

    GovernmentandCommercialOffices

    5to6unitsper1000employees

    3.

    WholesaleTradeandFreightComplexes

    34unitsper10formalshops

    4.

    Hospital

    34unitsper100beds

    5.

    BusTerminal

    1unitper2busbays

    6.

    Schools

    6a.

    Primary

    34units

    6b

    Secondary/SeniorSecondary/Integrated

    56units

    7.

    Parks

    7a.

    Regional/DistrictParks

    810unitsateachmajorentry

    7b.

    NeighbourhoodParks

    23units

    8.

    Residential

    1unit/1000population

    9.

    Industrial

    56unitsper1000employees

    10.

    Railwayterminal

    Tobebasedonsurveysatthetimeofpreparationoftheproject

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    189

    Vendingzonemeansanareaoraplaceoralocationdesignatedassuchbythelocalauthority,ontherecommendationsof
    thetownvendingcommittee,forthespecificusebystreetvendingandincludesfootpaths,sidewalk,pavement,embankment,
    portionsofastreet,waitingareaforpublicoranysuchplaceconsideredsuitableforvendingactivitiesandprovidingservices
    tothegeneralpublic.

    372

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Quantitative Space Norms: Every land use has a carrying capacity ceiling and the
    same is true of vendors operating in a clearly demarcated area. Overuse can cause
    congestion and reduction of public hygiene. Every city/ town shall evolve its own
    quantitativenormsafterconductingpropersurveysandevaluatingactualneeds.The
    principle of Natural markets should be followed in designating areas as Vending
    Zones and their maximum holding capacity should be determined based on this
    principle.

    8.5.4.2. DemarcationofVendingZones
    City/TownDevelopmentPlanshalldemarcatethezonesasRestrictionfreevending
    zones, Restricted Vending Zones and Novending zones. Guidelines for locating
    zones:
    a) Spatialplanningshouldtakeintoaccountthenaturalprosperityofstreetvendorsbyproviding
    locations in response to the patterns of demand for their goods/ services. For this, competent
    institutionsrecommendphotographicdigitisedsurveysofstreetvendorsandtheirlocations.
    b) Apolicyforregulatingentryofstreetvendorsintotheidentifiedstreetvendingzonesontime
    sharingbasisshallbeformulatedbyMunicipalAuthorities.
    c) The vendormarkets may be establishedat suitable locationskeeping in view demand forthe
    wares/servicesofstreetvendors.Timerestrictionsonvendingshouldbeinaccordancewiththe
    needforensuringnoncongestionofpublicspaces/maintainingpublichygienewithoutbeingad
    hoc, arbitrary or discriminatory. Attempts should be made to provide ample parking areas for
    mobilevendorsforsecurityoftheirvehiclesandwaresatnightonpaymentofsuitablefees.
    d) Mobile vending should be permitted in all areas even outside the Vendors Markets, unless
    designated as No vending zone in the zonal, local area or layout plans. Restricted Vending
    zonesmaybenotifiedintermsofbothlocationandtime.LocationsdesignatedasNovending
    zonesshallbefullyjustified.

    8.5.4.3. ProvisionofCivicfacilities
    The following basic civic facilities shall be provided in Vending Zones/ Vendors
    markets:
    a)
    b)
    c)
    d)
    e)
    f)

    Solidwastedisposal
    Publictoiletstomaintaincleanliness
    Aestheticdesignofmobilestalls/pushcarts
    Electricity
    Drinkingwater
    Protectivecoverstoprotectwaresofstreetvendorsaswellasthemselvesfromheat,rain,dust
    etc.
    g) Storagefacilitiesincludingcoldstorageforspecificgoodslikefish,meatandpoultry,and
    h) Parkingareas

    Thevendormarketsshouldtotheextentpossible,alsoprovideforcrches,toiletsand
    restroomsforfemaleandmalemembers.
    Forotheraspectsofthestreetvendingnormssuchasorganisationandparticipative
    processes, promotional measures, action plan for stakeholders, monitoring and

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    373

    InfrastructurePlanning

    reviewetc.,theprovisionsofthepolicyshallbereferredto asupdatedfromtimeto
    time.

    8.5.4.4. SmallTowns
    1) For the general retail shopping requirements, the concept of street/ road side commercial
    activityshallbeacceptedasapolicywithcertainspecificcontrolssuchas:
    a) NocommercialactivityalongtheNH/SHoranymajordistrictroad
    b) Theminimumwidthofthestreettobe12m,wherevehicularmovementispermittedtoa
    limited extent (i.e. only up to 2 wheelers or rickshaw) and the streets with a minimum
    width of 4.5 m without vehicular movement may be permitted for road/ street side
    commercialactivity.
    2) Ithasbeengenerallyobservedthattheserviceandretailshopsemergealongthemajorroads
    andtheactivitiesareextendeduptotheroadsinmostcases,therebyaffectingthesmoothflow
    oftrafficandincreasingprobabilityaccidents.Thusus,itissuggestedthattheservicecentres
    shall be provided as a planned component and the sites near the petrol pumps shall be
    considered. The exact requirement of the area for service centre will be guided by the
    followingfactors:
    a) Vehicularpopulation
    b) Villages falling in the influence zone of the towns or, in other words, the service
    requirementsofthevillagesinthesurroundingareas.
    3) Thefunctionbasedcommercialrequirementssuchasmandi(vegetables/grains/fruits),cattle
    markets or any other such specialised markets are to be planned as per the case specific
    requirementsbasedonthestudyofthearea.
    4) The quantum of commercial activities to be proposedshall be restricted basedon locational
    attributesandthelocalneedbasedemergenceinitsnaturalgrowthbepermitted.
    5) For the newly planned schemes in small towns also, the policy of mixed land use can be
    adoptedsuitingthebehaviourpatternofthesociety.
    6) As already dealt in the previous section, the area requirements for commercial activities in
    smallsizedtownsworksouttobeabout0.2to0.25Ha/1000personsonanaverage,basedon
    theproposedlandusewhichisgovernedbythefunctionalcharacterofthetown.

    8.5.4.5. MediumTown
    1) Thegrowthoftownsfromsmalltomediumsizedtownthroughtransitionphases(50,000to
    100,000) changes the requirements for commercial activities gradually and for a town
    exceeding a population of 1 lakh, the extensions start developing in pockets of welldefined
    economicstrataofthepeopleandthusitissuggestedthattheareaspredominantlyplanned
    for upper middle groups shall be provided with the planned commercial centres (with
    adequateinbuiltprovisionforinformalcommercialactivitieswiththecommercialcentres)at
    therateof45formalshopsand23informalshopsper1000persons.
    2) Therequirementsforthewholesaletradewillbegovernedbythefollowingfactors:
    a) Locationofthetownwithrespecttolarge/metrocities
    b) Smalltownsandvillagesfallinginthedirectinfluencezoneofthetownforwhichithasto
    actasadistributioncentre.
    3) As already dealt in the previous section on land use, the area requirements for commercial
    activitiesinmediumsizedtownsworksouttobeabout0.24to0.32Ha/1000personsonan
    average,basedontheproposedlandusewhichisgovernedbythefunctionalcharacterofthe
    townandtheregionalimperativesmentionedabove.

    374

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.5.4.6. LargeCity,MetropolitanCityandMegapolis
    Theaveragelandrequirementsforcommercialactivitiesworkouttobe0.4Ha
    per1000personsinarangeof0.2to0.6Ha/1000personsdependingonthe
    location of these large cities with respect to metropolitan. Similar
    requirements have also been observed in case of metropolitan which are
    located in the influence zone of Megapolis; the average land requirement for
    commercialactivitiesunderthiscategoryworksouttobeabout0.3Ha/1000
    persons.

    8.5.4.7. VariationsforHillTowns
    1) Therequirementsofcommercialactivitiesinhillyareasaremainlylimitedto
    retailactivitiesthataremainlycateredbysmallshopsintheresidenceinnon
    touristcentres.Theprovisionofcommercialfacilitiesintouristcentresistobe
    reviewedfortwomajoraspects.First,theboardingandlodgingrequirements
    ofthetouristsandsecondtheinformalactivitiesneartouristspots.
    2) Therequirementsforhotelsandrestaurantscanbeworkedoutonthebasisof
    dataontouristandtheirgrowthtrends.Theinformalactivitiesatthetourist
    spots are mainly informal eatingplaces and other general shops selling local
    specialities.

    8.6.

    MiscellaneousFacilities

    8.6.1. Cremation/BurialGround
    Table8.65: NormsforCremation/BurialGround
    Sr.No.

    Category

    Populationservedperunit

    Min.LandAreaRequirement

    1.

    ElectricCrematorium

    1forlargesizetowns

    2.00Ha

    2.

    CremationGround

    5lakh

    2.50Ha

    3.

    BurialGround

    5lakh

    4.00Ha

    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    OtherControls:
    1) Thesitenottobeinproximitytoresidentialareasandpreferablyinurbanextension.

    8.6.2. DhobiGhat
    Table8.66: NormsforDhobiGhat
    Sr.No.

    Category

    1.

    DhobiGhatwithappropriatearrangements
    forwateranddrainagefacilities.

    Populationservedper
    unit

    Min.LandAreaRequirement

    1Lakh

    5000sqm

    Itmaybeensuredthatthewaterbodiesare
    notpollutedasaresultofsuchactivities.
    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    375

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.6.3. Mandisandwholesaleagriculturalproducemarkets
    According to the recommendations by National Farmers Commission (2004)190,
    availabilityofregulatedMarketsshouldbe within5kmradius (areaservedapprox.
    80 sq km) The agricultural produce can be categorised under two heads (a)
    Perishable produce consisting of fruits, vegetables and flowers and (b) Non
    perishableproduceconsistingofgrainsandpulses.Theplanningforthemandisshall
    dependuponthefollowingparameters:
    Numberoffooditems
    Perishabilityoffooditems
    Volumetobehandled
    Typeofstorage/coolchainfacilities.
    Themandisshallbepreferablyadjacenttoarterialroads.

    Thegovernmentinitiativesforpromotingregulatedmarketsare:
    3. Direct marketing by promoting farmers markets in various forms, such as Apni Mandis in
    Punjab,RythuBazaarsinAndhraPradesh,UzhavarSanthaiinTamilNadu,andShetkariBazaarin
    Maharashtra,promotedbystateagencies.
    4. etrading:VariousstateshaveadoptedtheModelAPMCAct,whichprovidesforetrading.(Pg
    16)
    5. Terminalmarketcomplex:proposed to be implemented through Public Private Partnership
    (PPP) mode by establishing the Hub (Main Market) and Spokes (Collection Centres) in the
    StateswhohaveamendedtheirAPMCAct.

    8.6.4. Provisions for Livestock


    ManagementCentre

    Management/

    Animal

    Inordertoensureprimaryeconomicactivitiesandfoodsecurity,inurbanareasand
    region, sustainable development of agricultural sector and associated activities is
    interdependent. Livestock management and addressing the urban problem of street
    animalscallsforadedicatedspaceforitsmanagement.
    The National Livestock Policy, 2013 provides a policy framework for improving
    productivity of the livestock sector ina sustainable manner, taking into account the
    provisionsof the National Policy of Farmers, 2007 and the recommendations of the
    stakeholders,includingtheStates.
    Thepolicyrecommendsthefollowingwithrespecttourbanandregionalplanning:
    1. Inclusive planning of livestock management services such as veterinary institutions, vaccine
    anddiagnosticproductionunits,semenstationsandartificialinseminationbreedingfarms,feed
    andfodderproductionunitsetc.atregionalandcommunitylevelforgenerationanddeliveryof
    theseservicesinruralandurbanareas.
    2. Integrated land use planning with livestock as a component should be encouraged through
    PanchayatiRajInstitutionstoensureproductionpotentialofpasturesandgrazingcommunity
    lands

    190

    WorkinggrouponAgricultureMarketingInfrastructure,PlanningCommission,12thFiveYearPlan,pg8.

    376

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Along with the livestock management, adequate provisions for street animals shall
    alsobeplannedforbyprovisionofanimalmanagementcentresinurbanandregional
    areas.Theotherfacilitiestobeprovidedhereare:

    Veterinaryfacilities&hospitalsasmentionedbefore
    Gaushalawithprimarymilkpackagingfacilities
    Biodegradablesolidwastedisposalanddecompositionfacilities
    Biogasplants
    Opengreenspacesandnurseries
    Essentialresidentialspaces

    8.6.5. NormsforTelephone,PostalandBankingfacilities
    Table8.67: NormsforCommunicationfacilities
    Sr.No

    Category

    Populationservedperunit

    AreaRequirement

    1.

    Telephone&communications

    1a

    Telephoneexchangeof40,000lines

    4Lakh

    4Ha

    1b

    Radio/TVStation

    58lakh

    1,700sqm

    1c

    Remotesubscriberunit(MPD,pg142)

    1for3kmradius

    300sqm

    Postal

    2a.

    Postofficecounterwithoutdelivery
    (Floorareatobeprovidedinlocal
    shoppingcentre)

    15,000

    85sqm

    2b.

    Headpostofficewithdeliveryoffice

    2.5Lakh

    750sqm

    2c.

    Headpostofficeandadministrative
    office

    5Lakh

    2500sqm

    Banking

    Bankwithextensioncounterswith
    ATMfacility

    15000

    i)

    Floorareaforcounters

    75sqm

    ii)

    FloorareaforATM

    6sqm

    Bankwithlocker,ATMandother
    bankingfacilities

    1lakh

    2500sqm

    2.

    3.
    3a.

    3b.

    Source:

    NBC,2005&StudyonZoningRegulations,TCPO,2004.

    8.7.

    ProvisionsforHillyAreas

    TheprovisionofSocialinfrastructure;Police,Civildefenceandhomeguards;Safety;
    CommercialActivityandotherMiscellaneousActivitiesforhillyareasshallbegeneral
    asgivenabove.However,thefollowingminimumnormsshallalsobeensured:
    Table8.68: NormsforHillyAreas
    Sr.No.

    Category

    Populationserved
    perunit

    Distancebetween
    twofacilities(km)

    AreaRange(Ha)

    1.

    EducationFacilities

    1a

    PrimarySchool

    4000

    1to2

    0.20to0.30

    1b

    SecondarySchool(10+2)

    15,000

    5to7

    0.30to0.50

    1c

    IndustrialTrainingCentre

    8to12

    0.30to0.60

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    377

    InfrastructurePlanning

    Category

    Populationserved
    perunit

    Distancebetween
    twofacilities(km)

    AreaRange(Ha)

    1d

    College

    30,000

    8to12

    2.00to3.00

    1e

    ProfessionalCollege

    30,000

    8to12

    1.00to1.50

    1f

    University

    50,000

    8to12

    2.00to3.00

    HealthcareFacilities

    2a

    Dispensary

    2500

    2to4

    0.015to0.020

    2b

    Healthsubcentre

    3000

    2to4

    0.025to0.067

    2c

    FamilyWelfareCentre

    5,000

    5to10

    0.025to0.050

    2d

    MaternityHome

    15,000

    5to10

    0.025to0.050

    2e

    NursingHome

    15,000

    5to10

    0.050to0.075

    2f

    PrimaryHealthCentre(25to50
    beds)

    20,000

    16to20

    0.105to0.210

    2g

    Hospital(200to250beds)

    80,000

    16to20

    0.840to2.100

    2h

    VeterinaryCentre

    1000

    16to20

    0.050to0.100

    OtherFacilities

    3a

    LocalConvenienceShopping

    10,000

    2to4

    0.50to0.10

    3b

    MilkBooth

    10,000

    2to4

    0.04

    3c

    BanquetHall

    10,000

    5to10

    0.10

    3d

    ReligiousBuildings

    10,000

    5to10

    0.10

    3e

    CremationGround

    10,000

    5to10

    0.20

    3f

    InformalBazaar

    15,000

    5to10

    0.10to0.20

    3g

    CommunityWelfareCentre

    16,000

    5to7

    0.10to0.15

    Services

    4a

    Ruralpostoffice

    1000

    1to2

    4b

    Ruralpostoffice

    2000

    2to4

    0.025to0.050

    4c

    PostOffice

    10,000

    5to7

    0.10to0.15

    4d

    GeneralPostOffice

    50,000

    10to15

    0.20to0.40

    4e

    Telephoneexchange

    50,000

    10to15

    0.20to0.40

    4f

    Bank(tribalareas)

    10000

    16to20

    0.100to0.150

    4g

    PoliceChowki

    5000

    2to4

    0.10

    4h

    PoliceStation

    15000

    5to10

    0.50

    4i

    FireStation

    50,000

    0.30to0.80

    4j

    DisasterManagementCentre

    20,000

    5to10

    1.00

    4k

    Electricsubstation(66kv)

    1.00

    4l

    Electricsubstation(11kv)

    0.05

    LPGgodown

    Asperrequirement

    0.15

    Sr.No.

    2.

    3.

    4.

    4m
    Source:

    NBC2005,TCPODraftIndianStandardforDevelopmentPlanninginHillyAreas.

    378

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    InfrastructurePlanning

    8.8.

    AccessProvisionsfortheDifferentlyabled

    The minimum access provisions shall be provided as per Guidelines and Space
    Standardsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironmentfordisabledandelderlypersons,1998.
    Thefollowingprovisionsshallbeprovidedinvarioustypesofbuildings:
    Table8.69: MinimumAccessprovisionsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironment
    Sr.No.

    TypeofBuilding

    MinimumProvisions

    1.

    Singledetached,singledwelling
    units

    Aminimumof2%ofthetotalnumberofunitstobeconstructedwith
    barrierfreefeatures(adoptableunits)

    2.

    Staffhousing,multipledwellingand
    highriseresidentialunitsand
    tenements

    Minimumof1unitforevery25unitstobedesignedforbarrierfree
    builtenvironment
    Plus1additionalunitforevery100unitsthereafter.
    Entrancesandexitstobedesignedforbarrierfreeaccessibility.

    3.

    Tenementhouses,rowhouses,
    apartmentsandtownhouses

    Aminimumof1unitforupto150units
    Plusminimumof1additionalunitforevery100unitsthereafter
    Entrancesandexitstobedesignedforbarrierfreeaccessibility

    4.

    Postoffices,banksandfinancial
    serviceinstitutions

    a) Aminimumof1loweredservicecounteronthepremises.

    5.

    Shophousesandsinglestorey
    shops

    Barrierfreeaccessto/withinshoppingarea.

    6.

    Placesofworship

    Entrancesandexitsandmainareaoftheworshiptobeaccessible.

    7.

    Foodcentres

    a) Aminimumof1tablewithoutstoolsorseatsattachedtothefloor
    forevery10tables.

    b) Aminimumof1loweredATM/cashdispersalpointonthe
    premises.

    b) Aminimumof2tableswithoutstoolsorseatsattachedtothefloor
    forthewholepremises.
    c) Accessibleentrance.
    8.

    Communitycentres,villagehalls,
    auditoria,concerthalls,assembly
    halls,cinemas,theatresandother
    placesofpublicassembly

    a) Accessibleentrances,exits,aislesandmaincommunityorpublic
    gatheringareas.
    b) Accessibletoiletfacilitiesshouldbenearby
    c) Seatingforpersonswithdisabilitiestobeaccessiblefrommain
    entrancesandlobbies.
    d) Variousseating/viewingchoicetobeprovidedforpersonsin
    wheelchairsthroughoutthemainseatingarea.
    e) Aminimumof2wheelchairspacesforseatingcapacityupto100
    seats.
    f) Aminimumof4wheelchairspacesforseatingcapacityfromover
    100to400seats.

    Source:

    GuidelinesandSpaceStandardsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironmentfordisabledandelderlypersons,CentralPublic
    WorksDepartment,MinistryofUrbanAffairs&Employment,India,1998.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    379

    InfrastructurePlanning

    380

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulations

    The purpose of the Simplified Development Promotion Regulations is to guide the


    formationofzonalandbuildingregulationsbyStateDepartmentsandbyLocalUrban
    Bodies. These regulations, besides prescribing the various provisions, also allow
    freedom to adopt appropriate practices in lines with the approach to the human
    settlement,bothurbanandregional.Thesecanbe:

    Developmentplansforitszonalplanningandbuildingdesign,
    Firesafetyprovisions,
    Environmentalandgeographicalvariation,
    Protectionandimprovementoflocalenvironment,
    Socioeconomicconsiderations,
    Towardsthecreationofsustainablehumansettlements.

    As per the National Building Codes, 2005, Technological and socioeconomic


    developments in recent times have led to remarkable increase in demand for more
    andmoresophisticationinbuildingsresultingineverincreasingcomplexities.These
    perforcedemandhighlevelsofinputsfromprofessionalsofdifferentdisciplinessuch
    as architecture, civil engineering, structural engineering, functional and life safety
    services including special aspects relating to utilities, landscaping, etc in
    conceptualization, spatial planning, design and construction of buildings of various
    material and technology streams, with due regard to various services including
    operation,maintenance,repairsandrehabilitationaspectsthroughouttheservicelife
    ofthebuilding.
    Apartfromthegivengeneralregulations,energyefficiencyinthebuildingbyelawsto
    be adopted as per Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) was launched by
    MinistryofPowerinMay2007.Itsetsminimumperformancestandardsforbuildings
    to promote energy efficiency. The National Building Code 2005 focuses on energy
    efficiencyinthefollowing:

    UseofPozzolonainconcreteproduction
    Daylightintegration(indoorlightinglevelstobemetviadaylighting)
    Artificiallightingrequirementsforindoorspaces
    Ventilationstandards(naturalandmechanical)foroptimalhumanhealthandwellbeing.
    Electricalstandards(minimumpowerfactor,allowancesfordiversityetc)
    SelectHVACdesignnorms.

    India being a large country with variations from region to region, these regulations
    may be followed for the regulating development in the settlement which under no
    jurisdiction or in case of absence of any statutory plan to meet the requirements of
    differentregionsofthecountry.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    381

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.1.

    SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification

    Table9.1: SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification
    LevelI
    N

    AN

    1.

    LevelII

    UseCategory

    AN

    UseZone

    Residential

    11

    R1

    PrimaryResidentialZone

    12

    R2

    Unplanned/InformalResidentialZone

    2.

    Commercial

    21

    C1

    RetailShoppingZone

    22

    C2

    GeneralBusinessandCommercialDistrict/Centres

    23

    C3

    Wholesale,Godowns,Warehousing/Regulated
    Markets

    24

    C4

    ServiceSector

    25

    C5

    Regulated/Informal/WeeklyMarkets(TCPOStudy
    onZoningRegulations)

    3.

    Industry

    31

    I1

    ServiceandLightIndustry

    32

    I2

    ExtensiveandHeavyIndustry

    33

    I3

    SpecialIndustrialZoneHazardous,Noxiousand
    Chemical

    4.

    PS

    Publicand
    SemiPublic

    41

    PS1

    Govt./SemiGovt./PublicOffices

    42

    PS2

    Govt.Land(useundetermined)

    43

    PS3

    PoliceHeadquarter/Station,PoliceLine

    44

    PS4

    EducationalandResearch

    45

    PS5

    MedicalandHealth

    46

    PS6

    SocialCulturalandReligious(inc.Cremationand
    BurialGrounds)

    47

    PS7

    UtilitiesandServices

    5.

    MixedUse

    51

    M1

    MixedIndustrialuseZone

    52

    M2

    MixedResidentialZone

    53

    M3

    MixedCommercialZone

    6.

    Recreational

    61

    P1

    Playgrounds/Stadium/SportsComplex

    62

    P2

    Parks&GardensPublicopenspaces

    63

    P3

    Multiopenspace(Maidan)

    7.

    Transportation
    and
    Communication

    71

    T1

    Roads/BRTS

    72

    T2

    Railways/MRTS/

    73

    T3

    Airport

    74

    T4

    SeaportsandDockyards

    382

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    LevelI
    N

    AN

    LevelII

    UseCategory

    AN

    UseZone

    75

    T5

    BusDepots/TruckTerminalsandfreightComplexes

    76

    T6

    TransmissionandCommunication

    8.

    Primary
    Activity

    81

    PA1

    Agriculture

    82

    PA2

    Forest&Horticulture

    83

    PA3

    PoultryandDairyFarming

    84

    PA4

    RuralSettlements

    85

    PA5

    BrickKilnandExtractiveAreas

    86

    PA6

    Others(fishing,potteryetc.)

    9.

    Protectiveand
    UndevelopableUse
    Zone

    91

    E1

    WaterBodies

    92

    E2

    SpecialRecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchas
    sanctuaries/reserveforestsandEcosensitivezone

    93

    E3

    UndevelopableUseZone

    10.

    SpecialArea

    101

    S1

    OldBuiltup(Core)Area

    102

    S2

    HeritageandConservationAreas

    103

    S3

    ScenicValueAreas

    104

    S4

    GovernmentRestrictedArea(suchasDefence)

    105

    S5

    OtherUses/SpotZone*

    N:NumericCode

    AN:AlphaNumericCode
    Source: UDPFIGuidelines,1996&varioussourcesincludingStudyonZoningRegulation,TCPO,2004.

    Notes:
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.

    5.

    6.
    7.

    Overall, there could be 43 use zones at the Development Plan level within 10 land use
    categoriesatthePerspectivePlanlevelasgivenintheabovetable.
    AreasofinformalactivitiesmaybeidentifiedintheabovelandusecategoriesatLevelIIfor1
    to7LevelIUseZonesonly.
    Mixed use zone shall be identified at the Development Plan level, having dominant use and
    mixeduse.
    Usepermissionsfordifferentactivities,asspecifiedinthenextsectiononSimplifiedUseZone
    Regulations can be provided at the project/action plan level or with the approval of the
    StatutoryAuthorityasthecasemaybe.
    *The process of changing/relaxing/modifying land use of part or Spot of a zone in a
    particular land use is termed as Spot Zoning. Spot Zoning can be done for comparatively
    smaller area in a particular land use zone in such a way that it does not affect the overall
    DevelopmentPlan.
    Usezoneregulationsfortheusepermissibility(fromthesuggestivelist)couldbedecidedby
    thetownplannerdependingupontherequirement/feasibility.
    Appropriatecodeintermsofbothnumericalandalphabetic(letter)areprovidedtofacilitate
    thereferenceandtohaveasimplifiedproceduretofollow.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    383

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.2.

    SimplifiedUrbanLanduseZoningRegulations

    Buildings and premises listed below are Permitted normally on specific


    sites/locations forming part of the Regional Plan, Development plan, LAPs, Annual
    planandProjects.However,thisisasuggestedlistwhichcouldbefurtherenhanced
    orreduced,asthecasemaybe,dependingonthesizeofthecity/town,characteristics
    andotherrelevantfactors.Thelistalsocontainsthebuildings/premiseswhichcould
    beallowedonanapplicationtotheCompetentAuthorityifsuchsitesdonotformpart
    of the Regional Plan, Development plan, LAPs, Annual plan and Projects. Such
    use/activity is termed as Restricted. The uses/activities which are otherwise not
    allowed in a particular use zone are termed as Prohibited. The activities shall be
    proposedinthelandusebasedonitscompatibilitywithsurroundinglandusesand
    widthoftheapproachroadasthecasemaybe.
    1) RESIDENTIAL(R)
    TheResidentialUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. PrimaryResidentialZone:R1
    2. Unplanned/InformalresidentialZone:R2

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinResidentiallandusezoneshall
    beasgivenbelow:
    Residence plotted, (detached, semidetached and row housing) group housing
    houses, residential flat, residentialcumwork, hostels, boarding and lodging
    (accommodation for transit employees of Govt./ Local Bodies) houses, barat ghar/
    marriagehall,communityhall,oldagehome,policepost,guesthouses,crches,day
    care centre, convenience shopping centres, local (retail shopping), medical clinic,
    dispensaries, nursing home and health centres (20 bed), dispensary for pets and
    animals, professional offices, educational buildings: (nursery, primary, high school,
    college), school for mentally/ physically challenged, research institutes, community
    centres, religious premises , library, gymnasium, park/totlots, plant nursery,
    technicaltrainingcentre,yogacentres/healthclinics,exhibitionandartgallery,clubs,
    banks/ ATM, police stations, taxi stand/three wheeler stands, bus stops, electrical
    distribution depot, water pumping station, post offices, hostels of noncommercial
    nature,kindergartens,publicutilitiesandbuildingsexceptserviceandstorageyards.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Dharamshala,foreignmissions,nightshelters,petrolpumps,motorvehiclerepairing
    workshop/garages,householdindustry,bakeriesandconfectionaries,storageofLPG
    gas cylinders, burialgrounds, restaurants and hotels, printing press, go
    downs/warehousing, bus depots without workshop, cinema hall, auditoriums,
    markets for retail goods, weekly markets (if not obstructing traffic circulation and
    openduringnonworkinghours),informalmarkets,multipurposeorjuniortechnical
    shops,transientvisitorscamp,municipal,stateandcentralgovernmentoffices.

    384

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Uses/ActivitiesProhibited
    Heavy,largeandextensiveindustries:noxious,obnoxiousandhazardousindustries,
    warehousing, storage godowns of perishables, hazardous, inflammable goods,
    workshops for buses etc., slaughterhousing wholesale mandis, hospitals treating
    contagious diseases, sewage treatment plant/disposal work, water treatment plant,
    solidwastedumpingyards,outdoorgamesstadium,indoorgamesstadium,shooting
    range, zoological garden, botanical garden, bird sanctuary, picnic hut, international
    conferencecentre,courts,sportstrainingcentre,reformatory,districtbattalionoffice,
    forensicsciencelaboratory.
    2) COMMERCIALUSE(C)
    TheCommercialzonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. RetailShoppingZone:C1
    2. GeneralBusinessandCommercialDistrict/Centres:C2
    3. Wholesale,Godowns,Warehousing/Regulatedmarkets:C3
    4. ServiceSector:C4and
    5. Regulated/Informal/Weeklymarkets:C5

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinCommerciallandusezoneshall
    beasgivenbelow:
    PermittedUse/Activity
    Shops, convenience/neighbourhood shopping centre, local shopping centres,
    professionaloffices,workplaces/offices,banks,stockexchange/financialinstitution,
    bakeriesandconfectionaries,cinemahall/theatre,malls,banquethalls,guesthouses,
    restaurants, hotels, weekly market, petrol pumps, godowns and warehousing,
    generalbusiness,wholesale,residentialplotgrouphousing,hostel/boardinghousing,
    hostel, banks/ ATM, restaurants, auditoriums, colleges, nursing homes/medical
    clinics, pet clinics, religious places, offices/work places, commercial centres,
    research/training institute, commercial service centres/garages/workshop,
    baratghar/nightshelter,weekly/formalmarkets,library,parks/openspace,museum,
    police stations/post, taxi stand/three wheeler stands, parking site, post offices,
    government/ institutional offices, telephone exchange/centres, warehousing and
    coveredstorage,researchinstitutions.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Nonpollution, nonobnoxious light industries, warehousing/storage godowns of
    perishable, inflammable goods, coal, wood, timber yards, bus and truck depots, gas
    installation and gas works, polytechniques and higher technical institutes, junk
    yards, water treatment plant, railway yards/stations, sports/stadium and public
    utility installation, hotel and transient visitors homes, religious buildings, hospitals
    andnursinghomes.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    385

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Uses/ActivitiesProhibited
    Dwellings except those of service apartment, essential operational, watch and ward
    personnel,heavy,extensive,noxious,obnoxious,hazardousand extractiveindustrial
    units, hospitals/research laboratories treating contagious diseases, poultry
    farms/dairy farms, slaughterhouses, sewage treatment/disposal sites, agricultural
    uses,storageofperishableandinflammablecommodities,quarryingofgravel,sand,
    clay and stone, zoological garden, botanical garden, bird sanctuary, picnic hut,
    international conference centre, courts, sports training centre, reformatory, district
    battalion office,forensic science laboratory and all other activitieswhich may cause
    nuisanceandarenoxiousandobnoxiousinnature.
    3) INDUSTRIALUSEZONE
    TheIndustrialUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. ServiceandLightIndustry:I1
    2. ExtensiveandHeavyIndustry:I2
    3. SpecialIndustrialZoneHazardous,NoxiousandChemical:I3

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinIndustriallandusezoneshallbe
    asgivenbelow:
    PermittedUse/Activity
    Residentialbuildingforessentialstaffandforwatchandwardpersonnel,allkindof
    industries, public utilities, parking, loading, unloading spaces, warehousing, storage
    and depot of nonperishable and noninflammable commodities and incidental use,
    cold storage and ice factory, gas godowns, cinema, bus terminal, bus depot and
    workshop,wholesalebusinessestablishments,petrolfillingstationswithgarageand
    servicestations,parksandplaygrounds,medicalcentres,restaurants.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Noxious, obnoxious and hazardous industries except storage of perishable and
    inflammablegoods,junkyards,sports/stadium/playgrounds,sewagedisposalworks,
    electric power plants, service stations, cemeteries, government/semi
    government/private business offices, bank and financial institutions, helipads,
    hospitals/medical centres, religious buildings, taxi stands, gas installations and gas
    works, animal racing or riding stables, workshops/garages, dairy and farming,
    quarryingofgravel,sand,clayorstone.
    ProhibitedUses/Activities
    Residential dwellings other than those essential operational, service and watch and
    wardstaff,schoolsandcolleges,hotels,motelsandcaravanparks,recreationalsports
    or centres, other nonindustrial related activities, religious buildings, irrigated and
    sewagefarms,majoroildepotandLPGrefillingplants,commercialoffice,educational
    institutions,socialbuildings.

    386

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    4) PUBLICANDSEMIPUBLICUSEZONE(PS)
    ThePublicandSemiPublicusezonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. Govt./SemiGovt./PublicOffices:PS1
    2. Govt.landuse:PS2
    3. PoliceHeadquarter/Station.Policeline:PS3
    4. EducationalandResearch:PS4
    5. MedicalandHealth:PS5
    6. SocioCulturalandReligious(incl.CremationandBurialGrounds:PS6and
    7. UtilitiesandServices:PS7

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinPublicandSemiPublicusezone
    shallbeasgivenbelow:
    PermittedUses/Activities
    Government offices, central, state, local and semi government, public undertaking
    offices, defence court, universities and specialised educational institute, polytechnic,
    colleges,schools,nurseryandkindergarten(nottobelocatednearhospitalorhealth
    carefacility),researchanddevelopmentcentres,socialandwelfarecentres,libraries,
    social and cultural institutes, religious buildings/centres, conference halls,
    community halls, barat ghar, dharamshala, guest house, museum/art galleries,
    exhibition centres, auditoriums, open air theatre, recreational club, playground,
    banks, police station/police posts, police lines, police headquarters, jails, fire
    stations/fire posts, post and telegraph, public utilities and buildings, solid waste
    dumping grounds/sites, post offices, local state and central government offices and
    use for defence purposes, bus and railway passenger terminals, public utility and
    buildings,localmunicipalfacilities,usesincidentaltogovernmentofficesandfortheir
    use,monuments,radiotransmitterandwirelessstations,telecommunicationcentre,
    telephoneexchange,hospitals,healthcentres,nursinghomes,dispensariesandclinic.
    RestrictedActivities/Uses
    Residential flat and residential plot for group housing for staff employees, hostels,
    water supply installations, sewage disposal works, service stations, railway
    stations/yards, bus/truck terminals, burial grounds, cremation grounds and
    cemeteries/graveyards, warehouse/storage godowns, helipads, commercial
    uses/centres,otheruses/activities.
    5) Prohibited Uses/Activities
    Heavy, extensive and other obnoxious, hazardous industries, slaughterhouses, junk
    yards, wholesale mandis, dairy and poultry farms, farmhouses, workshop for
    servicing and repairs, processing and sale of farm product and uses not specifically
    permittedherein.
    6) MIXEDUSEZONE(M)
    TheMixeduseZonecanbesubdividedinto

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    387

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    1. MixedIndustrialuse:M1
    2. MixedResidentialuse:M2
    3. MixedCommercialuse:M3

    Theactivitiespermissible,restrictedandprohibitedshallasgivenbelow.
    PermittedUses/Activities
    In M1 Zone activities falling within non polluting industry/ service industry
    (dominant landuse) categories can coexist with maximum up to 2030% of
    commercial,institutional,recreationalandresidentiallanduse.
    In M2 Zone all activities falling within permitted residential land use (dominant
    landuse) shall be minimum 60% and to coexist with commercial, institutional,
    recreational.
    In M3 Zone all activities falling within permitted commercial, institutional land use
    (dominant landuse) shall be minimum 60% and to coexist with residential,
    recreationalandnonpollutingandhouseholdindustry.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Activitiesrelatedtocommercial,institutionalandresidentiallanduseinM1Zoneand
    nonpolluting industrial landuse in M2 Zone can be increased to between 2050%
    dependingonthecontextualandlocationalfeasibilityofthearea.
    ProhibitedUses/Activities
    Allotheractivitiesespeciallyindustrialwhicharepolluting innatureandwhichwill
    haveanadverseimpactontheoverallactivitiesofthiszone
    Note: Mixed landuse to be well defined by the Development control body by
    prescribing the limits on the use of activity based on the abutting road width,
    compatible uses, plots size, ground coverage, FAR/FSI, density, any other urban
    designguideline.
    7) RECREATIONALUSEZONE(P)
    TheRecreationalUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. Playgrounds/Stadium/SportsComplex:P1
    2. ParksandGardensPublicopenspaces:P2and
    3. Multiopenspace(Maidan):P3

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinRecreationalUseZoneshallbe
    asgivenbelow:
    PermittedUses/Activities
    Regional parks, district parks, playgrounds, children traffic parks,
    botanical/zoological garden, bird sanctuary, clubs, stadiums (indoor), outdoor
    stadiums with/ without health centre for players and staff, picnic huts, holiday

    388

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    resorts, shooting range, sports training centres, specialized parks/maidans for


    multiuse, swimming pool, special recreation and special educational areas, , library,
    publicutilities.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Buildingandstructuresancillarytousepermittedinopenspacesandparkssuchas
    stand for vehicles on hire, taxis and scooters, bus and railway passenger terminals,
    facilities such as police post, fire post, post and telegraph office, commercial use of
    transitnaturelikecinema,circusandothershows,publicassemblyhalls,restaurants
    andcaravanparks,sportsstadium,openaircinemas.
    ProhibitedUses/Activities
    Anybuildingorstructurewhichisnotrequiredforopenairrecreation,dwellingunit
    exceptforwatchandwardpersonnelandusesnotspecificallypermittedtherein.

    8) TRANSPORTANDCOMMUNICATIONUSEZONE(T)
    Thetransportandcommunicationusezonecanbesubdividedinto
    1. Roads/BRTS:T1
    2.Railway/MRTS:T2
    3.Airport:T3
    4.Seaports/Dockyard:T4
    5.Busdepots/truckterminalsandfreightcomplexes:T5
    6.TransmissionandCommunicationT6

    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinTransportandCommunication
    usezoneshallbeasgivenbelow:
    PermittedUses/Activities
    Roadtransportterminals(busterminalsanddepots),goodsterminals,parkingareas,
    circulations, airportsbuilding and infrastructure, truck terminal, motor garage,
    workshop,repairandrepairshopandfacilitiessuchasnightshelter,boardinghouse,
    banks, restaurants, booking offices, transmission centre, wireless station, radio and
    televisionstation,observatoryandweatheroffice.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Any other use/activity incidental to transport and communication, residential
    dwellingunitsforessentialstaffandwatchandwardpersonnel.
    ProhibitedUses/Activities
    Use/activity not specifically permitted herein. In vicinity of airports: butcheries,
    tanneries and solid waste disposal sites shall be prohibited within 10 km from the
    AerodromeReferencePoint(ARP)

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    389

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9) PRIMARYACTIVITYUSEZONE
    PrimaryActivitycanbesubdividedinto
    1. Agriculture:PA1
    2.Forest:PA2
    3.Poultryanddairyfarming:PA3
    4.Ruralsettlements:PA4
    5.Brickkilnandextractiveareas:PA5
    6.Others(fishing,potteryetc.):PA6
    TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinPrimary Activityzoneshallbe
    asgivenbelow:
    PermittedUses/Activities
    Dwelling for the people engaged in the farm (rural settlement), farmhouses and
    accessory buildings, agriculture, horticulture and forestry, poultry, piggeries and
    dairy farm, cottage industries, storage, processing and sale of farm produce, petrol
    andotherfuelfillingstations,fishing,publicutilityandfacilitybuildings.
    RestrictedUses/Activities
    Farm houses, extensive industry, brick kilns, sewage disposal works, electric power
    plant, quarrying of gravel, sand, clay or stone, service industries accessory to
    obnoxious and hazardous industries, school and library, temple, churches, mosques
    andotherreligiousbuildings,milkchillingstationsandpasteurisationplants.
    ProhibitedUses/Activities
    Residentialuseexceptthoseancillaryusespermittedinagriculturalusezone,heavy
    extensive,noxious,obnoxiousandhazardousindustries,anyactivitywhichiscreating
    nuisanceandisobnoxiousinnature.
    10)

    PROTECTEDANDUNDEVELOPABLEUSEZONE

    Theprotectiveandundevelopableusezoneshallbesubdividedinto
    1. Waterbodies:E1
    2. SpecialRecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchassanctuaries/reserveforestsandEco
    sensitivezone:E2
    3. Undevelopableusezone:E3

    Undevelopable use zone shall be identified as all earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs


    and environmentally hazardous area, areas adjacent to fault lines, areas with slope
    higherthan45degree(NBC),floodplainandareasadjacenttomajordrainagelines191
    forgeneralguidance,otherareasidentifiedbyStateDisaster ManagementAuthority
    andalltheenvironmentallysensitiveareas.

    191

    AizawlMasterPlan

    390

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    EcoSensitive Zones: Guidelines for declaration of Ecosensitive zones around


    National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries, has provided the extent of ecosensitive
    zonesasfollowing:
    Many of the existing protected areas have already undergone tremendous
    development in close vicinity to their boundaries. Some of the protected areas
    actually lying in the urban setup (Eg. Guindy National Park, Tamil Naidu, Sanjay
    GandhiNationalPark,Maharashtra,etc.).Therefore,definingtheextentoftheeco
    sensitivezonesaroundprotectedareaswillhavetobekeptflexibleandprotected
    areaspecific.Thewidthoftheecosensitivezoneandtypeofregulationswilldiffer
    fromprotectedareatoprotectedarea.However,asageneralprinciplethewidth
    of the ecosensitive zone could go upto 10 Kms around a protected area as
    providedintheWildlifeConservationStrategy2002.
    Incasewheresensitivecorridors,connectivityandecologicallyimportantpatches,
    crucial for landscape linkages, are even beyond 10 Kms width, these should be
    includedintheecosensitivezone.
    Further,evenincontextofaparticularprotectedarea,thedistributionofanarea
    ofecosensitivezoneandtheextantofregulationmaynotbeuniformallaround
    anditcouldbeofvariablewidthandextent.

    11)

    SPECIALAREAS(S)

    Inadditiontothevarioususes/activities,permitted,restrictedonapplicationtothe
    CompetentAuthorityandprohibited,listedundervarioususezones,zonemayalsobe
    specified keeping in view the special characteristic of such areas/pockets. This may
    comprise of old builtup areas having mixed land use: S1, areas of historical or
    archaeological importance having historical monuments and architecturally
    importantbuildings:S2,areasofscenicvalue:S3,whichneedtobepreservedwithout
    spoilingthecharacterbyputtingupvariouskindsofstructures,thearearestrictedfor
    developmentbyGovernment:S4,oritmaybeareaunderotheruses/spotzones:S5.
    Therefore, it is necessary that use/activity permissibility in special areas should be
    carefully thought of in the development plan while formulated, keeping in view the
    predominantandcompatibleactivitiesofaspecificuse,ofwhichsuchaspecialareais
    apartof.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    391

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.3.

    PlotRequirementRegulationsinLandusezones

    9.3.1. MeansofAccess192
    Everybuilding/plotshallabutonapublic/privatemeansofaccesslikestreets/roads.
    A. ResidentialBuildings
    Plotswhichdonotabutonstreet/roadshallbeprovidedwithminimumwidthcorresponding
    tothelengthofthemeansofaccessasgivenintablebelow:
    Table9.2: WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforResidentialPlots
    WidthofMeansof
    Access(m)

    LengthofMeansof
    Access(m)

    1.

    6.0

    75

    2.

    7.5

    150

    3.

    9.0

    250

    4.

    12.0

    400

    5.

    18.0

    1000

    6.

    24.0

    Above1000

    Sr.No.

    Source:

    OtherControls
    Developmentonplotshallnotbepermitted
    withoutaminimum6mwidthofaccessroad.
    Ifdevelopmentisonlyononesideofthemeansof
    access,theprescribedwidthsmaybereducedby
    1mineachcase.

    NBC,2005.

    B. OtherBuildings
    For plot development of uses other than residential, the following minimum width
    correspondingtothelengthofthemeansofaccessshallbefollowed:
    Table9.3: WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforplotsotherthanresidential
    WidthofMeansof
    Access(m)

    LengthofMeansof
    Access(m)

    1.

    12.0

    200

    2.

    15.0

    400

    3.

    18.0

    600

    4.

    24.0

    above600

    Sr.No.

    Source:

    OtherControls
    Thewidthofthemeansofaccessshallnotbeless
    thantheinternalaccesswaysinlayoutsand
    subdivision.

    NBC,2005.

    OtherControls:
    1) Pathway:ApproachtoabuildingfromPublicStreet/road/meansofaccessshallbethrougha
    pavedpathwayofminimumwidth1.5m,provideditslengthisnotmorethan30m.
    2) No premises other than highway amenities like petrol pumps, motels etc. shall have direct
    accessfromhighwaysandotherroadsminimumwidthof52m.
    3) For high rise buildings and buildings other than residential, the following additional
    provisionsshallbeensured:
    a) Thewidthoftheabuttingmainstreetshallnotbelessthan12mandoneendofthisstreet
    shalljoinanotherstreetnotlessthan12minwidth.
    b) Theapproachtothebuildingandopenspacesonallsidesupto6mwidthandthelayout
    shallbedoneinconsultationwithChiefFireOfficerofthecity.
    c) Themainentrancetotheplotshallbeofminimum6mwidthtoalloweasyaccesstofire
    engine.

    192

    NBC2005Part3,Pg13.

    392

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.3.2. AreaandHeightLimitations193
    ThelimitationofareaandheightofbuildingsshallbespecifiedintermsofFloorArea
    Ratio(FAR).TheFARshalltakeintoaccountthefollowingaspects:
    1)
    2)
    3)
    4)
    5)
    6)
    7)
    8)
    9)
    10)
    11)

    PopulationDensity
    OccupancyClass
    Typesofconstruction
    Widthofstreetfrontingthebuildingandthetrafficload
    Localitywherethebuildingisproposedandthedensity
    Parkingfacilities
    Localfirefightingfacilities
    Watersupplyanddrainagefacilities
    Earthpronezone
    Landusezone
    Carryingcapacity(estimatedpopulationonabovebasedinputs)

    9.3.2.1. ModelforFlexibleFAR194
    Normally maximum permissible FARs are specified for various use premises in the
    Master Plan. No construction beyond permissible FAR is allowed except additional
    5% which may be compounded i.e. permitted with penalties generally to
    accommodateconstructiondeficiency.SincetheallotmentisbasedonFARsanditis
    generallyrevisedupwardsoveraperiodoftimeaspartofextensivemodificationto
    the Master Plan, the concept of additional FAR charges is provided for (for the
    differencebetweentheFARatthetimeofallotmentandthepermissibleFAR)witha
    viewtorecoverpartofthecostforaugmentationofessentialservices.
    Withaviewtoprovideflexibilityandalsotoutilizethescarceurbanlandoptimally
    additionalFAR,asprovidedintheMasterPlanmayalsobeexaminedonasitebased
    upon its Additional FAR Factor which is a product of creativity and context.
    Creativity can be defined by design parameters such as urban form, parking
    provision, pedestrian safety, concern for the poor through induced informal
    activities, and provisions for evacuation during an emergency due to disaster
    (forexample,DelhifallsintheZone5).Italsoincludestheimpactofthedesignon
    essential services and environment. As a principle, the additional FAR should not
    resultinanegativeimpactontheessentialservicesandenvironment.
    Locationalattributes,ofthesitebeingassignedadditionalFAR,refertoitslocation
    withrespecttolanduseasgivenintheapprovedMaster/Zonal/LayoutPlan(asthe
    casemaybe),accessibility,levelofcongestionontheapproachroad,andnearnessto
    aheritagebuilding(ifany).

    193

    NBC2005part3Pg26.

    194

    Source: An Innovative Approach to Structured Spatial Transformation: Case Delhi, Dr.S.P.Bansal,Journal Spatioeconomic
    DevelopmentRecord(SDR)Volume19,No.1,JanFeb.,2012.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    393

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    TakingintoaccountthecreativityandcontexttheAdditionalFARFactorofasitecan
    beexpressedas:
    AdditionalFARFactor

    =
    Creativityxcontext

    =
    designparametersxlocationalattributes

    =a+b+c+d+em.n.o.p.(1)

    x+y
    Where:
    a=Parkingprovisionvalue
    b=Disasteremergencyprovisionvalue
    c=UrbanFormvalue
    d= PedestrianSafetyvalue
    e=Inducedinformalactivitiesvalue
    x= Impactonessentialservicesvalue
    y= Impactonenvironmentvalue
    m=LandUsevalue
    n=Accessibility(Rightofwayoftheapproachroad)value
    o= Congestion(Mobilityindexintermsoftravelspeed)value
    p=HeritageValue

    AssignmentofValues
    ForfindingtheAdditionalFARFactor,thevariousvaluesareassignedintheEquation
    (1)onthefollowingbasis:
    a = Parking provision: Based on design efficiency of parking provisions made. If
    parkingprovisionsaremadeoverandabovethenormsthenitcouldbe0.2;ifasper
    norms0.1&iflessthannormsitwouldbe0.
    b = Disaster emergency provision value: For disaster emergency evacuation
    arrangements made in the design. The value may be given as 0.2 if all the
    considerationsforsafety&disastermanagementintermsoffire,seismic,cycloneetc.
    incorporated.Ifpartiallyincorporatedthanvaluecouldbe0.1&ifnotincorporatedit
    wouldbe0.
    c=UrbanFormvalue:Basedonheightandurbanform.Thevaluedependingupon
    the location & expenditure on work of art @ at least 2% of the project cost and
    fulfillmentofallthesocialcorporateresponsibilityitcouldbe0.2,ifpartiallyfulfilled
    itcouldbe0.1&ifnotaddresseditmaybe0.
    d = Pedestrian Safety value: Depending on the pedestrian safety considerations
    made in the design. If the design has made all the provisions for conflict free
    pedestrianmovementaswellasbarrierfreemovementforphysicallychallengedthe
    value could be 0.2; if partial provisions are made 0.1 and if no provisions made it
    couldbe0.
    e=Inducedinformalactivitiesvalue: Depending on the induced informal activity
    and designconsiderations made. If spaces for various informal sector activities e.g.
    taxi stand,petty trades, servicing etc. are provided the value could be 0.2; if partial
    provisionsaremadeitcouldbe0.1&ifnoprovisionsaremadeitwouldbe0.
    x = Impact on essential services value: (e.g. water, waste water, power, waste
    management etc.): If the design offers positive impacts the value could be between
    0.4to0.5;iftherearenoimpacts(i.e.businessasusual)thevaluebe0.5andifthe
    impactsarenegativethevaluewouldbebetween0.5to0.6.

    394

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    y=Impactonenvironmentvalue: (In terms of carbon credits and green building


    designconcepts):Iftheimpactsarepositivethevaluecouldbebetween0.4to0.5;if
    therearenoimpacts(i.e.businessasusual)thevaluebe0.5;andiftherearenegative
    impactsitwouldbebetween0.5to0.6.
    m=LandUsevalue:Forriverbed,regionalpark/ridge&LBZareathevaluemay
    be 0, for other conforming land uses it could be 1;and in case of redevelopment,
    facilitycorridorandTODareawithconforminglandusethevaluecouldbe1.5.
    n=Accessibility(Rightofwayoftheapproachroad)value: For roads less than
    18mts.thevaluecouldbeconsideredat0,forroadsbetween18to30mtr.itistobe
    0.5;andforroadsabove30mtr.thevaluecouldbeas1.
    o=Congestion(Mobilityindexintermsoftravelspeedontheapproachroad)
    value:Ifitislessthan10km/h.itmaybetakenas0,ifthespeedisbetween10to15
    km/hitmaybe0.5andifitis25km/hormoreitmaybeconsideredas1.
    p = Heritage Value: If the distance between the location and the protected
    monument is less than 100 mtr. the value is 0, if the distance between plot and
    protectedmonumentisbetween100300mtr.itis 0.5 and ifit morethan 300mtr.
    thevalueis1.
    Example
    As per MPD2021 for hospital B (201500 bed) Master Plan provides coverage of 30% +
    additional 5% for multi level parking (not to be included in FAR), FAR 200 and height of 37 mtr.,
    parking standard @ 2 ECS/ sqmt. of floor area. In view of repeated request of hospital industry for
    grantofhigherFARtocopeupwiththerisingcostofprovidingspecializedhealthcareandtomake
    theconstructionandoperationofhospitalsviable;locationspecificrequestforadditionalFARcouldbe
    examined using the above formula. If the hospital plot is located in River Bed, Regional Park or LBZ
    areaoritfacesroadlessthan18mtr.inanyotherarea,wherethetravelspeedislessthan10km/h
    and the plot is at a distance less than 100 mtr. from notified protected monument; the request for
    additionalFARcanberejectedasthevalueofm,n,oandpwouldbezeroandthenetadditionalFAR
    factorwouldbezerotoo.However,inothercircumstancesbasedonthelocationwherethevalueofis
    notzeroandthedesignparametersareworkedoutinsuchawaythatthemaximumpermissiblevalue
    ofm,n,oandparescoredi.e.a,b,c,dandeeachhasavalueof0.2andthevalueofxandyare0.4
    each,theadditionalFARfactorcouldbemaximumi.e.andthevalueofx&yare0.4eachcouldbe1.25
    (10.8)atanylocationor1.87(1.251.5)atlocationformingpartofredevelopment,TOD&facility
    corridor,therebywiththepermissibleFARcouldberaisedto250or374,insteadof200asassigned
    in the Master Plan. This, however, would be subject to seeking all mandatory clearances from the
    concerned statutory bodies, NOC from local service providing agencies and depositing an additional
    FARchargeasperrules.
    Source:Dr.S.P.Bansal

    9.3.2.2. ModelforPurchaseableFAR195
    ProvisionofpurchasableFARinGroupHousing,Commercial,Institutional,Industrial,
    Sportandamusementcomplex,recreationalgreensandLowDensitySportsplotmay
    beconsidered,where:
    (i)
    ThePlotsexiston24mtrs.andabovewideroad.
    (ii) Theconstructionhasnotstarted,or
    (iii) The allottee wants to construct a new additional building within the limits of
    permissiblegroundcoverage,or
    (iv) Theallotteewantstoconstructnewbuildingonthevacantplot,or

    195

    Source:TheGreaterNOIDAIndustrialAreaDevelopmentRegulations,2010

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    395

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    (v)

    The allottee has already constructed building within purchasable F.A.R limits,
    or
    (vi) Purchaseable F.A.R may be allowed on minimum 18.0mtrs. road width and
    aboveroadwidthforinstitutionalandindustrialuse.
    Explanation: The Purchasable FAR shall be allowed up to the maximum limit of the
    applicableFARintheBuildingRegulations.

    PurchasableFARshallbeallowedwiththefollowingprovision/conditions:
    (i)NoconstructionshallbeallowedbeyondthelimitofmaximumpermissiblegroundCoverage.
    (ii)Parkingfacilitiesshallbeprovidedwithintheplotaspertheprovisionsofthebuildingbylaws.
    (iii) No objection certificate from the Airport Authority of India/ Competent Authority shall be
    obtainedfortheheightofthebuilding.
    (iv) Structure design duly checked and verified by the I.I.T/ N.I.T./ Government Engineering College
    shallbesubmittedalongwiththeproposalincasewhereadditionalfloorsarebeingproposed.
    (v)NoobjectioncertificatefromFireSafetyandEnvironmentalClearanceshallbeobtainedfromthe
    CompetentAuthorities.
    (vi) Purchasable FAR shall be applicable only on the basis of assessment of planned and available
    physicalinfrastructure.
    (vii)UseofpurchaseableFARshallbegovernedbythetermsandconditionsofleasedeed.
    (viii) In case where purchasable FAR is allowed, the Authority shall permit increase in the height of
    buildingasperrequirement.
    (ix) Additional Proportionate residential units shall be allowed on the purchaseable FAR for Group
    Housing.
    Note:
    (i)PurchasableFARisanenablingprovision.ItshallnotbeallowedtoanyAllotteeasamatterofright.
    (ii) With the consideration of Traffic density, conditions of approach road, availability of physical
    infrastructure, distance from the protected area and heritage sites or in the light of planning the
    Authoritymayidentifythezones/areaswherepurchasableFARshallnotbeallowed.
    (iii)Incaseofmixedlandusepermittedinanypocket/plot:
    (a) Permissible FAR for various uses shall be as applicable for respective use including the
    purchasableFAR
    (b) The total FAR in the pocket/plot shall be subject to the overall permissible FAR for the
    pocket/plot.
    (c) PurchasableFARshallbecalculatedonthebasisoftheFARoftheindividualuseswithinthat
    pocket/plot.

    CalculationMethodfortherateofchargesofPurchasableFAR:
    Rate assessment for purchasable FAR shall be calculated in proportion to the land requirement for
    additionalbuiltuparea.TheFractionoflandvalueshallbechargedfromtheallotteeonthebasisof
    followingformula:
    C=LexRcxP
    C=Charge
    Le=ProportionateLandrequiredagainstpurchasableFAR,i.e.Fpx100/FAR
    Fp=AllowedAdditionalcoveredarea(sq.mt.)asperpurchasableFAR.
    FAR=PermissibleFloorAreaRatioasperBuildingRegulations.
    Rc= Prevailing sector rate or allotment rate of related plot (on the basis of auction/sealed bid)
    whicheverishigher.

    P=ValueofpurchasableFactorisasfollows:
    GroupHousing=0.40
    Commercial=0.60
    Institutional/Institutionalgreen*=0.30
    Industrial=0.30
    Green/sport/recreationalAreas=0.20

    Note:
    *(i)ThepurchasableFARininstitutionalgreenplotshallonlybepermissiblefortheinstitutionalusein
    theplot.

    396

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    (ii)ThepurchaseableFARshallbeallowedtoamaximumpermissibleFARallowedfortheparticular
    use above the constructed building. If the allottee has done the construction before sanctioning, the
    compoundingchargesofunsanctionedareashallbepayableattherateofRs.200/persqmts.These
    compounding charges shall be over and above the fee charged for purchaseable FAR. In case of the
    construction is beyond the limit of purchasable F.A.R the allottee will have to first remove the extra
    constructionbeyondpermittedF.A.R.,thenallotteemaybeallowedtheextrapurchasableF.A.R.
    (iii) The Authority may also allow additional ground coverage with purchaseable F.A.R upto the
    maximumlimitof40%incommercialplotsofmorethan5000sq.mtr.areaonthebasisofadditional
    charges.
    AdditionalChargesforPurchasableGroundCoverageshallbecalculatedasfollows:
    C=Lx0.30xR
    C=Costofadditionalpurchasablegroundcoverage
    L=Landrequiredundergroundcoverforadditionalgroundcoverage
    R=Rateoflandpersq.mt.(currentreservepriceorauction/bid/allotmentratewhicheverishigher)
    0.30isaconstantfactorforpurchasablegroundcoverage.
    However,additionalcoveragewillnotconsideredinthesetbackarea

    9.3.2.3. ModelforFloatingFAR:
    ThestateofAndhraPradeshhasadoptedfloatingFARconcept.Themethodistoallowdevelopmentby
    restricting/ regulating height of the building width of abutting road and plot sizes. This method is
    basedonthecarryingcapacityanalysisoftheinfrastructureplanned.Inkeepingwiththenorminthe
    provisionofinfrastructureadjustedtothepercentage,plotownersarepermittedtousetheadditional
    FARonpaymentbasis.
    Basis for increasing FAR: Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of FAR
    includingincreaseingivenFAR.Twomajordeterminingfactorsshouldbeconsidered:
    4. V/C(V=volume,C=capacity)
    V/C:optimumlevelis0.8;itcanberelaxedupto0.9.Above0.9isdysfunctionaland1.0isnot
    desirable.
    5. LPCDofpipedwatersupply
    Litrespercapitaperday(LPCD):theplannedLPCDshouldbeaspertheminimumofnormis135LPCD
    set.However,thedensitytobecappedbytheDevelopment/MasterPlanasperthethreshold.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    397

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.3.3. MinimumSetbacks
    The setbacks in a building layout are provided subject to requirements of building
    height,theventilationandfiresafetyrequirements.Setbackscanbeprovidedintwo
    ways,i.e;
    1) Based on plot sizes
    2) Based on abutting road widths.

    These two methods as described below may be adopted for providing setbacks. However, the
    provisions shall also confirm to the local building bye-laws.

    9.3.3.1. SetbacksbasedonPlotSizes
    Thefollowingtablemaybereferredfordecidingtheminimumsetbacksfordifferent
    sizeplotsinvarioususezones.Thesizeofplotsshould bedecidedaftertakinginto
    account the provisions of National Housing Policy and Urban Land (Ceiling and
    regulation)Act.Thesetbacks,ifnecessary,maybechangeddependinguponthelocal
    situations and specified in the Development Plans and Building byelaws. Details
    indicated in UDPFI Guidelines 1996 continue to be valid and are presented in the
    tablebelow.
    Table9.4: MinimumSetbacks
    Sr.No. PlotSize(insqm)

    Front(m)

    Rear(m)

    Side(m)

    Side(m)

    Plains

    HillTowns

    Plains

    HillTowns

    1.

    Upto60

    1.5

    2.

    Above60andupto150

    1.5

    3.

    Above150&upto300

    1.5

    4.

    Above300&upto500

    5.

    Above500&upto1000

    6.

    Above1000&upto2000

    7.

    Above2000&upto4000

    8.

    Above4000&upto10000

    9.

    Above10000

    15

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines1996.

    Notes:
    1) In case the permitted coverage is not achieved with setbacks, the setbacks of the preceding
    categorymaybefollowed.
    2) Incasealayoutissanctionedwithmorethantheminimumprescribedsetbacks,thesameshall
    befollowedinthesanctionofthebuildingplans.
    3) Thebuildingplansanctioningauthoritymayrelaxsetbacksinspecialcircumstances.
    4) IncaseofCompactcityplanning,themarginstobealtereduptoatleast50%.

    398

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.3.3.2. SetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth196
    Thenormsforsetback,asperNationalBuildingCode,areindicatedinthefollowing
    tables:
    A. Front Setback
    Table9.5: FrontSetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth
    Sr.No.

    FrontSetback(m)

    Widthofstreetfrontingtheplot(m)

    Remarks

    1.

    1.5

    Upto7.5

    Forbuildingsuptoamaximumheightof7m

    2.

    3.0

    7.5to18

    3.

    4.5

    18to30

    4.

    6.0

    Above30

    Source:

    NBC2005.

    Note:Forstreetslessthan7.5minwidth,thedistanceofthebuilding(buildingline)shallbeatleast
    5mfromthecentrelineofthestreet.

    B. RearandSidesetbackforbuildingheightupto10m
    Rearsetback:therearsetbackshallbeminimum1.8m
    Sidesetback:thesidesetbackshallbeasfollows:

    Fordetachedbuildings:Minimum3monbothsides,

    Forsemidetachedbuildings:Minimum3mononeside,

    Forrowtypebuildings:Nosidesetbackisrequired.
    C. RearandSidesetbackforbuildingheightsabove10m
    Table9.6: Rearandsidesetbackwithrespecttoabuttingroadwidth
    Sr.No.

    HeightofBuildings(m)

    Sideandrearsetbacks(m)

    1.

    10

    2.

    15

    3.

    18

    4.

    21

    5.

    24

    6.

    27

    7.

    30

    8.

    OtherControls

    Forbuildingsabove24minheight,the
    minimumfrontsetbackshallbe6m.

    Whereroomsdonotderivelightand
    ventilationfromtheexterioropenspace,
    thewidthofsuchspaceshallbereduced
    by1msubjecttoaminimumof3mand
    maximumof8m.

    10

    Alternativesetbacksfortowerlike
    structures

    35

    11

    9.

    40

    12

    Uptoheightof24mwithonesetback:
    Minimum6m

    10.

    45

    13

    Between24mand37.5mwithone
    setback:Minimum9m

    11.

    50

    14

    12.

    55andabove

    16

    Above37.5mwithtwosetbacks:
    Minimum12m

    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    Note:Thebuildingplansanctioningauthoritymayrelaxsetbacksinspecialcircumstancesand
    increaseincaseofcompactcityandTODdevelopment.

    196

    NBC2005part3Pg23.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    399

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.3.4. Activitiespermissibleinopenarea197
    The open areas provided in the buildings can be used for the following permissible
    activities:
    a.

    Garden, rockery, water well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if
    uncovered),platformaroundatree,landscaping,tank,fountain,bench,chabutrawithopentop
    andunenclosedonsidesbywallsandthelike.
    Drainageculvert,conduit,catchpit,gullypit,chamber,gutterandthelike.
    Compound wall, gate, unstoreyed porch and potico, canopy, slide, swing, uncovered staircase,
    rampsareascoveredbychhajjaandthelike.
    Watchmensbooth,suctiontankandpumphouse,garbageshaft,sanitaryblock,parkinglockup
    garages,electriccabinorsubstationsandsuchotherutilitystructuresmeantfortheservicesof
    thebuildingunderconsideration.

    b.
    c.
    d.

    9.3.5. DistancefromElectricLines198
    Followingclearancesshallbemaintainedbetweenthebuildingandoverheadelectric
    supplylineinaccordancewiththecurrentIndianElectricityRulesasamendedfrom
    timetotime:
    Table9.7: DistancesfromElectricLines
    Sr.No.

    Description

    VerticalDistance(m)

    HorizontalDistance(m)

    1.

    Lowandmediumvoltagelinesandservice
    lines

    2.5

    1.2

    2.

    Highvoltagelinesuptoandincluding11kV

    3.7

    1.2

    3.

    Highvoltagelinesabove11kVandupto
    andincluding33kV

    3.7

    2.0

    4.

    Extrahighvoltagelinebeyond33kV

    3.7(plus0.3mforevery
    additional33kVorpartthereof)

    2.0(plus0.3mforevery
    additional33kVorpart
    thereof)

    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    197

    NBC2005.

    198

    NBC2005,Part3Pg22.

    400

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.4.

    Simplified Development Promotion Regulations for


    SpecificlandUseZones

    9.4.1. ResidentialUseZone
    9.4.1.1. IndicativeDwellingunitSizes
    TheminimumdwellingunitssizecouldvaryfromStatetoStateandregiontoregions,
    owingtovariousfactors,includingtheterrainandsoltypeetc.However,athumbrule
    couldbenotedfromthefollowingtable.
    Table9.8: IndicativeMinimumDwellingUnitSizes
    Numberofrooms

    Source:

    Dwellingunitsize(sqm)

    1BHK

    6080

    2BHK

    80120

    3BHK

    120160

    4BHK

    160200

    5BHK

    200260

    NayaRaipurMasterPlan.

    The residential areas are developed either as (a) plotted development or (b) group
    housing/ flatted development. The density pattern i.e. (high density, high medium
    density,lowmediumdensityorlowdensity)arefollowedforworkingoutthepattern
    ofdevelopmentwithrespecttothesizeofplottonumberofdwellingunitsoneach
    plot,setbacks,FARandthenumberofstoreys/heightofthebuilding.

    9.4.1.2. PlottedDevelopment
    Thelayoutplansforresidentialschemeareformulatedkeepinginviewthefollowing:
    1)
    2)
    3)
    4)
    5)
    6)

    Thattherewouldbesufficientlightandairinthebuildingswhenconstructed
    Thattherewouldbeprotectionagainstnoise,dustandlocalhazards
    Thattherewouldbesufficientopenspaceforvariousfamilyneeds
    Thatthecirculationandaccessiseasyandissafefromaccidentpointofview
    That,asfaraspossible,theplotsareofregularshapeandsizeand
    These are logically arranged in a systematic manner so as to give a regular pattern of
    developmentintheformofrowhouses,detachedandsemidetachedhousesandifnecessary
    theregularbungalowtypesites.

    Thesizeoftheplotwoulddependuponthenumberofdwellingunitstobepermitted
    oneachplotandthetypeofthehousingneededforaparticularcitybasedongeneral
    affordabilityofthepeople.Thefollowingtableissuggestedfordifferentsizeofplots
    applicable, ground coverage, FAR, height and number of dwelling units for a
    residentialarea:

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    401

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Table9.9: PlottedHousing
    S.No.

    PlotArea(Sqm)

    MaximumGroundCoverage(%)

    FAR

    MaximumHeight(m)

    1.

    30

    75

    150(350,MPD)

    8(15,NBC)

    2.

    Above30upto50

    75

    150

    8(15,NBC)

    3.

    Above50upto100

    65

    180

    12

    4.

    Above100to250

    65

    180

    12

    5.

    Above250to500

    55

    165

    15

    6.

    Above500to1000

    45

    120

    15

    7.

    Above1000to1500

    40

    100

    15

    8.

    Above1500to3000

    331/3

    100(120,MPD)

    15

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    Note:
    1) In the already approved/developed plots the pattern of development should confirm to the
    existingregulations.
    2) Basement, if constructed, may be used for incidental use such as parking, servicing and
    householdstorage.Itisnottobeusedasadwellingunit.
    3) Theareaofthebasementshouldnotbemorethanthegroundcoverage.
    4) Parkingaspertheprescribednormsshouldbeprovidedwiththeplotorprovisionshouldbe
    madeinthelayoutplanwithoutaffectingthecirculationpattern.
    5) 50%oftheopenareaoftheplotshouldbeusedforproperlandscapingandforplantation.
    A. LowIncomeHousing199

    For low income housing, the minimum plot size should not be less than 30 sqm.
    Theguidelinesasgivenbelowshallbeadoptedforlowincomegrouphousing:
    1) Itisrecommendedtoprovideclusterhousinginsteadofsingleroomdwelling.
    2) The minimum plot size with ground coverage not exceeding 75%, shall be minimum 40
    sqminsmallandmediumtownsandminimum30sqminmetropolitancities.
    3) Plot sizes below 30 sqm and not less than 15 sqm may be permitted in case of cluster
    planning.InsuchacasethegroundcoverageandFARcanbe100and200respectively.
    4) Sizeofroom:Everydwellingunitshouldhaveatleasttwohabitablerooms,firstroomof
    minimum 9 sqm and width of 2.5 m. Other room shall be min 6.5 sqm with minimum
    widthof2.1mprovidedthetotalareaofboththeroomsshallnotbelessthan15.5sqm.
    5) In case of single room tenements, the single multipurpose room shall be minimum 12.5
    sqmcarpetarea.
    6) The recommended density of dwelling units for low income housing may be as given
    below:
    Table9.10: Densitynormsforlowincomehousing
    S.No.

    TypeofDevelopment

    1.

    PlottedDevelopment

    2.

    MixedDevelopment

    RangeofDensities

    PopulationDensity(PPH)*

    65120plotsperHa

    2a)

    SmallTowns

    75100DUsperHa

    335450

    2b)

    Cities

    100125DUsperHa

    450560

    2c)

    MetropolitanCities

    125150DUsperHa

    560675

    Source: NBC:SpecialRequirementforLowIncomeHousinginUrbanAreas.
    *calculated@4.5personsperdwelling

    199

    AnnexureC,NBC2005,pg43.

    402

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Theabovedwellingunitandpopulationdensityassuggestedcanbemodifiedinview
    ofdevelopmentofGreenfieldcitieswhichshouldbebasedoncompactness.Therange
    of density may be applicable with slight modification to suit the local condition in
    brownfieldcities,especiallyincaseofredevelopment.

    9.4.1.3. GroupHousing
    Thenumberofdwellingunitsiscalculatedonthebasisofthedensitypatterngivenin
    the development plan, taking into consideration a population of 4.5 persons per
    dwellingunit,asinthetablebelow:
    Table9.11: GroupHousing
    S.No.

    Minimumplot MaximumGround
    FAR
    size(sq.m)
    Coverage(%)

    Maximum
    Height(m)

    No.ofDUs

    Plains
    1.

    3000

    25to35

    50175/ (Higher FAR


    maybegivendepending
    on the pattern of
    development.
    DUAC
    study,2013suggestFAR
    400inordertomeetthe
    requirements)

    Tobecalculatedonthebasisof 15forplot
    thenetplotareaofaparticular sizesupto
    neighbourhood.Thismayvary 4000sqm
    between25DUsto175DUsper26mforplot
    Ha(iftheFARisraisedbeyond sizes above
    175thenumberofDUswill
    4000sqm
    varyaccordingly).

    25to35

    50 (Higher FAR may be


    given depending on the
    pattern of development
    and should not exceed
    175)

    Tobecalculatedonthebasisof 15(forall
    thenetplotareaofaparticular plotsizes)
    neighbourhood.Thismayvary
    between25DUsto175DUsper
    Ha.

    HillTowns
    1.

    5000

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996.

    Note:
    1) Basement, if constructed, is to be used for parking, servicing and for essential household
    storageandforprovidingfacilitieswithoutcountinginFAR.
    2) Thequantumofbasementmayvarybetween33%to50%oftheplotarea.

    FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousingbasedondensityinDUs/Ha:
    Table9.12: FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousing
    Sr.No.

    NetResidentialDensity
    Average(inDUs/Ha)

    MaximumGroundCoverage(%)

    FAR

    1.

    25

    25

    0.50

    2.

    50

    30

    0.75

    3.

    75

    33

    0.90

    4.

    100

    35

    1.00

    5.

    125

    35

    1.25

    6.

    150

    35

    1.50

    7.

    175

    35

    1.75

    Source:

    NBC,2005.

    OtherControls200:
    a) Thesizeofthehabitableroomshouldbeminimumof9.5sqm,wherethereisonlyoneroom
    withaminimumwidthof2.4m.Wheretherearetworooms,oneoftheseshallbeminimumof
    9.5sqmandother7.5sqm,withaminimumwidthof2.1m.

    200

    NBC 2005 Part 3 page 30.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    403

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.4.2. Commercial
    Table9.13: NormsforCommercialCentres
    Hierarchyof
    Sr.No. Commercial
    Centre

    Maximum
    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    Maximum
    FAR

    Maximum
    Height(m)

    OtherControls

    Plains

    Hills Plains

    Hills

    Plains

    Hills

    1.

    ClusterCentre
    Convenience
    Shopping

    40

    40

    60

    60

    15

    2.

    Neighbourhood
    Centre

    30

    35

    100

    100

    15

    3.

    Community
    Centre

    25

    30

    100

    100

    26

    15

    4.

    DistrictCentre

    25

    25

    125

    125

    37

    15

    SomeofthebuildingsinPlains
    couldbepermittedupto50m
    heightwiththeapprovalofthe
    Governmentforachievingan
    urbanform.

    5.

    Subcitycentre

    Controlstobeasperrequirement

    6.

    CityCentre

    25(MPD,
    pg59)

    150

    Othercontrolstobeasper
    requirement

    225

    Othercontrolstobeasper
    requirement

    7.

    Hotel

    8.

    Service
    Apartment

    30

    150

    Othercontrolstobeasper
    requirement

    9.

    Anyother
    commercial
    centre

    25%

    100

    Othercontrolstobeasper
    requirement

    Source:

    40(MPD,
    pg59)

    (MPD,
    pg59)

    UDPFIGuidelines1996,MPD.

    9.4.3. PublicandSemipublic
    ThenormsforpublicandsemipublicusesasindicatedintheUDPFIGuidelines1996
    have been compared with those proposed for MPD2021 by the DDA and are
    suggestedintheTables9.14,9.15&9.16below.
    Table9.14: NormsforPublicandSemiPublicuses

    Sr.No. Uses

    Maximum
    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    1.

    General(incases 30
    wherespecific
    (MPD)
    regulationsare
    notgiven)

    2.

    Government
    Offices

    Plains

    30
    (MPD)

    Hills
    25

    OtherControls
    MaximumFAR

    MaximumHeight(m)

    Plains

    Hills

    Plains

    Hills

    120

    100

    26

    15

    (MPD,
    pg150)

    25

    200

    15%ofthetotalfloor
    shallbeallowedfor
    residentialpurpose.
    Basementupto
    envelopelineandto
    themaximumextent
    of50%oftheplot
    areashallbeallowed
    andifusedfor
    parkingandservices
    shouldnotbe
    countedinFAR.

    100

    (MPD,
    pg87)

    37

    15

    Theintegratedoffice
    complexshallinclude
    CentralGovernment

    404

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Maximum
    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    Sr.No. Uses

    Plains

    Hills

    OtherControls
    MaximumFAR

    MaximumHeight(m)

    Plains

    Plains

    Hills

    Hills

    office,local
    governmentoffice,
    publicundertaking
    officesandcourts.
    Basementupto
    envelopelineandto
    themaximumextent
    ofplotareashallbe
    allowedandifused
    forparkingand
    servicesshouldnot
    becountedinFAR.

    3.

    NurserySchool

    331/3

    331/3

    4.

    PrimarySchool

    33

    100

    662/3

    Basementbelowthe
    groundfloorandto
    themaximumextent
    ofgroundcoverage,
    andifconstructed
    shallbecountedin
    FAR.

    100

    15

    15

    Schoolfor
    handicappedshall
    havesamenormsas
    thePrimarySchool.

    100

    15

    15

    75

    15

    15

    (MPD,
    pg137)

    33

    120
    (MPD)

    5.

    6.

    Higher
    Secondary
    School

    35

    College

    35

    30

    (MPD)

    150

    (MPD)
    25

    (MPD)

    150
    (MPD,
    pg139)

    Thetotalareaoftheplot
    shallbedividedin:
    a) School/college
    buildingarea
    b) Playfieldarea
    c) Parkingarea
    d) Residentialand
    hostelarea

    7.

    EducationandResearchCentres(Largecampusi.eabove8Ha)

    Largecampusesofuniversities,medicalandengineeringcollegesandother
    educationandresearchinstitutesshallbecoveredundertheseregulations.The
    campuswillbedividedintothreepartsandtheregulationsshallapply,asgiven
    below:
    7a) Academic,
    including
    administration

    30

    20

    (30,
    MPD)

    120

    80

    (MPD,
    pg139)

    37

    15

    Basementbelowthe
    groundfloorandtothe
    maximumextentof
    groundcoverageshallbe
    allowedandifusedfor
    parkingandservices
    shouldnotbecountedin
    FAR.
    Thiswillbedevelopedat
    adensityof400pph
    gross.Thelandshallbe
    reservedforresidential
    facilities@9.2sq.mper
    person.Subdivision
    regulationsasgivenfor
    grouphousingshall
    apply.

    (MPD)

    45%ofthetotal
    landarea

    7b) Residential

    10

    15

    15

    25%ofthetotal
    landarea

    7c) Sportsand
    10
    Culturalactivities

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    405

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations
    Maximum
    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    Sr.No. Uses

    OtherControls
    MaximumFAR

    MaximumHeight(m)

    Hills

    Plains

    Hills

    Plains

    Hills

    331/3

    662/3

    Plains

    15%ofthetotal
    landarea
    7d) Parksand
    Landscapes

    Suitablelandscapeplan
    tobepreparedforthis
    area.

    15%ofthetotal
    landarea
    8.

    331/3

    Religious
    Premises

    Source:

    662/3 11

    11
    (excluding (excluding
    minarets,
    minarets,
    shikharsand shikharsand
    domes
    domes

    Basementbelowthe
    groundfloorandtothe
    maximumextntof
    groundcoverage,if
    constructed,shallbe
    countedinFAR.

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996andMPD,2021.

    Table9.15: SocioCulturalUseZone
    GroundCoverage
    (%)

    FAR

    MaximumHeight(m)

    MultipurposeCommunityhall,Banquethall

    30

    120

    26

    2.

    RecreationalClub

    25

    100

    26

    3.

    Socioculturalfacilitiessuchasauditorium,music,
    danceanddramacentre/meditationcentreetc.

    35

    120

    26

    4.

    Exhibitioncumfairground

    20

    20

    5.

    Sciencecentre

    30

    120

    26

    6.

    InternationalConventioncentre

    30

    120

    7.

    Oldagehome/carecentreforphysically/
    mentallychallenged/workingwomen/men
    hostel/adulteducationcentre/orphanage/
    childrenscentre/nightshelter

    30

    120

    26

    8.

    Aanganwari

    30

    60

    15

    9.

    SportsFacilities

    20

    40

    Sr.No.

    Category

    1.

    Source:

    MPD,2021.

    Normsforsocioculturalusezone&securityandsafetyfacilitiesusezoneisgivenfor
    applicationinplainsandhillyareasboth.
    Table9.16: SecurityandSafetyFacilitiesUseZone
    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    Category

    SecurityFacilities

    1.

    PolicePost

    35

    150

    15

    2.

    PoliceStation

    30

    150

    26

    3.

    DistrictofficeandBatallion

    30

    120

    26

    4.

    PoliceLines

    Administration

    20

    Residential

    30

    SportsandFacilities

    10

    OpenSpaces

    40

    FAR

    MaximumHeight
    (m)

    Sr.No.

    5.

    DistrictJail

    30

    120

    26

    6.

    PoliceTrainingInstitute/College

    30

    120

    26

    7.

    PoliceFiringRange

    12.5

    25

    8.

    PolicecampincludingCentralPolice

    12.5

    25

    406

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    Sr.No.

    Ground
    Coverage(%)

    Category

    FAR

    MaximumHeight
    (m)

    Organisation/SecurityForces

    FireFacilities

    1.

    FirePost/FireStation/DisasterManagement
    Centre/FireTrainingInstitute

    Source:

    30

    120

    26

    MPD,2021

    9.4.4. IndustrialuseZone
    Table9.17: IndustrialUseZone
    Sr.
    No.

    PlotSize(sqm)

    Maximum
    Ground
    Coverage(%)
    Plains

    1.

    Hills

    MaximumFAR

    MaximumHeight
    (m)

    Plains

    Plains

    Hills

    15

    15

    Hills

    FlattenedGroupIndustry
    Minimum2000

    2.

    30

    30

    120

    100

    OtherControls

    LightandServiceIndustry

    Basementuptothebuilding
    envelopelinetothemaximum
    extentof50%ofplotareashall
    beallowedandifusedfor
    parkingandservicesshouldnot
    becountedinFAR.

    2a)

    Lessthan400

    60

    60

    125

    100

    12

    2b)

    Above400upto
    4000

    50

    50

    125

    100

    12

    12

    2c)

    Above4000upto
    12000

    45

    45

    125

    100

    12

    12

    2d)

    Above12000

    40

    40

    100

    75

    12

    Maximumfloorsallowedshall
    bebasement,groundfloorand
    firstfloor.Basementshouldbe
    belowgroundfloorandtothe
    maximumextentofground
    coverageshallbecountedin
    FAR.Incasethebasementis
    notconstructed,the
    permissibleFARcanbe
    achievedonthesecondfloor.
    Incaseofrooftruss,heightof
    buildingsshouldbeadjusted/
    relaxed.

    3.

    ExtensiveIndustry

    3a)

    400to4000

    50

    50

    100

    75

    3b)

    Above4000upto
    12000

    45

    45

    90

    60

    3c)

    Above12000upto
    28000

    40

    40

    80

    50

    3d)

    Above28000

    30

    30

    60

    45

    Source:

    Singlestoreybuildingwith
    basementisallowed.Basement
    shallbebelowthegroundfloor
    andthemaximumextentof
    groundcoverageandshallbe
    countedinFAR.
    Incaseofrooftruss,heightof
    buildingsshouldbeadjusted/
    relaxed.

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996

    Note:
    1) Anewplannedindustrialareatohaveminimum100300sqmsizeofplotanditswidthshall
    notbelessthan15m.
    2) For industrial plots upto 1000 sq.m, 5% of the total area shall be reserved as amenity open
    spacewhichshallalsoserveasgeneralparkingspace.Whensuchamenityopenspaceexceeds
    1500sq.m,theexcessareacouldbeutilisedforconstructionofbuildingsforbanks,canteen,
    welfarecentreandsuchothercommonpurposes.
    3) Forindustrialplotsmorethan1000sqm,10%ofthetotalareashallbereservedasamenity
    openspacetoamaximumof25sqm.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    407

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.4.5. Transportation&CommunicationUseZone
    Fortransportationusezonethefollowingnormsmaybeapplicable:
    Table9.18: NormsforTransportationZone
    Sr.No. Category

    Areaunder Areaunderbuilding
    operation(%)
    (%)

    FAR

    Floorareathatcanbeutilisedfor
    passengeraccommodation(%)

    1.

    RailTerminal

    70

    30

    100

    15

    2.

    BusTerminal

    50

    50

    100

    25

    3.

    ISBT

    25

    Max50

    100

    asperrequirement

    100

    15

    (asperrequirement)
    4.

    MetroYards

    Source:

    80

    20

    MPD,2021.

    OtherControls:
    1) Thespaceonfirstandsecondfloorshallbeessentiallyusedforpublicserviceslikepostoffice,
    policepostandotheressentialservices.
    1) BusqueuesheltersarenottobeincludedinthecoverageandFAR.
    2) Inordertointegratethesupportingcommercialusesaroundthetransportationzone,FARcan
    bemoreforpromotingmixeduse.

    9.4.5.1. Aerodromes
    Thefollowingrestrictionsinvicinityofaerodromesshallbeapplicable201:
    2) Thebuildingsorstructureswhichriseto30mormoreinheightandaretobelocatedwithin
    20 km of the aerodrome reference point shall require No Objection Certificate from the
    DirectorateGeneralofCivilAviation.
    3) Incaseofbuildingstobelocatedinthevicinityofdefenceaerodromes,themaximumheightof
    suchbuildingsshallbedecidedbytheDefenceAuthority.
    4) Nonewchimneysorsmokeproducingfactoriesshallbeconstructedwithinaradiusof8km
    fromtheAerodromeReferencePoint(ARP).
    5) Overheadhighvoltage/mediumvoltagelinesortelephone&othercommunicationlinesshall
    not be permitted in the approach/ take off climb areas (funnel zone) within 3000 m of the
    inneredgeoftheseareas.
    6) A3mmarginshallbeallowedinnewconstructionsforwireless/TVantennas,coolingtowers
    andmumties.
    7) ForheightRestrictionswithrespecttoApproachFunnelsandTransitionalareasNBC2005or
    thelatestrevisedversionshallbefollowed.

    201

    NBC,2005,part3,pg27.

    408

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    9.4.6. PrimaryActivity
    Table9.19: NormsforFarmHouses
    Sr.No. SizeofFarm

    MaximumFAR

    MaximumHeight

    OtherControls

    1.

    Above1.0Haand
    upto2.0Ha

    100(including
    mezzaninefloor)

    Singlestoreyed
    maximumheight6m

    2.

    2.0Haandabove

    150(including
    mezzaninefloor)

    Singlestoreyed
    maximumheight6m

    Setbackindwellinghouseshouldbe15m
    awayfromanyboundarylineofthe
    property.
    Wherethepropertyabutsanurbanroad,
    thedwellinghousebuildingshouldbe
    setbackfromthecentrelineofthatroad
    by60m.Wherethepropertyabutsa
    villageroad,thebuildingsetbackfrom
    thecentrelineofthatroadshouldbeby
    30m.
    Nodwellingunitshouldbebuiltwithin
    400moftherightofwayofanyNational
    Highway.

    Source:

    UDPFIGuidelines,1996

    Table9.20: NormsforPrimaryActivity
    Type

    FAR

    GroundCoverage

    Max.BuildingHt.

    Agrobaseduses

    5%

    15m

    PoultryFarm

    25

    25%

    10m

    Religious,Educational,Hospital,Slaughterhouse,cold
    storage,transportrelatedactivitiesandtruckterminal,
    Govt/semigovt/FCIgodownsandwarehouses

    45

    15%

    15m

    Source:

    AhmedabadDevelopmentPlan(partIII,page103).

    9.5.

    SpecialRequirement

    9.5.1. BuildingNormsforNaturalHabitat
    ThelandusesidentifiedasNaturalHabitatcoveringwaterbodies,forest&vegetation,
    greenopenspaces,coastalzone,wetlandsetc.,shallbeprotectedandadequatebuffer
    shallbeprovidedfromtheplannedestablishments.Forplanningaroundtheseareas,
    the building norms and regulations as stipulated by the respective statutory bodies
    suchasMoEFandStateEnvironmentandForestDepartmentshallbeapplicable.

    9.5.2. HistoricalorArchaeologicalareas
    The special areas shall be identified as old builtup areas, areas of historical or
    archaeologicalimportance,areasofscenicvalue,arearestrictedfordevelopmentby
    Governmentorareaunderotheruses/spotzoneduringpreparationofDevelopment
    plan.Forprotectionoftheseareasthenormsasstipulatedbytherespectivestatutory
    bodies such as Archaeological Survey of India and respective departments shall be
    applicable.
    As per the Model Building Byelaws, buildings within heritage precincts or in the
    vicinity of heritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the
    architecturalstyle(withoutanyhighriseormultistoreyeddevelopment)asmaybe
    existinginthesurroundingarea,soasnottodiminishordestroythevalueandbeauty

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    409

    SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations

    ofortheviewfromthesaidheritagesites.Thedistanceisprescribedas200meters
    RegulationzonebyAMASRAct,2010.Thedevelopmentwithintheprecinctorinthe
    vicinity of heritage sites shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the
    Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice Chairman, Development Authority on
    the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee or separate regulations /
    guidelines, if any, prescribed for respective zones by Municipal Corporation /
    DevelopmentAuthority.

    9.5.3. IndustrialRegions
    For planning of Industrial Regions the guidelines development by State Authorities
    such as Special Investment Region (SIR) guidelines within Delhi Mumbai Industrial
    Corridor (DMIC) or by National Authorities such as guidelines for National
    Investment&ManufacturingZones(NIMZs),SpecialEconomicZone(SEZ)shouldbe
    referredto.ReferChapter6forenvironmentalaspectsandannexuresofVolumeIIfor
    variousActsandPolicies.

    9.5.4. IntroduceUseofFormBasedCodes
    InviewofcurrenturbanformofIndiancity,anapproachmaybeadoptedtotheform
    theimageofcitythroughFormBasedCodeinadditiontothedevelopmentpromotion
    regulation. This can act as a technique for regulating development to achieve a
    specificurbanform,anditcreatesapredictablepublicrealmbytheregulationofthe
    physicalformprimarily.Thedifferentparametersusedtozonethecityintodifferent
    transectsarelanduseintensity,density,buildingdisposition,buildingconfiguration,
    buildingfunction,standards,mixeduseandneighbourhood.

    410

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations

    10

    GeneralRecommendations

    10.1.

    AdoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014

    Spatialplanningfordevelopmentisanenvisioningprocesswhichrequiresasound
    assessmentofthegroundissuesandprovidesoptionsforsustainabledevelopment
    within the bound constraints of the demographic, physical, socioeconomic,
    jurisdictional and financial aspects. The focus is on spatial dimension as all
    development efforts have direct impact on the use of land and different
    development projects need to be coordinated and integrated within a desirable
    spatial frame. The process of planning must always be continuous to address the
    evolvingissuesofthehumansettlements.TheformulationoftheURDPFIguidelines
    as a revision of the UDPFI guidelines, 1996 addresses the present challenges of
    urbanandregionaldevelopment,planpreparationprocessandimplementationand
    attemptstostandardiseandalsosimplifytheguidelinesrequiredforplanninginthe
    country.Consideringtherapidpaceofurbanisation,itissuggestedthattheMinistry
    ofUrbanDevelopmentshouldrevisittheguidelinesinaperiodictimeframe.
    The norms and standards prescribed by URDPFI Guidelines are in a form of a
    suggested model, which may be adopted by the respective State Governments in
    accordancetothelocalconditions.StateTownandCountryPlanningDepartments
    have been preparing Development plans with reference to UDPFI Guidelines of
    1996.Therecommendationsprovidedinthe2014guidelinesarespecificandaimat
    facilitating and quacking the processes of plan preparation and implementation of
    plans. Specifically, some of the key points that require immediate attention of the
    StateTown&CountryPlanningDepartments,plannersandpractitionershavebeen
    detailed.AlongwithsuggestionsforfurtheractionstobetakenupbytheMinistries,
    Organisations and Agencies at the National level, those for the governments,
    organisations and agencies at State level and Development Authorities are also
    provided.
    These Guidelines are generic in nature and the title starts with the word Urban,
    theseareapplicableforallsettlements,urbanorrural.Some StatessuchasOrissa
    and Rajasthan have moved ahead to prepare formal spatial plans for rural areas
    havingpopulationof10,000ormore.TheURDPFIGuidelinesendorsesuchpolicies.
    More significantly, these Guidelines highlight the concept of regional planning, by
    recommendingtreatingtheruralareasthatarecontiguoustotheurbanareasasa
    continuum.ThiscontinuumistermedasRURBANinGujaratandisprofuselyused
    fornotifyingDevelopmentAuthoritiesinmanyStates.

    10.2.

    KeyRecommendationsintheGuidelines

    Basedontheextensiveconsultations&deliberationswithvariousstakeholdersand
    experts, it can be summed up and recommended that following parameters are a
    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    411

    GeneralRecommendations

    prerequisiteforthedevelopmentstobetakenupinIndia.Theguidelines,focuseson
    thefollowing:

    Integratedregionalandurbandevelopmentwithfocusonspatialplanning
    Regional spatial development frameto provide the backdrop within which settlement planning
    (urban,rural,periurban)andlocalareaplanningshouldbetakenup,
    Adapting a paradigm shift towards planning and development for compact, green, smart cities
    andsafercities,
    EnsuringthatthetaskofurbanandregionalplanningmustbeonlycarriedoutormustONLYbe
    theresponsibilityofcertifiedplanner.

    Indiaisnotonlyoneoftheoldestcivilizationsbutalsothelargestdemocracyandis
    extremelydiversegeographically,culturally,socially,economically,administratively
    & historically. Hence, no single approach can work uniformly. The approaches to
    development need to be tailored contextually, which needs to be done by the
    individualStateGovernmentsandCityMunicipalities.
    Also during the implementation process as seen while comparing cases like Delhi,
    Ahmedabad,HyderabadandMumbai,therearevariouslimitationsseenintermsof
    diversity in the mix of activities, population concentration, nature of existing
    developmentsanddynamicchangesintheperiurbanareas.Urbandesignapproach
    based projects need to be taken up at micro area level so that the cross cutting
    development themes can be tailored/modified to suit as per contextual realities
    whileimplementingplansinvariousregions/cities/areas.
    Therefore contextual approach becomes important consideration specially at local
    area planning level. However, a uniform frame of spatial planning considerations
    must guide all development within an integrated frame of regional and urban
    perspective.Atlocalarealevel,itisessentialthatapproachtoplanninganddesign
    hastobemainlyguidedbyurbandesignapproach.Forthispurpose,urbanplanners
    andurbandesignersshouldworktogetherasunifiedteam.
    Table10.1: KeyAspectsoftheGuidelines
    Sector
    Transportationplanning

    KeyAspects
    Thestreets,roads,massrapidtransitsystems,otherpublictransportationsystems
    provide the back bone structure for urban and regional development.
    Transportationincludingmobilityshouldthereforebegivenaprimeimportance.
    Transportationplanningnotonlytobeefficient,butalsoneedstobedesignedand
    integrated into other systems in such a way that it facilitates mobility for all
    genders,agegroupsandcitizenswithdisabilities(differentlyabledcitizens).

    SustainableLand
    development

    Selecting the right density of development taking into consideration the


    environment,provisionandcostofinfrastructureandmobility.
    High&mediumdensityzonesasappropriatetocontextualsituationinplanningto
    includemixedusedevelopment/Compactcitydevelopment.

    SustainableResource
    Management

    Realizingthepressureonthenaturalresources,allinfrastructureplanningshould
    bedonewithastrongemphasisonsustainabilitylikegreencitiesapproach.
    Also, it is important that based on the suitability of the land and availability of
    resources, States should prepare Perspective (Strategic) Plan in order to guide
    developmentatregionalandcitylevel.

    EfficientUrbanDevelopment
    Management

    ApplicationofGIS,Bhuvaninplanningprocess
    73rd&74th Amendment to be adopted in the given planning system and

    412

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations

    Sector

    KeyAspects
    formulationofDPC&MPC.
    Transparency and integration in various planning & nonplanning department in
    termsoftheprocessesrelatedtoplanninganddevelopmentworks.
    Smartcitiesapplication

    ParticipatoryPlanning
    approach

    Direct involvement of the citizens as appropriate in planning processes and


    mechanisms.
    Pre and post planning peoples participation and consultation to be promoted,
    whichhasbeensuccessfullypractisedinGoaandRajasthan.
    Citizenschartertobringtransparencyandaccountability.

    RegionalPlanningApproach

    PlanningregionscanbeidentifiedasAdministrativeRegionssuchasDistrictand
    MetropolitanRegions,InvestmentRegionsandSpecialRegions.
    Preparation of a State Perspective Plan with planning for Districts and
    MetropolitansasRegions
    TheplanningforinvestmentregionsshouldbeunderaNational levelpolicy,like
    DMIC,NMIZpolicy.

    Source:URDPFIGuidelines,2014

    10.3.

    Key aspects of Guidelines for local area/ site specific


    development

    Localarea/sitespecificdevelopmentplanningshouldbebasedonurbandesign
    approach focusing on mobility, accessibility and connectivity, street furniture
    including street plantation, pedestrian & cycle paths, signage and parking,
    provisionofsitelevelfacilities,etc.
    Special attention is required on authenticity of property boundaries and land
    tenureonthebasisoftherevenuerecords
    SpecialdevelopmentincentivessuchasincreasedFARshouldbeadoptedinthe
    designated TOD influence zone (approx. 500 meters) along the major
    transportationcorridors.
    Specialattentiontobegiventoconservationofarchaeological,architecturaland
    historicbuildingsandsitesaspertheprevailingrules.

    10.4.

    SuggestionsforfutureDevelopmentinPlanning

    MoUD as the nodal ministry has taken the initiative to prepare the Urban and
    RegionalDevelopmentPlansFormulationandImplementation(URDPFI)Guidelines,
    nowitisrecommendedthatthefollowingspecifictasksbereviewedbytherelevant
    Central and State Government Ministries/ Departments/ Organisations/ Agencies/
    Authoritiesandiffoundsuitableandnecessary,adaptintheirownpolicy,legaland
    administrative procedures. In doing so, States are urged to review respective
    policies and Acts which are relevant to operationalize the URDPFI Guidelines and
    bring changes wherever necessary and appropriate. The URDPFI Guidelines are to
    be circulated to all the State Town and Country Planning Departments, Urban
    Development Authorities, Urban Local Bodies, relevant Ministries and other
    agencies which are involved in preparation of Master Plans/ Development

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    413

    GeneralRecommendations

    Plans/Metropolitan Plans /District Development Plans for their appropriate


    adoption.
    Land development and Urban Development are State subject, therefore URDPFI
    Guidelinesneed to be integratedwith the State level legal and policy measures. In
    the process of preparing the Master Plans/ Development Plans /District
    Development Plans, it would be desirable that all the State Town and Country
    Planning Acts, Urban Development Authority Acts, Municipal Acts, Industrial
    DevelopmentCorporationActsmaybealignedwiththeURDPFIGuidelines.

    10.4.1. RecommendationsfortheNationalOrganisation(s)
    1. The current policy for primary categorisation of Land under the Draft

    NationalLandUtilisationPolicy(2013),shouldbefollowedbyStateduring
    thepreparationofStatePerspectivePlans.
    2. The prevailing Model law(s) needs to be reviewed and revised to simplify &

    suggestStateDepartmentstocometoaunifiedlegalandoperationalframework.
    i.

    The Model Regional and Town Planning and Development Law was
    prepared in 1985, almost 30 years ago, since then many legislative and
    ideological changes have taken place in the developmental approach of
    GovernmentofIndia.Alsotoincorporatetheprovisionsof73rd&74thCAA,
    the Model Regional and Town Planning and Development Law, 1985
    requires appropriate revision and restructuring. Accordingly, an
    independent exercise for changes in the Model law in light to the
    suggestions made in the URDPFI Guidelines, 2014, Volume II could be
    undertaken.

    ii.

    The Model Municipal Law (MML), 2003 was introduced more than a
    decadeback;itispertinentthattheprovisionsofMMLneedtobeupdated
    tobringitinharmonywiththerecentdevelopmentsintheMunicipalLaw.
    The MoUD study undertaken by NIUA (2013) to review the MML,
    suggested various points for revision of the provisions given in MML,
    basedontheirstatusofimplementation.Therearevariousprovisionsin
    thecurrentscenariothatarevitalforMMLtobringitinlinewiththenew
    developments in municipal governance. Provisions like reservations of
    seats for Women/SC/ST/BC in Municipality, Local Bodies/Municipal
    Ombudsman, functions and duties of Area Sabha Representative,
    disclosure of various documents relating to municipal affairs, accrual
    based double entry system of accounts, defining functions and
    responsibilitiesofDPCsandMPCsaresuggestedtobedetailedoutunder
    theMML.Suchchangesandmorearesuggestedtobeconsideredforthe
    revisionoftheModelMunicipalLaw.

    414

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations

    3. Draft Town and Country Planners Registration Bill, 2012is being prepared

    by Town and Country Planning Organisation identifies the need for


    establishment of Council of Town and Country Planning. Such Council is
    suggested to be body corporate, having continuous succession and a common
    seal. The purpose of such Council is to control and regulate the quality of
    educationinstitutionsofTownandCountryPlanningandqualifiedprofessionals
    fromsuchinstitutes,inthecountry.Itissuggested,thatthebilltobereviewed,
    begivenalegalstatusandadoptedattheearliest.Itcouldbeexploredthatthe
    certified planners by the council are empowered to take decision on financial
    expenditure as appropriate for the administrative position. Also, the Council
    couldensurethatthetaskofurbanandregionalplanningmust beonlycarried
    outbycertifiedplanners.
    4. ItissuggestedthatthenomenclatureofJnNURMsComprehensiveDevelopment

    Plan be changed to as CityInvestmentPlan to avoid confusion between the


    recommended statutory Development Plan(the nomenclature) asper the State
    provision and Comprehensive Development Plan as per JnNURM and also the
    fact that City Development Plan is essentially a resource mobilisation plan on
    specificschemesandprojects.
    5. For integration of planning systems, both statutory and nonstatutory plans,

    JnNURMtoacceptCityInvestmentPlan(namedasCityDevelopmentPlanunder
    JnNURM)andComprehensiveSanitationPlanassubplansofDevelopmentplan/
    Master plan or Statutory Plans as per the State Government provision and
    providefundingofsuchplansafterofficiallyapprovaloftheDevelopmentPlan.
    6. While adopting the URDPFI Guidelines, it is necessary to develop Planning

    Information System (PIS) on the lines of Management Information System


    (MIS).Thiswillbeessentialasnumbersofagenciesareinvolvedincollectionof
    different attribute and spatial data, which often leads to duplicity of work and
    ambiguityintermsofanalysisandinterpretation.Hence,itbecomesnecessary
    to streamline the data collection, analysis and interpretation for preparing the
    Master Plans/ Development Plans/Metropolitan Plans /District Development
    Plans.ThiswillenablehasteningtheprocessofpreparationofPlans.Ithasbeen
    observedthattheprocessofPlanPreparationoftengetsdelayedduetolackof
    availability of relevant and comparable both in content and time scale
    spatial/attributedata.
    7. NationalRemoteSensingCentre(NRSC)totakenecessaryactionsforeasyaccess

    and wider popularity of Bhuvan and making it faster and more user friendly.
    Ministry of Urban Development to extend the necessary support for it. For
    compatibilityofgeospatialdatabaseotherMinistriesgeospatialdatacould
    be incorporated with the Bhuvan database, like Ministry of Drinking Water &
    Sanitation, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways MoRTH, NIC. Already

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    415

    GeneralRecommendations
    database from Geological Survey of India has been integrated at appropriate
    scalewithBhuvan.

    8. LackofcadastralmapslimitstheuseofBhuvanlandusebaseforpreparationof

    development plan/ Mater plan, and therefore, integration of the cadastral


    records at appropriate scale with National Land Record Modernisation
    Programme is suggested which could provide ready to use geospatial and
    revenuedatabasepanIndia.
    9. For preparation of local area plan, authentic and reliable data at 1:2000 or

    1:1000scaleisrequiredspeciallyonplotboundariesandareaofplots.Inreality
    there exists lot of discrepancies between the plot boundaries and area as
    recorded in the revenue records and what actually is the ground reality. This
    problem is a serious one and greatly hampers implementation of local area
    schemes. MoUD in assistance with NRSC and in collaboration with
    representativesrevenuedepartmentsoftheStatesshouldevolvemechanismsto
    improvethesituation.Thecrucialaspectinhelpingimplementationofthelocal
    areaplanswillbeaccesstodigitisedandauthenticdataonplotboundariesand
    plotareas,andalsoonlandtenurebyplanners.
    10. The centrally sponsored National Urban Information System (NUIS) Scheme

    approved by GoI with two major components (i) Urban Spatial Information
    System (USIS) to meet the spatial data requirements of urban planning &
    management (ii) National Urban Data Bank & Indicators (NUDB&I) to develop
    townlevelurbandatabasetosupportdevelopmentofindicesthroughanetwork
    of Local Urban Observatories (LUO) under the National Urban Observatory
    (NUO) programme. These schemes and programmes are suggested to be
    expeditedforcompletion.
    11. With the experience of the practitioners in the North eastern hilly states, it is

    suggested to review at the Service Level Benchmarks (SLBs), which should be


    flexible on such certain items, for example: extent nonrevenue water source
    maybeadditional5%.MoUDtoreviewandassesstheSLBsinhillyandNorth
    Easternareasto redefine the SLBs. Apart from this, SLBs to include extent of
    MunicipalConstructionwastereuse/recycledbenchmark202.
    12. Egovernance,techniquesandmethods:UndertheEGovernance,ithastobe

    seen that how the entire planning process gets expedited in a short period of
    time,whereinuseofdigitaltechnologyshouldbemaximizedbywayofpreparing
    spatial database and integration of attribute data periodically. It is
    recommended that the plans should be updated /revised through mid term
    review, so as to ascertain the efficacy of implementation, preferably every five
    years,whichmaybecoterminuswiththefiveyearplans.UnderEgovernance,
    various processes related to planning like change of land uses, building plan

    202

    Forcitiesabout20%asperthe(draft)ConstructionandDemolitionWasteRules

    416

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations
    sanctions, issuance of completion certificate and other clearances required for
    anyprojectneedstobestreamlined,sothatalltheurbaninfrastructureprojects
    getscompletedwithinthestipulatedtime.

    13. Forthispurpose,URDPFIsuggeststhatcitizenschartershouldbeenactedat

    thestateleveltobringtransparencyandaccountability.
    14. Promotion of the network, viz, City Net:City Net could be recommended

    for encouraging the networking between various cities with a view to ensure
    balanced development in a region. This will require exchanging /sharing of
    information and data among the cities.This will ensure effective integration of
    trunkinfrastructureinaregionconnectingallurbansettlements.Thebenefitof
    CityNetnetworkwillensureefficientdeliveryoftheservicesandwillalsobe
    helpfulinachievingthebalanceddevelopmentandredistributionofpopulation,
    therebyreducingurbanprimacy.CityNetwillalsofacilitateformulationofInter
    StateRegionalPlans
    15. Independent research is suggested to be initiated by the Ministry of Urban

    Developmentforthefollowing:
    i.

    ii.

    Mixed landuse and compact city norms observing the international scenario and
    nationalresourceavailability,toidentifynormsforsustainabledensitynorms(range)for
    differentscalesofcities.
    In case of inadequacy in the manpower capacity with the Government bodies for
    planning,outsourcingtonongovernmentalandprivateorganisationcouldbeconsidered
    as an option. A standard TermsofReference(ToR)forsuchconsultancyservices is
    suggestedtobepreparedandmadeavailabletotheStateGovernments.

    It is recommended that all the human settlement planning, infrastructure and


    administrativerelateddepartmentscouldusetheURDPFIGuidelines,2014and
    notmerelyonlytheStateTownandCountryPlanningDepartments.

    10.4.2. Recommendations to State Governments/ State Town


    and Country Planning Departments/ Local Bodies/
    DevelopmentAuthorities
    1. StateGovernmentscouldreviewandwherenecessaryamendthe respective

    State Town and Country Planning Acts and related laws of the State
    Governmenttominimiseinconsistenciesandcontradictions,ifany.TheState
    T&CPActscoulddirectthepublicparticipationatpreplanningandpostdraft
    planformulationstageandthetimeperiodforapprovalofdevelopmentplans.
    The amendments are suggested to be referred from the Model Town and
    Country Planning Law and Model Municipal Law by the Central Government
    revision.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    417

    GeneralRecommendations

    Table10.2: RelevantStateLevelActstobeconsideredforrevision
    S.No.

    NameofState

    UrbanDevelopment
    AuthorityAct

    T&CPAct

    Industrial
    DevelopmentAct

    AndhraPradesh

    AndhraPradeshTownand
    CountryPlanningAct,1920

    AndhraPradeshUrbanAreas
    (Development)Act,1975

    Arunachal
    Pradesh

    ArunachalPradeshUrbanand
    CountryPlanningAct,2007

    TheArunachalPradesh
    UrbanandCountryPlanning
    Act,2007

    Assam

    AssamTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1959

    GuwahatiMetropolitan
    DevelopmentAuthorityAct,
    1985

    Bihar

    BiharUrbanandRegional
    PlanningandDevelopment
    Act,2011

    TheBiharIndustrial
    AreaDevelopment
    Authority,Act1974

    Chhattisgarh

    ChhattisgarhTownand
    CountryPlanningAct,1973

    Goa

    GoaTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1974

    TheGoaIndustrial
    DevelopmentAct2013

    Gujarat

    GujaratTownPlanning&
    UrbanDevelopmentAct,1976

    GujaratTown
    PlanningandUrbanDevelop
    mentAct,1976

    The.GujaratSpecial
    Investment
    Region.Act2009

    Haryana

    HaryanaDevelopment&
    RegulationofUrbanAreasAct,
    1975.

    HaryanaUrban

    HimachalPradeshTownand
    CountryPlanningAct,1970

    HimachalPradeshHousing

    HimachalPradesh

    DevelopmentAuthorityAct,
    1977

    &UrbanDevelopment
    AuthorityAct,2004

    10

    Jammu&Kashmir

    Jammu&Kashmir
    DevelopmentAct,1970

    J&KDevelopmentAct1970

    11

    Jharkhand

    JharkhandTownPlanningand
    ImprovementTrustAct,1954
    (adoptedfromBihar)

    JharkhandRegional
    DevelopmentAuthorityAct,
    2001

    JharkhandIndustries
    (Facilitation)Act
    2012

    12

    Karnataka

    KarnatakaTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1961

    KarnatakaUrban
    Development

    TheKarnataka
    IndustrialAreas
    DevelopmentAct,
    1966

    AuthoritiesAct,1987
    13

    Kerala

    KeralaTownPlanningAct,
    1939

    14

    MadhyaPradesh

    MadhyaPradeshNagarThatha
    GramNiveshNiyam,1975

    MadhyaPradesh
    MunicipalitiesAct,1961

    MaharashtraRegionaland
    TownPlanningAct,1966

    MumbaiMetropolitanRegion
    DevelopmentAuthorityAct,
    1974

    15

    Maharashtra

    KeralaIndustrial
    Township
    DevelopmentAreaAct,
    1999

    MaharashtraRegionaland
    TownPlanningAct,1966

    TheMadhyaPradesh
    InvestmentRegion
    DevelopmentAnd
    ManagementAct,
    2013,
    TheMaharashtra
    Industrial
    DevelopmentAct,
    1961

    16

    Manipur

    ManipurTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1975

    ManipurMunicipalitiesAct,
    1994

    17

    Meghalaya

    MeghalayaTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1973

    MeghalayaUrban
    DevelopmentAuthority,
    ShillongBuildingByeLaws
    2001

    18

    Mizoram

    MizoramUrban&Regional
    DevelopmentAct,1990

    MizoramUrbanandRegional
    DevelopmentAct,1990

    418

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations

    S.No.

    NameofState

    UrbanDevelopment
    AuthorityAct

    T&CPAct

    Industrial
    DevelopmentAct

    19

    Nagaland

    NagalandTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1980

    NagalandTownandCountry
    PlanningAct1966

    20

    Orissa

    OrissatownPlanningand
    ImprovementTrustAct,1956

    TheOdishaDevelopment
    AuthoritiesAct,1982

    TheOrissaIndustrial
    Infrastructure
    Development
    CorporationAct,1980

    21

    Punjab

    PunjabRegionalTown
    PlanningandDevelopment
    Act,1995

    PunjabRegional&Town
    Planning

    22

    Rajasthan

    RajasthanUrbanImprovement
    Act,1959

    Jaipur/Ajmer/Jodhpur
    DevelopmentAuthorityAct

    RajasthanIndustrialA
    reaDevelopment
    AuthorityAct,1995

    23

    Sikkim

    TheSikkimUrbanand
    RegionalPlanningand
    DevelopmentAct,1998

    24

    TamilNadu

    TamilNaduTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1971

    Tamil
    NaduIndustrialTowns
    hipAreaDevelopment
    AuthorityAct,1997

    25

    Tripura

    TripuraTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1975

    TripuraMunicipal

    UttarPradeshUrbanPlanning
    andDevelopmentAct,1973

    UttarPradeshNagar
    Planning&DevelopmentAct
    1973

    U.P.IndustrialAreaDe
    velopmentAct,1976

    26

    UttarPradesh

    &DevelopmentAct,1995

    Act1994,

    27

    Uttarakhand

    UttarakhandUrbanPlanning
    andDevelopmentAct,1973

    Uttarakhand(U.P.Urban
    PlanningandDevelopment
    Act,1973)Adoption&
    Modificationorder,2006

    28

    WestBengal

    WestBengalTownand
    Country(Planningand
    Development)Act,1979

    Town&Country(Planning&
    Development)Act,1979

    DurgapurIndustrialB
    oard(Development&
    ControlofBuilding
    Operation)Act1958

    29

    A&NIslands.

    Andaman&NicobarTownand
    CountryPlanningRegulations,
    1994

    30

    Chandigarh

    TheCapitalofPunjab
    (DevelopmentandRegulation
    )Act,1952

    31

    Delhi

    DelhiDevelopmentAct,1957

    DelhiDevelopmentAct,1957

    32

    Dadra&Nagar
    Haveli

    Dadra&NagarHaveliTown
    andCountryPlanningAct,
    1974

    Dadra&NagarHaveli,

    33

    Daman&Diu

    Daman&DiuTownand
    CountryPlanningAct,1974

    34

    Lakshadweep

    Yettobeenacted

    35

    Pondicherry

    PuducherryTownandCountry
    PlanningAct,1969

    ThePuducherryTown&
    CountryPlanningAct,1969

    Source:TCPO

    Note:Reviewoflistedvariousactsshouldbeusefulinthecontextofdifferentsuggestionsmadeby
    URDPFIunder10.4.1and10.4.2.StateGovernmentsareurgedtodotheuseful.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    419

    GeneralRecommendations

    2. In view of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land

    Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (effective from 1st


    January 2014), the State Governments could review and if found necessary
    modifytheirlandpoliciesandlegalsysteminordertofacilitatesimplification
    ofplanningprocessandeffectiveimplementationofdevelopmentplan.
    3. All the States have fullfledged Departments of Town and Country Planning.

    However,basedonthedeliberationsintheBrainstormingSessionsonPlanning
    and Development, 2025: Professional and Academic Challenges conducted by
    TCPO, it was learnt that several States are functioning without a qualified
    Director/ChiefTownPlannerasthepostisbeingheldeitherbyanAdministrator
    orchargeisgiventoSeniorTownPlanner.Hence,thecities/townsofsuchStates
    continuetosufferfromlackofattentiontothedevelopmentaspectsapartfrom
    infrastructuredeficienciesandadhocdecisionswhichleadtomismatchbetween
    the actual availability and requirement of the infrastructure facilities. It is
    suggestedthatallStateGovernmentsappointaqualifiedTownPlannerasthe
    headofStateTownandCountryDepartment.
    4. Regulatory Authority at the State level: The major institutional reforms

    suggestedbytheURDPFIGuidelines,2014,atthestatelevelaretheconstitution
    of Urban and Regional Planning &Development Authority (or Town Planning
    Board or Town Planning Council as existing in some states). This apex body
    shouldbechairedbytheChiefExecutiveofthestate,ChiefMinisterofanUrban
    and Regional Development Regulatory Authority at State level and creation of
    City Level Infrastructure Fund. The regulatory authority at the state level may
    functionasanappellateauthoritytoaddresstherelatedgrievancesredress.The
    regulatory body could review the smooth functioning of the agencies to
    overcome the multiplicity, duplication or gaps. The authority will guide the
    preparationofPerspectiveplanfortheStatewhichshouldprovidetheframefor
    allregionalandurbandevelopmentplansintheState.Theregulatoryauthority
    should be responsible for guiding land utilisation based on suitability and
    proposed structure of transportation networks. It should guide the state for
    developmentfocusingonprotectionofenvironmentallysensitiveareas,natural
    landforms,naturalvegetationandwaterbodiesetcetera.
    5. CityInfrastructureFundcouldraisefundsfromdirectandindirecttaxeswhich

    havedirectrelevancetourbanandstatesubjects,thisconsolidatedfundatState
    andULBsleveltobeexclusivelyusedforurbaninfrastructure.Apportionmentof
    the tax for the proposed fund between the State government and ULBs to be
    basedontheStatepolicies.
    6. State Finance Commission could bring uniformity in accounting and

    budgeting at municipal level. TCPO, IIPA, NIUA to recommend a uniformed


    accounting system based on the JnNURM reform(s). The Model Municipal Law
    couldberevisedkeepinginviewofthesame.

    420

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    GeneralRecommendations

    7. State level policy could be adopted for institutional requirements to meet the

    demandofmanpowerinplanning:
    EveryStatecouldhaveaPlanningSchool.
    Standardizationofnomenclatureforplanningcourses.
    Schools of Planning could have continuous interface
    profession/industry.

    with

    the

    8. Under the attempts to improve implementation of plans, State Governments

    coulddevelopGoodGovernancesystems,including:
    i.

    ii.
    iii.

    iv.

    v.

    CitizenscharterscouldbeformulatedbytheStategovernmenttakingintoaccountthelocal
    conditionthatdeterminelevelanddischargeoftheservices.Thismayincludeitemslike
    issueoflicence,approvalofbuildingplans,issueofcompletioncertificateetc.Thiscould
    considerRighttoInformation(RTI)systemalso.
    Directresponsibilityoftheprojectprogressbytheresponsiblefieldofficerstochiefofthe
    division/departments.
    Thedetailsofthestartandprogressofthelocalprojectsincludingfinancialandtime
    allocationcouldbedisplayedpublically,atstrategiclocationswithinthedevelopmentsites
    andupdatedregularly.
    Maintenanceofregularupdatedlandandpropertyrecordspreferablywiththechangesof
    landuseinlandtransactions.ThisdatabaseintegratedwithGISmapsshouldbeonadigital
    platformeasilyaccessibletothepublic.ThisapproachwillalsoinitiateSmartcityconcept.
    ThepracticeofmonitoringlandpricesincitiesasfollowedbysomecitiesincludingDelhi
    DevelopmentAuthority.Monitoringanddisseminationofland/propertypricesshouldbe
    donebyDevelopment/StateAuthoritiesforbenefitofrealestatemarket.

    9. Respective State Town and Country Planning Department to approach NRSC/Bhuvan for the
    authorised access to the spatial data and attribute data for the preparation of Development
    Plan/Master Plan. Each State/ UT to identify one town/city (medium/ metropolitan size)
    Development/MasterPlanpilotprojectonBhuvanplatform.
    10. Creation ofreal time demographicandother database at State level whichcan be accessible to
    public on Government website. This should be integrated on a National level platform. Use of
    advancedtechniquesfordigitaldatabaseandhyperdatabaseuploadedonthewebsitewhichis
    userfriendly.
    11. Every State should formulate the State Level Planning Guidelines within the Framework of
    URDPFI Guidelines (making key amendments in the provisions as per the States vision or
    contextualrequirements)andNationalandStatelevelpolicies.
    12. Inordertopromoteaffordablehousingforlowincome&EWS,StateGovernmentstosetnorms
    andinitiateitsadoption.

    In order to promote the visionary approach of urban and regional development,


    facilitationofeffectiveimplementationoftheplanitisnecessarytohaveavailability
    of number of qualified planners at the state level and municipal level. The State
    Governments are urged to notify Statutory Towns & Cities and prepare Statutory
    Plans.StateGovernmentsmayseeksupportfromMoUDfortheplanpreparationor
    existingplanrevision,forcapacitybuilding,standardization oftechnicalassistance
    withtheadoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    421

    GeneralRecommendations

    Before concluding, it may be desirable to note that for promoting planned


    urbanization, the rural areas contiguous to a town/ city need not necessarily be
    amalgamatedwiththeparentcity.Itmayoftenbemorehelpfultonotifysuchrural
    areasasanewcity,likeaNagarPanchayatandallowittogrowintoabiggercityat
    itsownpace.

    The Growth Story of India shall be written on the canvass of planed


    urbandevelopmentandthescriptwritersshallbethetownandcountry
    planners!
    ******

    422

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    Endnotes

    Endnotes

    iArea specific regulatory parameters shall include height of buildings, quantum of builtup area,
    regularlinesofstreetsandbuildinglines,setbacks,floorarearatios,faadecontrols,parkingspaces,
    loading and unloading spaces, sizes and locations of projections and advertisement signs, and
    circulationpattern.
    iiIn2005theMinistryofUrbanDevelopmentandM/oHousing&UrbanPovertyAlleviationlaunched

    JNNURMwiththeaimtoencouragingreformsandfasttrackplanneddevelopmentofcities.Itfocused
    onefficiencyinurbaninfrastructureandservicedeliverymechanisms,communityparticipation,and
    improvementinurbangovernance.

    iiiIbid.
    ivA charrette is an intensive planning session where citizens, designers and others collaborate on a
    vision for development, giving immediate feedback to the designers. This process allows everyone
    whoparticipatestobeamutualauthoroftheplan.Itislocatedneartheprojectsite,teamofdesign
    experts and consultants sets up a full working office. Formal and informal meetings are held
    throughouttheeventandupdatestotheplanarepresentedperiodically.Throughbrainstormingand
    designactivity,manygoalsareaccomplishedduringthecharrette.

    (i)
    (ii)
    (iii)
    (iv)

    Everyonewhohasastakeintheprojectdevelopsavestedinterestintheultimatevision.
    Thedesignteamworkstogethertoproduceasetoffinisheddocumentsthataddressall
    aspectsofdesign.
    Since the input of all the players is gathered at one event, it is possible to avoid the
    prolongeddiscussionsthattypicallydelayconventionalplanningprojects.
    Thefinishedresultisproducedmoreefficientlyandcosteffectivelybecausetheprocess
    iscollaborative.

    Charrettes are organized to encourage the participation of all. That includes everyone who is
    interestedinthemakingofadevelopment:thedeveloper,businessinterests,officials,residents,and
    activists.Ultimately,thepurposeofthecharretteistogivealltheparticipantsenoughinformationto
    makegooddecisionsduringtheplanningprocess.

    URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment

    423

    You might also like